Skip to main content

Full text of "A Collection of treaties, engagements, and sunnuds, relating to India and neighbouring countries"

See other formats


■HB1 


'iWxftt 


^^m^m^ 

^^^;0U 

o              O 

=±"!d" 

o              ~  pr* 

r> 

CD 

u-^SS? 

CD 

«^— — ^ 

^—       ! 

~         o 

K"             - 

gj                 ■«— 

1            CO 

-            r*^ 

1    !^==^= 

1    ^_— 

CO 

;    1 


Oh 


y* 

'  L 


vt. 


H  ■« 


n 


■     ,  ■  ■  -    f       \  r  v       \   \ 


t      I 


.m*. 


t7%7^0r 


A   COLLECTION 


OP 


TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,  AND  SUNNUDS, 


DELATING   TO 


INDIA   AND   NEIGHBOURING   COUNTRIES. 


COMPILED   BT 


C.    U.    AITCHISON,   B.  C.  S., 

Under-Secretary  to  the  Government  of  India  in  the  Foreign  Department. 


VOL.    VII., 


CONTAINING 


THE  TREATIES,  R,  RELATING  TO  SINDH,  BELOOCHISTAN,  PERSIA, 

AND  HERAT;  TURKISH  ARABIA  AND  THE  PERSIAN  GULF; 

AND  THE  ARABIAN  AND  AFRICAN  COASTS. 


WITH  A  SUPPLEMENT  CONTAINING  YABIOUS  TREATIES  AND  ENGAGEMENTS  CONCLUDED  AND 
SUNNUDS  ISSUED   SINCE  THIS  COLLECTION  WAS.  COMMENCED. 


CALCUTTA: 
O.    T.    CUTTER,    MILITARY    ORPHAN    PRESS, 


if! 


•»*- 


t* 


PREFACE. 


This  Volume  completes  the  collection  of  Indian  Treaties, 
&c.  It  has  been  found  necessary  to  include  in  the  Collection 
some  engagements  framed  more  under  the  requirements  of 
European  than  of  Indian  policy,  such  as  the  Treaty  con- 
cluded with  the  King  of  the  Netherlands  in  1824,  the 
Treaties  of  1814  and  1857  with  the  Shah  of  Persia,  and  a 
few  others.  But,  when  possible,  such  Treaties  have  been 
excluded,  unless  the  agency  of  the  Indian  Government  was 
directly  employed  in  the  negotiation  of  them,  or  is  required 
to  enforce  their  observance :  on  this  principle,  the  Treaties 
with  Madagascar  and  Johanna  for  the  suppression  of  the 
slave  trade,  the  convention  with  Prance  regarding  the  Indian 
mails  and  many  other  important  engagements,  have  not  been 
allowed  a  place  in  this  Collection.  It  was  the  intention  of 
the  Compiler  to  have  made  a  separate  collection  of  all  the 
Treaties  concluded  by.  the  Crown  of  England  with  Poreign 
Powers,  which  haver  a  direct  bearing  on  the  interests  of 
India ;  but  his  transfer^ ^another  sphere  of  duty  has  pre- 
vented the  execution  of  thisrtiesign. 

Mr.  Belletty  of  the  Poreign  Office  is  preparing  an 
Alphabetical  and  a  Chronological  Index  to  this  Collection 
of  Treaties,  Engagements,  and  Sunnuds,  which  will  be  pub- 
lished shortly. 


Calcutta, 
26th  January  1865 


.} 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/collectionoftrea07aitcuoft 


CONTENTS. 


PART    I. 

TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,  and  SUNNUDS,  relating  to  SINDH, 
BELOCHISTAN,  PEESIA,  and  HERAT. 

Page. 

SINDH                ...                 ...                 ...                 ...                 ...     i  to  C9 

I.     Perwannah  from  the  Prince  of  Sindh,  dated  22nd  September  1758     ...  15 
Translation  of  Prince  Gholam  Shah's  Perwannah  for  Customs'  privileges 

granted  to  the  Honourable  Company,  dated  22nd  September  1758    ...  17 
Letter  from  Prince  Gholam  Shah  to  Mr.  Robert  Sumption,  dated   11th 

December  1758          ...                 ...                 ...                 ...                ...  20 

Order  from  Prince  Gholam  Shah,  dated  18th  December  1758              ...  ib. 
Copy  of  a  Perwannah  from  Prince  Gholam  Shah,  dated  22nd  Septem- 
ber 1758                    ...                  ...                 ...                ...                ...  ib. 

II.     Perwannah  granted  by  Prince  Gholam  Shah,  dated  22nd  April  1761    ...  22 

Perwannah  granted  by  Prince  Gholam  Shah,  dated  23rd  April  1761     ...  24 

Perwannah  granted  by  Prince  Gholam  Shah,  dated  22nd  April  1761    ...  ib. 

III.  Order  from  Prince  Futteh  Ali  Shah,  granting  certain  privileges  in  favor 

of  the  English  trade,  dated  18th  August  1799                ...                ...  25 

Ditto  ditto,  dated  23rd  August  1799                   ...                 ...                 ...  28 

Sunnud  from  Prince  Futteh  Ali  Shah,  dated  12th  April  1860  ...  33 
Sunnud  granted  by  Prince  Meer  Futteh  Ali  Khan  to  Mr.  Crow,  dated 

14th  April  1800        ..                  ...                 ...                  ...                  ...  34 

IV.  Treaty  with  the  Ameers  of  Sindh,  dated  22nd  August  1800                  ...  ib. 
V.     Treaty  concluded  with  the  Ameers  of  Sindh,  dated  9th  November  1820  35 

VI.     Treaty  with  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  Chief  of  Kheirpore,  dated  19th  June 

1832  ...  ...  .  .  ...  ...  ...       37 

VII.     Treaty  with  the  Government  of  Hyderabad,  dated  19th  June  1832      ..       38 
Supplement  to  the  Treaty  with  the   Government  of  Hyderabad,  dated 
19th  June  1832  ..  ..  ...  ..  ..        40 

VIII.     Commercial  Treaty  concluded  with  the   Government  of   Hyderabad, 

dated  2nd  July  1834  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...       41 

IX.     Commercial  Articles  concluded  with  the   Government  of   Hyderabad, 

dated  28th  November  1836  ...  ..  ...  ..44 

X.    Treaty  concluded  with  the  Ameers  of  Sindh,  dated  20th  April  1838      ..       49 
XI.    Treaty  concluded  with  His  Highness  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  of  Kheirpore, 

dated  24th  December  1838  ..  ...  ..  ...       50 


w  CONTENTS. 

\  1 1 11 .  — {  Concluded.)  Page- 

Separate  Article*  of  a  Treaty  with  Meor  Roostum,  of  Kheirporc,  dated 
34th  December  1838...  ...  •••  •••       52 

Letter  froi.  '.lency  the  Governor  General  to  Meer  Roostum,  of 

Kheirpore,  dated  10th  January  1839  ..  ...  ...       53 

Agreement  with  Meer  Mobarick  Khan,  of  Kheirpore,  dated  28th  De- 
cember 1838      •         ...  ...  ...  ••  —       5i 

Similar  Agreements  with  Meer  Mahomed   Khan  and  Meer  Ali  Murad 
Khan,  dated  28th  December  1838  ...  ...  ...       **• 

XII.    Agreement  for  the  surrender  of  Kurrachee,  dated  7th  February  1839...       55 

XIII.  Treaty  concluded  with  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad,  dated  11th  March 

1839         ..  ..  ...  ...  ...  ...       57 

XIV.  Treaty  concluded  with  Meer  Sher  Mahomed  Khan,  of  Meerpore,  dated 

18th  June  1841        ...  ..  ..  ..  ..60 

XV.     Draft  of  a  Treaty  with  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad,  dated  14th  February 

1842        ...  ..  ..  ...  ..  ...       63 

Draft  of  a  Treaty  with  the  Ameers  of  Kheirpore,  dated  4th   November 
1842        ...  ...  ...  ...  ..  ...       GG 

KIIELAT         ...  ..  ...  ...  ..      70  to      81 

XVI.     Treaty  concluded  with  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  Chief  of  Khelat,  dated  6th 

October  1841  ...  ..  ..  ...  ...      75 

XVII.     Treaty  between  the  British  Government  and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  Chief 

of  Khelat,  dated  1 4th  May  1854  . .  ..  ...  ...       77 

Schedule  showing  the  amount  of  duty  to  be  levied   on  merchandize 
passing  through  the  dominions  of  the  Khan  of  Khelat    ..  ..        78 

XVIII.     Convention  between  the  British  Government  and  His  Highness  Meer 
Khodadad   Khan,  Chief  of  Khelat,  for  the  protection  of  the  Tele- 
graph line  passing  through  his  territory,  dated  20th  February  1863...       79 
Additional  Clause  of  a  Convention  with  His   Highness  the  Khan  of 
Khelat  for  the  passage  of  the  Telegraph  through  his  Mekran  terri- 
tory, dated  23rd  March  1863        ...  ...  ...  ...       81 

BEYLAobLUS  ...  ..  ..  ...     82  to       84 

XIX.    Agreement  with  the  Jam  of  Beyla  for  the  construction,  protection,  and 
maintenance  of  the  Telegraph  line  in  his  territory,  dated   21st  De- 
cember 1861  ..  ...  ...  ...  ..       82 

KEDGE  ..  ..  ..  ..  ...  85  and      86 

XX.    Agreement  with  the  Naib  of  Kedge  for  the  protection  of  the   Tele. 

graph  line,  dated  24th  January  1862  ...  ...  ...       85 

Note  from  Fuqueer  Mahomed,  of  Kedge,  dated  1st  February  1862      ...       86 
PERSIA     ..  ...  ..  ..  ...  87  to    164 

X\I.    Agreement  concluded  with  Sheikh   Sadoon,  of  Bushirc,  dated  12th 

April  1763  ...  ...  ..  ...  ...       99 


CONTENTS. 


Vll 


XXII. 
XXIII. 


XXIV. 


XXV. 


XXVI. 


XXVII. 
XXVIII. 

XXIX. 
XXX. 

XXXI. 
XXXII. 

XXXIII. 


PERSIA.— (Continued.)  Page. 

Royal  grant  from  Karem  Khan,  King  of  Persia,  1763        ...  ...     101 

Articles  desired  by  the  Khan,  dated  2nd  July  1763  ...  ...     103 

Translation  of  a  Firman  from  Jaffir  Khan,  dated  18th  January  1788  ...     104 
Translation  of  a  Firman  from  Futteh  AH  Shah,   King   of  Persia,  dated 

January  1801      ...  ./*  ...  ...  ...     106 

Treaty  concluded  with  the  King  of  Persia,  dated  1801        ...  ...     108 

Translation  of  a  Firman  from  Futteh  Ali  Shah,   King  of  Persia,  dated 

January  1801      ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     112 

Treaty  of  Commerce  concluded  with  the  King  of  Persia,  1801  ...     114 

Additional  Article  to  the  above  Treaty  ...  ...  ...     117 

Preliminary  Treaty  concluded  with  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Persia, 
dated  12th  March  1809  ...  ...  ...  ...       ib. 

Ratification  of  the  Preliminary  Treaty  ...  ...  ...     121 

Definitive  Treaty  concluded  with  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Persia,  dated 
14th  March  1812        ...  ...  ...  ...  ...       ib. 

Form  of  Her  Majesty  Futteh  Ali  Shah's  ratification  of  the  Definitive 
Treaty      ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     127 

Form  of  His  Royal  Highness  Abbas  Mirza's  ratification  of  the  Defini- 
tive Treaty  ...  ...  ..  ...  ...       ib> 

Definitive   Treaty   concluded  with  His  Majesty  the  Shah  of    Persia, 

dated  25th  November  1814 
Translation  of  a  Bond  granted  by  Abbas  Mirza,  Prince  Royal  of  Persia, 

dated  March  1828      ... 
Ruckum  of  His  Royal  Highness  ratifying  the  abrogation  of  the  third 
and  fourth  Articles  of  the  Treaty  with  England  ...  ... 

Translation  of  a  Firman  from  His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia 
Translation  of  a  Firman  from  His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia  to  the 
Governor  General  of  Fars,  abolishing  the  export  duty  on  horses,  1823 
Proclamation  issued  by  the  Shah  of  Persia,   granting  to  British  Mer- 
chants the  same  privileges    as    enjoyed  by   Russian  Merchants  in 
Persia,  dated  May  1836 

Treaty  of  Commerce  concluded   with  the  Shah  of  Persia,  dated  28th 

October  1841 
Translation  of  a  Firman  issued  by  the  Persian  Government  relating  to 

bankruptcies  for  the  protection  of  British  Merchants,  dated  June  1844 
Engagement  prohibiting  the  importation  of  African  slaves  into  Persia 

by  sea,  dated  12th  June  1848 
Translation  of  an   autograph  note    from    His    Majesty  the   Shah  of 

Persia  to  Hajee  Mirza  Aghassee,  dated  12th  June  1848  ... 
Translation  of  a  note  from  Hajee  Mirza  Aghassee  to  Lieutenant  Colonel 

Farrant,  dated  12th  June  1848    ... 
Translation  of  a  Firman  issued  by  His  Majesty  the  Shah  to  the  Governor 

of  Fars,  dated  June  1848 


ib. 


132 


133 
134 


135 


136 


133 


144 


ib. 


145 


146 


Mil 


PERSI  A— (  Concluded. )  Page, 

Translation  of  a  Finnan  issued  by  Ilis  Majesty  the  Shah  to  the  Gov- 
ernor of  Ispahan,  dated  Jnne  1848 
XXXIV.     Convention  concluded  with  the  Persian  Government  for  the  detention 
and  search  by  British  crnizers   of  Persian  vessels  engaged  in  the 
slave  trade,  dated  August  1851     ...  ...  '     ... 

WW.     Engagement  of  the  Persian  Government  regarding  Herat,  dated  25th 
January  1853 
Translation  of  a   letter  from  the  Sadr  Azim  to  the  ruler  of  Herat, 

dated  26th  January  1853 
Translation  of  a    Firman    from  the  Shah  of  Persia  to  the  ruler  of 

Herat,  dated  29th  January  1853... 
Translation  of  a  letter  from  Lieutenant  Colonel  Sheil  to  the  ruler  of 
Herat 
XXXVL     Treaty  of   peace  concluded  between  Great  Britain  and  the  Shah  of 
Persia,  dated  4th  March  1857      ... 
Separate  note  referred  to  in  the  tenth  Article  of  the  above  Treaty,  dated 

4th  March  1857 
Translation  of  a  note  from  the  Shah  to  the  Sadr  Azim,  dated  December 
1855 
XXXVII.     Engagement  executed  by  the  Persian  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  for  the 
construction  of  a  line  of  Telegraph  from  Khanakheen  to  Bushire, 
dated  6th  February  1863 
HERAT      ...  ...  ...  ...  ...        165  to 

XXXVIII.     Agreement  concluded   with  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  recognizing   him  as 
the  medium  of  communication  between  the   British    and    Herat 
Authorities,  dated  9th  June  1839 
XXXIX.     Treaty  concluded  with  His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  of  Herat,  dated 

30th  August  1839     ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     170 


146 


147 


149 


151 


153 


ib. 


155 


160 


162 


164 
172 


168 


PART   II. 


TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,  and  SUNNUDS,  belating  to  TUBKISH 


XL. 
XLI. 


XLII. 


ARABIA  and  the  PEESIAN  GULF. 


173  to 


TURKISH  ARABIA   ... 

Firman  of  Soleiman  Pasha  granted  to  the  English  Chief,  1759 

Firman  constituting  Robert  Garden,  Esq.,  Consul  in  Bussora 

Consular  Commission  granted  to  the  Honourable  English  United  East 

India  Company,  dated  29th  August  1764 
Imperial  Ottoman  Diploma  granted  to  Harford  Jones,  Esq-,  Bart., 

Consul  of  Bagdad,  dated  2nd  November  1802 


198 
176 
177 

179 

180 


CONTENTS. 


IX 


TURKISH  ARABIA.— (Concluded .J  Page 

XLIII.    Agreement  entered  into  by  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad  on  the  restoration  of 

friendly  relations  with  the  Resident,  dated  25th  January  1810         ...     182 
XLIV,     Decree  of  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad  for  preventing  the  desertion  of  British 

sailors,  1812  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     |83 

XLV.    Decree  of  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad  for  the  restoration  of  Natives  of  India 

brought  to  Bussora  as  slaves,  1812  ...  ...  ...     184 

XLVI.     Letter  from  the   Pasha  of  Bagdad  to  the  Political  Agent  at  Bussora 

engaging  to  treat  British  Agents  with  respect,  1821      ...  ...       ib. 

XLVII.     Order  from  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad  confirming  the  privileges  enjoyed  by 

British  subjects,  dated  2nd  October  1831      ...  ...  ...       ib. 

XLVIII.     Imperial  Firman  for  the  protection  of  English  Steam  Vessels  navigat- 
ing the  Euphrates,  dated  29th  December  1834  ...  ...     189 

XLIX.     Imperial  Firman  addressed  to  the  Valee  of  Bagdad  for  the  suppression 

of  the  slave  trade,  dated  23rd  January  1847  ...  ...     190 

Translation  of  a  communication  made  by  the  Porte  to  Her  Majesty's 
Embassy,  dated  27th  January  1847  ...  ...  ...     191 

Translation   of   instructions    addressed   to  Nedjib  Pasha,  of   Bagdad, 
respecting  African  slaves,  dated  6th  April  1847  ...  ...     192 

Copie  Officielle  d'une  lettre  addressee  par  le  Grand  Vizier  an  Pasha  dc 
Bagdad,  dated  6th  Avril  1817     ...  ...  ...  ...       ib. 

Translation  of  Instructions  to  Nejib  Pasha,  of  Bagdad     .    ...  ...       ib. 

L.    Engagement    concluded  with  the  Sublime  Porte,  dated  20th  October 

1863,  regarding  the  Overland  Telegraph       ...  ...  ...     193 

PERSIAN  GULF        ...  ...  ...  ...         199  to    266 

MUSCAT   ...  ...  ...  ...  ...         199   to    237 

LI.     Engagement  concluded  with  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  dated  12th  Octo- 
ber 1798  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     208 

LII.     Agreement  entered  into  by  the  Imam  of  Oman,  dated  18th  January 

1800  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     210 

LIII.     Requisitions  made  on  the   Imam  of  Muscat  with  answers  respecting 

slavery,  dated  4th  September  1822  ...  ...  ...     211 

Additional  requisitions  made  on  the  Imam  with  answers    respecting 
slavery,  dated  9th  September  1822  ...  ...  ...     215 

Translation  of  a  letter  from  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat  to 
Captain  Hamerton,  dated  18th  August  1845  ...  ...  ...     216 

LIV.     Treaty  of  commerce  concluded  with  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat, 

dated  31st  May  1839  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...      ib. 

Form  of  Declaration  made  by  the  British  Government  previous  to  ex- 
change of  the  ratification  of  Treaty,  dated  22nd  July  1840  ...     223 
Form  of  Declaration  made  by  the  Muscat  Government  previous  to  the 
ratification  of  Treaty,  dated  22nd  July  1840  ...                ...  ...    224 

Form  of  Certificate  signed  on  the  exchange  of  the  ratification  of  Treaty, 
dated  22nd  July  1840  ...  ...  ...  ...     225 


CONTENTS. 


USIAN  GULF. -(Continued.)  Page. 

(Muscat.) 
Translation  of  the  ratification  by  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat  of 

the  Treaty  of  Connm-ne,  dated  22nd  July  1810 

l.Y.     Translation   of  additional   Articles  entered   into  by  His  Highness  the 
Imam  of  Muscat  regarding  the  suppression  of  foreign  slave  trade, 
dated  17th  December  1839 
LVI.     Agreement  concluded  with  the   Sultan  of  Muscat  respecting  the  slave 
trade  from  His  Highness'  African  dominions,  dated  2nd  October  1845 ... 
LVI  I.     Rules  established  by  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat  respecting  dis- 
tressed vessels  putting  into  His  Highness'  ports,  dated  April  1846    ... 
LV1II.    Deed  of  cession  of  the  Koorea  Mooria  Islands  executed  by   His  High- 
ness the  Imam  of  Muscat,  dated  14th  July  1854  ... 
LIX.     Letter  from  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India  to  His  Highness 
the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  dated  2nd  April  1861 
From  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  to  His  Excellency  the  Governor 
General  of  India,  dated  15th  May  1861  ...  * 

LX.     Convention  concluded  with  His  Highness  the   Sultan  of  Muscat  for  the 

extension  of  the  Telegraph,  dated  19th  January  1865     ... 
LXI.    Treaty  of  peace  concluded  between  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  and  the  Chief 
of  Sohar,  dated  23rd  December  1839 
LXII.     Engagement  entered  into  by  the  Chief  of  Sohar  for  the  abolition  of  the 
African  slave  trade,  dated  22nd  May  1849     ... 

MARITIME  TRIBES  ...  ...  ...  ...         238  to 

Treaty  concluded  with  Sultan  Bin  Suggur,  Joasmee,  dated  6th  February 
1806 
LXIV.     Preliminary  Treaty  concluded  with  the  Arab  Chief  of  Shargah,  dated 
6th  January  1820 

Similar  engagements  concluded  with  the  Arab  Chief  of  Rasool  Khyma, 
dated  8th  January  1820 

Arab  Sheikh  of  Dubey,  dated  9th  January  1820 

Arab  Sheikh  of  Abou  Dabyee,  dated  11th  January  1820 

Arab  Sheikh  of  Zyah,  dated  15th  January  1820 
LXV.     General  Treaty  of  peace  concluded  with  the  Arab  Tribes,  dated  8th  Jan- 
uary 1820  •    ...  ;.. 

Sheikh  of  Halt  and  Falna,  dated  8th  January  1820 

Sheikh  of  Jourat-al-Kamra,  dated  8th  January  1820 

Sheikh  of  Aboothabee,  dated  11th  January  1820 

Sheikh  of  Zyah,  dated  15th  January  1820 

Sheikh  of  Debayee,  dated  28th  January  1820  ... 

Chief  of  Shargah,  dated  4th  February  1820     ...  ...  ...       ib. 

Sheikhs  of  Bahrein,  dated  23rd  February  1820  ...  ...       ib. 

Chief  of  Ejman,  dated  15th  March  1820  ...  ...  ...     254 

Chief  of  Amalgavine,  dated  15th  March  1820  ...  ...  ...      ib. 


225 


226 

227 

229 

230 

231 

232 

233 

235 

237 
201 

241 

212 

243 

245 
246 
247 

249 
251 

ib. 
252 

ib. 
253 


CONTENTS. 


XI 


PERSIAN  GULF.— (Concluded.) 
(Maritime  Tribes.) 

LXVI.    Agreement  entered  into  by  the  Arab  Chief  of  Shargah,  dated  17th  April 
1838 
Similar  agreements  entered  into  by  the  Sheikh  of  Ejman  ... 
Ditto     ditto     Debayee 
Ditto     ditto     Aboothabee 
LXVII.     Agreement  entered  into  with  the  Arab  Chief  of  Rasool  Khyma,  dated 
3rd  July  1839 
Similar  agreements  concluded  with  the  Sheikh  of  Aboothabee,  dated  1st 

July  1839 
Sheikh  of  Debayee         ...  ...  ...  ... 

Sheikh  of  Amalgavine  ... 
LXVIII.     Engagement  entered  into  with  the  Arab  Chief  of  Rasool  Khyma,  dated 
30th  April  1847 
Similar  engagements  executed  by  the  Arab  Sheikh  of  Debayee 
Ditto     ditto     of  Ejman 
Ditto     ditto     Amalgavine 
Ditto     ditto     Aboothabee 
Ditto     ditto     Bahrein  ..., 

LXIX.     Terras  of  a  maritime  truce  for  ten  years   agreed  upon  by  the  Chiefs  of 
the  Arabian  Coast,  dated  1st  June  1843 
Chief  of  the  Joasmee  Tribe ; 

Ditto         ditto         Beniyas  Tribe ; 
Ditto         ditto         Boo  Falasa; 
Ditto         ditto         Amalgavine; 
Ditto        ditto         Ejmanee. 
LXX.     Treaty  of  peace  in  perpetuity  agreed  upon  by  the  Arab  Chief  of  the 
Jonsmees,  dated  4th  May  1853     ... 
Ditto         ditto         Beniyas ; 
Ditto         ditto         Debayee ; 
Ditto         ditto         Ejman; 
Ditto         ditto         Amalgavine. 
LXXI.     Additional  Article  agreed  upon  by  the  Arab  Chiefs  respecting  Telegraph 
line  and  stations 

Chief  of  the  Joasmees ; 


Page 


254 
255 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 

256 
ib. 
ib. 

ib. 
257 
ib. 
ib. 
ib. 
ib. 

258 


259 


261 


Ditto         ditto 

Beniyas  ; 

Ditto         ditto 

Amalgavine ; 

Ditto         ditto 

Ejman  ; 

Ditto         ditto 

Debayee. 

BAHREIN... 

262  to 

266 

LXXII. 

Preliminary  Treaty 

concluded  with  the  Sheikhs  of  Bahrein,  dated  5th 

February  1820 

... 

263 

LXXIII. 

Convention  concluded 

with  the  ruler  of  Bahrein,  dated  31st  May  1SG1  ... 

204 

Ml 


l-OXTI 


PART  III. 


TKEATIKS.  ENGAGEMENTS,   and   SUNNUDS,  helating  to   the 
ARABIAN  and  AFK1CAN  COASTS. 

Page. 
ADEN         ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  267  to     291 

LXXIV.     Treaty  entered  into  with  the  Sultan  of  Aden,  dated  6th  September  1802    279 
LXXV.     Treaty  of  friendship  concluded  with  the  Abdalees,  dated  2nd  February 
1839 
Treaty  of  peace  concluded  with  the  Sultan  of  Lahcj,  dated  4th  Feb- 
ruary 1839 
LXXVI.    Translation  of  a  Bond  executed  by  the  Sultan  of  Lahej,  dated  18th 
June  1839 
LXXVII.     Treaty  of  peace  concluded  with  the  Sultan  of  Lahej,  dated  1 1th  Feb- 
ruary 1843 
LXXVIII.     Bond  entered  into  by  the  Sultan  of  Lahej,  dated  20th  February  184,4  ... 
LXXIX.     Treaty  of  Commerce  concluded  with  the  Sultan  of   Lahej,  dated  7th 
March  1849 
LXXX.    Bond  executed  by  Sultan  Ahmed  Bin  Abdoolla  Foodhellee,  dated  8th 
July  1839.. 
LXXXI.     Bond  executed  by  Ahmed  Bin  Abdoolla  Foodhellee,  dated  1855... 

L XXXII.     Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  concluded  with  the  Akrabee  Chief, 

dated  4th  February  1839 
LXXX1II.     Agreement  entered  into  by  the  Chief  and  Elders  of  the  Akrabee  Tribe, 

dated  12th  April  1857 
LXXXIV.    Bond  executed  by  the  Akrabee  Chief,  dated  23rd  January  18C3 
LXXXV.     Bond  entered  into  by  the  Chief  of  the  Oolakee  Tribe 
LXXXVI.    Treaty  of  peace  and  friendship  concluded  with  the  Elders  of  the  Huzza- 
bee  Tribe,  dated  31st  January  1839  ...  ...  ... 

Bond  entered  into  by  the  Sultan  of  the  Hooshabee  Tribe,  dated  14th 
June  1839 
LXXXVII,     Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  concluded  with  the  Sultan  of  the 
Yaffaee  Tribe,  dated  21st  February  1839 
Bond  executed  by  the  Elders  of  the  Yaffaee  Tribe,  dated  8th  June  1839 
LXXXVIII.   Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  executed  by  the  Sheikh  of  the 
Subeihee  Tribe,  dated  19th  February  1839    .. 
Similar  engagement  entered  into  by  the  Sheikh  of  the  southern  sub- 
division of  the  Subeihee  Tribe,  dated  20th  February  1839 
LXXXIX.    Treaty  concluded  with  the  Chief  of  Wahee,  dated  2nd  February  1839 
XC.     Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  concluded  with  the  Sheikh  of  the 
Abbadee,  dated  18th  February  1839  ..  #    •• 

XCI.    Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  entered  into  with  the  Sheikh  of 
Zabaree  Tribe,  dated  18th  February  1839     ... 


275 

276 
277 

278 

280 

282 

286 
287 

288 

289 
290 
291 

292 

ib. 

294 
ib. 

296 

ib. 
297 

ib. 

298 


CONTENTS. 


XCII. 
XCIII. 

XCIV. 
XCV, 

XCVI. 
XCVII. 

XCVIII. 
XCIX. 

c. 

LXXXV. 


ADEN.— (Concluded.)  Pa  g 

Engagement  entered  into  with  the  Sheikh  of  the  Zaidec  tribe,  dated 

18th  February  1839  ... 
Engagement  of  friendship  entered  into  by  the  Sheikh  of  the  Sherzuboe 

Tribe,datedlOth  March  1839 

SENNA       ...  ...  ,ftft  . 

••'  •••  •••  ...  dUO  to 

Treaty  concluded  with  the  Imam  of  Senna,  dated  15th  January  1821... 
MACULLA'AND  SHUHUR         ...  ...  ...  308  & 

Engagement  concluded  with  the  Nukeeb  of  Maculla,  dated  14th  May 


298 

299 

307 
302 

309 


1863 


308 
309 

313 


CI. 


Similar  engagement  concluded  with  the  Nukeeb  of  Shuhur 

SH0A         310  to 

Treaty  of  commerce  concluded  with  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Shoa, 
dated  16th  November  1841 

ZAILA  AND  TAJOWRA  ...  ...  ...  314  to  318 

Treaty  of  commerce  concluded  with  the  Sultan  of  Tajowra,  dated  19th 

August  1840 
Deed  of  sale  of  the  Mussa  Island  executed  by  the  Sultan  of  Tajowra, 

dated  19th  August  1840 
'Treaty  of  commerce  concluded  with  the  Governor  of  Zaila,  dated  3rd 

September  1810 

SOMALEES. 

Treaty  of  peace  and  commerce  concluded  with   the  Elders   of  the  Habr 

Owul  Tribe  of  Somalees,  dated  6th  February  1827 
Treaty   of  peace  concluded  with  the   Habr  Owul  Tribe  of  Somalees, 

dated37th"  November  1855 
Engagement  entered  into  by  the  Elders  of  the  Habr  Gerhagis  Tribe  of 

Somalees,  dated  17th  October  1855 
Similar  engagement  concluded  with  the  Elders    of  the   Habr  Taljala 

Tribe,  dated  17th  October  1855  ... 

ZANZIBAR  ...  ...  ...  ...         321  to 

Letter  from  His  Excellency  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India 
to  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar,  dated  2nd  April  1861 

Translation  of  a  letter  from  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar  to 
His  Majesty's  Consul,  dated  20th  June  1861... 

From  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar  to  the  Right  Hon'ble  the  Governor  Gen- 
eral, dated  25th  June  1861 

From  His  Excellency   the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India  to 

the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar,  dated  22ud  August  1861        ...  ...       ib. 


310 


314 


316 


317 


320 
321 

291 

ib. 
328 

325 

326 
328 


\ 


CONTENTS 

OF 

SUPPLEMENT  TO  COLLECTION 

OF 

TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,  AND  SUNNUDS. 

Page. 

JYNTEAH  AND  COSSYAH  HILL  TRIBES  ...         331  to  342 

II.     Agreement  entered  into  by  Dan  Singh,  Rajah  of  Nusteng,    dated  22nd 

July  1862  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  332 

Sunnud  conferring  the  title  of  Rajah  Bahadoor  on  the  ruler  of  Nus- 
teng, dated  26th  January  1863  ...  ...  ...  ...  333 

CIII.     Agreement  executed  by  the  Rajah   of  Moleem,  dated   10th  December 

1863  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  334 

Similar  agreement  executed  by  the  Rajah  of  Kyreem         ...  ...  337 

CIV.     Engagement  executed  by  the  Chief  of  Lungree,  dated  25th  January 

1864  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     338 

Sunnud  conferring  the   title  of  Rajah  on  the  Chief  of  Lungree..  dated 

7th  June  1864            ...                 ...                  ...                 ...                 ...  340 

CV.     Engagement  executed  by  the  Chief  of  Mahram,  dated  5th   October 

1864         ...                  ...                   ..                 ...                  ...                  ...  ib. 

Sunnud  confirming  the  election  of  the  Chief  of  Mahram,  dated  5th 

December  1864          ...                 ...                  ...                  ...                 ...  342 

ASSAM       ...                 ...                ...                ...                 ...          343  to  350 

CVI.     Engagement   executed  by  the    Meyoung   Abors,   dated  5th  Novem- 
ber 1862...                 ...                 ...                 ...                ...                 ...  343 

Similar  agreement  by  the  Keebany  Abors,  dated  16th  January  1863    ...  347 
CVII.     Engagement   executed  by  the  Abors  of  Dehang  Debang  Doars,  dated 

8th  November  1862...                   ...                 ...                 ...                 ...  348 

BOOTAN   ...                 ...                 ...                 ...                 ...         350  to  366 

CVIII.     Khureeta  addressed  to  His  Highness  the  Deb  Rajah          ...                 ...  361 

CIX.     Proclamation   annexing   the   Bengal  Doars   of  Bootan  to  the  British 

Provinces,  dated  12th  November  1864          ...                ...                ...  364 

COOCH  BEHAR         ...                ...                ...                ...                ...  367 

CX.      Sunnud  of  adoption  granted  to  the  Rajah  of  Cooch  Behar,  dated  11th 

March  1862         ...                 ...                ...                 ...  ib. 

CUTTACK  TRIBUTARY  MEHALS              ...                ...                ...  368 

CXI.    Sunnud   of   adoption   conferred  on   sixteen  Chiefs  of  the   Tributary 

.  Mehals,  Cuttack,  dated  11th  March  1862       ...                ...                ...  ib. 


xvi       OOHTONTS  01   si  rri.KMENT  to  COLLECTION  01  tukatit.s,  &C. 

Page. 
HU11MAH  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  369  to    372 

(XII.     Treaty  concluded  with  His  Majesty  the  King   of  Burmali,   dated   10th 

November  1862  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     269 

MALAYAN  PENINSULA  ...  ...  ...  373  to    378 

CXIII.     Treaty  of  alliance  concluded  between  the  Tumongong  of  Johore  and  the 

Bhandahara  of  Pahang,  dated  16th  June  1862  ...  ...  -  374 

CX1V.     Treaty  concluded  with  His  Highness  the  Tumongong  of  Johore,  dated 

19th  December  1862 ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     376 

CIS  SUTLEJ  STATES  ...  ...  ...  379  to    381 

CXV.     Sunnud  conferring  the  fief  of  Mumdote  on  Newab  Jellalooddeen,  dated 

5th  December  1864  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     380 

HILL  STATES  ...  ...  ...  ...  382  to    384, 

CXVI.     Engagement   executed  by  the   Rajah   of  Bussahir   respecting    forest 

management,  dated  28th  June  1864-  ...  ...  ...     382 

TRANS  SUTLEJ  STATES  ...  ...  ...  385  to    390 

CXVII.     Draft  of  an  agreement  executed  by  the  Rajah  of  Chumba  for  the  lease 

of  the  Chumba  forests,  dated  10th  September  1864        ..  ...     385 

CXV  III.     Sunnud  granted  to  Duleep  Singh,  conferring  on  him  the  State  of  Bughut, 

dated  18th  July  1864  ...  ...  ...  ...     390 

SINDIA      ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  391  to     393 

CXIX.     Khureeta  from  His  Highness  Maharajah  Sindia  respecting  the  fort  of 

Gwalior,  dated  29th  March  1864 ...  ...  ...  ...     391 

Khureeta  addressed  to   His   Highness  Maharajah  Sindia,  dated   12th 
April  1864  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     392 

Khureeta   addressed  to   His   Highness   Maharajah   Sindia,  dated  21st 
December  1864         ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     393 


APPENDICES. 

Muscat.— 11  and  12  Vic,  Cap.  CXXVII    ...             ...            ...            ...            ...  HI 

Sohar.— 16  and  17  Vic.,  Cap,  XVI             ...             ...             ...  XI 

Persian  Gulf.— 12  and  13  Vic,  Cap.  LXXXIV         XVIII 

Slave  Trade. — Instruction  of  the  Government  of  India  to  Commanders  of  the 

H.  E.  I.  Company's  Ships             XXVIII 


PART    I. 

TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,  AND  SUNNUDS 


RELATING  TO 


SINDH,  BELOCHISTAN,  PERSIA,  AND  HERAT. 


SINDH. 


The  Rajpoot  dynasty  who  ruled  in  Sindh  are  said  to  have  been 
conquered  about  a.  d.  711  by  the  Mahomedans  from  Arabia.  About 
a.  d.  1025  the  country  was  annexed  to  the  Ghaznivide  empire  by  Mah- 
mood ;  and  after  various  changes  of  rulers  it  was  incorporated  into  the 
Delhi  empire  by  Akbar  in  1591,  from  which  it  was  again  dissevered  in 
1740  by  Nadir  Shah,  who  exacted  from  it  a  tribute  of  above  twenty 
lakhs  of  Rupees.  After  the  assassination  of  Nadir  Shah,  Sindh  became 
subject  to  the  Dourani  emperors  of  Candahar. 

Previous  to  the  invasion  of  Nadir  Shah,  the  Kaloras,  a  religious  sect, 
had  risen  to  power  in  Sindh,  and  the  Chief  of  the  tribe,  Noor  Mahomed, 
had  been  recognized  as  governor  of  the  province.  It  was  during  the 
rule  of  his  brother  Gholam  Shah  that  the  connection  of  the  British 
Government  with  Sindh  commenced  by  the  establishment  of  factories  at 
Tatta  and  Shah-bunder  in  1758.  In  that  year  Gholam  Shah  granted 
an  order  (No.  I.)  for  the  establishment  of  the  factories  and  for  certain 
immunities  to  trade.  This  order  was  renewed  (No.  II.)  in  1761.  During 
the  rule  of  Sirferaz  Khan,  the  eldest  son  of  Gholam  Shah,  however,  the 
trade  was  so  much  interfered  with  that  the  British  Government  found  it 
necessary  to  withdraw  their  factories.     This  was  done  in  1775. 

The  violence  and  tyranny  of  Sirferaz  Khan  and  his  successors,  who 
from  jealousy  put  to  death  three  of  the  Chiefs  of  the  Talpore  tribe,  led  to 
the  overthrow  of  the  Kalora  dynasty.  The  Talpores  are  a  Beloch  tribe, 
VOL.   VII.  b 


2  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNTJDS. 

SINDH.  whose  Chiefs  had  long  held  the  first  place  in  the  service  of  the  rulers  of 
Sindh.  To  avenge  the  death  of  their  Chiefs  the  Talpores  rose,  and, 
headed  by  Meer  Futteh  Ali  Khan,  Talpore,  expelled  the  Kalora  ruler 
Abd-ool-Nubbi.  This  revolution  took  place  in  the  year  1786.  The 
measures  which  Futteh  Ali  Khan  took  to  establish  his  authority  alarmed 
his  relatives,  Meer  Sohrab  and  Meer  Thara,  who  fled,  seized  on  Kheir- 
pore  and  Shah-bunder,  and  renounced  the  authority  of  their  kinsman. 
Meer  Futteh  AH  Khan  was  never  again  able  to  extend  his  authority  over 
the  whole  province,  which  henceforth  remained  divided  into  three  sepa- 
rate principalities,  viz.,  Hyderabad  or  Lower  Sindh  under  Futteh  Ali 
Khan,  Kheirpore  or  Upper  Sindh  under  Meer  Sohrab,  and  Meerpore 
under  Meer  Thara.  In  Hyderabad,  Futteh  Ali  divided  his  power  with 
his  three  brothers  Gholam  Ali,  Kurm  Ali,  and  Murad  Ali,  and  from 
their  real  or  apparent  unanimity  the  brothers  received  the  appellation  of 
the  Char  Yar  or  four  friends. 

In  1799  the  commercial  intercourse  between  the  British  Govern- 
ment and  Sindh  was  revived,  and  Futteh  Ali  Khan  issued  an  order 
(No.  III.)  granting  certain  privileges  in  favour  of  English  trade.  But 
the  advantages  of  this  trade  were  over-rated.  The  promises  of  the 
Ameers  were  insincere,  the  representative  of  the  British  Government  was 
rudely  compelled  to  withdraw,  and  the  influence  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment in  Sindh  was  at  an  end.  This  arrogant  and  insulting  behaviour  of 
the  Ameers  was  attributed  to  remonstrances  from  Zeman  Shah  and 
rumours  of  the  growing  power  of  the  British  Government  consequent  on 
the  fall  of  Tippoo  Sultan. 

Futteh  Ali  died  in  1801,  leaving  half  his  territory  to  his  brother, 
Gholam  Ali,  and  the  remainder  in  equal  shares  to  the  other  two  brothers, 
with  corresponding  obligations  for  paying  the  expenses  of  the  State  and 
the  annual  tribute  of  thirteen  lakhs  to  Cabool.  In  this  arrangement 
Sobdar,  the  son  of  Futteh  Ali,  received  no  share  of  power.  Gholam  Ali 
died  in  1811,  and  his  son  Meer  Mahomed  was  also  excluded  from  power, 
which  was  divided  between  the  two  surviving  brothers,  Kurm  Ali  and 
Murad  Ali.  The  former  died  childless  in  1828,  leaving  Murad  Ali  sole 
ruler  of  Lower  Sindh.  He  died  in  1835,  leaving  two  sons,  Noor  Maho- 
med and  Nusseer  Khan.  From  this  time  till  1840  the  government  at 
Hyderabad  was  divided  among  the  four  sons  of  the  u  Char  Yar,"  Noor 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS.  3 

Mahomed  the  Chief  Meer,  his  brother  Nusseer  Khan,  and  their  two  Sixnii. 
cousins,  Sobdar  son  of  Futteh  Ali,  and  Meer  Mahomed  son  of  Gholam 
Ali.  In  1840  Noor  Mahomed  died,  leaving  two  sons,  Shadad  and  Hus- 
sein Ali,  under  the  guardianship  of  their  uncle  Nusseer  Khan.  These 
were  the  heads  of  the  Hyderabad  family  at  the  time  of  the  annexation  of 
Sindh  in  1843 — Nusseer  Khan,  Sobdar,  Meer  Mahomed,  Shadad  and  Hus- 
sein Ali  between  whom  Noor  Mahomed  had  divided  his  possessions  by  will. 

In  Upper  Sindh  and  Meerpore  the  government  remained  undivided 
in  the  hands  of  single  Chiefs.  Meer  Sohrab  bequeathed  his  territory  to 
his  son  Meer  Roostum  in  1830.  Meer  Thara  had  been  succeeded  the 
previous  year  in  Meerpore  by  his  son  Sher  Mahomed.  These  two 
Chiefs  remained  in  power  till  the  annexation. 

The  connection  of  the  British  Government  was  naturally  more  in- 
timate with  the  Hyderabad  family,  who  governed  the  lower  valley  of  the 
Indus,  than  with  the  more  remote  branches  of  Kheirpore  and  Meerpore. 
After  his  accession,  Gholam  Ali  deputed  an  Agent  to  Bombay,  in  1803, 
to  apologise  for  the  expulsion  of  the  British  Agency  by  his  late  brother. 
Friendly  relations,  however,  were  not  at  once  established  in  consequence 
of  the  evasion  of  the  demand  of  the  British  Government  for  compensa- 
tion. But  in  1808,  when  the  British  Government  were  concerting  mea- 
sures against  the  threatened  invasion  of  the  French  and  the  Persians  by 
way  of  Afghanistan,  it  was  deemed  expedient  to  waive  the  demand. 
Captain  Seton  was  sent  as  envoy  to  Sindh  on  the  part  of  the  Bombay 
government.     He  concluded  an  offensive  and  defensive  Treaty*  of  seven 

*  Translate  of  a  Deed  of  Agreement  sealed  and  delivered  by  Meer  Gholam  Ali, 
Hakim  of  Sindh,  to  Captain  David  Seton  at  Hyderabad,  the  18th  July  1808. 

This  Agreement  has  been  drawn  up  in  consequence  of  Captain  David  Seton,  on  the 
part  of  the  Honourable  Jonathan  Duncan,  Esq.,  Governor  of  Bombay,  having  arrived  at 
Hyderabad,  and  having  formed  a  firm  alliance  between  the  government  of  Sindh  and  the 
Honourable  Company,  and  the  Honourable  Governor  aforesaid. 

Article  1. 

That  a  firm  alliance  shall  exist  between  the  two  States,  and  the  friends  of  one  the 

friends  of  the  other,  and  the  enemies  of  one  the  enemies  of  the  other;  and  this  shall  remain 

for  ever. 

Article  2. 

When  the  assistance  of  troops  is  required  by  either  of  the  parties,  it  shall  be  granted 
when  asked. 


4  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  Articles  with  Gholam  Shah.  The  Supreme  Government,  however,  re- 
fused to  ratify  it,  as  it  committed  them  to  too  close  a  connection  with 
Sindh,  and  they  sent  an  envoy  of  their  own,  Mr.  N.  H.  Smith,  to  make 
new  negotiations.  A  Treaty  of  four  Articles  (No.  IV.)  was  concluded, 
on  22nd  August  1809,  with  the  then  surviving  brothers  of  the  Hydera- 
bad family.  This  Treaty  provided  for  the  exclusion  of  the  French  from 
Sindh,  and  the  mutual  despatch  of  vakeels  by  the  British  Government 
and  the  government  of  Sindh.  In  1820  another  Treaty  (No.  V.)  was 
concluded  with  the  two  surviving  brothers,  Kurm  Ali  and  Murad  Ali, 
by  which  they  agreed  to  exclude  Europeans  and  Americans  from  their 
territories,  and  to  prevent  inroads  into  the  British  dominions.  The  sub- 
jects of  the  two  governments  were  to  be  permitted  to  reside  in  each 
other's  territories  on  condition  of  orderly  and  peaceable  conduct. 

On  4th  April  1832  the  first  Treaty  (No.  VI.)  was  concluded  with 
the  Kheirpore  family.  Its  provisions  were  chiefly  of  a  commercial 
nature,  Meer  Boostum  agreeing  to  throw  open  the  navigation  of  the 
Indus'*  on  the  same  condition  as  might  be  settled  with  the  Hyderabad 
Ameers.     The  terms   with   the   Hyderabad  Ameers    (No.   VII.)   were 

Aeticle  3. 
That  the  disaffected  of  one  government  shall  not  he  protected  hy  the  other. 

Aeticle  4. 
That  when  the  servants  of  the  Sindh  government  shall  wish  to  purchase  warlike  stores 
in  any  of  the  ports  helonging  to  the  Honourable  Company,  they  shall  he  permitted  to  do 
so,  and  be  assisted  in  their  purchases,  and  on  paying  their  value  be  allowed  to  depart. 

Aeticle  5. 
That  an  Agent  on  the  part  of  the  Honourable  Company,  for  the  increase  of  friendship 
and  good-will,  shall  reside  at  the  Court  of  the  Meer  of  Sindh. 

Aeticle  6. 
The  claims  on  account  of  former  loss  in  the  time  of  Mr.  Crow  shall  be  dropped, 

Aeticle  7. 
That  a  British  factory  in  the  town  of  Tatta  only,  on  the  same  footing  as  in  the  time 
of  the  Caloree,  shall,  after  the  full  satisfaction,  perfect  confidence,  and  with  the  leave  of 
this  government,  be  established. 

And  through  the  blessing  of  God  there  shall  be  no  deviation  from  this  firm  alliance. 
Dated  1st  Jemmadee-ool-Sany  1223,  or  2Uh  July  1808. 

*  Regarding  trade  on  the  Indus  see  Treaties  with  Runjeet   Sing  and  tbe  Nawab  of 
Bhawulporc,  Vol.  II.,  pages  231  and  355. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  5 

concluded  on  20th  and  22nd  April  1832,  and  provided  for  the  passage  of     sixnn. 

traders  by  the  rivers  and  roads  in  Sindh,  subject  to  fixed  duties,  on  con- 

dition  that  no  armed  vessels  or  military  stores  should  be  conveyed  by 
these  routes,  and  that  English  merchants  should  not  settle  in  Sindh,  but 
leave  the  country  as  soon  as  their  business  should  be  transacted.  In 
1834  this  Treaty  was  modified  by  another  (No.  VIII.),  which  substituted 
for  a  duty  on  goods  a  toll  of  Rupees  570  between  the  sea  and  Roopur, 
of  which  Rupees  240  were  to  be  paid  to  the  Sindh  Ameers,  and  the 
remainder  to  Bhawulpore  and  Runjeet  Sing,  and  provided  that  bulk 
broken  in  the  voyage  should  be  charged  with  the  local  duties  levied  by 
the  respective  governments  within  whose  territories  the  goods  were 
sold. 

The  later  Treaties  with  the  Ameers  of  Sindh  were  more  of  a  poli- 
tical nature,  arising  out  of  the  measures  taken  by  the  British  Govern- 
ment to  re-establish  Shah  Suja  in  Cabool,  to  which  it  is  necessary  more 
particularly  to  advert. 

In  1836  Runjeet  Sing  put  forward  claims  to  a  tribute  of  twelve  lakhs 
of  Rupees  from  Sindh  and  threatened  the  invasion  of  Shikarpore,  but 
the  British  Government  induced  him  to  abstain  from  hostilities,  and 
offered  to  the  Ameers  of  Sindh  to  mediate  a  settlement  of  Runjeet 
Sing's  claims  on  condition  of  their  granting  certain  concessions  in  favour 
of  trade  on  the  Indus,  receiving  a  British  Agent  at  Hyderabad,  and  con- 
ducting all  their  relations  with  Lahore  through  the  British  Government. 
A  provisional  engagement  (No.  IX.)  was  concluded  with  the  Hyderabad 
Ameers  for  opening  the  trade  on  the  Indus  and  stationing  a  British 
Agent  at  Shikarpore.     Great  repugnance,  however,  was  shown  to  the 
reception  of  a   British   Agent   at   Hyderabad.     Noor  Mahomed  Khan 
asserted  that  he  was  too  weak  to  accept  such  a  measure  which  was  op- 
posed to  the  feelings  of  his  family  and  the  whole  Talpore  tribe.     But 
as  concession  on  this  point  was  made  the  essential  preliminary  condition 
of  the   British  mediation  with  Runjeet  Sing,  the  Ameer  at  last  con- 
sented, and  a  Treaty  (No.  X.)  was  concluded,  on  the  20th  April  1838, 
with  Noor  Mahomed  Khan.     Separate  agreements   to  the  same  effect 
were  given  at  the  request  of  Noor  Mahomed  to  the  other  Ameers,  Nusseer 
Khan    and    Sobdar  Khan,  the   object  of  this  being  to   secure  Noor 
Mahomed  Khan  in  the  position  of  head  of  the  Hyderabad  family. 


6  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

S1NDH.  The  4th  Article  of  the  tripartite  Treaty*  between  the  British  Gov- 

ernment, Runjeet  Sing,  and  Shah  Suja,  bound  Shah  Suja  to  abide  by 
whatever  the  British  Government  should  settle  regarding  Shikarpore  and 
the  territory  of  Sindh  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Indus,  and  the  16th  Article 
provided  that  he  should  relinquish  all  claims  to  supremacy  over  Sindh 
and  to  arrears  of  tribute  on  the  condition  of  the  payment  by  the  Ameers 
of  such  a  sum  as  the  British  Government  might  determine,  of  which 
fifteen  lakhs  were  to  be  paid  to  Runjeet  Sing.  In  consideration  of  the 
advantages  to  be  secured  to  the  Ameers  by  the  cessation  of  their  depend- 
ence on  Cabool  and  of  all  tributary  claims,  they  were  to  be  required  to 
assist  in  the  passage  of  the  British  armies  to  Afghanistan,  to  permit 
the  temporary  occupation  of  Shikarpore,  and  as  much  territory  as  would 
form  a  secure  basis  for  the  intended  military  operations,  and  to  suspend 
-  that  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  1832  which  prohibited  the  transport  of 
military  stores  by  the  Indus.  The  Ameers  were  at  the  same  time  told 
that  any  engagement  on  their  part  with  the  Shah  of  Persia  would  be 
considered  as  indicative  of  hostile  feelings  towards  the  British  Govern- 
ment. The  Resident  in  Sindh  was  also  empowered,  in  the  event  of  the 
British  policy  being  opposed  by  the  leading  Ameers,  to  place  at  the  head 
of  the  administration  any  member  of  the  family  whose  disposition  might 
be  friendly  and  who  might  have  sufficient  influence  in  the  country  to 
recommend  him. 

With  exception  of  Sobdar  Khan,  the  Ameers  of  the  Hyderabad 
family  manifested  the  strongest  disinclination  to  comply  with  the  de- 
mands made  on  them.  Less  difficulty  was  found  with  the  Kheirpore 
family.  Mobarik  Khan,  indeed,  and  a  small  party  attached  to  him,  were 
subservient  to  the  counsels  of  their  relatives  at  Hyderabad.  But  Meer 
Roostum  Ali  Khan,  who  had  long  manifested  a  desire  for  a  treaty  with 
the  British  Government,  by  which  he  should  be  recognized  as  independ- 
ent of  Hyderabad,  entered  willingly  into  the  British  policy.  A  Treaty 
(No.  XI.)  similar  to  that  made  in  the  same  year  with  the  Nawab 
of  Bhawulporef  was  concluded  with  him  on  24th  December  1838,  by 
which  his  territory  was  taken  under  British  protection;  he  acknowledged 
the  British  supremacy,  engaged  to  abstain  from  political  intercourse  with 

*  See  Vol.  II.,  page  251.  f  See  Vol.  II.,  page  367. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  STJNNUDS.  7 

other  States,  was  guaranteed  in  the  independent  administration  of  his  sindh. 
territory,  and  engaged  to  assist  in  the  passage  of  troops  through  his  ~ 
territory,  and  to  cede  temporarily  the  fortress  of  Bukker  as  a  depdt  for 
treasure  and  munitions  of  war.  Subsidiary  agreements  were  at  the 
same  time  given  to  the  other  Ameers  of  the  Kheirpore  family,  Mobarik 
Khan,  Mahomed  Khan,  and  Ali  Murad  Khan.  It  was  at  first  intended  to 
exclude  Mobarik  Khan  from  these  arrangements  in  consequence  of  his 
avowed  opposition  to  the  British  Government,  but  at  the  request  of 
Roostum  Ali  Khan,  a  guarantee  was  given  to  Mobarik  Khan  as  well 
as  to  the  other  Ameers. 

In  the  mean  time  much  opposition  was  experienced  by  the  Resident 
at  Hyderabad.  The  Ameers  manifested  the  utmost  repugnance  to  admit 
the  pecuniary  claims  of  Shah  Suja,  and  pleaded  that  the  Shah  had 
already  granted  them  releases*  written  on  the  Koran  from  all  tributary 

*  Shah  Suja-ool-molk  to  Murad  Ali  Khan. 

As  the  slaves  of  the  presence  are  now  about  to  proceed  to  conquer  Khorassan  and  Iran, 
I  have  entered  into  the  following  Treaty,  which  I  swear  by  God  and  the  Koran  to  abide  by. 
I  will  not  remain  above  fifty  days  at  Shikarpore,  and  will  encamp  on  the  Baghi  Shahee.  At 
the  close  of  the  above  period,  the  slaves  of  the  presence  will  move  into  Candahar,  and  I 
bestow  Sindh  and  Shikarpore  and  their  dependencies  on  you  and  your  heirs  and  successors 
in  the  same  manner  that  you  now  hold  them.  They  shall  be  your  territories  and  property. 
There  shall  be  no  oppression  of  the  smallest  degree,  and,  besides  that,  the  royal  favor  will 
be  greatly  extended  towards  you,  so  that  all  the  world  may  know  it.  This  Treaty  is  vouch- 
safed on  the  Koran  for  your  perfect  satisfaction. 

Written  the  1th  of  Mohurrum,  1209  Hegira. 

(The  King's  Sign  Manual). 

N.  B. — The  following  remark  is  written  in  the  hand-writing  of  the  King  himself: — 
"  This  treaty  is  confirmed  by  the  Koran.     The  royal  slaves  have  bestowed  of  their  own 

free  will  and  pleasure  the  country  of  Sindh  and  Shikarpore  as  a  jaghire  on  Meer  Murad 

Ali  Khan." 

Shah  Suja-ool-moolk  to  the  Ameers  Noor  Mahomed  and  Xusteer  Mahomed. 
I  hereby,  in  the  name  of  God  and  by  the  sacred  Koran,  make  this  agreement,  by  whioh 
I  bestow  on  you  the  country  of  Sindh  and  Shikarpore,  and  all  their  depnedencies,  u  a 
jaghire,  which  you  are  to  enjoy  and  hold  generation  after  generation.  The  said  country  will 
remain  with  you  for  the  future,  and  no  sort  of  oppression,  however  small,  shall  be  attempt- 
ed  or  practised.     The  friends  and  enemies  of  the  King  shall  be  considered  your  friends 


O  I'K  KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

sindh.  payments.  Sobdar  Khan  was  throughout  friendly  in  his  bearing,  but 
the  other  Ameers,  more  particularly  Noor  Mahomed  and  Nusseer  Khan, 
acted  with  deep  duplicity.  While  professing  a  strong  desire  for  cordial 
friendship,  they  were  holding  secret  intercourse  with  Persia.  They 
threatened  in  a  most  insolent  manner  to  oppose  the  passage  of  Shah 
Suja,  permitted  the  Resident  to  be  insulted  and  stoned,  gave  secret 
orders  that  no  assistance  should  be  rendered  to  the  British  force  from 
Bombay,  and  tampered  with  the  Nawab  of  Bhawulpore  to  seduce 
him  from  the  alliance  which  he  had  just  concluded  with  the  British 
Government.  The  paramount  importance,  however,  of  hastening  the 
completion  of  the  measures  for  the  occupation  of  Afghanistan  induced 
the  British  Government  to  abate  its  demand,  provided  they  could  secure 
the  passage  of  troops.  The  Resident  therefore  offered  to  the  Ameers 
a  Treaty  framed  on  the  principle  of  establishing  the  distinct  independ- 
ence of  each  of  them  and  stationing  a  British  force,  to  be  subsidized, 
in  the  country,  with  the  exemption  of  Meer  Sobdar  Khan  from  all 
payment  on  account  of  the  expenses  of  that  force.  The  Treaty  was 
rejected  by  the  Ameers,  and  every*  appearance  of  open  hostility  was 
exhibited.  Preparations  were  made  to  attack  their  capital,  when  the 
Ameers  assented  to  the  demands  made  on  them  and  signed  the  Treaty. 
But  as  a  punishment  for  their  hostility,  a  new  condition  was  insisted  on, 
that  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad,  with  the  exception  of  Sobdar  Khan, 
should  pay  seven  lakhs  of  Rupees  each,  being  twenty-one  lakhs  in  all, 
to  Shah  Suja,  as  the  condition  of  their*  exemption  from  further  claims. 

While  these  events  were  occurring  at  Hyderabad,  the  reserve  force 
from  Bombay  was  fired  on  while  approaching  Kurrachee,  and  their 
landing  was  opposed.     Fire  was,  therefore,   opened  on  the  fort,  the  sea- 


and  enemies.  Should  you  require  any  assistance  in  the  way  of  troops  on  account  of  Sindh 
and  Shikarpore,  it  shall  be  afforded  from  the  royal  army  agreeably  to  your  wishes.  The 
slaves  of  the  presence  have  no  sort  of  claim  or  pretensions  on  Sindh  or  Shikarpore  and  their 
dependencies,  nor  will  any  be  made.  The  Treaty  which  the  fortunate  slaves  wrote  with 
the  royal  hand- writing  on  the  sacred  Koran,  in  the  name  of  Murad  Ali  Khan,  of  blessed 
memory,  is  renewed,  as  well  as  what  is  herein  stated  to  you,  and  not  a  hair  breadth's  differ- 
ence shall  occur  in  it.  The  royal  favour  and  approbation  shall  be  bestowed  and  showered  on 
you  beyond  that  shown  to  the  other  well-wishers  of  the  King. 

(Signed  by  the  King's  Sign  Manual  in  red  ink.) 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNTJDS.  9 

face  of  which  was  levelled  with  the  ground.     The  fort  was  taken,  and     sindh. 
the  Governor  of  the  town  was  required   (No.  XII.)  to  give  over  mili-  " 
tary  occupation  of  it  to  the  British  Government. 

The  Treaty  which  had  been  concluded  between  the  Resident  and 
the  Ameers  was  not  confirmed  in  its  entirety  by  government.  Several 
modifications  were  made  in  it,  and  it  was  reduced  from  23  to  14  Articles, 
and  the  revised  Treaty  (No.  XIII.)  signed  by  the  Governor  General 
was  offered  separately  for  the  acceptance  of  the  four  Ameers.  After 
some  demur  the  Ameers  signed  it,  being  chiefly  induced  to  do  so  by 
the  example  of  Meer  Sobdar  Khan. 

In  the  mean  time  Sher  Mahomed  Khan,  of  Meerpore",  also  expressed 
a  wish  to  enter  into  a  Treaty  with  the  British  Government.  His  ob- 
ject was  to  obtain  the  same  terms  as  had  been  granted  to  Sobdar  Khan 
of  Hyderabad,  that  is  to  say,  exemption  from  all  payments  towards 
the  subsidiary  force.  Government,  however,  refused  to  treat  with  him  on 
such  terms,  and  required  a  payment  of  half  a  lakh  a  year.  To  this  the  Ameer 
assented,  and  a  Treaty  (No.  XIV.)  was  concluded  with  him  in  June  1841. 

Delay  and  difficulty  soon  began  to  be  felt  in  realizing  the  tribute 
from  the  Ameers,  and  Lord  Ellenborough,  deeming  the  demand  of  pecu- 
niary tribute  from  Native  States  to  be  a  constant  cause  of  misunder- 
standing, resolved  to  commute  it,  whenever  possible,  to  a  cession  of  land. 
In  pursuance  of-' this  policy,  negotiations  were  opened  with  the  Ameers 
for  the  cession  of  Shikarpore  in  lieu  of  the  tribute.  Meer  Nusseer 
Khan  of  Hyderabad  readily  offered  to  cede  his  own  share  of  Shikar- 
pore and  that  of  his  late  brother  Noor  Mahomed  on  condition  of  being 
allowed  to  retain  the  nominal  sovereignty.  The  negotiations  were  nearly 
concluded,  when  the  first  news  of  the  disasters  at  Cabool  arrived  and 
produced  an  entire  change  of  feeling  in  the  Ameers,  and  induced  them 
to  break  off  the  discussion.  Meer  Roostum  Ali  of  Kheirpore  and 
Nusseer  Khan  of  Hyderabad  also  began  to  intrigue  for  the  expulsion 
of  the  British  forces  from  Sindh.  They  were  therefore  distinctly  warned 
that  on  the  day  on  which  infidelity  to  their  engagements  might  be 
proved,  their  territories  would  pass  from  them. 

In  August  1842  Sir  C.  Napier  was  appointed  to  the  military 
command  in  Sindh  and  Belochistan,  and  invested  with  authority  over 
all  civil  and  political  officers  in  these  territories.     Besides  the  suspicion 

VOL.    VII.  c 


10  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   St'NNUDS. 

SINDH.  of  the  fidelity  of  the  Ameers,  there  were  other  circumstances  arising  out 
of  a  misunderstanding  of  those  Articles  of  the  Treaty  relating  to  trade 
which  called  for  a  revision  of  the  engagements.  The  most  important 
discussion  related  to  the  interpretation  of  the  11th  Article.  The  Ameers 
insisted  that  the  Article  exempted  only  foreign  boats  from  duty  on  the 
Indus,  while  the  British  Government  maintained  that  all  boats,  as  well 
those  of  Sindh  as  of  other  States,  were  entitled  to  pass  duty  free.  The 
objects  which,  under  the  instructions  of  government,  were  to  be  kept 
in  view  in  any  new  engagement  with  the  Ameers  were  the  free  navi- 
gation of  the  Indus,  the  cession  of  territory  in  exchange  for  tribute,  the 
establishment  of  a  uniform  currency  in  Sindh,  and  the  cession  of  terri- 
tory to  the  Nawab  of  Bhawulpore,  who  throughout  the  disasters  in 
Afghanistan  had  remained  faithful  to  his  engagements.  A  draft  Treaty 
embodying  these  demands  was  offered  to  the  Ameers  towards  the  close 
of  1842.  Naturally  enough  the  most  serious  remonstrances  were  made 
against  the  measures  which  government  proposed  to  force  on  them. 
There  seemed  no  hope  of  an  amicable  settlement.  The  British  troops 
were  advancing  to  enforce  the  demands,  and  on  9th  February  1843  the 
Ameers  intimated  their  willingness  to  subscribe  the  Treaty  if  Roostum 
Ali  Khan,  of  Kheirpore,  were  restored  to  his  rights  of  which  he  hud 
been  deprived  by  his  younger  brother  Ali  Murad. 

Meer  Sohrab,  of  Kheirpore,  had  retired  from  public  life  in  1811, 
and  abdicated  in  favour  of  his  son  Meer  Roostum  Ali.  But  by  his  will, 
which  he  made  in  1829,  he  divided  his  territory  among  his  sons  in  four 
shares,  of.  which  Meer  Roostum,  as  the  successor  to  the  "  Turban"  or 
government,  held  two,  and  Mobarik  Ali  and  Ali  Murad  were  to  receive 
one  each.  Ali  Murad,  who  was  an  infant  at  the  time  of  his  father's 
death,  and  was  committed  to  the  care  of  Mobarik  Ali,  always  believed 
himself  to  have  been  defrauded  by  his  guardian.  However  this  may 
be,  he  received*  from  the  British  Government  in  1838  a  separate  gua- 
rantee for  the  States  he  held  in  Kheirpore.  Mobarik  Ali  died  in  1839, 
but  the  dispute  was  inherited  by  his  son  Nusseer  Khan,  with  whom  Meer 
Roostum  Ali  sided.  In  September  1842  the  brothers  met  in  battle. 
Roostum  and  Nusseer  Khan  were  defeated,  and  signed  the  Nownahar 

*  See  above,  page. 7. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


11 


Treaty,*  by  which  they  assigned  nine  villages  to  Ali  Murad,  seven  of  which 
belonged  to  Meer  Roostum  and  two  to  Nusseer  Khan.  When  Sir  C.  Napier 
arrived  in  Upper  Siudh,  Ali  Murad  complained  to  him  that  his  brother 
Roostum  was  endeavouring  to  secure  the  succession  to  the  Turban  to  one 
of  his  own  sons  to  the  prejudice  of  Ali  Murad's  right.     Sir  C.  Napier 


sin  mi. 


*  Translation  of  the  Treaty  made  between  Meer  Roostum  Kuan,  Talpore,  and  Mker 
Am  Murad  Khan,  Talpore,  as  written  on  the  Koran,  which  was  produced  by  Ali 
Murad  to  the  Commission  in  1850. 

In  the  name  of  the  Most  Merciful  and  Compassionate  God. 

May  the  God  of  the  Universe  be  praised  ! 

Meer  Saheb  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  Talpore,  made  peace  and  bound  himself  by  promise 
with  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan,  Talpore,  to  this  effect,  that  as  a  dispute  arose  between  Meer 
Ali  Murad  Khan  and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  on  the  subject  of  the  boundary  of  Soondurbealy, 
in  which  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  was  proved  to  have  encroached,  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan 
having  expended  lakhs  of  Rupees  came  to  fight  with  Meer  Nusseer  Khan.  In  the  mean 
time,  in  order  to  put  an  end  to  disturbances,  and  considering  the  expense  in  cash  and 
jaghires  which  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan  has  incurred  on  account  of  his  army,  I  give  over  the 
villages  of  Khanwahun,  Abayanee,  Bucha,  Daree,  Ghurukna  the  villages  Rayna  and  Paleeja, 
with  my  free  will,  and  that  of  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  to  Ali  Murad  Khan,  that  he  may  enjoy 
them  from  the  commencement  of  the  season  Khureef  1253,  and  I  (Meer  Roostum)  will 
depute  a  vakeel  to  get  this  Treaty  sanctioned  by  the  British  Authorities.  I  will  never 
cause  any  molestation  against  the  said  villages;  neither  my  sons  nor  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  nor 
his  relations,  will  raise  any  claims  to  this  country.  If  they  attempt  to  do  so  they  are  false ; 
and  as  regards  the  villages  of  Pupurlooee,  Obree,  and  Shah  Bella,  Mahomed  Obag  and 
Mahlanee,  which  are  the  right  of  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan,  although  they  were  in  the  posses- 
sion of  Meer  Mobarik  Khan,  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan  has  got  them  back  through  the  British 
Government ;  neither  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  nor  his  children  are  to  set  forth  their  claims  to 
the  said  villages,  or  apply  to  the  British  Government  for  them.  If  they  attempt  to  do  so, 
they  are  false,  and  I,  together  with  my  sons,  shall  take  part  with  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan, 
as  he  is  in  the  right,  and  the  boundary  of  Soondurbealy,  as  may  be  settled  by  the  Ameers, 
I  will  give  into  the  possession  of  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan.  There  is  no  difference  in  this 
Treaty,  nor  will  any  be  made.     God  is  witness. 


Roostum 
Fuqueer, 
Talpore. 


Meer  Ali 

Akbar  Khan, 

Talpore- 


Meer 

Nusseer  Khan, 

Talpore. 


Bated  9th  Shaban  1258- 


12  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SI'NNUDS. 

SINDH.  replied  that  by  Treaty  the  chieftaincy  belonged  to  Meer  Roostum  for  life, 
but  that  at  his  death  it  would  be  transferred  to  Ali  Murad.  With  this 
assurance  Ali  Murad  seemed  satisfied,  and  from  that  day  he  attached 
himself  firmly  to  the  British  interests.  When  the  British  army  was 
advancing  to  enforce  the  demands  contained  in  the  draft  Treaty,  Meer 
Roostum  offered  to  come  into  Sir  C.  Napier's  camp  and  to  put  himself 
under  his  protection.  He  was  told  he  should  rather  seek  the  protection 
of  Ali  Murad.  He  did  so,  and  shortly  afterwards  it  was  reported  that 
he  had  resigned  the  Turban  to  his  younger  brother,  and  that  he  had 
written  the  resignation*  in  the  most  solemn  manner  in  the  Koran.     The 


Corr  of  the  Treaty  of  Nownahar  written  on  the  leaf  said  to  have  heen  extracted  from 

the  Koran. 

Translation. 
In  the  name  of  the  Most  Merciful  and  Compassionate  God. 

May  the  God  of  the  Universe  be  praised  ! 

Meer  Saheb  Meer  Eoostum  Khan,  Talporc,  made  peace  and  hound  himself  by  promise 
with  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan,  Talpore,  to  this  effect,  that  as  a  dispute  arose  between  Meer 
Ali  Murad  Khan  and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  on  the  subject  of  the  boundary  of  Soondur- 
bealy,  in  which  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  was  proved  to  have  encroached,  Meer  Ali  Murad 
Khan  having  expended  lakhs  of  Rupees  came  to  fight  with  Meer  Nusseer  Khan.  In  the 
mean  time,  in  order  to  put  an  end  to  disturbances,  &c,  considering  the  expense  in  cash  and 
jaghires  which  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan  has  incurred  on  account  of  his  army,  I  gave  over 
the  villages  of  Khanwahun,  Abayanee,  Bucha,  Darce,  Ghurukna,  the  villages  Rayna  and 
Paleeja,  with  my  free  will,  and  the  village  Dadloo,  and  pergunnah(rt)  Mathela  with  my  own 
free  will  and  that  of  Meer  Nusseer  Khan. 

(a)  The  word  "  deh"  appears  hero  to  have  been  altered  to  "  Pergunnah,"  and  in  attempt- 
ing to  make  "  bu-mirzee"  into  "  Mehurkee,"  the  papers  seem  to  have  been  spoiled. 

*  Praise  bo  to  God  and  blessings  on  the  prophet  and  his  family  ! 

Meer  Roostum  Khan,  Talpore,  has  made  a  compact,  and  formed  a  Treaty  with  Meer 
Ali  Murad  Khan,  Talpore,  to  the  following  effect : — At  this  time  during  the  supremacy  of 
the  powerful  and  exalted  English  Government,  and  from  the  autumn  of  1253,  I  Meer 
Roostum  Khan,  of  my  own  freo  will  and  pleasure,  according  to  the  rule  and  custom  of  die 
Chiefs  of  Hyderabad,  present  to  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan  (who  is  worthy  of  the  Chiefship) 
the  Turban  of  the  Chiefship  and  brotherhood,  with  the  control  of  the  whole  of  my  country, 
with  the  (sur  shemeari)  capitation  tax,  (meer  luchurce)  river  dues,  and  (jayeya)  tax  on 
others  than  Mahomedans,  and  farms,  and  tolls,  and  fisheries,  as  specified  below,  so  that  during 
my  life-time,  having  occupied  the  seat  of  Chiefship,  he  may  take  into  his  entire  possession 
the  countries  specified  below.  No  one  of  my  sons  or  nephews  has  or  shall  have  claim  or  entry 
in  this  same  Turban  and  this  same  country,  which  I  of  my  free  will  and  pleasure  bestow  in 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  STJNNUDS.  13 

resignation  was  made  after  Meer  Roostum  had  taken  from  AH  Murad  an     siNDH. 
engagement*  securing  a  provision  for  himself,  his  sons,  and  his  nephews.  ~ 
When  Sir  C.  Napier  heard  of  the  resignation,  he  asked  an  interview  with 

gift.  If  any  one  advances  a  claim,  lie  is  a  liar.  The  administration  of  affairs,  the  control 
of  the  army,  the  negotiations  with  the  English,  all  now  depend  on  the  will  of  Meer  Ali 
Murad  Khan.  In  this  compact  the  oath  of  the  Koran  is  used ;  there  shall  not  be  the 
variation  of  a  hair's  hreadth.  God  is  a  sufficient  witness.  Written  on  the  17th  Tekiad  1258 
A.  h. (December  20th,  1842)  ;  1st,  Pergunnahs  Kholiara  Chehoor,  Alleearcea,  and  Kuhtera; 
2nd,  Pergunnahs  Nowshera  Praze ;  3rd,  ditto  Kundbarra,  with  Cherporo  and  Laharce ; 
4th,  Sud  Kokun ;  5th,  ditto  Meerporc,  Manhilas,  and  Kunoorkce;  6th,  sandy  territory  in 
Rene  and  Nara;  7th,  forts  Shahgurh,  Sirdashgurh,  and  other  forts;  8th,  Pergunnahs 
Obara,  Khcirpore,  Hurkee;  9th,  ditto  Imamwahj  10th,  ditto  Bahoonuck  and  Burah;  11th, 
one-third  of  Subzul  and  Pergunnah  Moozucka ;  12th,  Pergunnah  Shikarpore  Mor  Ah ;  13th, 
ditto  Roopa;  14th,  ditto  Bulbudka;  15th,  ditto  Chuck  Moozargah;  16th,  ditto  Kushmoor. 

*  I,  Meer  Ali  Murad,  Talpore,  requested  Meer  Eoostum  Khan,  on  account  of  his  old  age 
and  weakly  state,  to  abdicate  the  Turban  in  my  favour  and  give  over  in  writing  all  the 
country;  that  I  would  be  responsible  in  every  way  to  the  British  Government.  The  Meer 
consented  to  abdicate  the  Turban  and  to  give  over  in  writing  the  whole  country  and  also 
the  fortresses,  but  he  required  that  I  would  agree  to  four  Articles,  after  which  he  would 
give  over  to  me  in  writing  the  whole  country.     These  Articles  are  as  follows  : — 

Article  1. 

That  the  country  north  of  Eoree,  according  to  the  proclamation,  belongs  to  the  British. 

Abticle  2. 

The  country  belonging  to  the  sons  of  Meer  Mobarik  Khan. 

Article  3. 

The  country  belonging  to  the  sons  of  Meer  Eoostum  Khan. 

Article  4. 

My  (that  is,  Meer  Eoostum's)  expenses. 

I  consented  to  the  above  Articles,  taking  upon  myself  the  wholo  responsibility.  I  do 
now  declare,  giving  the  same  in  writing,  that  if  the  British  Government  remonstrate  with 
Meer  Eoostum  Khan  and  demand  why  he  made  over  the  country  north  of  Eoree  to  Meer 
Ali  Murad,  I  will  be  answerable  and  satisfy  the  English  Government.  If  they  demand  the 
country,  I  will  give  it  up,  but  I  will  not  allow  Meer  Eoostum  Khan  to  suffer  one  word 
of  annoyance.  To  the  sons  of  Meer  Eoostum  Khan,  whom  I  look  upon  as  my  own  brothers, 
I  will  restore  their  jaghires  ;  I  will  in  no  way  depart  from  this.  To  take  one  span  of  their 
lands  is  unlawful.  I  have  no  claim  whatsoever  to  their  jaghires ;  it  is  their  right,  and 
their  right  they  shall  receive.  The  country  belonging  to  the  sons  of  Meer  Mobarik  Khan 
should  I  not  take,  the  British  Government  will.  I  will,  therefore,  now  appropriate  their 
country,  which  I  will  afterwards  make  over  to  them.  I  have  no  claim  whatever  on  their 
country ;  one  single  span  of  their  country  in  my  possession  would  be  unlawful;  the  country 


14  TKKATIE8,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  Meer  Roostum.  Bat  the  Ameer  did  not  wait  for  it.  He  fled  to  the 
desert,  and  Ali  Murad  was  recognised  by  Sir  C.  Napier  as  Chief  of 
Kheirpore.  It  was  for  the  restoration  of  Meer  Roostum  to  the  rights 
of  which  he  had  been  thus  deprived,  involuntarily  as  was  afterwards 
proved,  that  the  Ameers  stipulated  as  the  condition  of  their  signing  the 
proposed  Treaty.  Major  Outram,  the  British  Commissioner,  had  no 
power  to  re-open  this  subject.  At  last,  on  14th  February,  the  Ameers, 
except  Nusseer  Khan  of  Kheirpore,  signed  the  Treaty  (No.  XV.)  leaving 
Meer  Roostum's  rights  to  future  investigation.  Next  day  the  residence 
of  Major  Outram  was  attacked  by  8,000  of  the  troops  of  the  Ameers. 
After  a  most  gallant  defence  the  escort  made  their  way  to  the  main 
army.  The  battles  of  Mianee  and  Dubba  subjected  the  whole  of  Sindh 
to  the  British  Government,  with  the  exception  of  the  possessions  of  Ali 
Murad,  who  was  established  as  Chief  of  Kheirpore  in  the  territories 
which  belonged  to  Meer  Roostum,  both  by  inheritance  and  in  right  of  the 
Turban,  as  well  as  in  the  lands  of  which  he  himself  stood  rightfully 
possessed  at  the  time  of  the  conquest. 

As  all  the  territory  of  Sindh,  with  the  exception  of  the  portion  to 
be  continued  to  Ali  Murad,  was  confiscated  by  the  British  Government, 
it  of  course  became  Ali  Murad's  interest  to  establish  his  right  to  as  large 
a  portion  of  the  lands  of  Kheirpore  as  possible.  To  effect  this  he 
attempted  to  alter  that  clause  of  the  Treaty  of  Nownahar,  which  con- 
ferred on  him  two  villages  belonging  to  Nusseer  Khan,  in  such  a  manner 
as  to   secure   for  himself  large   districts   of  the   same  name  instead  of 

is  their  right,  and  their  right  they  shall  receive.  As  for  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  his  family, 
servants,  male  and  female  slaves,  I  will  provide  for  all  either  in  land  or  in  money ;  nothing 
shall  be  deficient.  I  will  serve  him  as  he  wishes.  These  Articles  I  have  written  out  in  the 
form  of  a  Treaty  that  hereafter  they  may  remain  as  proof,  and  that  no  differences  may  occur, 
God  is  my  witness. 

Bated  the  \§th  Zilcadah  1258,  A.  D.  19/7*  December  1842. 

Postscript — Meer  lloostum  Khan  to  retain  possession  of  Kheirpore  for  life. 

Dated  as  above.  Confirmed. 


Meer  Ali 

Murad's 

Seal. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  15 

insignificant  villages.  In  doing  so  the  leaf  of  the  Koran  on  which  the  SIN  ML 
Treaty  was  written  became  spoiled.  The  leaf  was  therefore  extracted  No7lT 
and  the  Treaty  was  written  on  a  fresh  leaf  in  such  a  way  as  to  suit  Ali 
Murad's  purpose.  This  fraud  was  clearly  established  by  a  Commission, 
which  met  in  1850  to  investigate  the  matter,  and  as  a  punishment  for  it 
Ali  Murad  was  degraded  from  the  rank  of  Rais  of  Kheirpore,  and 
deprived  of  all  his  territories,  except  those  which  he  inherited  under  his 
father's  will.  The  revenue  of  his  present  possessions  is  estimated  at 
Rupees  3,50,000.  He  enjoys  first  class  jurisdiction,  having  power  to  try 
for  capital  offences  any  persons  except  British  subjects. 

After  the  conquest  the  deposed  Ameers  were  removed  from  Sindh 
and  pensions  were  granted  them  by  the  British  Government.  With  the 
exception  of  Sher  Mahomed,  of  Meerpore,  all  are  dead ;  but  their  descend- 
ants continue  to  receive  liberal  pensions.  Most  of  the  members  of  the 
Talpore  family  have  been  permitted  to  return  to  Sindh.  The  pensions 
at  present  drawn  by  the  different  members  of  the  family  amount  to 

Rupees,  viz. : — 

Kupees. 

The  Hyderabad  family     ...  ...  ...     1,73,013 

The  Kheirpore  family     ...  ...  ...     1,79,540 

The  Meerpore  family    ...  ...  ...       60,200 

Total  ...     4,12,753 


No.  I. 
Pebwannahs,  &c.,  from  the  Pbince  of  Sindh  in  1758. 

No.   1  .—Copt  (attested  by  Codjee    Mahomed  Yaya)  of  the  Perwannah  from 
Gholam  Shah  Abassie,  dated  the  22nd  September  1758. 

Be  it  known  to  all  commanders,  officers,  fuqueers,  farmers,  and  inha- 
bitants of  Durat,  Laree-bunder,  Aurunga-bunder,  Garranchere  Darajah, 
Chavatra  Massotic,  Nakass,  Barbundie,  Galabajar,  Agur,  Goozer  Rajah 
Gunt,  Johibar,  Sarkar  Chachagom,  Charcarhallow,  Nassepore,  Holcandy, 
Sarkar  Soviston,  Coodabage,  Sarkar  Nohorey  Abey,  &c,  places  belong- 
ing to  Sircar,  that  Mr.  Sumption,  gomastah  belonging  to  the  Honour- 
able  English   Company,   informed   me   here   that   on   all  the  goods  he 


No.   I. 


16  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

STXDH.  purchases  and  sends  for  the  Honourable  Company  to  Bombay  he  pays  no 
more  than  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  customs  on  the  market  price,  which 
I  hereby  confirm,  and  order  that  no  more  than  that  custom  may  be 
received  of  him  as  usual,  but  on  all  Europe  goods  which  shall  be  sent 
from  Bombay  for  Coodabage,  Laree,  Multon,  &c,  half  of  what  customs, 
&c.,  charges  (such  as  passports,  convoy,  lodging,  Duan  Towff,  Canah,  &c.,) 
the  Multon  merchants  pay;  and  should  there  be  such  goods  as  the 
Multuny  never  cany,  and  be  it  possible  to  know  the  customs  and 
charges  on  them,  they  (the  English)  are  to  pay  half  of  what  any  of  the 
considerable  merchants  used  to  pay  on  the  same ;  but  nobody  is  to  de- 
mand any  thing  more.  And  the  same  customs,  &c,  as  are  above 
mentioned  they  are  to  pay  on  the  hing,  indigo,  &c,  goods  which  they 
never  bought  before ;  and  they  are  also  to  pay  one  and  a  half  per  cent, 
customs  on  the  saltpetre,  be  it  bought  by  themselves  or  by  anybody 
for  them  in  the  Sircar's  place,  or  anywhere  else ;  but  no  officers,  farmers, 
&c.,  are  to  demand  any  thing  more  from  them,  but  let  them  carry  on  their 
trade  unmolested.  And  I  further  order  that  should  their  goods  not  be 
disposed  of  and  they  want  to  carry  them  back,  no  customs  shall  be  de- 
manded thereon,  nor  on  any  provisions  which  Mr.  Sumption  shall  send 
from  any  place  on  board  their  ships  for  their  maintenance.  They  are 
also  not  to  demand  any  thing  for  their  gardens,  nor  in  any  shape  molest 
their  gardeners,  boats,  vessels,  &c,  or  send  them  on  any  Sircar's  busi- 
ness ;  and  it  is  also  ordered  that  their  chests  of  linen  may  not  be  opened, 
or  the  least  hindrance  shown  them  in  passing  and  repassing,  it  being 
contrary  to  our  rules ;  and  in  short,  no  one  shall  presume  to  make  any 
new  customs  to  their  prejudice,  or  in  any  shape  put  any  affront  on  them 
or  their  people.  Thej  have  also  free  liberty  to  provide  any  sort  of  grain, 
and  sell  the  same  and  any  European  goods  at  any  rate  they  please. 
The  customs  on  the  dubbers  of  ghee,  oil,  &c,  as  also  on  the  chests  and 
pots  of  goods,  are  to  be  charged  conformable  to  the  weight  they  put 
on  each  dubber,  chest,  or  pot,  without  weighing  them  again ;  and  the 
customs  on  the  elephants'  teeth  are  to  be  received  on  the  amount  of  sale 
when  they  are  sold.  And  should  Mr.  Sumption  either  buy  or  build  a 
house  or  warehouse  at  Aurunga  Bunder  or  at  Tatta,  my  said  people  are 
to  give  him  all  the  assistance  they  can,  that  it  may  cost  him  only  a 
reasonable  price,  and  he  is  to  have  all  the  encouragement  for  carrying  on 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   STJNNUDS.  17 

his  trade,  as  it  will  be  an  advantage  to  the  government;   but  no  other     sixnir. 
Englishman  shall  have  a  house  or  any  encouragement.     And  as  it  is  very       w     L~ 
necessary  that  I  should  encourage  and  please  the  English,  I  hereby  order 
that  an  entire  compliance  may  be  shown  to  this  without  demanding  any 
new  order  every  year. 


No.  2.— -Translation  of  Gholam  Shah,  Prince  of  Sindh's  Perwannnh,  for  the 
Honourable  Company's  customs,  privileges,  &c,  at  Sindh,  dated  22nd 
September  1758. 

To  all  Fuqueers  (a  term  for  the  Scroys,  or  people  of  the  Prince's  caste, 
inhabitants  of  the  upper  part  of  the  country),  Diredars,  Muttaseddees 
that  are  at  present  or  shall  in  future  come  into  offices  of  the  customs, 
whether  under  the  sovereign  power,  or  farmed  out  at  the  Dirt  or  (Tatta 
custom-house),  Laree-bunder,  Aurunga-bunder,  Garranchere  Darajah,  Cha- 
vatra  Massotie  Nakass,  Barbundie,  Galabajar  (or  grain  custom-house), 
Agur,  Guzer  Rajah  Gunt,  Johibar,  Sarkar  Cachlon  Charcarhallow  (names 
of  countries),  Sarkar  Nassepore,  Holcandy,  Sarkar  Soviston,  Coodabage 
Ruree,  and  all  other  places  within  my  dominions :  Know  ye  (or  observe) 
that  the  wealthy,  true,  faithful,  and  friendly  Mr.  Sumption,  English 
Agent  here,  has  made  application  or  requested  that  the  honourable,  great, 
noble,  and  highly  esteemed  English  Company  of  India  and  Bombay 
may,  on  whatever  trade  or  merchandize  they  transact  goods,  import  or 
export,  buy  or  sell,  pay  only  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  customs  on 
the  valuation  of  the  real  price  of  the  place,  which  I  have  condescended 
to  and  hereby  grant;  furthermore,  that  the  gomastah  (or  agent)  for 
the  said  Honourable  Company  of  India  may  have  the  privilege,  on  whatever 
goods  he  imports  from  abroad,  and  chooses  to  export  up  the  country  to 
Coodabad  Ruree,  Multon,  &c,  to  receive  a  putta  (or  permit),  and  what- 
ever goods  he  may  purchase  there  or  above,  to  pay  only  the  above- 
mentioned  customs;  and  of  the  Lauvasma  (or  customary  charges)  on 
the  putta  goods,  such  as  Rawdarree,  Deradarre,  Munket,  Nut,  Furhutt, 
Nungana,  Dusturehoy  Duana,  Moota,  at  Coodabad,  Circarwarry,  Donnee, 
and  other  Nosem  Kalsay  Duanna  Pescharry,  Joab  Khanna,  &c,  the 
half  only  of  what  paid  by  the  Company  of  Multon  merchants,  which 

VOL.    VII.  d 


18  TREATIES,    EX<;  \'.l  Ml  \TS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

sin  nil.      is  rot[iiiro(l   to  be  duly  observed,  and  at  any  place,  or  wherever  there 


go,  I.  be  not  a  settled  custom  on  the  Multon  merchants,  the  half  only  of 
what  is  paid  by  others,  the  greatest  or  principal  merchants,  and  at  your 
peril  not  to  ask,  demand,  or  receive  more ;  and  if  the  aforesaid  Agent 
should  purchase,  bring  down,  and  export  out  of  the  country,  from  Tatta, 
hing,  indigo,  or  any  other  goods  which  he  may  not  formerly  have 
dealt  in,  or  hath  a  settled  custom  for,  to  receive  only  the  above-men- 
tioned customs  and  rates  by  the  Custom-master,  Duanna,  &c,  as  aforesaid, 
and  more  (on  no  terms)  to  ask  or  demand.  And  furthermore,  if  the 
above  said  gomastah  or  agent  should,  in  any  part  within  the  extent  of 
my  dominions,  of  himself  extract  or  purchase  from  others  saltpetre, 
the  customs  on  the  true  valuation,  at  the  price  of  the  place,  with  all 
customary  charges  included,  I  have  settled  and  affixed  thereon,  viz.,  in 
whatever  place,  within  my  government  or  dominions,  that  he  may  ex- 
tract or  purchase,  to  receive  on  it,  in  that  place  only,  the  above  said  cus- 
tom of  one  and  a  half  per  cent. ;  and  that  my  Muttaseddees,  Custom- 
masters,  Diredars,  Radawrs,  Guzervans  do  not,  on  any  pretence  of  cus- 
toms or  customary  rights,  customs  on  boats,  Moressor  or  Misseree  on 
ditto  boats,  Chitts,  or  other  usual  customs,  in  no  place  within  my  terri- 
tories, give  any  impediment  to  them ;  but  the  above  said  gomastah  may, 
without  trouble  and  in  a  satisfactory  manner,  carry  on  and  transact  his 
business  without  molestation ;  and  that  no  other  person  may  be  permit- 
ted to  export  the  aforesaid  commodity,  and  that  whatever  goods  he  may 
import  here  and  not  meet  a  sale  for,  if  he,  sooner  or  later,  first  or  last, 
export  them  again,  by  no  means  to  demand  any  customs,  charges,  &c, 
or  give  any  impediment  to  their  exportation. 

And  at  the  time  of  their  ship's  arrival  at  any  of  my  bunders  (or 
ports),  if  they  should  purchase  provisions  for  the  English  and  lasears 
of  their  ships,  such  as  bullocks,  cows,  goats,  sheep,  or  other  necessaries, 
at  Tatta,  or  from  out  of  the  country,  and  export  in  ships,  on  no  terms 
to  ask,  demand,  receive,  or  give  the  least  trouble  concerning  customs 
thereon.  Furthermore,  for  customs  or  other  customary  dues  on  the  Eng- 
lish garden,  which  they  may  keep  for  their  pleasure,  to  give  no  trouble, 
or  make  any  demands  thereon,  nor  let  their  gardener  be  subject  to  be 
pressed  or  molested  on  any  occasion,  as  you  are  to  observe  I  hereby 
exempt   them   therefrom;    and   the    chests  of   wearing   clothes    of  the 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS.  19 

English,  and  other  necessaries  they  may  bring*  or  carry  with  them,  you     SIN  oil. 
are  on  no  terms  to  give  them  trouble  about  opening,  or  demand  the  sight       £  ,.  j . 
of,  on  any  pretence  whatever. 

And  for  customs  of  Moree,  Misseree,  &c,  on  their  boat  they  may 
hire  or  keep  to  go  to  and  fro  m,  not  to  ask  or  make  any  demand  on ;  and 
on  their  servants,  and  those  under  their  protection,  by  no  means  to  re- 
ceive or  give  them  any  trouble,  on  account  of  head-money,  or  other  dues 
of  any  kind,  received  from  my  subjects,  or  for  any  other  new  customs  or 
demands  that  may  arise  or  be  collected  in  my  country. 

And  for  any  Nirkana  (customs  on  rice)  or  leave  of  carrying  to  their 
house  of  grain,  sold  in  Tatta  or  Nungana,  on  cotton  imported  from 
abroad,  to  make  no  demand  or  give  any  trouble  thereon ;  and  for  Nun- 
gana on  ghee  and  oil,  agreeable  to  the  custom  of  maund,  for  a  dubber,  to 
make  account  as  usual  and  receive  the  customary  dues ;  and  whether  it 
is  put  in  small  buttaroes  or  larger  jocks,  or  in  other  vessels  (larger  or 
smaller)  to  make  account  on  the  customs  of  maunds,  eight  maunds  per 
dubber ;  and  on  the  Lauvasma,  or  customs  on  the  sale  of  elephants' 
teeth,  to  receive,  when  sold,  the  usual  custom  of  nine  per  cent,  paid  by 
the  buyer  and  no  more. 

And  if  the  aforesaid  gomastah  (or  agent)  should,  at  Tatta  or 
Aurunga-bunder,  choose  to  buy  or  build  a  house  for  a  factory,  do  you 
give  him  all  the  assistance,  to  the  utmost  of  your  power,  to  assist  and 
forward  him  therein,  and  at  the  least  expense,  that  they  may  settle  in 
my  country,  in  a  strong  secure  factory,  to  their  satisfaction,  so  as  to 
trade  with  spirit  and  without  apprehension,  to  the  increase  of  revenues  and 
advantage  of  my  country ;  and  that  no  other  Englishmen  be  permitted 
those  favours;  and  that  they  may  at  pleasure,  and  without  control, 
receive  the  customary  dues  and  privileges  of  their  factories.  As  the  bestow- 
ing favours  and  continuing  friendship  with  the  English  is  desirable  in 
my  presence,  therefore  insist  that  due  regard  (in  every  respect)  be  paid 
to  the  above  Sunnud,  and  no  demand  made  for  new  ones. 

Baled  at  Ahmedalad,  in  Sind/i,  IWt  Maharim,  1172  of  the 
Hegira,  or  Sejrtemher  22nd,  1758. 


20  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SINDII.      No.  3.— Lbtteb  from  Gholam  Shah,  Prince  of  Sindh,  to  Mb.  Eobebt  Sumption 


No,  l  dated  11th  December  1758. 

I  now  inform  you  that  I  am  arrived  with  all  my  forces  in  the  fort 
of  Shah-bunder,  and  have  determined  to  collect  no  customs  (not  even  a 
single  pice)  on  the  goods  that  any  King's  merchants  may  bring  to  Shah- 
bunder,  but  on  all  exported  from  hence  they  are  to  pay  the  usual  customs. 
You  may  be  sure  of  this  my  determination,  and  import  goods  from  any 
parts  to  trade  here. 

I  hope  you  will  soon  send  your  man  here  to  choose  a  place  for  build- 
ing a  house  or  factory. 


No.  4. — Obdeb  from  Gholam  Shah,  Prince  of  Sindh,  to  his  Metah  Coostamdas, 
dated  18th  December  1758,  and  attested  under  the  Codjee's  Seal. 

You  are  hereby  ordered  not  to  demand  any  customs  on  the  goods 
which  Mr.  Sumption  may  import,  and  likewise  to  let  him  have  any 
place  which  he  may  choose  for  building  a  factory  on.  Give  him  all  the 
assistance  in  your  power,  and  be  a  friend  to  him,  that  he  may  think 
himself  at  liberty  in  carrying  on  his  trade  for  the  good  of  the  port. 


No.  5. — Copy  (attested  under  Codjee  Mahomed  Yaya's  Seal)  of  the  Perwannah 
from  Gholam  Shah  Abassie,  dated  18th  Maharim,  or  22nd  September  1758. 

Be  it  known  to  all  commanders,  officers,  farmers,  and  inhabitants 
of  Durat  Laree-bunder,  Aurunga-bunder,  Garranchere  Darajah,  Cha- 
vatra  Massotie,  Nakass,  Barbundie,  Galabajar,  Goozer  Rajah  Gunt, 
Johibar,  Sarkar  Chachlon  Charcarhallow,  Sarkar  Nassepore,  Holcandy, 
Sarkar  Soviston,  Coodabage,  Sarkar  Lorah,  &c,  places  belonging  to 
Sarkar,  that  Mr.  Sumption,  gomastah,  or  agent,  did,  for  and  in  behalf 
of  the  Governor  belonging  to  the  English  Company  of  India  and 
Bombay,  inform  here  that  on  all  the  goods  he  purchases  and  sells  for 
the  Honourable  Company  he  pays  no  more  than  one  and  a  half  per 
cent,  customs  on  the  market  price,  which  I  hereby  confirm,  and  order 
that  no  more  than  that  custom  may  be  received  of  him  as  usual ;  but 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  21 

on  all  Europe  goods  which  may  be  sent  from  Bombay  here  and  hence     SINDH. 


to  Coodabage,  Laree,  Multon,  &c,  or  any  brought  from  thence,  they  No.  L 
are  to  pay  on  the  same  half  of  what  customs  and  charges  (such  as 
passports,  convoy,  lodging,  duan  towff,  canah,  choukey,  &c.,)  the  Mul- 
ton  merchants  pay ;  and  should  there  be  such  goods  as  the  Multuny 
never  carry,  and  it  be  impossible  to  know  the  customs  and  charges  on 
them,  they  (the  English)  are  to  pay  half  of  what  any  of  the  consider- 
able merchants  pay  on  the  same,  but  nobody  is  to  demand  any  thing 
more;  and  the  same  customs,  &c,  as  are  above  mentioned  they  are  to 
pay  on  the  hing,  indigo,  &c,  goods  which  they  never  bought  before ; 
and  they  are  also  to  pay  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  customs  on  the  salt- 
petre, be  it  bought  by  themselves  or  by  anybody  for  them  in  Sircar's 
place  or  anywhere  else ;  but  no  officers,  farmers,  &c,  are  to  demand  any 
thing  more  from  them,  but  let  them  carry  on  their  trade  unmolested ; 
and  the  above-mentioned  goods  nobody  else  shall  have  liberty  to  buy. 
And  I  further  order  that  should  their  goods  not  be  disposed  of  and  they 
want  to  carry  them  back,  no  custom  shall  be  demanded  on  them,  nor  on 
any  provisions  which  they  may  provide  at  Tatta,  &c,  places,  to  send 
on  board  their  ships  for  their  maintenance.  They  are  also  not  to  demand 
anything  for  their  gardens,  nor  in  any  shape  molest  their  gardeners, 
boats,  vessels,  &c,  conveyances,  or  send  them  on  any  Sircar's  business ; 
and  it  is  also  ordered  that  their  chests  of  linen  may  not  be  opened,  or 
the  least  hindrance  shown  them  in  passing  and  repassing,  it  being  con- 
trary to  our  rules ;  and  in  short,  no  one  must  presume  to  make  any  new 
customs  to  their  prejudice,  by  any  former  rules  or  rates,  or  in  any  shape 
put  any  affront  on  them  and  their  people.  They  have  also  free  liberty 
to  provide  any  sort  of  grain,  and  sell  the  same  and  any  Europe  goods 
at  any  rate  they  please.  The  customs  on  the  dubbers  of  ghee,  oil,  &c, 
as  also  on  the  chests  and  pots  of  goods,  are  to  be  charged  conformable 
to  the  weight  they  put  on  each  dubber,  chest,  or  pot,  without  weighing 
them  again ;  the  customs  on  elephants'  teeth  are  to  be  received  on  the 
amount  of  sale,  when  sold,  at  the  same  rate  as  was  usual  in  the  time  of 
the  Prince  Mahomed  Murad;  and  should  the  Governor  either  buy  or 
build  a  house  for  a  factory  at  Aurunga-bunder  or  at  Tatta,  my  said 
people  are  to  give  him  all  the  assistance,  that  it  may  cost  him  a  reason- 
able price;    and  he  is  to  have  all  encouragement  for  carrying  on  his         > 


22  TREATIES,   EXC;  \c i:\ll NTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

SIN  PH.     trade,  as  it  will  be  an  advantage  to  the  government;  but  no  other  nation 

i  &  II.    that  wear  hats  shall  have  permission  for  it]  and  as  it  is  very  necessary 

that  I  should  encourage  and  please  the  English,  I  hereby  order  that  an 

entire  compliance  may  be  shown  to  this  without  demanding  any  new 

order  every  year. 


No.  II. 
Three  Perwannahs  from  the  Prince  of  Sindh,  1761. 

A  Teewannah  granted  by  Gholam  Sitah,  Prince  of  Sindh,  on  the  22nd 

April  1761. 

Be  it  known  to  all  Fuqueers,  Governors,  or  other  officers,  who  now 
are  or  hereafter  may  be  in  authority  in  the  department  of  customs  or 
farms  at  Tatta,  Shah-bunder,  Aurunga-bunder,  Carrachere  or  Darajah, 
the  customs  on  cattle,  &c,  called  Nekass,  package,  grain,  Bazar  customs 
on  leather,  and  the  Grott  Chuabar,  the  Sircar  of  Cachlon  and  Charcar- 
hallow,  the  Sircar  of  Nasseepore,  &c.  Holcandy,  the  Sircar  of  Sevastan, 
Coodabad  Kuree,  and  all  other  places  within  our  dominions,  that  the 
noble  Mr.  Erskine,  an  Englishman,  and  Resident  for  affairs  of  the  potent, 
magnificent,  and  Honourable  English  Company  in  Sindh,  being  come 
to  our  court  for  the  more  firmly  establishing  the  factory  of  his  superiors, 
has  requested,  and  we  have,  on  account  of  the  strict  friendship  subsisting 
between  us  and  the  said  Honourable  Company,  granted,  and  do  hereby 
particularly  order  that  besides  the  English,  no  other  Europeans  shall 
either  import  or  export  goods  or  merchandize,  or  come  and  go  upon 
that  account  within  the  dominions  of  Sindh,  or  the  Soubah  of  Tatta 
and  Buchor,  or  any  other  of  the  bunders  under  our  authority. 

Whatever  goods  or  merchandize  belonging  to  the  said  factory  ov 
its  dependants  shall  be  imported  at  any  of  the  bunders  are  to  be 
exempted  from  paying  any  import  customs,  agreeable  to  our  former 
grants,  and  therefore  none  are  to  be  demanded.  If  they  cany  goods 
either  from  the  Bunders  to  Tatta,  up-country,  on  paying  the  customs 
they  did  formerly,  certificates  must  be  given  them,  and  nothing  further 
is  to  be  demanded,  on  any  account,  that  they  may  cany  on  their  trade 


TREATIES,,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  1:> 

with  case  and  satisfaction.  Whatever  goods  they  may  export  from  any  si \ mi. 
of  the  bunders  are  to  pay  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  agreeably  to  our  No  jL 
former  perwannah;  or  if  goods  are  purchased  by  them  and  exported 
from  Tatta,  they  are  to  pay  such  customs  as  were  before  usual,  and 
nothing  further  is  to  be  demanded.  No  other  merchant  but  the  aforesaid 
Resident  is  to  purchase  for  exportation  any  of  the  saltpetre  that  may  be 
produced  in  Scindy,  or  within  our  dominions ;  or  if  the}*  purchase  and 
export  this  article  they  shall  be  punished  in  such  a  manner  as  shall 
deter  them  for  ever  again  interfering  in  that  trade.  Whatever  saltpetre 
the  aforesaid  Company's  Resident  shall  either  extract  in  any  part  of  our 
dominions,  or  purchase  of  other  merchants,  and  refine,  the  custom 
farmers,  at  such  places,  shall  receive  the  customs  thereon  as  formerly, 
that  the  said  Company's  dependants  may  carry  on  this  trade  to  their 
satisfaction.  If  they  dispatch  their  own  dingeys,  gallivats,  or  other 
vessels  to  the  Bar,  after  proper  precautions,  permissions  shall  be  granted, 
and  they  meet  with  no  impediment,  which  is  to  be  strictly  observed ;  or 
if  their  said  vessels  are  sent  up  and  down  the  river  on  their  factory 
business,  and  passing  under  Shah  Gurh,  or  by  the  guard-vessels,  &c,  on 
permission  granted,  they  are  not  to  be  stopped,  that  they  may  come 
and  go  without  trouble.  Should  it  happen,  which  God  forbid,  that 
any  of  their  ships,  gallivats,  boats,  &c,  should  run  ashore,  or  be  wrecked, 
either  on  our  bars,  coasts,  or  without  our  rivers,  our  officers  in  such 
places  are  to  assist  them ;  and  whatever  effects  may  be  saved,  belonging 
to  such  vessels,  wdiether  rigging,  necessaries  belonging  to  the  crew,  or 
other  goods,  are  to  be  delivered,  to  the  smallest  item,  to  the  Resident 
aforesaid,  he  paying  reasonably  for  the  labour  and  pains  of  those  who 
may  assist  in  saving  them.  Should  the  aforesaid  Resident  choose  to 
build  a  brick  house  at  Shah-bunder,  or  make  a  garden  for  his  recreation, 
on  any  spot  of  ground  he  may  like,  he  is  to  receive  all  the  assistance 
possible  for  doing  it  quickly ;  and  whatever  former  Sunnuds  the}'  have 
received  are  to  remain  in  full  force,  and  not  to  be  objected  to  or  disputed 
on  any  account.  It  being  our  pleasure  to  satisfy  the  said  Honourable 
English  Company,  therefore  the  above  must  be  strictly  observed,  and 
no  new  perwannahs  demanded. 

Baled  the  \§th  of  Ramzan  1174,  or  %»«d  of  April  17«".I. 


No.  II. 


24  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

STXDH.      Pkrwannah   granted  by  Gholam    Shah,  Prince    of   Sindh,   on  the  23rd   of 

April  1761. 

Be  it  known  to  the  officers  of  the  customs,  or  farmers  of  the 
revenues  appertaining"  to  the  zemindaree  of  Shah-bunder  and  Cach- 
rawly  that  at  this  time  Mr.  Erskine,  Resident  for  the  Honourable  English 
Company  in  Sindh,  has  requested  that  all  their  vessels  might  be  exempted 
from  paying  the  Moree  of  Rupees  25  on  each  vessel,  formerly  paid  the 
Imaum ;  and  we,  being  willing  to  grant  his  request,  do  therefore  exempt 
all  their  vessels- from  paying  the  said  Moree  of  Rupees  25  on  each  vessel, 
and  now  order  you  not  to  demand  the  same ;  but  if  more  than  the  sum 
of  Rupees  25  was  formerly  paid  for  each  vessel,  the  overplus  is  to 
be  recovered. 

Let  this  be  strictly  observed. 

Dated  the  Yith  of  Ramzan  1174,  or  the  23rd  of  April  a.  d.  1761. 


Pebwannah  granted    by  Gholam:  Shah,   Prince  of    Sindh,  on  the  22nd  of 

April  1761. 

Be  it  known  to  all  Fuqueers,  Governors,  and  other  officers  who  now 
are,  or  hereafter  may  be,  employed  or  concerned  either,  in  the  collecting 
or  farming  the  customs  from  the  sea  to  Raree,  and  all  other  places 
within  our  dominions,  that  Mr.  Erskine,  Resident  of  the  Honourable 
English  Company's  factory  in  Sindh,  and  their  other  servants  and  depend- 
ants, send  boats  and  camels  up  and  down  in  our  dominions,  with  trade 
and  merchandize :  You  are,  therefore,  on  seeing  this  perwannah,  not  to 
demand  the  usual  charges  of  Moree,  Misree,  or  Goozurbanee,  or  Sooze, 
and  employ  them  on  our  business  on  any  pretence  whatever;  nor  is 
any  person  belonging  to  us,  on  any  of  the  above  accounts,  to  impede 
or  otherwise  stop  or  hinder  boats  or  camels  belonging  to  them,  that 
they  may  carry  on  their  business  without  difficulty,  and  make  the  customs 
increase. 

Let  this  be  most  punctually  observed,  and  no  person  offer  to 
dispute  it. 

Bated  the  \Qth  of  Ramzan  1174,  or  the  22nd  of  April  a.  d.  1761. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


25 


No.  III. 


SINDII. 


Signature 

Signature 

No.  III. 

of  the  private 
Secretary. 

of  the  public 
Secretary. 

Seal  of  Mcer 
Futtch  Ali 

Khan. 

Signature 

Signature 

of  the 

of  the 

Moonshee. 

Accountant. 

The  Collectors  and  farmers,  at  this  period  and  hereafter,  of   the 
town  of  Kurrachee,  will  understand  that  at  this  time  N.  Crow,  English- 
man,  vakeel   of  the   asylum   of  valor,   wisdom,   and  intelligence,  the 
Honourable  Jonathan  Duncan,  Governor  of  Bombay  and  Surat,  on  the 
part  of  the  exalted,  noble,  powerful,  renowned  English  Company  Baha- 
door,  has  arrived  at  our  presence  and  requested  the  establishment  of  a 
commercial  factory  in  the  town  of  Kurrachee,  and  the  adjustment  of 
customs  on  merchandize,  export  and  import  to  and  from  foreign  ports, 
and  purchases  and  sales  in  the  territories  of  Sindh,  and  other  exportations 
and  importations.     For  the  sake,   therefore,   of    the  friendship   of   the 
English  Company,  one-third  in  the  articles  of  customs  only  shall  be 
remitted  in  the  collections  of  duties  on  the  trade  of  the  English  factory, 
and  all  the  fees  levied  as  usual  with  the  other  merchants.     It  is  com- 
manded that  you  forego,  then,  in   levying  duties  on  the  trade  of  the 
English  factory,  one-third  in  the  article  of  customs  only,  collecting  all 
the  regulated  fees,  as  usual,  amongst  the  merchants,  in  order  that  the 
agents  of  the  English  may  with  confidence  labour  to  increase  our  cus- 
toms and  their  own  trade.     On  account  of  weight  or  measure  of  their 
goods,  or  the  inspection  of  trunks  of  the  Resident's  baggage,  no  molesta- 
tion must  be  offered,  but  his  invoice  and  word  be  taken.     The  duties  on 
provisions  and  articles  of  consumption  of  the  English  and  the  crews  of 
their  ships,  and  the  fee  of  Moree  on  their  ships,  vessels,  and  dingeys,  to 
be   regulated  by  the  custom  in  use  amongst  other  merchants.     If  by 
vol.  vii.  e 


26  TREATIES,    EXli.WIEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

sixdh.  accident  any  ship  or  dingey  belonging  to  the  English  coming  or  going 
No.  III.  with  cargo  to  or  from  Sindh  should  be  stranded  or  sunk  on  the  coast  of 
Kurrachee,  the  best  assistance  is  to  be  rendered  towards  recovering  her, 
and  she  must  without  hesitation  be  delivered  up,  the  English  Resident  dis- 
charging the  expense  of  labourers.  The  dependants  of  the  Resident  are 
not  to  be  pressed  on  government  service,  nor  compelled  to  purchase 
government  property.  A  spot  of  ground  for  a  country  house  to  the 
English  factory,  and  four  beegahs  of  ground  for  a  garden,  outside  of  the 
fort  of  Kurrachee,  are  given  to  the  Resident  with  exemption  from  land 
or  fee  tax,  and  it  is  commanded  that  they  be  delivered  to  him  where- 
ever  he  may  prefer,  there  being  no  inhabitants  nor  claims  of  possessions ; 
towards  building  the  house  you  will  afford  assistance,  the  English  Resi- 
dent paying  the  expences.  Maistre  Suchanund,  Collector  for  the  time 
being,  will  levy  customs  on  the  merchandize  of  the  English  and  the  im- 
portations of  their  ships  according  to  the  above  written,  the  garden  ex- 
cepted, and  all  other  fees  he  will  remember  agreeably  to  the  purport  of 
this,  which  is  peremptory. 

Dated  16th  Rubbee-ool-Awul  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1214  the  \%th 
of  August  1799  of  the  Christian  era. 

It  is  repeated  that  the  customs  and  fees  are  to  be  levied  in  cor- 
respondence with  the  established  rates  of  import  underneath  detailed. 
Customs  and  fees  on  all  exportations  and  importations  by  sea : — 

Customs. 

Rupees  3  and  \  per  cent,  on  the  market  price  of  imports ;  Rupees  2 
per  cent,  on  the  amount  purchase  of  exports  (one-third  excused  in  this 
article  of  customs  only). 

Luwazime  Gutree  Rupees  18  on  every  bale  of  Tatta  piece  goods 
exported. 

Moree  upon  vessels  of  all  burdens;  Rupees  2-375  arriving, 
Rupees  2-1*75  departing. 

Khirwara  upon  wheat,  rice,  jowaree;  Rupees  2-2  the  Rhinwar 
imported  or  exported ;  upon  barley  and  paddy  Rupee  1-1 ;  the  Rhinwar 
upon  white  grain  Rupee  1-3. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  27 

Fees.  EKHDH. 

Moajdurea  one  pice  upon  every  Rupee  in  the  amount  of  customs.  **  IU- 

Foujdaree  Rupee  1  qr.  2  rs.  4  per  cent,  in  the  amount  purchase. 
Customs  and  fees  on  all  importations  and  exportations  by  land. 
Customs  and  fees  upon  all  dealings  with  the  Putan  merchants. 

Customs. 
Rupees  3-1  per  cent,  upon  sales  and  purchases  (not  excused). 

Fees. 

Booratun  Rupee  1  per  cent,  upon  sales  and  purchases ;  Moajdurea 

1  pice  on  every  Rupee  amount  customs;  nut  2  pice  and  \  on  every 
camel  load. 

Customs  of  Kurrachee  upon  all  dealings  of  other  merchants  Ru- 
pees 4  and  \  per  cent,  on  all ;  value  of  imports  above  Rupees  4,  3  pice 
on  every  Rupee ;  value  below  that  sum,  Rupees  2  per  cent,  on  the  market 
price  of  exports. 

(These  are  the  rates  on  all  articles,  but  grain,  excused) . 

Fees. 

Booratun  Rupee  1  per  cent,  on  the  market  price  of  all  imports  or 
exports. 

Nut  1  anna  and  ^  on  every  camel-load  of  grain  coming  or  going; 

2  pice  and   \   on  every  camel-load  of  other  goods    coming   or  going; 
Moajdurea  1  pice  on  every  Rupee  amount  customs. 

Dhurtoya  1  seer  and  ^  and  2  annas'  weight  on  each  Rhinwar  of 
grain  if  brought  from  the  country  and  immediately  laden  on  boats; 
Choongee  24  seers  on  each  Rhinwar,  in  the  same  circumstances. 

Rates. 

Rates  of  duty  on  distinct  articles. 

Upon  every  camel-load  of  indigo  brought  from  Khorassan  to  be 
exported,  if  large,  Rupees  22,  if  small,  Rupees  15. 


18 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


> in  dm.  Upon  assafu)tida  brought  from  Khorassan  to  be  exported,  Rupees  14 

No  IIL      P61"  8  maunds. 

Upon  all  articles  besides  those  brought  from  up  the  country  and 
immediately  exported,  Rupees  2  per  cent,  (not  excused). 

Fees. 

Upon  lead  and  iron,  if  purchased  in  Kurrachee  and  sent  abroad,  a 
fee  to  the  Collector  of  Rupee  1  on  each  maund  of  lead,  and  on  each 
maund  of  iron  annas  8. 


Signature 

of  the  Private 

Secretary. 

Signature 

of  the  Public 

Secretary. 

Seal  of  Meer 

Futteh 
Ali  Khan. 

Signature 

of  the 
Moonshee. 

Signature 

of  the 

Accountant. 

The  Jaghiredars,  Patels,  Magistrates,  Collectors,  and  Farmers,  at 
this  period  and  hereafter,  of  the  city  of  Tatta  and  of  Shah-bunder  in 
Sindh  and  in  Lar,  the  dominions  of  the  State,  will  understand  that  at 
this  time  N.  Crow,  Englishman,  vakeel  of  the  asylum  of  valor,  wis- 
dom, dignity,  and  intelligence,  the  Honourable  Jonathan  Duncan,  Gov- 
ernor of  Bombay  and  Surat,  on  the  part  of  the  noble,  powerful,  exalted, 
magnificent  Company  Bahadoor,  the  seat  of  splendor,  strength,  and  excel- 
lence, has  reached  our  presence  and  requested  an  adjustment  and  settle- 
ment of  affairs  of  commerce  for  the  factory  of  his  patrons.  Intent, 
therefore,  upon  maintaining  the  friendship  of  the  above-mentioned  illus- 
trious Company,  we  have  directed  an  arrangement  for  the  collection  of 


No.  III. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  2'.) 

customs  upon  merchandize,  export  and  import,  to  and  from  foreign  coun-  SINDH. 
tries  and  ports,  and  sales  and  purchases  in  the  dependencies  of  Sindh 
under  our  sovereignty.  It  is  commanded  that  the  collection  of  customs 
upon  goods  of  commerce,  export  and  import,  to  and  from  other  countries 
and  ports,  and  purchases  and  sales  in  the  territories  of  our  government, 
be  made  according  to  the  duties  subjoined,  as  in  the  time  of  the  deceased 
Prince  Gholam  Shah  Ruthora,  and  no  further  exaction  be  exercised, 
aud  besides  the  English  Resident  no  other  person  of  the  European  nations 
shall  be  allowed  to  pass,  repass,  or  trade.  On  the  article  of  saltpetre, 
liquid  and  crystallized,  whenever  in  the  territories  of  the  State  the 
English  may  choose  to  manufacture  it,  the  customs  are  to  be  collected 
the  same  as  during  the  reign  of  Meer  Gholam  Shah  Ruthora;  four 
beegahs  of  garden  ground  to  be  exempted  from  land  or  fee  tax.  Also 
the  dulol,  moody,  washerman,  miller,  carpenter,  bricklayer,  and  shroif, 
dependent  on  the  factory,  are,  according  to  the  custom  of  the  aforemen- 
tioned reign,  to  be  considered  privileged,  and  not  to  be  pressed  on  gov- 
ernment service,  nor  compelled  to  purchase  government  property,  that 
the  agents  of  the  English  may  with  confidence  and  tranquillity  be  in- 
dustrious in  the  increase  of  their  trade  and  our  customs.  On  account  of 
weight  or  measure  of  goods  and  the  inspection  of  trunks  and  the  Resi- 
dent's clothes  and  baggage,  no  molestation  shall  be  offered,  but  his  in- 
voice and  word  be  accepted ;  towards  the  building  of  any  new  factory  of 
the  English,  every  assistance  must  be  given,  and  the  hire  of  the  labourers 
be  paid  by  the  English  agent.  In  respect  to  demands  on  articles  of 
consumption  and  apparel  of  the  English  and  the  crews  of  their  ships, 
and  the  fee  Moree  on  ships,  boats  and  dingeys,  the  rules  of  Meer  Gholam 
Shah's  reign  are  to  be  observed.  If  by  accident  any  ship  or  boat  or 
dingey,  belonging  to  the  English,  coming  or  going  with  goods  to  or 
from  the  factory  in  Sindh,  should  either,  on  the  sea  coast  or  in  the 
river  be  stranded  or  sunk,  every  assistance  towards  recovering  her  must 
be  given  that  she  may  be  returned,  and  all  expenses  of  labour  must  be 
discharged  by  the  Resident  of  the  English.  On  whatever  goods  of  the 
English  factory,  from  their  countries,  which  not  finding  sale  may  be 
returned,  the  customs  are  to  be  regulated  by  the  usage  in  force  in  the 
time  of  Gholam  Shah  Ruthora;  no  variation  nor  condition  must  be 
adopted. 


30  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

BINDH.  Account  of  duties  on  all  goods  at  Tatta,  agreeably  to  the  usage  in 

K „  1  ii  the  reign  of  Meer  Gholam  Shah  Ruthora,  according  to  the  report  of 
established  imposts,  signed  by  Sheikh  Beg  Mahomed  and  Ensur  Doss, 
former  Collectors  at  that  place. 

Munzillanes  from  500  to  200  maunds*  weight  of  goods  brought 
from  Shah-bunder  to  Tatta  Ghaut,  Tatta  Rupees  106;  from  300  to  600 
maunds,  Tatta  Rupees  81 ;  from  100  to  300  maunds,  Tatta  Rupees  56, 
under  100  maunds  5  annas  per  maund  if  brought  by  water,  and  2  annas 
per  maund  if  by  land.  Koot,  assafoetida,  shawls,  and  northern  piece 
goods,  imported  or  exported,  Rupee  1  and  \  Tatta  price  on  the  valuation 
in  Chutney  Rupees. 

Woollens  brought  from  Shah-bunder  to  pay  8  annas  per  maund. 

On  purchases  of  piece  goods  in  Tatta  sent  to  Shah-bunder  or  any  of 
the  dependencies  of  Sindh,  the  customs  to  be  according  to  the  usage  of 
Gholam  Shah  Ruthora,  or  by  the  collections  of  Sheikh  Hussein  Zaradar, 
and  fees  of  appraisement  agreeably  to  the  custom  of  other  merchants.     . 

Customs  of  the  mint  on  stamping  copper  coins,  Rupees  6  Chutney 
per  maund. 

On  the  valuation  of  ivoiy  in  Chutney  Rtipees,  9  Tatta  Rupees  per 
cent,  to  be  collected  from  the  purchaser. 

Customs  upon  grain  of  the  first  sort,  12  annas  per  Rhinwar,  and 
Wukia  Nigarie,  12  annas  per  300  Rhinwars;  on  the  second  sort,  6  annas 
per  Rhinwar,  and  Wukia  Nigarie  12  annas  per  300  Rhinwars;  grain  pur- 
chased in  Tatta  and  exported,  Tatta  Rupees  3  duty  upon  each  Rhinwar, 
and  the  fee  of  bales,  Rupees  2  and  \,  and  Choongee  from  each  Rhinwar 
3  Togas. 

Fees  of  permission  to  purchase  grain  and  to  export  it  to  Shah-bun- 
der, Tatta  Rupee  1  and  \  per  Rhinwar  on  the  first  sort,  and  12  annas 
per  Rhinwar  on  the  second  sort. 

Chitty,  Seelamuty,  and  Manzillanee  fees  of  passing  and  shipping,  ac- 
cording to  the  practice  in  force  among  other  merchants ;  small  grain  ex- 
ported to  Shah-bunder  to  pay  Rupees  4  Chutney  per  cent,  valuation. 

Customs  upon  imported  goods  to  be  levied  from  the  English  at 
Rupee  1  and  \  Chutney  per  cent,  on  the  valuation. 

Customs  upon  saltpetre,  liquid  and  crystallized,  Rupee  1  and  \  Tatta 
per  cent,  valuation. 


TllEATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  31 

Fees  on  boats  laden  with  goods   brought   from   abroad,  at  Tatta     SINDH. 
Rupee  1  and  38  pice  in  full.  NoTiIl 

Moree  upon  hired  boats  to  be  levied  from  the  owners,  according  to 
the  custom  of  the  country,  and  Tatta  Rupee  1  upon  those  the  property 
of  the  English. 

Customs  upon  camels,  horses,  oxen,  and  other  animals,  Rupees  5 
annas  12  per  cent,  valuation  in  full  of  all  fees. 

Customs  upon  burned  and  lacquered  ware,  as  trays,  boxes,  &c,  Tatta 
Rupee  1J  per  cent,  valuation. 

Imports  upon  dried  and  green  fruits,  vegetables,  pickles,  &c,  half 
the  usual  rates  paid  by  the  subjects  of  the  country. 

On  hay  purchased,  Rupee  1  Chutney  per  16  bundles;  Rupee  1  upon 
eight  loads  of  wood ;  Rupee  1  soortee  upon  6  maunds  chunam ;  and 
annas  2  per  maund  on  lime  burnt  at  home. 

Gum  produced  in  the  garden  to  be  sold  to  the  Ziccadur  on  the 
same  terms  as  by  the  husbandmen. 

Customs  upon  timber  used  in  building  to  be  half  what  is  established ; 
Chobar  and  Rumbeybuney  fees  Tatta  Rupee  1  upon  every  .boat-load 
of  goods  coming  and  going,  and  Noree  upon  every  hired  boat  according 
to  custom. 

Dutolles  upon  jukt  goods  annas  12  Chutney  per  cent. 

Roosum  Canoongo  fees  : — Water  carriage  from  500  to  2,000  maunds, 
Tatta  Rupees  4;  from  300  to  500  maunds,  Rupees  3  ;  from  100  to  300 
maunds.  Rupees  2  and  \;  Thokas,  Barbundy,  and  Chobar,  according  to  the 
rules  in  force  during  the  time  of  Gholam  Shah,  upon  all  amounts  under 
Rupees  100,  Chutney  pice  3  per  Rupee,  Goozur  Swijee.  The  writer  who 
could  have  given  information  on  this  head  is  dead.  The  customs  of  Meer 
Gholam  Shah  Ruthora  to  be  levied,  besides  which,  the  fee  of  equipment 
upon  goods  that  formerly  the  Nukeemys  used  to  receive  as  a  kind  of 
charity  from  the  English  factory  in  the  time  of  the  Collectorship  of 
Chundy  Ram  is  now  comprised  in  the  revenues  of  government  and  is 
at  its  disposal. 

Account  of  customs  at  Shah-bunder,  in  the  pergunnah  of  Rukahi, 
according  to  the  usage  in  the  time  of  Gholam  Shah  Ruthora,  as  by  copy 
of  the  established  rates  signed  and  sealed  by  Sheikh  Beg  Mahomed  and 
Ensur  Doss,  former  Ziccadurs. 


32  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDII.  Imports  from  sea  which  in   the  time  of  Mahomed  Murad-ul  Khan 

No.  ill.      were  subjected  to  customs  and  excused  by  Meer  Gholam  Shah,  are  now 
likewise  excused. 

Articles  of  Tatta  exported  from  Shah-bunder  to  pay  Tatta  annas  7 
and  £  per  cent,  on  the  invoice  purchase  turned  into  Chutney  Rupees. 
Grain  and  ghee  purchased  in  the  pergunnah  of  Rakrata  and  exported 
to  pay  Tatta  Rupee  1  and  \  per  cent. 

On  articles  brought  from  up  the  country  through  Tatta,  according 
to  the  amount  settled  there,  Tatta  Rupee  1  per  cent,  when  exported. 
Luwazimeh  Pymany  1  Tryah  upon  each  Rhinwar ;  ubwant  ivory  Tatta 
annas  12  upon  80  Rhinwar,'  ubwant  Mulsulmany  Tatta  anna  1  each 
Rhinwar;  Tatta  annas  11  on  every  bundle  of  hides  exported. 

Luwazimeh  Choongee  1  Nud  on  every  100  maunds  of  Chunnea  ex- 
ported, annas  12  per  cent,  on  the  sale  of  ivory  valued  in  Tatta  Rupees. 

Customs  upon  goods  imported,  which  may  afterwards  he  sent  from  the 
factory  by  land  or  water  to  Tatta. 

Tatta  Rupees  11  annas  7  on  boat-loads  above  100  maunds;  Tatta 
annas  2  per  maund  land  carriage.  Upon  grain  purchased  in  Rakrala 
and  sent  to  Tatta,  20  pice  per  Rhinwar  of  the  first  sort,  and  5  pice  on  the 
second  sort,  and  Pymany  1  Tryah  on  each  Rhinwar. 

Customs  of  the  zemindaree  of  Shah-bunder,  according  to  the  ancient 
rule  in  the  time  of  Jam  Dussir  as  above  mentioned ;  Tatta  Rupee  1 
and  i  per  cent,  on  all  exports  according  to  the  English  invoice,  and 
annas  12  on  imports. 

Luwazimeh  Munzillana,  each  boat  Tatta  Rupees  24,  and  1  quarter 
1  anna  per  maund  land  carriage;  ivory  sent  up  the  country  to 
Naseerpore  and  Hutty  Kandy,  annas  10  per  cent.  Tatta  Rupees  valuation. 
The  Canoongo  customs  of   Rakrala,  according  to  the  present  usage. 

Luwazimeh  ivory,  Tatta  Rupee  1  and  ^  upon  80  Rhinwars,  exported 
or  imported,  of  8  maunds'  weight,  or  else  Rupees  100  per  value  each 
Rhinwar. 

Luwazimeh  Mulsulmany,  £  an  anna  each  Rhinwar. 

As  all  the  established  rates  of  the  reign  of  Meer  Gholam  Shah 
Ruthora  are  not  to  be  found,  the  customs  to  be  collected  in  all  places  in 
Sindh  and  Far,  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State,  must  be  conformable 


No.  III. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS.  33 

to  the  copy  of  a  perwannah  of  that  time  in  their  (the  English)  posses-      BINDH. 
sion,  namely,  Tatta  Rupee  1  and  \  per  cent,  customs  and  half  the  usual 
fees.     Maitre  Chundy  Ram,  Custom-master  of  Tatta  and  Shah-bunder, 
and  Far  Umul  and  Nan  Umul,  Collectors  of  Sindh  and  Lar,  will  act  con- 
formably to  this  without  deviation  or  contradiction. 

Dated  list  of  Rulba-ool-Awul  in  the  year  of  the  Ilegira  1214,  or  the 
23rd  of  August  of  the  Christian  era. 


By  imperial  command  the  purport  of  this  Sunnud  is  to  be  observed 
from  the  date  thereof. 


Seal  of  the 

Prince   Meer 

Futteh  Ali  Khan. 


Smaller  Seal 
of  the  Prince. 


The  collectors  and  farmers,  at  the  present  time  and  hereafter,  of 
the  town  of  Kurrachee,  will  understand  that  Mr.  Crow,  Englishman, 
vakeel  of  the  asylum  of  valour,  wisdom,  and  intelligence,  the  Honour- 
able Jonathan  Duncan,  Governor  of  Bombay  and  Surat,  on  the  part  of 
the  exalted,  renowned,  and  powerful  English  East  India  Company,  has 
had  the  honour  of  rendering  himself  at  our  presence,  and  having  by  his 
fidelity,  attention,  and  attachment  cemented  the  union  and  friendship  of 
the  two  governments,  we  have  therefore,  out  of  our  gracious  favour  and 
particular  regard  to  the  satisfaction  and  convenience  of  the  illustrious 
Company  above  mentioned,  resolved  to  remit  one-third  of  the  fee  of 
Foujdaree,  which  is  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  on  the  value  of  all  mer- 
chandize, and  entirely  to  excuse  the  fee  of  moajdurea,  and  likewise  the 
fee  of  moree  on  all  dingeys  and  ships,  for  two  importations  of  the  same 
vessel  in  one  year :  you  are  by  this  writing  instructed  of  our  having 
granted  these  exemptions,  and  ordered  to  consider  them  in  effect  from 
the  date  of  this  Sunnud,  and  to  act  conformably. 

VOL.  VII.  f 


34 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


SINDH.  Two-thirds  of  the  fee  of  the  Foujdaree  and  two-thirds  of  the  Customs 

Nos#  hi      according"  to  our  former  Sunnud,  you  will  not  fail  to  recover  and  to 
&  IV.       cany  to  account. 

Bated  the  17  th  of  Lechjde  1214  of  the  TIegira,  or  12th  of  April  1800 
of  the  Christian  era. 


Issued  from  the  presence. 


Seal  of  the 

Prince   Meer 

Futteh  Ali  Khan. 


The  killedars  and  officers  of  the  town  of  Kurrachee  will  under- 
stand that  Mr.  Crow,  Englishman,  being  ranked  by  us  amongst  our 
sincere  and  faithful  adherents,  therefore,  out  of  regard  to  him  and  respect 
to  his  patrons,  we  hereby  direct  that  if  he  pass  in  or  out  of  the  gates  of 
the  fort  with  arms,  you  do  not  on  that  account  offer  him  any  moles- 
tation or  hindrance,  but  in  all  your  behaviour  observe  kindness  and 
cordiality ;  you  will  consider  this  command  peremptory. 

Bated  the  \§th  of  LecJcgde,  or  the  14<th  of  April  1800. 


No.  IV. 
Teeaty  with  the  Ameees  of  Sindh,  August  22nd,  1809. 


Seal  of 

His  Highness 

Meer  Grholam  Ali. 


Article  1. 

There  shall  be  eternal  friendship  between  the  British  Government 
and  that  of  Sindh,  namely,  Meer  Gholam  Ali,  Meer  Kurreem  Ali,  and 
Meer  Murad  Ali. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  35 

Article  2.  SINDH. 


Enmity  shall  never  appear  between  the  two  States.  Nob.  IV  &  V. 

Article  3. 

The  mutual  despatch  of  the  vakeels  of  both  governments,  namely, 
the  British  Government  and  Sindhian  government,  shall  always  continue. 

Article  4. 

The  government  of  Sindh  will  not  allow  the  establishment  of  the 
tribe  of  the  French  in  Sindh. 

Written  on  the  \§th  of  the  month  of  Rujeeb-ool-Moorujub,  in  the 
year  of  the  Ilegira   1224,  corresponding  with  the  22nd  of  Angnst  1809. 

(Signed)         Minto. 

Ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  at  Fort 
St.  George,  the  16th  of  November  1809. 


Seal. 


(Signed)         N.  B.  Edmonstone, 

Secretary. 


No.  V. 

Teeaty  between  the  Honoubable  East  India  Company  on  the  one  hand  and  the 
Ameees  of  Sindh  on  the  other,  November  9th,  1820. 

The  British  Government  and  the  government  of  Sindh  having  in 
view  to  guard  against  the  occurrence  of  frontier  disputes,  and  to  strengthen 
the  friendship  already  subsisting  between  the  two  States,  Meer  Ismael 
Shah  was  invested  with  full  power  to  treat  with  the  Honourable  the 
Governor  of  Bombay,  and  the  following  Articles  were  agreed  on  between 
the  two  parties  : — 

Article  1. 

There  shall  be  perpetual  friendship  between  the  British  Government 
one  the  one  hand  and  Meer  Kurreem  Ali  and  Meer  Murad  Ali  on 
the  other. 


36 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


SINDH.  Article  2. 

No.  V.  Mutual   intercourse  by   means  of    vakeels   shall   always    continue 

between  the  two  governments. 

Article  3. 

The  Ameers  of  Sindh  engage  not  to  permit  any  European  or  American 
to  settle  in  their  dominions.  If  any  of  the  subjects  of  either  of  the 
two  States  should  establish  their  residence  in  the  dominions  of  the  other, 
and  should  conduct  themselves  in  an  orderly  and  peaceable  manner  in 
the  territory  to  which  they  may  emigrate,  they  will  be  allowed  to  remain 
in  that  situation ;  but  if  such  fugitives  shall  be  guilty  of  any  disturb- 
ance or  commotion,  it  will  be  incumbent  on  the  local  authority  to  take 
the  offenders   into  custody,  and  punish   or   compel   them   to  quit  the 

country. 

Article  4. 

The  Ameers  of  Sindh  engage  to  restrain  the  depredations  of  the 
Khoosas,  and  all  other  tribes  and  individuals  within  their  limits,  and  to 
prevent  the  occurrence  of  any  inroad  into  the  British  dominions. 


Seal  of  the 
Honourable  East 
India  Company. 


Bomlay,  9t/i  November  1820.  (Signed)       M.  Elphinstone. 

In  the  name  of  the  Merciful  God.  This  is  the  Treaty  which  I,  Meer 
Ismael  Shah,  vakeel  of  Shah  Meer  Kureem  Ali  Khan  Rookn-ood-dowla 
and  Meer  Shah  Murad  Ali  Khan  Ameer-ood-dowla,  concluded  with 
Mr.  Elphinstone,  Governor  of  the  populous  port  of  Bombay,  on  Thursday, 
in  the  month  of  Suffer  1236  Hegira.  If  it  pleases  God,  there  will  be 
no  difference  to  a  hair's  breadth. 


Seal  of 
Ismael  Shah. 


Note. — The  foregoing  Treaty  was  approved  by  the  Supreme  Govern- 
ment on  the  10th  February  1821. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    STJNNUDS. 


37 


No.  VI. 

Teeaty  with  Meee  Roostum  Khan,  Chief  of  Kheibpobe. 

A  Treaty,  consisting  of  four  Articles,  having  been  concluded  on 
the  2nd  Zeekad  1247  a.  h.,  corresponding  with  the  4th  April  1832, 
between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  Meer  Rooshim  Khan, 
Talpore,  Bahadoor,  Chief  of  Kheirpore,  in  Sindh,  through  the  agency  of 
Lieutenant  Colonel  Henry  Pottinger,  envoy  on  the  part  of  the  British 
Government,  acting  under  the  authority  vested  in  him  by  the  Right 
Honourable  Lord  William  Cavendish  Bentinck,  g.  c.  b.  and  g.  c.  h., 
Governor  General  of  the  British  possessions  in  India,  this  engagement 
has  been  given  in  writing  at  Simla,  this  day  the  19th  June  1832,  both 
in  English  and  Persian,  in  token  of  the  perfect  confirmation  and  acknow- 
ledgment of  the  obligations  which  it  contains  in  the  manner  following  : — 

Article  1. 
There  shall  be  eternal  friendship  between  the  two  States. 

Article  2. 
The  two  contracting  powers  mutually  bind  themselves  from  genera- 
tion to  generation  never  to  look  with  the  eye  of  covetousness  on  the 

possessions  of  each  other. 

Article  3. 

The  British  Government  having  requested  the  use   of  the  river 

Indus  and  the  roads  of  Sindh  for  the  merchants  of  Hindoostan,  &c,  the 

government  of   Kheirpore  agrees  to  grant  the  same  within  its    own 

boundaries,  on  whatever  terms  may  be  settled  with  the  government  of 

Hyderabad,  namely,  Meer  Murad  Ali  Khan,  Talpore. 

Article  4. 
The  government  of  Kheirpore  agrees  to  furnish  a  written  statement 
of  just  and  reasonable  duties  to  be  levied  on  all  goods  passing  under  this 
Treaty,  and  further  promises  that  traders  shall  suffer  no  let  or  hindrance 
in  transacting  their  business. 


SINDH. 
No.  VL 


Honourable 

Company's 

Seal. 


(Signed.)     W.  C.  Bentinck. 


Governor 
General  's 
Seal. 


38  Tl!  KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  No.   VII. 

No.  VII.  Treaty  with  the  government  of  Hyderabad,  in  Sindh. 

A  Treaty,  consisting  of  seven  Articles,  having-  been  concluded  on  the 
18th  Zechy  1247  a.  h.,  corresponding  with  20th  April  1832,  between 
the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  His  Highness  Meer  Murad 
Ali  Khan,  Talpore,  Bahadoor,  ruler  of  Hyderabad,  in  Sindh,  through  the 
agency  of  Lieutenant  Colonel  Henry  Pottinger,  envoy  on  the  part  of 
the  British  Government,  acting  under  the  authority  vested  in  him  by 
the  Right  Honourable  Lord  William  Cavendish  Bentinck,  g.  c.  b.  and 
G.  c.  h.,  Governor  General  of  the  British  possessions  in  India,  this  en- 
gagement has  been  given  in  writing,  at  Simla,  this  day  the  19th  June 
1832,  both  in  English  and  Persian,  in  token  of  the.  perfect  confirmation 
and  acknowledgment  of  the  obligations  which  it  contains,  in  the  manner 

following  :— 

Article  1. 

That  the  friendship  provided  for  in  former  Treaties  between  the 

British  Government  and  that  of  Sindh  remain  unimpaired  and  binding, 

and  that  this  stipulation  has  received  additional  efficacy   through  the 

medium  of  Lieutenant  Colonel  Pottinger,  Envoy,  &c,  so  that  the  firm, 

connecting  and  close  alliance  now  formed  between  the  said  States  shall 

descend  to  the  children  and  successors  of  the  house  of  the  above-named 

Meer  Murad  Ali  Khan,  principal  after  principal,  from  generation  to 

generation. 

Article  2. 

That  the  two  contracting  powers  bind  themselves  never  to  look 
with  the  eye  of  covetousness  on  the  possessions  of  each  other. 

Article  3. 

That  the  British  Government  has  requested  a  passage  for  the  mer- 
chants and  traders  of  Hindoostan  by  the  river  and  roads  of  Sindh,  by 
which  they  may  transport  their  goods  and  merchandize  from  one  country 
to  another,  and  the  said  government  of  Hyderabad  hereby  acquiesces  in 
the  same  request  on  the  three  following  conditions  : — 

1st. — That  no  person  shall  bring  any  description  of  military  stores 
by  the  above  river  or  roads. 

2nd. — That  no  armed  vessels  or  boats  shall  come  by  the  said  river. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


39 


3rd. — That  no  English  merchants  shall  be  allowed  to  settle  in  Sindh,  SINDH. 
but  shall  come  as  occasion  requires,  and  having  stopped  to  transact  their  No.  VII. 
business,  shall  return  to  India. 

Article  4. 

When  merchants  shall  determine  on  visiting  Sindh,  they  shall  ob- 
tain a  passport  to  do  so  from  the  British  Government,  and  due  intima- 
tion of  the  granting  of  such  passports  shall  be  made  to  the  said 
government  of  Hyderabad  by  the  Resident  in  Kutch,  or  other  officer  of 
the  said  British  Government. 

Article  5. 

That  the  government  of  Hyderabad  having  fixed  certain  proper  and 
moderate  duties  to  be  levied  on  merchandize  and  goods  proceeding  by 
the  aforesaid  routes  shall  adhere  to  that  scale,  and  not  arbitrarily  and 
despotically  either  increase  or  lessen  the  same,  so  that  the  affairs  of  mer- 
chants and  traders  may  be  carried  on  without  stop  or  interruption,  and 
the  custom-house  officers  and  farmers  of  revenue  of  the  Sindh  govern- 
ment are  to  be  specially  directed  to  see  that  they  do  not  delay  the  said 
merchants  on  pretence  of  awaiting  for  fresh  orders  from  the  govern- 
ment, or  in  the  collection  of  the  duties,  and  the  said  government  is  to 
promulgate  a  Tariff  or  Table  of  Duties  leviable  on  each  kind  of  goods, 
as  the  case  may  be. 

Article  6. 

That  whatever  portions  of  former  Treaties  entered  into  between  the 
two  States  have  not  been  altered  and  modified  by  the  present  one  remain 
firm  and  unaltered,  as  well  as  those  stipulations  now  concluded,  and 
by  the  blessing  of  God  no  deviation  from  them  shall  ever  happen. 


Article  7. 
That  the  friendly  intercourse  between  the  two  States  shall  be  kept 
up  by  the  despatch  of  vakeels  whenever  the  transaction  of  business,  or 
the  increase  of  the  relations  of  friendship,  may  render  it  desirable. 


Honourable 

Company's 

Seal. 


(Signed) 


W.  C.  Bentinck. 


Governor 

General's 

Seal. 


40  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  Supplemental  to  the  Treaty  with  the  government  of  Hyderabad,  in  Sindh. 

No.  VI l.  The  following  Articles  of  engagement  having  been  agreed  on  and 

settled  on  the  22nd  April  1832  between  the  Honourable  East  India 
Company  and  His  Highness  Meer  Murad  Ali  Khan,  Talpore,  Bahadoor, 
ruler  of  Hyderabad,  in  Sindh,  as  supplemental  to  the  Treaty  concluded, 
on  the  20th  April  1832,  through  the  agency  of  Lieutenant  Colonel 
Henry  Pottinger,  envoy  on  the  part  of  the  said  Honourable  East  India 
Company,  under  full  power  and  authority  vested  in  him  by  the  Right 
Honourable  Lord  William  Cavendish  Bentinck,  g.  c.  b.  and  g.  c.  h., 
Governor  General  of  the  British  possessions  in  India,  this  engagement 
has  been  given  in  writing,  at  Simla,  this  day  the  19th  June  1832,  both 
in  English  and  Persian,  in  token  of  the  perfect  confirmation  and  ac- 
knowledgment of  the  obligations  which  it  contains,  in  the  manner 
following : — 

Article  1. 

It  is  inserted  in  the  5th  Article  of  the  Perpetual  Treaty  that  the 
government  of  Hyderabad  will  furnish  the  British  Government  with  a 
statement  of  duties,  &c,  and  after  that  the  officers  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment who  are  versed  in  affairs  of  traffic  will  examine  the  said  state- 
ment. Should  the  statement  seem  to  them  to  be  fair  and  equitable  and 
agreeable  to  custom,  it  will  be  brought  into  operation  and  will  be  con- 
firmed ;  but  should  it  appear  too  high,-  His  Highness  Meer  Murad  Ali 
Khan,  on  hearing  from  the  British  Government  to  this  effect  through 
Colonel  Pottinger,  will  reduce  the  said  duties. 

Article  2. 

It  is  as  clear  as  noonday  that  the  punishment  and  suppression  of 
the  plunderers  of  Parkhur,  the  Thull,  &c,  is  not  to  be  effected  by  any 
one  government,  and  as  this  measure  is  incumbent  on  and  becoming  the 
States  as  tending  to  secure  the  welfare  and  happiness  of  their  respective 
subjects  and  countries,  it  is  hereby  stipulated  that  on  the  commencement 
of  the  ensuing  rainy  season,  and  of  which  Meer  Murad  Ali  Khan  shall 
,  give  due  notice,  the  British,  Sindh,  and  Jodhpore  governments  shall 
direct  their  joint  and  simultaneous  efforts  to  the  above  object. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


11 


Article  3. 


SIN  I) H. 


The  governments  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  of  No».  VII& 
Kheirpore,  namely,  Meer  Roostum,  have  provided,  in  a  Treaty  concluded  ***** 
between  the  States,  that  whatever  may  be  settled  regarding  the  opening 
of  the  Indus  at  Hyderabad  shall  be  binding  on  the  said  contracting 
powers.  It  is  therefore  necessary  that  copies  of  the  Treaty  should  be 
sent  by  the  British  and  Hyderabad  governments  to  Meer  lloostum 
Khan  for  his  satisfaction  and  guidance. 


Honourable 

Company's 

Seal. 


(Signed) 


W.  C.  Bentinck. 


Governor 

General's 

Seal. 


No.  VIII. 

Commebcial  Teeaty  between  the  Honoubable  the  East  India  Company  and  tho 
government  of  Hyderabad,  in  Sindh,  dated  2nd  Jnly  lti'3-i. 

Whereas  in  the  1st  Article  of  the  Supplemental  Treaty  concluded 
between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  the  government  of 
Hyderabad  on  the  22nd  day  of  April  1832,  corresponding  with  the  20th 
of  Zeekad  1247  Hegira,  it  was  stipulated  that  the  government  of 
Hyderabad  was  to  furnish  the  British  Government  with  a  statement  of 
duties,  &c,  and  "  after  that  the  officers  of  the  British  Government  who 
are  versed  in  affairs  of  traffic  shall  have  examined  the  same  statement, 
should  the  statement  seem  to  them  to  be  fair  and  equitable  and  agreeable 
to  custom,  it  will  be  brought  into  operation  and  will  be  confirmed ;  but 
should  it  appear  too  high,  His  Highness  Meer  Murad  AH  Khan,  on 
hearing  from  the  British  Government  to  this  effect,  through  Colonel 
Pottinger,  will  reduce  the  said  duties."  Now,  according  to  the  terms  of 
the  above  stipulation,  the  contracting  States  having  made  due  inquiry, 
hereby  enter  into  the  following  agreement  : — 


Article  1. 
In  lieu  of    a  duty   on   goods   proceeding  up    or  down  the   river 
Indus,    in    virtue    of    the   5th    Article   of    the    perpetual    Treaty     of 

VOL.    VII.  0 


M  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  Hyderabad,  there  shall  be  levied  on  the  rivers,  between  the  sea  and 
No.  VIII.  Roopur,  a  toll  on  each  boat  of  Tatta  Rupees  19  per  Tatta  khurrar, 
of  which  amount  Rupees  8  shall  be  receivable  by  the  governments  of 
Hyderabad  and  Kheirpore,  and  Rupees  11  by  the  other  States  possessing 
dominions  on  the  banks  of  the  rivers,  namely,  His  Highness  Bhawul 
Khan,  Maharajah  Runjeet  Sing,  and  the  Honourable  the  East  India 
Company. 

Article  2. 

To  obviate  any  cause  whatever  of  trouble  or  inconvenience  to 
traders  and  merchants  during  their  progress,  and  also  to  prevent 
disputes  and  doubts,  and  consequent  altercation  and  delay,  touching 
the  size  of  boats,  the  toll  is  fixed  on  30  Tatta  khurrars.  Be  a  boat 
large  or  small,  she  will  pay  toll  according  to  this,  and  whether  she 
measures  5  khurrars  or  100  khurrars,  she  will  be  reckoned  as  one  of  30. 

Article  3. 

The  portion  of  the  toll  above  described,  appertaining  to  Sindh, 
and  amounting  to  Tatta  Rupees  240  on  each  boat,  shall  be  levied  at  the 
bunder  or  port  of  the  mouth  of  the  river  where  the  cargoes  are  trans- 
ferred from  the  river  to  the  sea  boats,  and  vice  versa,  and  divided  as  the 
governments  of  Hyderabad  and  Kheirpore  may  think  best. 

Article  4. 

For  the  purpose  of  assisting  in  the  realization  of  the  toll  due  to 
Sindh,  also  in  the  speedy  and  satisfactory  adjustment  of  disputes 
which  may  happen  to  occur  amongst  the  merchants,  boatmen,  and  others 
on  the  questions  of  hire,  &c,  as  well  as  with  a  view  to  the  preservation 
and  augmentation  of  the  amicable  relations  which  happily  subsist  be- 
tween the  States,  it  is  settled  that  a  British  Agent  (who  shall  not  be  an 
European  gentleman),  under  the  authority  of  Lieutenant  Colonel  Henry 
Pottinger,  Agent  to  the  Governor  General  of  India  for  the  affairs  of 
Sindh,  shall  reside  at  the  bunder  or  port  at  the  mouth  of  the  river 
where  cargoes  are  transferred  from  one  description  of  boat  to  another ; 
and  the  British  Government  binds  itself  that  the  said  Agent  shall  neither 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  43 

engage  in  trade,  nor  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  fiscal  or  any  other  SINDH. 
affairs  of  the  Sindh  government.  It  is  further  settled  that,  when  occa-  No.  VIII. 
sion  connected  with  this  Treaty  may  render  it  advisable,  the  Governor 
General's  Agent  for  the  affairs  of  Sindh  shall  have  the  power  of  deputing 
one  of  his  Assistants  to  the  above-described  bunder  or  port,  to  settle 
any  discussions  that  may  have  arisen ;  after  doing  which  he  is  to  return 
to  Bhooj. 

Article  5. 

For  the  more  perfect  fulfilment  of  this  Treaty,  it  is  hereby  dis- 
tinctly stipulated  that  should  any  portion,  however  small  or  great,  or 
of  whatever  description,  of  the  merchandize  or  goods  on  board  any 
boat  passing  up  or  down  the  river,  be  landed  for  sale  by  a  merchant  or 
merchants,  such  portion  of  merchandize  or  goods,  whatever  may  be  its 
quantity  or  quality,  shall  instantly  become  subject  to  the  existing  local 
duties,  as  levied  by  the  respective  governments  within  their  own  terri- 
tories ;  the  purpose  of  the  toll  agreed  to  by  this  Treaty  being  not  to 
supersede  or  set  aside  the  established  dues  of  the  different  States,  but  to 
repay  the  expense  to  which  the  governments  will  necessarily  be  sub- 
jected in  affording  the  customary  protection  to  the  trade  in  transit  on 
the  river.  It  will  be  perfectly  understood  from  this  5th  Article  that  the 
governments  have  no  claim  to  duties  on  merchandize  merely  passing  up 
or  down  the  river,  and  that  the  toll  is  all  that  is  to  be  demanded ;  but 
should  any  portion,  however  small  or  large,  of  goods  be  landed  and 
sold,  then  the  usual  duties  will  be  levied. 

Written  on  the  2nd  day  of  July  1834,  corresponding  with  the  Ikth 
of  Suffer  1250  a.  h. 

(Signed)         W.  C.  Bentinck, 
Frederick  Adam, 
W.  Morison, 
Ed.  Ironside. 

Ratified  by  the  Governor  General  in  Council  at  Ootacamund  on 
2nd  September  1834. 

(Signed)         W.  H.  Macnaghten, 

Secy,  to  Govt,  of  India. 


II 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNTTDS. 


BINDH.  No.  IX. 

Ho.  IX.  Commebctal  Abticles  entered  into  with  the  government  of  Hyderabad,  in  Sindh, 
by  Colonel  Henby  Pottingeb,  Agent  to  the  Governor  General  for  the  affairs 
of  Sindh,  in  virtue  of  authority  vested  in  him  by  the  Eight  Honoubable 
Lobd  Auckland,  g.  c.  b.,  Governor  General  of  India  in  Council. 


Proposal  1st. 

The  coast  of  Sindh  has  no  hills, 
and  is  so  low  and  level  that  it  is 
very  difficult  and  even  sometimes 
impossible  to  discover  the  proper 
entrance  to  the  mouths  of  the  river. 
Permission  is  therefore  reqtiested  to 
lay  down  buoys  in  the  water,  and 
to  erect  wooden  land-marks  on  the 
shore  at  the  proper  spots,  which 
buoys  and  marks  can  be  changed 
when  alterations  take  place  in  the 
river. 

Proposal  2nd. 

Cases  will  sometimes  occur,  not- 
withstanding these  precautions,  in 
which  from  foul  winds  or  storms 
vessels  intending  to  come  into  the 
river  will  not  be  able  to  do  so,  and 
they  must  in  that  event  seek  for 
shelter  in  any  port  they  can  reach. 
The  examination  of  the  whole  of 
the  coasts  and  harbours  of  Kutch 
and  Sindh  from  Mandavee  to  Kur- 
rachee  has  therefore  been  ordered, 
and  His  Highness  is  requested  to 
instruct  his  officers  to  this  effect. 
Vessels  of  war  will  not  be  employ- 
ed on  this  duty,  and  when  the  har- 
bour of  Kurraehee  is  to  be  examined, 


Answer  1st. 

Agreed. — Beacons  may  be  erect- 
ed on  shore,  and  buoys  laid  down 
in  the  water,  and  changed  as  may 
become  requisite  from  alterations 
in  the  river. 


Answer  2nd. 

Agreed. — A  boat  and  men  will 
be  furnished  when  applied  for. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


45 


(which  it  has  not  been  since  the 
mission  of  Mr.  Smith  in  the  year 
of  the  Hegira  1224),  the  officer  will 
make  a  special  application,  through 
the  Agent,  for  a  perwannah  to  the 
Nawab  of  Kurrachee,  to  furnish  a 
small  boat,  and  one  or  two  experi- 
enced men  to  assist. 


SINDH. 
No.  IX. 


Proposal  3rd. 

The  anchorage  fees  (mohoree) 
on  boats  at  Kikkur  varies  agreeable 
to  their  size.  To  prevent  disputes 
and  to  encourage  the  resort  of  mer- 
chants to  that  and  the  other  bund- 
ers at  the  mouths  of  the  river, 
these  fees  are  recommended  to  be 
reduced  and  defined,  in  order  that 
information  thereof  may  be  given 
to  the  merchants  concerned. 


Answer  3rd. 

The  settlement  of  this  matter  is 
left  to  Colonel  Pottinger,  and  the 
officers  of  this  government  (Hydera- 
bad) will  be  ordered  to  levy  such 
anchorage  fee  as  he  may  fix. 

N.  B. — Colonel  Pottinger  decid- 
ed that  each  boat  should  pay  half 
a  Rupee  in  addition  to  the  toll  estab- 
lished by  Treaty. 


Proposal  4th. 
Syud  Azimooddeen  Hossein,  the 
Native  Agent  appointed  by  the 
Governor  General  to  reside  at  the 
Inouths  of  the  river,  has  arrived 
with  me,  and  is  now  about  to  pro- 
ceed to  his  station.  It  is  begged 
that  His  Highness  will  give  orders 
to  all  the  authorities  to  be  kind  and 
attentive  to  the  Syud,  and  to  refer 
to  him  in  the  event  of  any  disputes 
about  the  toll  on  the  sea,  or  river 
boats,  or  other  matters  which  are 
to  be  strictly  guided  by  Treaty,  and 


Answer  4th. 

Agreed. — The  officers  of  this 
government  (Hyderabad)  will  re- 
ceive particular  instructions  to  the 
effect  proposed. 


46 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


SINDH.     any  extra   duties  or  demands  not 
No.  IX.      authorized  by  it  to   be   positively 
prohibited. 

Proposal  5th. 

As  the  best  season  for  sending 
goods  up  the  river  happens  to  be 
that  at  which  they  cannot  be  im- 
ported by  sea,  it  becomes  requisite 
to  make  some  arrangement  on  this 
account.  Jt  is  therefore  to  be  ar- 
ranged that  all  persons  bringing 
goods  to  carry  up  the  river  may 
land  them  and  place  them  in  a 
warehouse  or  stores  at  Kikkur  or 
Tatta,  under  the  seal  of  the  Native 
Agent  before  mentioned,  until  the 
proper  season  for  their  despatch  up 
the  river  arrives.  Any  portion  of 
such  goods  if  sold  at  any  time  will 
of  course  be  subject  to  the  duties 
established  by  Treaty,  and  after 
they  are  once  stored,  no  package  is 
to  be  removed  or  opened  without 
the  leave  of  the  Native  Agent,  else 
the  full  duties  must  be  paid  on  such 
package. 

Proposal  6th. 

It  is  the  wish  of  the  Governor 
General  to  establish  fairs,  to  be  held 
annually,  and  to  which  merchants 
from  all  nations  would  bring  their 
goods  and  sell  or  exchange  them 
for  those  of  others.  Thus  mer- 
chants from  Bulkh,  Bokhara,  Toor- 
kistan,  Cabool,  &c,   would   bring 


Answer  5th. 

Agreed. — Goods  may  be  either 
warehoused,  as  proposed,  at  Kikkur 
or  Tatta. 


Answer  6th. 
Agreed. — A   fair   may  be  estab 


lished  and  held 
Kikkur. 


either  at  Tatta  or 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


47 


the  productions  of  those  countries 
and  exchange  them  for  the  produce 
of  Europe,  India,  &c,  which  would 
be  brought  from  India  and  Sindh  by 
their  merchants.  If  the  Government 
of  Sindh  would  give  due  encourage- 
ment, one  of  these  fairs  might  be 
established  in  its  territories,  which 
would  be  a  great  source  of  wealth 
to  the  people  and  increase  of 
revenue  to  the  State.  It  is  intend- 
ed to  propose  to  Maharajah  Runjeet 
Sing  to  have  one  of  these  fairs 
held  at  Methunkote,  or  some  place 
in  that  neighbourhood ;  and  should 
the  Ameers  of  Siudh  approve  of  it, 
a  similar  one  might  be  held  yearly 
at  Tatta. 

Proposal  7th. 

The  Governor  General  of  India 
directs  me  to  explicitly  state  that 
he  looks  to  the  government  of 
Sindh  to  keep  the  Muzarees  in 
complete  check  and  to  suggest  how 
this  is  to  be  done  effectually.  If  my 
advice  is  required  I  will  be  ready 
to  give  it. 


SINDH. 
No-  IX. 


Answer  7th. 

The  restraining  and  punishing 
of  the  Muzarees  rests  with  this  gov- 
ernment (Hyderabad).  When  the 
Seikh  troops  are  removed,  what 
power  have  the  Muzarees  to  disturb 
the  country  or  molest  boats  ?  This 
government  binds  itself  to  be  res- 
ponsible for  them. 


Proposal  8th. 
The  Hyderabad  government 
must  say  distinctly  whether  it  is 
responsible  for  the  acts  of  the 
Kheirpore  and  Meerpore  Ameers, 
as  connected  with  the  river  and 
traffic  by  it,  because  if  not,  it  will 


Answer  8th. 
This    government    (Hyderabad) 
is  responsible  as  herein  described. 


48 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    ST  NNUDS. 


sin  ML     be  requisite  to  enter  into  separate 

Ho.  IX-      engagement  with  them,  a  measure 

which  has   been    hitherto  avoided 

out  of  respect  to  the   paramouncy 

of  Noor  Mahomed  Khan. 


Proposal  9th. 

Amongst  the  minor  arrange- 
ments the  Ameer's  sanction  is  re- 
quired to  cutting  down  the  jungle 
along  the  banks  of  the  river, 
where  it  may  be  found  necessary  to 
do  so  to  facilitate  tracking. 


Answer  9th. 

Agreed  to,  with  the  exception  of 
those  parts  of  the  river  banks 
which  are  occupied  by  the  Ameer's 
hunting  preserves  (shikargahs), 
which  would  be  injured  by  cut- 
ting down  the  trees  and  jungle. 
All  trees  that  may  fall  into  the 
water  and  impede  the  progress  of 
boats  will  be  removed  by  persons 
belonging  to  the  Sindh  govern- 
ment, but  not  at  its  expense. 


Proposal  10th. 

The  general  superintendence  of 
a  British  officer  seems  to  the  Gov- 
ernor General  and  to  Colonel 
Pottinger  to  be  almost  indispensable 
to  give  effect  to  the  views  of  the 
British  Government,  to  the  cordial 
aid  and  union  of  that  of  Sindh, 
and  to  the  prevention  of  disputes, 
correspondence,  &c. 


Answer  10th. 

This  proposition  is  already  met 
by  the  perpetual  Treaty.  A  gen- 
tleman may  come  whenever  it  is 
expedient  and  stay  two  or  three 
months.  To  this  no  objection  will 
be  offered. 


Proposal  11th. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  the 
governments  must  not  be  deterred 
from  commencing  on  some  of  these 


Answer  11th. 

No  difficulty  can  possibly  exist 
where  the  friendship  is  sincere. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  49 

arrangements  by  the  apparent  diffi-  SIN  nil. 

culty  of  effecting  them.     Every  im-  ~~ ^     T^T 

portant  matter    looks     difficult  at  4,  x. 

first,  but  all  obstacles  give  way  to 
exertion  and  encouragement  in  the 
course  of  time. 

Dated  at  Hyderabad  on  the  \%th  of  Shalan  1252  Ilegira,  or  28M 
of  November  1836. 


No.  X. 

Teeaty  between  the  Honoueable  East  India  Company  and  the  Ameebs  of  Sindh, 
concluded  by  Colonel  Henry  Pottingeb,  Agent  to  the  Governor  General  for 
Sindh,  on  the  one  part,  and  their  Highnesses  Meer  Noor  Mahomed  Khan  and 
Meer  Nusseer  Mahomed  Nusseer  Khan  on  the  other,  April  20th,  1838. 

Article  1. 

In  consideration  of  the  long  friendship  which  has  subsisted  between 
the  British  Government  and  the  Ameers  of  Sindh,  the  Governor  General 
in  Council  engages  to  use  his  good  offices  to  adjust  the  present  differences 
which  are  understood  to  subsist  between  the  Ameers  of  Sindh  and 
Maharajah  Runjeet  Sing,  so  that  peace  and  friendship  may  be  established 
between  the  two  States. 

Article  2. 

In  order  to  secure  and  improve  the  relations  of  amity  and  peace 
which  have  so  long  subsisted  between  the  Sindh  State  and  the  British 
Government,  it  is  agreed  that  an  accredited  British  minister  shall  reside 
at  the  Court  of  Hyderabad,  and  that  the  Ameers  of  Sindh  shall  also  be 
at  liberty  to  depute  a  vakeel  to  reside  at  the  Court  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment ;  and  that  the  British  minister  shall  be  empowered  to  change 
his  ordinary  place  of  residence  as  may  from  time  to  time  seem  expedient, 
and  be  attended  by  such  an  escort  as  may  be  deemed  suitable  by  his 
government. 

Ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General,  at  Simla, 

this  20th  day  of  April  1838. 

(Signed)         Auckland. 

vol.  vii.  h 


50  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  No.  XI. 

No.  XI.      Xekaty  between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  His  Highness 

Meek  Koostum  Khan,  of  Kheibpobb. 

Article  1. 
There  shall  be  perpetual  friendship,  alliance,  and  unity  of  interests 
between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  Meer  Roostum  Khan, 
Talpore,  and  his  heirs  and  successors,  from  generation  to  generation, 
and  the  friends  and  enemies  of  one  party  shall  be  the  friends  and  enemies 
of  both. 

Article  2. 

The  British  Government  engages  to  protect  the  principality  and 
territory  of  Kheirpore. 

Article  3. 

Meer  Roostum  Khan  and  his  heirs  and  successors  will  act  in 
subordinate  co-operation  with  the  British  Government,  and  acknowledge 
its  supremacy,  and  not  have  any  connexion  with  any  other  Chiefs  and 
States. 

Article  4. 

The  Ameer,  and  his  heirs  and  successors,  will  not  enter  into  nego- 
tiation with  any  Chief  or  State  without  the  knowledge  and  sanction  of 
the  British  Government;  but  the  usual  amicable  correspondence  with 
friends  and  relations  shall  continue. 

Article  5. 

The  Ameer,  and  his  heirs  and  successors,  will  not  commit  aggressions 
on  any  one.  If  by  accident  any  dispute  arise  with  any  one,  the  settle- 
ment of  it  shall  be  submitted  to  the  arbitration  and  award  of  the  British 
Government. 

Article  6. 
The  Ameer  will  furnish  troops  according  to  his  means  at  the  requi- 
sition of  the  British  Government,  and  render  it  all  and  every  necessary 
aid  and  assistance  throughout  his  territory  during  the  continuance  of 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS.  51 

war,  and  approve  of  all  the  defensive  preparations  which  it  may  make     SINDH. 
while  the  peace  and  security  of  the  countries  on  the  other  side  of  the      No  XL 
Indus  may  be  threatened.     But  the  British  Government  will  not  covet 
a  dam  or  deram  of  the  territories  enjoyed  by  His   Highness  and  his 
heirs,  nor  the  fortresses  on  this  bank  or  that  bank  of  the  river  Indus. 

Article  7. 

The  Ameer,  and  his  heirs  and  successors,  shall  be  absolute  rulers  of 
their  country,  and  the  British  jurisdiction  shall  not  be  introduced  into 
that  principality,  nor  will  any  of  the  Baloches  servants,  dependants, 
relatives,  or  subjects  of  the  Ameer  be  listened  to  should  they  complain 
against  the  said  Ameer. 

Article  8. 

In  order  to  improve,  by  every  means  possible,  the  growing  inter- 
course by  the  river  Indus,  Meer  Roostum  Khan  promises  all  co-operation 
with  the  other  powers  in  any  measures  which  may  be  hereafter  thought 
necessary  for  extending  and  facilitating  the  commerce  and  navigation  of 
the  Indus. 

Article  9. 

In  order  to  further  secure  the  relations  of  amity  and  peace  which 
have  so  long  subsisted  between  the  Kheirpore  State  and  the  British 
Government,  it  is  agreed  that  an  accredited  British  minister  shall  reside 
at  the  Court  of  Kheirpore,  and  that  the  Ameer  shall  also  be  at  liberty 
to  depute  an  Agent  to  reside  at  the  Court  of  the  British  Government, 
and  the  British  minister  shall  be  empowered  to  change  his  ordinary  place 
of  residence  as  may  from  time  to  time  seem  expedient,  and  be  attended 
by  such  an  escort  as  may  be  deemed  suitable  by  his  government. 

Article  10. 

This  Treaty  of  nine  Articles  having  been  concluded,  and  signed  and 
sealed  by  Lieutenant  Colonel  Sir  A.  Burnes,  Knight,  Envoy  on  the  part 
of  the  Right  Honourable  George  Lord  Auckland,  g.  c.  b.,  Governor 
General  of  India,  and  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  on  the  part  of  himself. 


52  Ti: KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.      Chief  of  Kheirpore,  the  ratification  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Gov- 
No.  XI.       emor  General  shall  he  exchanged  within  forty-five  days  from  the  present 
date. 

Done  at  Kheirpore  this  2,4th  day  of  December  1838,  corresponding 
with  the  6th  day  of  Shaval  a.  h.  1254. 

(Signed)         Alex.  Burnes, 

Envoy  to  Khelat. 

Ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India  in 
Camp  Bhagapoorana  on  the  10th  January  1839. 

(Signed)         H.  Torrens, 
Offg.  Secy,  to  the  Govt,  of  India, 

with  the  Governor  General. 


Separate  Article. 

Since  the  British  Government  has  taken  upon  itself  the  respon- 
sibility of  protecting  the  State  of  Kheirpore  from  all  enemies,  now  and 
hereafter,  and  neither  coveted  any  portion  of  its  possessions  nor  fortresses 
on  this  side  or  that  side  of  the  Indus,  it  is  hereby  agreed  upon  by  Meer 
Roostum  Khan,  his  heirs  and  successors,  that  if  the  Governor  General, 
in  time  of  war,  should  seek  to  occupy  the  fortress  of  Bukker  as  a 
depot  for  treasure  and  munitions,  the  Ameer  shall  not  object  to  it. 

This  separate  Article  having  been  concluded,  signed  and  sealed  by 
Lieutenant  Colonel  Sir  Alexander  Burnes,  Knight,  envoy  on  the  part 
of  the  Right  Honourable  George  Lord  Auckland,  g.  c.  b.,  Governor 
General  of  India,  and  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  on  the  part  of  himself, 
Chief  of  Kheirpore,  the  ratification  by  the  Right  Plonourable  the 
Governor  General  shall  be  exchanged  within  forty-five  days  from  the 
present  date. 

Lone  at  Kheirpore  this  Z&th  day  of  December  1838,  corresponding 
with  the  6th  day  of  Shaval  a.  h.  1254. 

(Signed)        A.  Burnes, 

Envoy  to  Kheirpore. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  53 

The  Goveenob  Genebal  to  Meek  Roostum  Khan,  of  Kheibpobe,  Camp  Bhaga-      SINDH. 
poorana,  10th  January  1839.  ~    77j~ 

The  judicious  mediation  of  your  friend  Sir  A.  Burnes,  the  highly 
esteemed  and  able  Agent  of  my  government  now  with  you,  has  by  the 
blessing  of  God  brought  about  the  establishing  of  our  mutual  good 
understanding  by  Treaty  on  a  firm  and  lasting  basis. 

The  support  afforded  to  you  by  the  guarantee  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment will,  I  am  well  assured,  prove  a  source  of  future  strength,  and,  if  it 
be  God's  will,  of  continued  prosperity,  to  your  country ;  and  I  am  glad 
to  acknowledge  the  advantages  which  I  hope  to  derive  from  your  alliance 
and  support  in  the  warlike  operations  which  I  am  about  to  undertake. 

Having  entered  into  a  Treaty  with  your  Highness  in  all  honesty 
and  good  faith,  I  should  be  sorry  to  find  any  part  of  the  written  agree- 
ment between  us  so  worded  as  to  leave  either  your  successors  or  mine 
under  the  supposition  that  we  concluded  our  compact  in  a  spirit,  on  the 
one  side  or  the  other,  of  any  thing  like  jealousy  or  distrust. 

The  mention,  however,  of  a  previous  written  agreement,  in  every 
instance,  as  to  the  temporary  character  of  the  occasional  occupation  of 
Sindh  by  the  English,  is  calculated  to  convey  this  unpleasant  idea. 

I  have  therefore  struck  it  out ;  and  in  place  of  inserting  a  sentence 
which  casts  a  doubt  on  the  sincerity  of  our  intentions,  I  address  you 
this  friendly  letter,  as  a  lasting  assurance  of  the  plain  meaning  and 
purpose  of  the  words  of  the  separate  Article,  namely,  that  the  British 
shall  avail  themselves  of  the  fort  of  Bukker,  the  citadel  of  their  ally 
the  Meer  of  Kheirpore,  only  during  actual  war  and  periods  of  preparing 
for  war  like  the  present. 

I  trust  that  this  mode  of  re-assuring  your  Highness  will  have  the 
double  effect  of  setting  your  mind  at  ease  and  of  putting  you  in  posses- 
sion of  a  written  testimony  to  my  intentions,  such  as  may  remain 
among  your  records  in  pledge  of  the  sincerity  of  the  British  Government. 

I  have,  &c, 
(Signed)         Auckland. 


54  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  Agreement  with  Meeb  Mobabik  Khan,  of  Kheibpobe. 

Ho.  XI.  Whereas  Treaties  of  firm  friendship  and   sincere   amity  have  long 

been  established  between  the  government  of  the  East  India  Company 
and  that  of  Kheirpore,  in  Sindh,  at  the  present  time,  agreeably  to  the 
request  and  desire  of  His  Highness  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  Talpore,  and 
for  the  satisfaction  of  His  Highness  Meer  Mobarik  Khan,  Talpore, 
the  following  additional  agreement  has  been  made  through  the  agency 
of  Lieutenant  Colonel  Sir  Alexander  Burnes,  Knight,  envoy  on  the 
part  of  the  Governor  General,  in  virtue  of  full  powers  vested  in  him  by 
the  Right  Honourable  George  Lord  Auckland,  g.  c.  b.,  Governor  General 
of  India,  &c,  &c,  &c. 

The  East  India  Company  hereby  agrees  never  to  covet  one  rea  of 
the  revenue  of  the  share  of  Sindh  in  possession  of  Meer  Mobarik 
Khan,  nor  to  interfere  in  its  internal  management. 

The  said  Company  further  agrees  to  preserve  the  same  friendly 
relation  towards  the  said  Meer  Mobarik  Khan  and  his  descendants 
that  it  does  towards  Meer  Roostum  Khan,  in  conformity  with  the  terms 
of  the  Treaty  now  made  with  His  Highness  Meer  Roostum  Khan. 

Done  at  Kheirpore,  this  28th  day  of  December  1838,  corresponding 
with  the  llth  day  of  Saval  1254  a.  h. 

(Signed)         A.  Burnes. 

Ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General,  Camp 
Dunowla,  on  the  16th  of  January  1839. 

(Signed)         H.  Torrens, 
Ofg.  Secy,  to  the  Govt,  of  India, 
with  the  Governor  General. 

The  same  to  Meer  Mahomed  Khan  and  Meer  Ali  Murad  Khan. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  55 

No.    XII.  SINDH. 

Agreement  for  the  surrender  of  Kurrachee,  February  7th,  1839.  No,  XII. 

Hassel  Ben  Butcha  Khan,  Subadar  in  the  employ  of  the  Governor 
of  the  fort  and  town  of  Kurrachee,  and  late  Commandant  of  the  fort  on 
the  point  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbour,  has  been  this  third  day  of 
February  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  thirty-nine  sent  on  board 
Her  Britannic  Majesty's  Ship  Welles  ley  by  the  said  Governor  (Khyer 
Mahomed)  with  full  powers  to  treat  with  the  British  Authorities  for  the 
surrender  of  the  said  fort  and  town  of  Kurrachee,  accompanied  by  Synah 
Khan,  in  the  service  of  Meer  Noor  Mahomed,  who  had  been  sent  for 
the  same  purpose  by  Ali  B-akhi  to  treat  on  the  part  of  the  civil  govern- 
ment of  the  town. 

It  is,  therefore,  this  day  agreed  by  the  said  Hassel  Ben  Butcha 
Khan  and  Synah  Khan,  in  the  name  of  the  said  two  Governors  on  the 
one  part,  and  by  His  Excellency  Rear  Admiral  Sir  Frederick  Lewis 
Maitland,  k.  c.  b.,  Commander-in-Chief  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty's 
naval  forces  in  the  East  Indies,  and  Brigadier  Thomas  Valiant,  k.  h., 
Commanding  the  British  reserve  Military  force  in  Sindh,  in  the  name 
and  on  behalf  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company,  on  the  other  part. 

Article  1. 
That  the  full  possession  of  the  fort  and  town  of  Kurrachee  shall  be 
this  day  given  up  by  the  aforesaid  Governor  to  the  British  forces. 

Article  2. 
That  the  British  land  forces  under  the  command  of  the  said  Briga- 
dier Valiant  shall  this  day,  or  as  soon  after  as  the  Brigadier  may  deem 
it  convenient,  be  allowed  to  encamp  near  the  town,  and  that  such  boats 
shall  be  supplied  by  the  native  government  as  may  be  required  by  the 
British  army,  upon  payment  of  the  usual  boat  hire  for  them,  as  also  such 
camels  and  other  means  of  conveyance  as  may  be  hereafter  necessary, 
upon  the  like  terms ;  as  well  as  that  all  kinds  of  provisions  and  other 
supplies  shall  be  furnished  for  the  use  of  the  said  British  forces  as  they 
may  stand  in  need  of  and  require,  the  same  being  paid  for  at  the  usual 
rates  of  the  country. 


56  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.  In  consequence  of  the  fulfilment  of  these  terms,  the  British  officers 

No.  XII.  before  mentioned  agree,  in  the  name  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Com- 
pany, that  the  persons  and  property  of  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  fort  and 
town  of  Kurrachee  shall  be  held  sacred,  and  that  they  shall  be  at  liberty 
to  carry  on  their  business  as  heretofore ;  that  their  trading  vessels  shall 
be  allowed  to  enter  the  port,  and  trade  as  usual  without  the  slightest 
interruption ;  and  further  that  the  civil  government  of  Kurrachee  shall 
be  carried  on  by  the  Authorities  of  the  place. 

In  witness  whereof  we  have,  this  third  day  of  February  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  thirty-nine,  set  our  hands  hereunto,  on  board  Her 
Britannic  Majesty's  Ship  Wellesley,  off  Kurrachee. 

(Signed)         Fred.  Lewis  Maitland, 

Rear  Admiral  and  Commander-in-Chief 
of  II.  B.  31.  Naval  Forces  in  India. 

(Signed)         T.  Valiant, 

Brigadier  Commanding  Reserve 

Force  in  India. 
The  X  mark  of  Hassel  Ben  Butcha. 
The  X  mark  of  Synah  Khan. 

We,  whose  signatures  are  hereunto  attached,  ratify  the  above  as  the 
acts  of  our  servants,  in  which  we  fully  concur. 

The  X  mark  of  Khyer  Mahomed. 
The  X  mark  of  Ali  Rakhi. 

Witness,  this  1th  day  of  February  1839. 

(Signed)         J.  Gray, 
Her  Majesty's  \Wi  Regiment. 

(Signed)         T.  Postans,  Lieut., 

Interpreter  to  Reserve  Force. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  57 

No.    XIII.  SINDH. 

Tbeaty  between  the  Beitish  Govebnment  and  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad,  viz.,     No.  XIII. 
Meee  Noob    Mahomed  Khan,  Meee  Nusseeb  Mahomed  Khan,  Meeb 
Meee  Mahomed  Khan,  and  Meee  Sobdae  Khan,  1839. 

Whereas  Treaties  of  friendship  and  amity  have  from  time  to  time 
been  entered  into  between  the  British  Government  and  the  Ameers 
of  Sindh ;  and  whereas  circumstances  have  lately  occurred  which  render 
it  necessary  to  revise  those  Treaties ;  and  a  separate  Treaty  has  already 
been  concluded  between  the  British  Government  and  Meer  Roostum 
Khan  of  Kheirpore ;  the  following  Articles  have  been  agreed  upon  by  the 
contracting  parties  : — 

Article  1. 

There  shall  be  lasting  friendship,  alliance,  and  unity  of  interest 
between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  the  Ameers  of  Hyde- 
rabad, Meer  Noor  Mahomed  Khan,  Meer  Nusseer  Mahomed  Khan, 
Meer  Meer  Mahomed  Khan,  and  Meer  Sobdar  Khan. 

Article  2. 

A  British  force  shall  be  maintained  in  Sindh  and  stationed  at 
Tatta,  or  such  other  place  westward  of  the  river  Indus  as  the  Governor 
General  of  India  may  select.  The  Governor  General  will  decide  upon 
the  strength  of  this  force,  which  it  is  not  intended  shall  exceed  5,000 
fighting  men. 

Article  3. 

Meer  Noor  Mahomed  Khan,  Meer  Nusseer  Mahomed  Khan,  and 
Meer  Meer  Mahomed  Khan  bind  themselves  to  pay  severally  the  sum 
of  one  lakh  of  Rupees,  being  three  lakhs  of  Rupees  altogether  of  the 
Company's  currency,  or  of  that  called  Bakkroo,  or  Timooree,  in  part  pay- 
ment of  the  expense  of  the  British  force  every  year.  Meer  Sobdar 
Khan  is  exempted  from  all  contribution  to  the  expense  of  this  force. 

Article  4. 
The  British  Government  takes  upon  itself  the  protection  of  the 
territories  now  possessed  by  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  from  all  foreign 
aggression. 

vol.  vli.  * 


58  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

sindh.  Article  5. 

No.  XIII.  The  four  Ameers,  party  to  this  Treaty,  shall  remain  absolute  rulers 

in  their  respective  principalities;  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  British 
Government  shall  not  be  introduced  into  their  territories.  The  officers 
of  the  British  Government  will  not  listen  to  or  encourage  complaints 
against  the  Ameers  from  their  subjects. 

Article  6. 

The  four  Ameers,  being  confirmed  in  their  present  possessions  by  the 
preceding  Article,  will  refer  to  the  Resident  in  Sindh  any  complaint  of 
aggression  which  one  of  them  may  have  to  make  against  another ;  and 
the  Resident,  with  the  sanction  of  the  Governor  General,  will  endeavour 
to  mediate  between  them  and  settle  their  differences. 

Article  7. 

In  case  of  aggressions  by  the  subjects  of  one  Ameer  on  the  ter- 
ritories of  another,  and  of  the  Ameer  by  whose  subjects  such  aggressions 
are  made  declaring  his  inability  to  prevent  them  in  consequence  of  the 
offending  parties  being  in  rebellion  to  his  authority,  on  a  representation 
of  the  circumstances  being  made  to  the  Governor  General  by  the  Resi- 
dent, the  Governor  General  will,  if  he  sees  fit,  order  such  assistance  to  be 
afforded  as  may  be  requisite  to  bring  the  offenders  to  punishment. 

Article  8. 

The  Ameers  of  Sindh  will  not  enter  into  any  negotiation  with  any 
foreign  Chief  or  State  without  the  knowledge  and  sanction  of  the  Bri- 
tish Government;  their  amicable  correspondence  with  friends  and  rela- 
tions may  continue. 

Article  9. 

The  Ameers  of  Sindh  will  act  in  subordinate  co-operation  with 
the  British  Government  for  purposes  of  defence,  and  shall  furnish  for 
the  service  of  the  British  Government  a  body  of  8,000  troops,  horse 
and  foot,  whenever  required ;  these  troops,  when  employed  with  the  Bri- 
tish forces,  will  be  under  the  orders  and  control  of  the  commanding 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  59 

officer  of  the  British  forces.     The  Sindh  contingent  troops,  if  employed     SINDH. 


under  British  officers  beyond  the  Sindh  frontier,  will  be  paid  by  the  Bri-     No.  XIII. 
tish  Government. 

Article  10. 

The  Bakkroo  or  Timooree  Rupee  current  in  Sindh  and  the  Honourable 
Company's  Rupee  being  of  equal  value,  the  currency  of  the  latter  coin 
shall  be  admitted  in  the  Sindh  territories.  If  the  officers  of  the  British 
Government  establish  a  mint  within  the  territories  of  the  Ameers,  parties 
to  this  Treaty,  and  there  coin  the  Bakkroo  or  Timooree  Rupee,  the  Ameers 
shall  be  entitled,  after  the  close  of  the  present  military  operations  in 
Afghanistan,  to  a  seignorage  on  the  coinage  according  to  the  customs 
of  the  country. 

Article  11. 

No  toll  will  be  levied  on  trading-boats  passing  up  or  down  the 
river  Indus,  from  the  sea  to  the  northernmost  point  of  that  stream, 
within  the  territories  of  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad. 

Article  12. 

But  any  merchandize  landed  from  such  boats  on  their  passage  up  or 
down  the  river  and  sold  shall  be  subject  to  the  usual  duties  of  the 
country ;  provided  always  that  goods  sold  in  a  British  camp  or  canton- 
ment shall  be  exempt  from  the  payment  of  duty. 

Article  13. 
Goods  of  all  kinds  may  be  brought  by  merchants  and  others  to  the 
mouths  of  the  Indus  (Gorabaree)  at  the  proper  season,  and  kept  there  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  owners  till  the  best  period  of  the  year  for  sending 
them  up  the  river ;  but  should  any  merchant  land  and  sell  any  part  of 
his  merchandize,  either  at  Gorabaree  or  anywhere  else  (except  at  the 
British  cantonment),  such  merchant  shall  pay  the  usual  duties  upon  them. 

Article  14. 
The  provisions  of  this  Treaty  agreed  upon  by  the  Governor  General 
of  India  on  the  one  part,  and  the  Ameers  Meer  Noor  Mahomed  Khan, 
Meer  Nusseer  Mahomed  Khan,  Meer  Meer  Mahomed  Khan,  and  Meer 


00  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNTTDS. 

SINDH.      Sobdar  Khan  on  the  other  part,  shall  be  binding  for  ever  on  all  suc- 
Nos.  XIII    ceeding  governments  of  India,  and  on  the  heirs  and  successors  of  the 

&  XIV.  said  Ameers  in  perpetuity ;  all  former  Treaties  between  the  contracting 
parties  not  rescinded  by  the  provisions  of  this  engagement  remaining 
in  force. 

This  Treaty,  consisting  of  fourteen  Articles,  having  been  signed  in 
quadruplicate  by  the  Eight  Honourable  George  Lord  Auckland,  g.  c.  b., 
Governor  General  of  India,  at  Bussee,  on  the  11th  day  of  March  1839, 
one  of  these  four  documents  will  be  separately  granted,  through  Colonel 
H.  Pottinger,  Resident,  Hyderabad,  the  negotiator  of  the  Treaties,  to 
each  of  the  four  Ameers,  on  his  delivering  a  counterpart  engagement, 
under  his  seal  and  signature,  to  the  British  Resident  in  Sindh,  Colonel 
H.  Pottinger. 

Bated  ihe  Wth  March  1839.  (Signed)         Auckland. 


No.  XIV. 

Treaty  of  fourteen  Articles  between  the  British  Government  and  the  Ameer 
of  Meerpore,  Meer  Sher  Mahomed  Khan. 

Whereas  Treaties  of  amity  and  friendship  have  been  concluded 
between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  the  Ameers  of  Hy- 
derabad, a  separate  Treaty  on  the  same  principle  is  now  entered  into 
between  that  power  and  His  Highness  Meer  Sher  Mahomed  Khan 
of  Meerpore,  and  the  following  Articles  have  been  agreed  upon  by  the 
contracting  parties  :— 

Article  1. 

That  there  shall  be  lasting  friendship,  alliance,  and  unity  of  inter- 
ests between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company  and  the  Ameer  of 
Meerpore,  Meer  Sher  Mahomed  Khan. 

Article  2. 

Meer  Sher  Mahomed  Khan  binds  himself  to  pay  every  year  the 
sum  of  half  a  lakh  of  Rupees  (50,000)  of  the  Company's  currency  in 
part  payment  of  the  expense  of  the  British  force  stationed  in  Sindh, 
viz.,  on  the  1st  of  February  of  each  year. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  61 

Article  3.  sindh. 


The  British  Government  takes  upon  itself  the  protection  of  the     No.  XIV. 
territory  now  possessed  by  the  Ameer  of   Meerpore  from   all   foreign 
aggression. 

Article  4. 

Meer  Slier  Mahomed  Khan  shall  remain  sole  ruler  in  his  princi- 
pality, and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  British  Government  shall  not  be  in- 
troduced into  his  territory ;  the  officers  of  the  British  Government  will 
not  listen  to  or  encourage  complaints  against  the  Ameer  from  his 
subjects. 

Article  5. 

The  Ameer  being  confirmed  in  his  present  undisputed  possessions 
by  the  preceding  Article  will  refer  to  the  British  representative  in 
Sindh  any  complaint  of  aggression  which  he  may  make  against  any  of 
the  other  Ameers;  and  the  Political  Agent,  with  the  sanction  of  the 
Governor  General,  will  endeavour  to  mediate  between  them  and  settle 
their  differences. 

Article  6. 

The  territories  at  present  disputed  between  Meer  Sher  Mahomed 
Khan  and  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  shall  be  submitted  to  the  decision 
of  arbitrators  appointed  by  both  parties  and  an  umpire  appointed  by 
the  Political  Agent. 

Article  7. 

In  case  of  aggression  by  the  subjects  of  one  Ameer  on  the  ter- 
ritories of  another,  and  of  the  Ameer  by  whose  subjects  such  aggressions 
are  made  declaring  his  inability  to  prevent  them,  in  consequence  of  the 
offending  parties  being  in  rebellion  to  his  authority,  on  a  representation 
of  the  circumstances  being  made  to  the  Governor  General  by  the  Politi- 
cal Agent,  the  Governor  General  will,  if  he  sees  fit,  order  such  assistance 
to  be  afforded  as  may  be  requisite  to  bring  the  offenders  to  punishment. 

Article  8. 
The  Ameer  will  not  enter  into  any  negotiation  with  any  foreign  Chief 
or  State  without  the  knowledge  and  sanction  of  the  British  Government ; 
his  amicable  correspondence  with  his  friends  and  relations  may  continue. 


62  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

sindh.  Article  9. 


No.  XIV.  r^  Ameer  will  act  in  subordinate   co-operation  with  the  British 

Government  for  the  purposes  of  defence,  and  shall  furnish  for  the  ser- 
vice of  the  British  Government  a  proportional  quota  of  troops  to  that 
supplied  by  other  Ameers  whenever  required.  These  troops,  when  em- 
ployed with  British  forces,  will  be  under  the  orders  and  control  of  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  British  forces  ;  the  Ameer's  troops,  if  employed 
beyond  the  Sindh  frontier,  will  be  paid  by  the  British  Government. 

Article  10. 

The  Bakkroo  or  Timooree  Rupee  current  in  Sindh  and  the 
Honourable  Company's  Rupee  being  of  equal  value,  the  currency  of  the 
latter  coin  shall  be  admitted  into  the  Ameer's  territory. 

Article  11. 

No  toll  will  be  levied  on  trading  boats  passing  up  or  down  the 
River  Indus  from  the  sea  to  the  northernmost  point  of  that  stream 
within  the  territories  of  the  Ameer. 

Article  12. 

But  any  merchandize  landed  from  boats  on  their  passage  up  or 
down  the  river  and  sold  shall  be  subject  to  the  usual  duties  of  the 
country,  provided  always  that  goods  sold  in  a  British  camp  or  canton- 
ment shall  be  exempt  from  the  payment  of  duty. 

Article  13. 

Goods  of  all  kinds  may  be  brought  by  merchants  and  others  to  the 
mouths  of  the  Indus  (Gorabaree)  at  the  proper  season,  and  kept  there 
at  the  pleasure  of  the  owners  till  the  best  season  of  the  year  for  sending 
them  up  the  river ;  but  should  any  merchant  land  and  sell  any  part 
of  his  merchandize  either  at  Gorabaree  or  anywhere  else,  except  at 
the  British  cantonment,  such  merchant  shall  pay  the  usual  duty. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  63 

Article  14.  SINDH. 

The  provisions  of  this  Treaty  agreed  upon  by  the  Governor  General     N<»-  X*V 


of  India  on  the  one  part  and  Meer  Sher  Mahomed  Khan  on  the  other 
part  shall  be  binding  for  ever  on  all  succeeding  governments  of  India, 
and  on  the  heirs  and  successors  of  the  said  Ameer  in  perpetxuty. 

(Signed)         Auckland. 

Bated  the  11th  Rulbee-ool-awul  1257  a.  h..}  corresponding  with  18M 
June  1841  a.  d. 

Ratified  and  signed  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General 
"of  India,  at  Fort  William  in  Bengal,  on  the  16th  August  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-one. 

(Signed)       T.  H.  Maddock, 

Secy,  to  the  Govt,  of  India. 


No.  XV. 

Dbaft  of  a  Tbeaty  between  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  and  the  British 

Government. 

Article  1. 

The  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  are  relieved  from  the  payment  of  all 
tribute  to  the  British  Government,  which,  under  existing  engagements, 
would  become  due  after  the  1st  of  January  1843. 

Article  2. 

The  only  coin  legally  current  in  the  dominions  of  the  Ameers 
of  Hyderabad  after  the  1st  of  January  1845  shall  be  the  Company's 
Rupee  and  the  Rupee  hereinafter  mentioned. 

Article  3. 
The  British   Government  will  coin  for  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad 
such  number  of  Rupees  as  they   may  require   from   time  to  time,  such 
Rupees  bearing  on  one  side  the  effigy  of  the  Sovereign  of  England, 


&xv. 


64  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SINDH.      with   such   inscription   as  the  British   Government  may  from  time  to 
No.  XV.     time  adopt,  and  on  the  reverse  such  inscription  or  device  as  the  Ameers 
may  prefer. 

Article  4. 

Such  Rupees  so  to  be  coined  for  the  Ameers  shall  contain  the  same 
quantity  of  silver  and  of  the  same  fineness  as  the  Company's  Rupees ; 
and  for  every  Rupee  so  coined  the  Ameers  shall  deliver  to  the  officers  of 
the  British  Government,  who  may  hereafter  be  from  time  to  time  ap- 
pointed to  receive  the  same,  a  quantity  of  silver  equal  to  that  contained 
in  such  Rupee,  and  of  equal  fineness,  or  approved  bills  of  equal  value ; 
and  such  Rupees  so  coined  for  the  Ameers  shall  be  delivered  to  them 
within  four  months  after  the  receipt,  by  the  appointed  Officer,  of  the 
silver  equivalent  thereto,  or  within  four  months  after  the  payment  of  the 
approved  bills  for  the  amount,  without  any  charge  for  the  coinage,  which 
charge  will  be  wholly  borne  by  the  British  Government. 

Article  5. 

The  Ameers,  in  consideration  of  the  above  engagement,  renounce 
the  privilege  of  coining  money,  and  will  not  exercise  the  same,  from  the 
date  of  the  signature  of  this  Treaty. 

Article  6. 

With  a  view  to  the  necessary  provision  of  wood  for  the  use  of 
steamers  navigating  the  Indus  and  the  rivers  communicating  therewith, 
the  British  Government  shall  have  the  right  to  fell  wood  within  one 
•  hundred  yards  of  both  banks  of  the  Indus  within  the  territories  of  the 
Ameers ;  but  the  British  Government,  being  unwilling  to  exercise  such 
right  in  a  manner  inconvenient  or  disagreeable  to  the  Ameers,  will  exer- 
cise it  only  under  the  direction  of  British  officers,  and  will  refrain  from 
all  exercise  thereof,  so  long  as  the  Ameers  shall  provide,  at  the  places  to 
be  named,  such  a  quantity  of  wood  fit  for  the  purpose  of  fuel  at  the  price 
of  the  as  the 

officers  of  the  British  Government  may  from  time  to  time  require. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  05 

Article  7.  SINDH. 

The  following  places  and  districts  are  ceded  in  perpetuity  to  the  No.  XV. 
British  Government :  Kurrachee  and  Tatta,  with  such  arrondissement  as 
may  be  deemed  necessary  by  Major  General  Sir  Charles  Napier ;  and, 
moreover,  the  right  of  free  passage  over  the  territories  of  the  Ameers 
between  Kurrachee  and  Tatta  along  such  line,  and  within  such  limits  on 
either  side  thereof  as  Major  General  Sir  Charles  Napier  may  prefer; 
and  within  such  limits  the  officers  of  the  British  Government  shall  alone 
have  jurisdiction. 

Article  8. 

All  the  rights  and  interests  of  the  Ameers,  or  of  any  one  of  them, 
in  Subzulkote,  and  in  all  the  territory  intervening  between  the  present 
frontier  of  Bhawulpore  and  the  town  of  Roree,  are  ceded  in  perpetuity  to 
His  Highness  the  Nawab  of  Bhawulpore,  the  ever  faithful  ally  and 
friend  of  the  British  Government. 

Article  9. 
To  the  Meer  Sobdar  Khan,  who  has  constantly  evinced  fidelity  to 
his  engagements  and  attachment  to  the  British  Government,  is  ceded 
territory  producing  half  a  lakh  of  annual  revenue,  such  cession  being 
made  in  consideration  of  the  loss  he  will  sustain  by  the  transfer  of  Kurra- 
chee to  the  British  Government,  and  as  a  reward  for  his  good  conduct. 

Article  10. 
The  Commissioner  appointed  by  Major  General  Sir  Charles  Napier 
for  the  execution  of  this  Treaty  will,  after  hearing  the  several  Ameers, 
finally  decide  what  lands  shall  be  made  over*  to   Meer   Sobdar   Khan,   in 
pursuance  of  the  above  Article,  by  the  other  Ameers. 

Article  11. 

Inasmuch  as  the  territories  to  be  ceded  by  the  several  Ameers, 

under  the  provisions  of  this   Treaty,  differ  in   annual   value,   and  the 

amount  of  the  tribute  now  payable  by  the  several  Ameers  is  not  altogether 

the  same,  the  Commissioner  appointed  by  Major  General  Sir  Charles 

vor..  vn.  * 


TULiTTBS,   ESCACEWOTS.   A3TO   «\XSID6. 

SPTDH-     Napier  shall  hear  the  several  Ameefs  as  to  the  annual  rahse  of  the  lands 


xt  *o  ceHed,  and snail  ih<  ln>  wnat  payments  ot  Boaff,  or  won  cesmms  ot 
hmd  m  hen  thutmC  AaD  he  made  hy  the  Amimi  >,  who  shall  nab  no  ces- 
aanof  lands,  or  cBiiiwhm  of  lands  of  inferior  value,  to  such  as  shall 
make  sneh  cessions  of  higher  value  under  thk  Treaty,  that  so  the  value 
of  the  cessions  made  hy  the  ameul  Amu,m  (always  cicrptiHg  Meer 
shafl  he  as  nearly  eosssaensante  as  possible  with  the  tri- 
te the  payment  of  which  each  was  before  liable. 

Aomli 

The  remainder  of  the  tribute  now  payable  whieh  shall  not  be  ah- 

the  nuling  of  such  i  onus  mi  slam  \,  or  lands  yielding  an  an- 

me  of  equal  amount,  shall  he  at   the  disposal   of  the  British 

hut  the  British  Government  will  retain  no  portion  thereof 

.:>.  _: 

Simi*,  AWemier  l/i,  1S42. 


Dsaft  of  Tsn&rv  between  the  British  Cwuitat  and  the  Ameer*  of  Kkeirpore. 

ArncLE  1. 
The  pergunnah  of  Bhocng  Bhara,  and  the  third  part  of  die  dktriet 
of  Suhndkote,  and  the  villages  of  Gotkee,  Maladee,  Chaonga,  Dadoola, 
and  Unexpose,  and  all  the  territories  of  the  Ameers  of  Kheirpore,  or 
any  of  them  mtervening  between  the  present  A— i«inn«  of  His  High- 
ness the  Xawab  of  Bhawulpore  and  the  town  and  dktriet  of  Boree,  are 
ceded  in  perpctuiti  to  Hk  Highness  the  Xawab. 

Asncjjt  2. 

The  town  of  Snkknr,  with  such  arrondksement  as  shall  he  deemed 
hy  Major  General  Sir  Charles  Napier,  and  the  islands  of 

mi  the  town  of  Boree,  with  such 
he  eVassedmaoaaryhy  Major  General  Sir  Charles 
Napier,  are  ceded  in  perpetuity  to  the  British  Government. 


TREATIES,    EXGAGEMESTS,  AMD  SCMTCnS.  (7 

ARTICLE  3.  8IWDH. 

The  Commissioner  appointed  by  Major  General  Sir  Charles  Napier     *••**- 
for  the  execution  of  this  Treaty  and  of  the  Treaty  to  be  eondnded  with 
the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  shall  appropriate  the  surplus  tribute,  tarn 
which  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  will  be  relieved  by  that  Treaty  (of 
which  an  account  will  be  rendered  to  the  Ameers  of  Kheirpore),  or 
of  equal  value  in  lien  thereof,  first,  to  the  indemnifieation  of 
of  Kheirpore,  other  than  Meer  Boostnm  Khan  and  Meer  Ni 
as  may  make  cessions  of  territory  under  tins  Treaty,  and  then,  for  the 
benefit  of  Meer  Boostnm  Khan  and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  in  proportion 
to  the  annual  value  of  the  cessions  made  by  them  respectively  under  this 
Treaty. 

Article  1. 

The  Ameers  of  Kheirpore  having,  by  the  Treaty  eondnded  on  the 
llth  December  1S38,  agreed,  "in  order  to  improve  by  every  means 
possible  the  growing  intercourse  by  the  river  Indus,  to  anord  all  co-oper- 
ation with  the  other  powers  in  any  measures  which  may  heteaflet  be 
thought  necessary  for  extending  and  facilitating  the  commerce  and 
navigation  of  the  Indus,"  and  the  Ameers  of  Hyderabad  having  since, 
by  a  Treaty  concluded  in  1S39,  agreed  "that  no  toll  shall  be  levied  on 
trading  boats  passing  up  and  down  the  river  Indus  from  the  sea  to  the 
northernmost  point  of  that  stream  within  then*  territories,  with  the 
proviso  that  any  merchandize  landed  from  such  boats  on  their  passage 
up  or  down  the  river  and  sold  shall  be  subject  to  the  usual  duties  of  the 
country,  except  goods  sold  in  a  British  camp  or  cantonment^  which  goods 
shall  be  exempt  from  the  payment  of  duty,0  the  Aimm-ra  of  Kheirpore 
now  agree  to  abide  by  and  observe  the  above  provision,  in  the  same 
man-Mr  and  as  fully  as  if  ibe  same  were  inserted  in  the  Treaty  eon- 
eluded  by  them  in  1S3S. 

Article  5. 

The  only  coin  legally  current  in  the  dominions  of  the  Ameers  of 
Kheirpore  after  the  1st  January  1845  shall  be  the  Company's  Rupee  and 
the  Rupee  hereinafter  mentioned. 


68  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

sindh.  Article  6. 

No.  XV.  The  British  Government  will  coin  for  the  Ameers  of  Kheirpore  such 

number  of  Rupees  as  they  may  require  from  time  to  time,  such  Rupees 
bearing  on  one  side  the  effigy  of  the  Sovereign  of  England,  with  such 
inscription  as  the  British  Government  may  from  time  to  time  adopt,  and 
on  the  reverse  such  inscription  or  device  as  the  Ameers  may  prefer. 

Article  7. 

Such  Rupees,  so  to  be  coined  for  the  Ameers,  shall  contain  the  same 
quantity  of  silver  and  of  the  same  fineness  as  the  Company's  Rupees  j 
and  for  every  Rupee  so  coined,  the  Ameers  shall  deliver  to  the  officers  of 
the  British  Government,  who  may  hereafter  be  from  time  to  time 
appointed  to  receive  the  same,  a  quantity  of  silver  equal  to  that  con- 
tained in  such  Rupee  and  of  equal  fineness,  or  approved  bills  of  equal 
value ;  and  such  Rupees,  so  coined  for  the  Ameers,  shall  be  delivered  over 
to  them  within  four  months  after  the  receipt,  by  the  appointed  officer,  of 
the  silver  equivalent  thereto,  or  within  four  months  after  the  payment 
of  the  approved  bills  for  the  amount,  without  any  charge  for  the  coinage, 
which  charge  will  be  wholly  borne  by  the  British  Government. 

Article  8. 

The  Ameers,  in  consideration  of  the  above  engagement,  renounce 
the  privilege  of  coining  money,  and  will  not  exercise  the  same,  from  the 
date  of  the  signature  of  this  Treaty. 

Article  9. 

With  a  view  to  the  necessary  provision  of  wood  for  the  use  of 
steamers  navigating  the  Indus  and  the  rivers  communicating  therewith, 
the  British  Government  shall  have  the  right  to  fell  wood  within  100 
yards  of  both  banks  of  the  Indus  within  the  territories  of  the  Ameers ; 
but  the  British  Government,  being  unwilling  to  exercise  such  right  in 
a  manner  inconvenient  or  disagreeable  to  the  Ameers,  will  exercise  it 
only  under  the  direction  of  British  officers,  and  will  refrain  from  all 
exercise  thereof  so  long  as  the  Ameers  shall  provide,  at  the  places  to  be 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  69 

named,  such  quantity  of  wood  fit  for  the  purposes  of  fuel  at  the  price     SINDH. 
of  the  as  the  officers  of  the  British     No.  xv. 

Government  may  from  time  to  time  require. 

Article  10. 

The  British  Government  renounces  every  claim  heretofore  made 
upon  the  late  Meer  Mobarik  Khan,  or  upon  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  or 
the  other  sons  of  the  late  Meer  Mobarik  Khan,  on  account  of  nuzzer- 
ana,  in  the  name  of  the  late  Shah  Suja,  or  on  account  of  annual  tribute, 
and  the  arrears  thereof  and  the  interest  thereon,  on  its  own  behalf. 

Simla,  November  &th}  1842. 


KHELAT. 

The  territory  belonging  to  the  Brahui  Khans  of  Khelat  extends 
from  the  Mekran  coast  to  a  distance  of  about  400  miles  north,  and  about 
the  same  distance  from  the  Sindh  frontier  to  the  west  of  the  provinces 
of  Punjgoor  and  Kedge.  The  allegiance  of  the  outlying  provinces  to  the 
Khan  is,  however,  little  more  than  nominal,  and  their  Chiefs  omit  no 
opportunity  of  asserting  their  independence.  The  first  Khan  of  any  note 
was  Abdullah  Khan,  who,  at  the  commencement  of  the  eighteenth  century, 
affected  to  be  independent  of  the  Delhi  empire  and  reduced  several 
provinces  to  his  rule.  During  the  reign  of  his  son  Mahabut  Khan 
occurred  the  invasion  of  India  by  Nadir  Shah  and  the  annexation  of  the 
whole  of  the  territories  west  of  the  Indus  to  his  dominions.  On  the  dis- 
memberment of  the  Persian  empire  after  the  death  of  Nadir  Shah,  Khelat 
formed  part  of  the  territories  over  which  Ahmed  Shah  Abdali  established 
his  supremacy.  Mahabut  Khan,  who  was  unpopular  with  his  Chiefs, 
was  deposed  by  Ahmed  Shah,  and  his  younger  brother  Nusseer  Khan 
was  appointed  to  rule  in  his  stead.  From  this  time  the  power  continued 
with  the  younger  branch  of  the  family  till  the  foolish  attempt  which  the 
British  Government  made  after  the  Afghan  war  to  change  the  succession. 

Nusseer  Khan  is  by  far  the  most  distinguished  of  the  Khans  of 
Khelat.  His  rule  was  vigorous.  His  policy  of  uniting  the  Beloch 
tribes  so  consolidated  his  power,  that  he  found  himself  strong  enough  to 
rebel  against  Ahmed  Shah,  who  ceded  to  him  the  districts  of  Shawl  and 
Mustung.  In  the  west  his  dominions  were  extended  by  the  conquest 
of  Punjgoor  and  Kedge.  He  was  succeeded  in  1795  by  his  son  Mali, 
mood  Khan,  and  he,  in  1819,  by  his  son  Mehrab  Khan,  in  whose  time  the 
political  connection  of  the  British  Government  with  Khelat  commenced. 

From  the  time  of  Nusseer  Khan  the  Chiefs  of  Khelat  remained 
faithful  in  their  allegiance  to  Cabool.  In  their  internal  government 
they  acted  in  concert  with  the  Chiefs  of  Sarawun  and  Jalawun,  who  held 
the  position  of  hereditary  counsellors.  The  office  of  minister  was  also 
hereditary.      Mehrab   Khan  was  a  well-meaning  but  weak   ruler.     He 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNTTDS.  71 

disgusted  his  Chiefs  by  surrendering1  himself  to  the  influence  of  one  KHELAT. 
Daood  Mahomed,  a  man  of  low  extraction,  for  whom  he  sacrificed  the  " 
hereditary  minister  Futteh  Mahomed.  Daood  Mahomed,  however,  was 
killed  by  Futteh  Mahomed's  son,  Naib  Moolla  Hossein,  who  was  res- 
tored to  the  hereditary  office,  but  who  never  forgave  the  injury  done  to 
his  father.  To  the  treacherous  revenge  of  Moolla  Hossein  are  attribut- 
able all  the  misfortunes  which  subsequently  overtook  Mehrab  Khan. 

On  the  failure  of  Shah  Suja's  first  attempt  to  recover  his  dominions 
in  1833,  the  ex-king  found  refuge  for  a  short  time  at  Khelat  before  his 
return  to  his  exile  at  Loodhiana.  When  the  expedition  of  1838  for  the 
restoration  of  the  Shah  was  determined  on,  a  British  officer,  Lieutenant 
Leech,  was  sent  to  Khelat  to  secure  the  co-operation  of  Mehrab  Khan, 
through  whose  territories  the  armies  had  to  march.  Moolla  Hossein, 
however,  contrived  to  create  a  dislike  between  the  Khan  and  Lieutenant 
Leech,  and  the  latter  left  without  attaining  his  object.  The  treacherous 
minister  further  caused  it  to  be  believed  that  the  Khan  had  seized  stores 
of  grain  which  had  been  collected  for  the  British  troops,  and  he  wrote 
orders  in  the  Khan's  name,  but  without  his  knowledge,  inciting  the  tribes 
to  rise  and  harrass  the  British  army  on  its  line  of  march.  Sir  Alexander 
Burnes  was  deputed  to  Khelat  to  allay  the  supposed  hostility  of  the 
Khan  and  to  negotiate  a  Treaty*  with  him.  The  Treaty  was  signed 
contrary  to  the  secret  wishes  of  Moolla  Hossein,  and  the  Khan  agreed  to 
proceed  to  Quetta  to  pay  his  respects  to  Shah  Suja.     Sir  A.  Burnes 


*  Abticles  of  an  Engagement  concluded  between  the  British  Government  and  Mehbab 
Khan,  the  Chief  of  Khelat. 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  lasting  friendship  has  been  concluded  between  the  British  Gov- 
ernment and  His  Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-inoolk,  and  Mehrab  Khan,  the  Chief  of  Khelat,  as 
well  as  his  predecessors  have  always  paid  homage  to  the  Royal  House  of  the  Suddozycs ; 
therefore,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Shah,  the  under-mentioned  Articles  have  been 
agreed  upon  by  Mehrab  Khan  and  his  descendants  from  generation  to  generation.  As  long 
as  the  Khan  performs  good  service,  the  following  Articles  will  be  fulfilled  and  preserved : — 

Aeticle  1. 
As  Nusseer  Khan  and  his  descendants,  as  well  as  his  tribe  and  sons,  held  possession  of 
the  country  of  Khelat,  Kutchee,  Khorstan,  Mckran,  Kedge,  Bela,  and  the  port  of  Soumeeanee 
in  the  time  of  the  lamented  Ahmed  Shah  Dooranec,  they  will  in  future  be  masters  of  their 
country  in  the  same  manner. 


72  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

KHELAT.  preceded  him,  and  on  his  way  was  waylaid  by  a  party  appointed  by 
Moolla  Hossein  and  robbed  of  the  draft  Treaty  which  the  Khan  had 
signed.  The  belief  that  this  was  done  at  the  instigation  of  the  Khan 
was  studiously  impressed  on  the  British  Government,  and  the  Khan 
himself  was  prevented  from  going  to   Quetta  by  Moolla  Hossein,  who 

Article  2. 

The  English  Government  will  never  interfere  between  the  Khan,  his  dependants  and 
subjects,  particularly  lend  no  assistance  to  Shah  Newaz.  Futteh  Khan  and  the  descendants 
of  the  Mahabutzye  branch  of  the  family,  but  always  exert  itself  to  put  away  evil  from  his 
house.  In  case  of  His  Majesty  the  Shah's  displeasure  with  the  Khan  of  Khelat,  the  English 
Government  will  exert  itself  to  the  utmost  to  remove  the  same  in  a  manner  which  may 
be  agreeable  to  the  Shah  and  according  to  the  rights  of  the  Khan. 

Abticle  3. 

As  long  as  the  British  army  continues  in  the  country  of  Khorasan,  the  British  Govern- 
ment agrees  to  pay  to  Mehrab  Khan  the  sum  of  oue  and  a  half  lakh  of  Company's  Rupees 
from  the  date  of  this  engagement,  by  half-yearly  instalments. 

Article  4. 
In  return  for  this  sum  the  Khan,  while  he  pays  homage  to  the  Shah  and  continues  in 
friendship  with  the  British  nation,  agrees  to  use  his  best  endeavours  to  procure  supplies, 
carriage,  and  guards  to  protect  provisions  and  stores  going  and  coining  from  Shikarpore  by 
the  route  of  ltozan,  Dadur,  the  Pass  of  Bolan,  through  Shamal,  to  Koochlak  from  one 
frontier  to  another. 

Article  5. 

All  provisions  and  carriage  which  may  be  obtained  through  the  means  of  the  Khan, 
the  price  of  the  same  is  to  be  paid  without  hesitation. 

Article  6. 

As  much  as  Mehrab  shows  his  friendship  to  the  British  Government  by  service  and 
fidelity  to  the  Suddozye  family,  so  much  the  friendship  will  be  increased  between  him  and 
the  British  Government,  and  on  this  he  should  have  the  fullest  reliance  and  confidence. 

This  agreement  having  been  concluded,  signed,  and  sealed,  by  Lieutenant  Colonel  Sir  A. 
Burnes,  Knight,  envoy  on  the  part  of  the  Right  Honourable  George  Lord  Auckland,  a.  c  B., 
Governor  General  of  India,  and  Mehrab  Khan,  of  Khelat,  on  the  part  of  himself,  the 
same  shall  be  duly  ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General. 

Done  at  Khelat  the  2&th  day  of  March  a.  d.,  1839  corresponding  with  the  \2th  day  of 
Mohurrum  a.  h.  1255. 

(Signed)        A.  Burnes, 

Envoy  to  Khelat. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNIJDS.  73 

frightened  him  into  the  belief  that  the  British  intended  to  make  him  a    KHELAT. 
prisoner.     The  proofs  of  the  Khan's  hostility  were  now  apparently  com-  ~ 
plete,  and  it   was  resolved  to  punish  him  when  a  fitting   opportunity 
occurred. 

When  General  Wiltshire's  brigade  was  returning  from  Cabool  in 
1839,  a  detachment  was  sent  to  Khelat  to  punish  the  Khan.  The  town 
was  taken  by  storm  on  the  13th  of  November.  Mehrab  Khan  fell  in  the 
assault,  and  his  son  Hossein  Khan  fled.  From  the  papers  discovered  in 
the  fort,  the  treachery  of  Moolla  Hossein  was  fully  proved.  He  was 
therefore  made  a  prisoner.  In  attendance  on  the  British  army  was  one 
Shah  Newaz  Khan,  a  youth  of  fourteen,  descended  in  the  direct  male 
line  from  Mahabut  Khan,  who  had  been  deposed  by  Ahmed  Shah.  This 
youth,  and  his  brother  Futteh  Khan,  had  been  imprisoned  by  Mehrab  Khan, 
but  had  effected  their  escape.  Shah  Newaz  Khan  was  set  up  by  the  Bri- 
tish Government  as  Khan  of  Khelat,  but  the  provinces  of  Sarawun  and 
Kutch  Gundava  were  annexed  to  the  dominions  of  the  king  of  Cabool. 

Shortly  after  the  accession  of  Shah  Newaz  Khan,  a  revolution 
broke  out,  headed  by  Mehrab  Khan's  son,  who  had  assumed  the  name  of 
Nusseer  Khan.  Shah  Newaz  was  deposed,  the  British  representative  at 
Khelat  was  murdered,  and  there  was  open  war  between  Nusseer  Khan 
and  the  British  Government.  As  the  only  means  of  quieting  the  coun- 
try and  doing  tardy  justice  to  the  memory  of  the  unfortunate  Mehrab 
Khan,  the  British  Government  reversed  its  policy,  established  Nusseer 
Khan  in  power,  and  restored  to  him  the  districts  which  had  been  annexed 
to  Cabool.  A  Treaty  (No.  XVI.)  was  concluded  with  him  on  6th 
October  1841. 

After  the  withdrawal  of  the  British  armies  from  Cabool,  this  Treaty, 
by  which  Khelat  was  acknowledged  to  be  a  dependency  of  Cabool,  became 
a  dead  letter.  In  1842  a  proposal  was  made  to  conclude  a  Supplementary 
Treaty,  by  which  pecuniary  aid  should  be  substituted  for  military  support 
to  the  Khan;  but  this  suggestion  was  not  acted  upon.  In  1854,  however, 
when  war  between  England  and  Russia  was  threatened,  and  it  became  of 
importance  to  strengthen  British  influence  on  the  western  frontier,  a  new 
Treaty  (No.  XVII.)  was  concluded  with  the  Khan,  which  abrogated  the# 
Treaty  of  1841,  renewed  the  obligations  of  the  Khan  to  oppose  all  the 
enemies   of    the   British  Government,   to   act  in  subordination  to  the 

VOL.    VII.  ^ 


74  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

KHELAT.  British  Government,  to  enter  into  no  negotiations  with  other  States  with- 
""  out  its  consent,  and  to  receive  British  troops  into  his  country  if  such  a 
measure  should  be  deemed  necessary.  By  this  Treaty  also  the  British 
Government  granted  to  the  Khan  an  annual  subsidy  of  Rupees  50,000, 
on  condition  of  his  preventing  his  subjects  from  committing  outrages 
within  or  near  British  territory,  of  his  protecting  merchants,  and  per- 
mitting no  exactions  on  trade  beyond  certain  specified  duties. 

Nusseer  Khan  died  in  1857.  It  was  afterwards  discovered  that  he 
had  been  poisoned.  There  were  three  claimants  for  the  succession,  Azim 
Khan,  brother  of  Mehrab  Khan ;  his  son,  of  the  same  name ;  and  Kho- 
dadad  Khan,  half-brother  of  the  late  Chief.  The  last,  an  imbecile  youth, 
was  elected  by  the  Chiefs,  with  whom,  however,  he  soon  embroiled  him- 
self. He  also  had  to  contend  against  the  pretensions  of  Futteh  Khan,  the 
brother  of  our  nominee  Shah  Newaz  Khan,  who  was  supported  by  Azad 
Khan,  of  Kharan.  But  for  the  countenance  and  support  of  the  British 
Government,  he  could  not  have  maintained  himself  in  power  for  many 
days.  In  1859  the  British  Government  gave  the  Khan  Rupees  50,000, 
in  addition  to  the  subsidy  paid  under  the  Treaty,  to  enable  him  to 
strengthen  his  hands  and  meet  the  cost  of  reducing  the  rebellious  tribe 
of  Murrees,  who  harrassed  the  British  frontier.  This  additional  grant 
was  paid  for  four  successive  years,  but  very  little  good  resulted  from  it. 
The  leading  Chiefs  of  Khelat  conspired  against  Khodadad  Khan,  and,  on 
17th  March  1863,  proclaimed  his  cousin,  Sherdil  Khan,  as  their  ruler. 
The  town  and  fort  of  Khelat  were  surrendered  to  the  rebels  without  a 
show  of  defence.  Sherdil  Khan  was  murdered  in  May  1864,  and 
Khodadad  Khan  was  re-elected  Chief  of  the  State.  He  has  been  recog- 
nized by  the  British  Government  as  Khan  of  Khelat,  and  the  payment  of 
the  subsidy  of  Rupees  50,000,  under  the  Treaty  of  1854,  which  had  been 
suspended  during  the  disturbances  in  the  country,  has  been  revived. 

In  1863  a  convention  (No.  XVIII.)  was  made  with  Khodadad  Khan, 
by  which  he  engaged  to  secure  the  protection  of  the  Mekran  telegraph 
within  the  territories  of  his  feudatory  Chiefs  in  consideration  of  a  sub- 
sidy of  Rupees  5,000  a  year  to  be  paid  to  the  Chiefs,  and  authorized  the 
British  Government  to  make  their  own  arrangements  for  subsidizing  his 
feudatories.  During  the  revolution  in  Khelat  this  convention  was  de- 
clared to  be  in  abeyance. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS.  75 

No.   XVI.  KHELAT. 

Treaty  entered  into  between  the  Government  of  India  and  Meeb  Ncsseeb  Khan,     No-  XVI. 

Chief  of  Khelat. 

Whereas  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  son  of  Mehrab  Khan,  deceased, 
having  tendered  his  allegiance  and  submission,  the  British  Government 
and  His  Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk  recognise  him,  the  said  Nusseer 
Khan,  and  his  descendants  as  Chief  of  the  principality  of  Khelati-Nusseer 
on  the  following  terms  : — 

Article  1. 

Meer  Nusseer  Khan  acknowledges  himself  and  his  descendants  the 
vassals  of  the  king  of  Cabool,  in  like  manner  as  his  ancestors  were  for- 
merly the  vassals  of  His  Majesty's  ancestors. 


Article  2. 

Of  the  tracts  of  country  resumed  on  the  death  of  Meer  Mehrab 
Khan,  namely,  Cutchee,  Moostung,  and  Shawl,  the  two  first  will  be 
restored  to  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  and  his  descendants  through  the  kindness 
of  His  Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk. 

Article  3. 

Should  it  be  deemed  necessary  to  station  troops,  whether  belonging 
to  the  Honourable' Company  or  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk,  in  any  part  of  the 
territory  of  Khelat,  they  shall  occupy  such  positions  as  may  be  thought 
advisable. 

Article  4. 
Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  his  heirs  and  successors,  will  always  be  guided 
by  the  advice  of  the  British  officer  residing  at  his  Durbar. 

Article  5. 

The  passage  of  merchants  and  others  into  Afghanistan  from  the 
river  Indus  on  the  one  side,  and  from  the  sea-port  of  Soumeeanee  on  the 
other,  shall  be  protected  by  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  as  far  as  practicable,  nor 


76 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


KHELAT.    will  any  aggression  be  practised  on  such  persons,  or  any  undue  exactions 
N     XV1       made   beyond   an  equitable  toU  to  bfl  &wd    by    the    British    Government 
and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan. 

Article  6. 

Meer  Nusseer  Khan  binds  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  not  to 
hold  any  political  communication  or  enter  into  any  negotiations  with 
foreign  powers  without  the  consent  of  the  British  Government  and  of 
His  Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk,  and  in  all  cases  to  act  in  subordi- 
nate co-operation  with  the  governments  of  British  India  and  of  the  Shah  ; 
but  the  usual  amicable  correspondence  with  neighbours  to  continue  as 
heretofore. 

Article  7. 

In  case  of  an  attack  on  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  by  an  open  enemy,  or 
of  any  difference  arising  between  him  and  any  foreign  power,  the  British 
Government  will  afford  him  assistance  or  good  offices  as  it  may  judge 
to  be  necessary  or  proper  for  the  maintenance  of  his  rights. 


Article  8. 

Meer  Nusseer  Khan  will  make  due  provision  for  the  support  of 
Shah  Newaz  Khan,  either  by  pension  to  be  paid  through  the  British  Gov- 
ernment, on  condition  of  that  Chief  residing  within  the  British  territory, 
or  by  grant  of  estates  within  Khelat  possessions,  as  %  may  hereafter  be 
decided  by  the  British  Government. 

Done  at  Khelat  this  6th  day  of  October  a.  d.  1841,  corresponding 
with  the  20th  Shaban  a.  h.  1257.  •    • 


Seal. 


(Signed) 


Meer  Nusseer 
Khan. 


Seal. 


(Sigued)     Auckland. 


Ratified  and  signed  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General 
of  India  in  Council,  at  Fort  William  in  Bengal,  this  10th  day  of 
January  1842. 

(Signed)         T.  H.  Maddock, 

Secretary  to  the  Government  of  India, 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  77 

No.    XVII.  KHELAT. 


Treaty  between  the  British  Government  and  Nusseer  Kuan,  Chief  of  Khelat,     No-  XVIL 
concluded  on   the  part  of  the  British  Government  by  Major  John  Jacob, 
c.   b.,  in  virtue  of  full  powers  granted  by  the  Most  Noble  the  Marquis  of 
Dalhousie,  k.   t.,  &c,  Governor  General  of  India,  and  by   Meer  Ndsseer 
Khan,  Chief  of  Khelat. 

Whereas  the  course  of  events  has  made  it  expedient  that  a  new 
agreement  should  be  concluded  between  the  British  Government  and 
Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  Chief  of  Khelat,  the  following  Articles  have  been 
agreed  on  between  the  said  government  and  His  Highness  : — 

Article  1. 

The  Treaty  concluded  by  Major  Outram  between  the  British  Gov- 
ernment and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  Chief  of  Khelat,  on  the  6th  October 
1841,  is  hereby  annulled. 

Article  2. 

There  shall  be  perpetual  friendship  between  the  British  Government 
and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  Chief  of  Khelat,  his  heirs  and  successors. 

Article  3. 

Meer  Nusseer  Khan  binds  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  to  oppose 
to  the  utmost  all  the  enemies  of  the  British  Government,  in  all  cases 
to  act  in  subordinate  co-operation  with  that  government,  and  to  enter 
into  no  negotiation  with  other  States  without  its  consent,  the  usual 
friendly  correspondence  with  neighbours  being  continued  as  before. 

Article  4. 
Should  it  be  deemed  necessary  to  station  British  troops  in  any  part 
of  the  territory  of  Khelat,   they  shall  occupy  such  positions  as  may  be 
thought  advisable  by  the  British  Authorities. 

Article  5. 
Meer  Nusseer  Khan  binds  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  to  pre- 
vent all  plundering  or  other  outrage  by  his  subjects  within  or   near 
British  territory ;  to  protect  the  passage  of  merchants  to  and  fro  between 
the  British  dominions  and  Afghanistan,  whether  by  way  of  Siudh  or  by 


78  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 

KHELAT.    the  sea-port  of  Soumeeanee,  or  other  sea-ports  of  Mekran,  and  to  permit 
No.  XVII.    no  exactions  to  be  made  beyond  an  equitable  duty  to  be  fixed  by  the 

British  Government  and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  and  the  amount   to   be 

shown  in  the  Schedule  annexed  to  this  Treaty. 

Article  6. 

To  aid  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  his  heirs  and  successors,  in  the  fulfilment 
of  these  obligations,  and  on  condition  of  a  faithful  performance  of  them 
year  by  yeai',  the  British  Government  binds  itself  to  pay  to  Meer  Nusseer 
Khan,  his  heirs  and  successors,  an  annual  subsidy  of  fifty  thousand 
(50,000)  Company's  Rupees. 

Article  7. 

If  during  any  year  the  conditions  above  mentioned  shall  not  be 
faithfully  performed  by  the  said  Meer  Nusseer  Khan,  his  heirs  and 
successors,  then  the  annual  subsidy  of  fifty  thousand  (50,000)  Company's 
Rupees  will  not  be  paid  by  the  British  Government. 

Done  at  Mustoong  this  fourteenth  day  of  May  one  thousand  eight 

hundred  and  fifty-four. 

(Signed)         John  Jacob,  Major, 

Mustoong,       ">  Political  Superintendent  and  Commandant 


,} 


l&lh  May  1854.  )  on  the  frontier  of  Upper  Sindh. 


Schedule  showing  amount  of  duty  to  be  levied  on  merchandize  passing  through 
the  dominions  of  the  Khan  of  Khelat  referred  to  in  Article  V.  of  this 
Treaty. 

On  each  camel-load,  without  respect  to  value,  from  the  northern  fron- 
tier to  the  sea,  either  to  Kurrachee  or  other  port,  Company's  Rupees  6, 

On  each  camel,  as  above,  from  the  northern  frontier  to  Shikarpore, 
Company's  Rupees  5. 

The  same  duties  to  be  levied  on  merchandize  passing  in  the  contrary 
direction  from  the  sea,  or  from  Sindh  to  the  Khelat  territory. 

(Signed)         John  Jacob,  Major, 
Political  Superintendent  and  Commandant 
on  the  frontier  of  Upper  Sindh. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  79 

The  foregoing  Articles  of  Treaty  having  been  concluded  between  the    KHELAT. 
British  Government  and  the  Khan  of  Khelat,  and  signed  and  sealed  by    Nog.  XVII 
Major  John  Jacob,  c.  b.]  on  the  one  part,  and  Meer  Nusseer  Khan  on     AXVin. 
the  other,  at  Mustoong,  on  the  14th  May  a.  d.  1854,  corresponding 
with  16th  Shaban  a.  h.  1270,  a  copy  of  the  same  will  be  delivered  to 
His  Highness,  duly  ratified  by  the  Governor  General  in  Council,  within 
two  months  from  this  date. 

(Signed)  Dalhousie. 

„  J.  Dorin. 

„  J.  Low. 

„  J.  P.  Grant. 

„  B.  Peacock. 

Ratified  by  the  Most  Noble  the  Governor  General  in  Council,  Fort 
William,  this  2nd  day  of  June  1854. 

(Signed)         G.  F.  Edmonstone, 

Secretary  to  the  Government  of  India. 


No.  XVIII. 

Convention  between  the  British  Govebnment  and  His  Highness  Khodadad 
Khan,  Khan  of  Khelat  and  Belochistan,  for  the  extension  of  the  Electric 
Telegraph  through  such  portions  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  in 
Mekran  as  lie  between  the  western  boundary  of  the  province  under  the 
feudatory  rule  of  the  Jam  of  Beyla  and  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  terri- 
tory of  Gwadur. 

Article  1. 
That  His  Highness  the  Khan  of  Khelat  shall  afford  protection  to 
the  line  of  telegraph  and  to  the  persons  employed  in  its  construction 
and  maintenance  through  the  tract  of  the  country  lying  between  the 
western  boundary  of  the  province  under  the  rule  of  the  Jam  of  Beyla 
and  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  Gwadur  territory. 


80  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnfds. 

kiiklat.  Article  2. 

No.  XVIII.  That  the  British  Government  shall  be  at  liberty  to  erect  stations 

in  such  parts  of  the  said  country  as  they  may  deem  most  convenient  for 

telegraph  purposes. 

Article  3. 
That  the  material  of  the  telegraph  may  be  landed,  free  of  duty, 
wherever  the  British  Government  may  think  most  convenient  on  His 
Highnesses  coast. 

Article  4. 

That  the  cost  of  material,  labour,  landing  charges,  housing,  provi- 
sions, &c,  shall  be  borne  by  the  British  Government,  who  will  also  make 
any  arrangements  they  may  consider  most  convenient  regarding  their 
own  supplies,  labour,  &c,  His  Highness  the  Khan  undertaking  that 
no  impediment  shall  be  thrown  in  their  way,  but  that,  on  the  contrary, 
every  protection  and  assistance  shall  be  afforded  on  his  part. 

Article  5. 

That  for  the  protection  of  the  line  and  those  employed  upon  it,  the 
British  Government  will  agree  to  pay  the  annual  sum  of  Rupees  five 
thousand  (5,000),  and  His  Highness  the  Khan  of  Khelat  is  not  to  be 
called  upon  to  go  to  any  further  expense  than  the  above  sum. 

Article  6. 

That  His  Highness  the  Khan  shall  give  notice  through  the  Political 
Agent  to  the  British  Government  of  the  proportions  of  the  sum  above 
mentioned  which  he  may  wish  to  be  paid  to  the  various  Chiefs  to  whom 
he  will  entrust  the  conservation  of  the  line,  it  being  understood  that  the 
whole  sum  paid  by  the  British  Government  for  that  purpose  will  be 
expended  amongst  the  Chiefs  and  people  through  whose  country  the 
line  passes.'  On  receipt  of  His  Highnesses  wishes  in  this  respect,  the  sums 
will  be  paid  to  the  named  parties  through  the  Political  Agent  or  other 
officer  appointed  by  the  British  Government. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  81 

Article  7.  khelat. 

That  annual  payment  will  commence  from  the  date  that  the  Tele-  No.  XVIII. 
graph  officers  may  report  that  50  miles  of  the  line  have  been  erected, 
and  that  its  conservation  is  complete  for  that  distance. 

Article  8. 
That  any  disagreement  between  the  Telegraph  officials  and  the  sub- 
jects of  His  Highness  the  Khan  of  Khelat  shall  be  referred  to  the  Political 
Agent  at  Khelat  if  it  cannot  be  satisfactorily  settled  on  the  spot  by  the 
Telegraph  officers  in  communication  with  the  Agent  of  His  Highness. 

Article  9. 
Continued  obstruction  or  injury  to  the  line  may  cause  revocation  of 
this  agreement  at  any  time  on  the  part  of  the  British  Government. 

(Signed)         M.  Green,  Major, 
Camp  Kushmore,  "I  Actg.  Political  Agent  at  the  Court  of 


a 


The  20th  Feb.  1863.  J  His  Highness  the  Khan  of  Khelat. 


Additional  Clause  (X.)  of  a  Convention  with  His  Highness  the  Khan  of 
Khelat,  for  the  passage  of  the  Electric  Telegraph  through  his  Mekran  territory. 

Article  10. 
That  His  Highness  the  Khan  of  Khelat,  with  the  view  of  accel- 
erating the  erection  of  the  Electric  Telegraph,  agrees  that  the  English 
Government  may  subsidize  and  make  their  own  arrangements  with  the 
tribes  (his  subjects)  in  Mekran. 

It  being  understood  that  the  above  shall  not  include  any  cession  of 
Khelat  territory  without  his  (the  Khan's)  consent,  and  that,  should 
offices  or  buildings  be  erected,  their  sites  shall  always  be  considered  as 
belonging  to  the  Khelat  government. 

On  the  part  of  the  British  Government, 
Jacobabad,  Upper  Sindh  j  ")  (Signed)         M.  Green,  Major, 


The  23rd  March  1863.       j  Actg.  Political  Agent  at  Khelat. 


Seal. 

VOL.    VII. 


(Signed)     Khodadad  Khan, 

Ruler  of  Khelat. 


BEYLA    on    LUS. 
BEYLA 

ok  LUS.  Tire  province  of  Lus  is  said  to  have  been  granted  to  an  ancestor  of 

No  XIX  the  Jam  of  Beyla  by  Abdulla  Khan,  of  Khelat,  as  a  reward  for  services 
in  the  field.  The  conditions  of  the  tenure  were  that  the  Jam  should 
acknowledge  the  supremacy  of  the  Khan  and  maintain  a  body  of  troops 
for  service  when  required.  On  the  death  of  Abdulla  Khan,  the  grant 
was  confirmed  by  Mahabut  Khan  to  Jam  Ali,  from  whom  the  present 
Chief,  Jam  Meer  Khan,  is  regularly  descended. 

The  present  Jam  succeeded  his  father  Jam  Meer  Ali  about  the  year 
1830.  Of  late  years  he  has  been  endeavouring  to  throw  off  allegiance 
to  Khelat  and  make  himself  independent.  The  population  of  his 
territories  is  estimated  to  be  about  25,000  souls,  and  the  revenues  about 
Rupees  25,000  from  sea-customs  and  Rupees  10,000  from  an  assessment 
on  cultivated  lands. 

In  December  1861  an  agreement  (No.  XIX.)  was  made  with  Jam 
Meer  Khan  for  the  protection  of  that  portion  of  the  Mekran  Telegraph 
which  traverses  Lus,  in  consideration  of  a  subsidy  of  Rupees  10,000 
a  year,  which  was  afterwards  increased  to  Rupees  15,000. 


No.  XIX. 

Translation  of  Agbeement  with  the  Jam  of  Beyla,  dated  the  21st  December  1861 . 

Whereas  it  is  in  contemplation  to  carry  on,  as  far  as  India,  the  com- 
munication now  opened  between  Great  Britain  and  other  high  States  of 
Europe  and  Asia  by  continuing  the  line  of  Electric  Telegraph  from 
Constantinople  and  Bagdad,  through  Persia  and  Belochistan,  to  Kurra- 
chee,  and  whereas  in  the  prosecution  of  this  scheme  of  universal  benefit, 
it  has  become  necessary  to  take  measures  for  the  security  and  protection 
of  the  said  contemplated  line,  the  high  government  of  Bombay  have 
deputed  Major  F.  J.  Goldsmid  for  the  special  purpose  of  entering  into 
such  negotiations  with  the  several  Chiefs  holding  territory  between  Kur- 
rachee  and  Gwadur  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the  due  furtherance 
of  the  aforesaid  undertaking. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  83 

Now  the  line  of  coast  from  the  Hubb  River  to  Khos  Kulmut  or  its      BEYLA 
vicinity,  a  distance  of  240  measured  miles,  being  within  the  territory     OB  LUS- 
of  Jam  Meer  Khan,  Chief  of  Lus  Beyla,  the  undersigned,  Major  F.  J.     No.  XIX. 
Goldsmid,  on  the  part  of  the  British  Government,  and  with   the  know- 
ledge and  consent  of  its  firm  ally,  Khodadad  Khan,  ruler  of  the  sovereign 
State  of  Khelat,  hereby  makes  agreement  with  Jam  Meer  Khan  afore- 
said  for  the  construction,  maintenance,  and  protection  of  the  line  of 
Telegraph  between  the  above-mentioned  places. 

The  detailed  agreement  is  as  follows  :— 

Article  1. 

The  materials  for  the  line  may  be  landed  on  any  part  of  the  coast 
between  the  Hubb  River  and  Khos  Kulmut,  and  all  reasonable  assistance 
will  be  rendered  by  the  local  authorities  in  ensuring  its  security  and 
facilitating  its  construction,  due  payment  being  made  for  labour  or 
articles  supplied. 

Article  2. 

There  will  be  two  Telegraph  stations  erected  for  the  residence  and 
office  of  signallers,  one  at  Soumeeanee  and  one  at  Ormara. 

Article  3. 
All  individuals  authoritatively  employed  in  the  construction,  main- 
tenance, or  use  of  the  line  aforesaid  shall  receive  such  protection  and 
assistance  from  the  local  authorities  as  will  enable  them  to  prosecute 
their  work  without  let  or  hindrance,  due  payment  to  be  made  for  labour 
or  articles  supplied. 

Article  4. 

A  sum  of  Rupees  10,000*  yearly  shall  be  paid  by  the  Political 
Agent  at  Khelat  to  the  Jam  of  Beyla,  on  the  understanding  that  he 


*  The  amount  of  yearly  payment  must  depend  on  further  reference  as  to  the  actual 
work  required.  But  the  undersigned  is  of  opinion  that  the  full  sum  may  be  double  that 
fixed  for  the  pay  of  a  watching  establishment  here  entered.  For  instance,  supposing  such 
establishment  to  be  Rupees  330  per  mensem,  the  yearly  amount  would  be  Rupees  3,960, 
of  which  the  double  would  be  Rupees  7,020.  This  would  be  estimated  in  round  numbers  at 
Rupees  8,000. 


84  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

BEYLA     keeps  up  an  establishment  of  not  less  than        men,  on  salaries  of  Rupees 
ob  LUS.  per  mensem  in  the  aggregate,  for  the  due  protection  of  the  line,  and 

No.  XIX.     rendering  such  assistance  as  from  time  to  time  may  be  required  by  the 
Telegraph  employes  stationed  on  the  coast. 

Article  5. 

Should  it  be  authoritatively  reported  at  any  time  that  the  said 
establishment  is  insufficient,  and  such  injury  be  done  to  the  line  as  would 
lead  to  the  belief  that  due  care  was  not  exercised  in  its  protection,  the 
Political  Agent,  Khelat,  will  be  empowered  to  call  upon  the  Jam  of 
Beyla  to  make  such  additional  payment  as  will  not  exceed  in  the  whole 
the  amount  of  full  yearly  subsidy. 

Article  6. 

The  annual  payment  to  the  Jam  will  commence  from  the  date  that 
five  miles  of  Telegraph  wire  may  be  reported  set  up ;  all  intermediate 
payment  being  made  according  to  labour  or  articles  supplied  as  previously 
provided. 

Article  7. 

Complaints  against  individuals  in  the  employ  of  the  Telegraph  De- 
partment not  capable  of  satisfactory  adjustment  will  be  referred  to  the 
Political  Agent  at  Khelat.  Any  cases  of  urgency,  whether  in  the  nature 
of  a  complaint  or  otherwise  affecting  such  persons,  may  be  referred  to  the 
Magistrate  or  Commandant  of  Police  at  Kurrachee  as  exceptional,  should 
occasion  require. 

Article  8. 

Continued  obstruction  or  injury  to  the  line  may  cause  revocation 
of  this  agreement  on  the  part  of  government  at  any  time. 

The  agreement  made  between  the  parties  hereto  as  above  defined  is 
to  be  considered  dependent  for  completion  and  effect  upon  the  approval 
of  the  Bombay  Government. 


Approved  by  the  Governor  General  of  India  in  Council  on  19th 
August  1862. 


KEDGE.  KEDGE. 


This  is  the  most  western  of  the  provinces  which  are  tributary  to 
Khelat.  Although  often  overrun  hy  armies  from  Khelat,  its  subjection 
has  been  more  nominal  than  real.  The  present  Naib  of  Kedge  is  Fuqueer 
Noor  Mahomed,  of  the  Bezunjo  tribe.  In  1862  an  engagement 
(No.  XX.)  was  made  with  him,  by  which  he  agreed  for  an  annual  subsidy 
to  protect  the  Mekran  Telegraph  which  passes  through  his  territories. 
The  subsidy  granted  is  Rupees  6,000,  of  which  Rupees  1,000  are  paid 
to  the  Chief  of  Pusnee. 


No.  XX. 

Abstract  Translation  of  an  Ageeement  passed,  under  date  the  24th  January  1862, 
by  Fuqtjeeb  Mahomed  Bezunjo,  Naib  of  Kedge,  to  Ma  joe  F.  J.  Goldsmid, 
Assistant  Commissioner  in  Sindh,  on  behalf  of  the  British  Government. 

Under  instructions  from  His  Highness  the  Khan  of  Khelat,  Fuqueer 
Mahomed  Bezunjo  has  presented  himself  before  Major  F.  J.  Goldsmid, 
Assistant  Commissioner  in  Sindh,  and  learnt  all  the  arrangements  con- 
templated for  the  establishment  of  the  proposed  line  of  Telegraph.  He 
states  in  the  presence  of  that  officer  and  Rais  Rahmutoollah  Khan, 
Agent  of  His  Highness,  that  if  the  British  Government  intend  to  set 
the  Electric  Telegraph  on  the  Mekran  coast,  he  will  use  his  best  endeavours 
to  protect  and  maintain  it  from  Kalmut-bunder  to  Gwadur-bunder, 
and  will  provide  the  men  required  for  that  purpose.  For  this  service  he 
shall  receive  through  the  Political  Agent,  Khelat,  and  with  the  consent 
of  the  Khan,  the  sum  assigned  and  deemed  proper  by  the  British  Gov- 
ernment. He  will  also  lend  assistance  to  the  due  establishment  of  the 
Electric  Telegraph  by  protecting  the  materials  and  stores  in  such  manner 
that  there  shall  be  no  obstruction  to  the  work.  It  is  understood  that 
all  articles  supplied  to  the  persons  connected  with  the  Telegraph  shall  be 
duly  paid  for  by  the  receivers. 


No.  XX. 


86  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

KEDOE.  Provided  always  that  his  responsibility  in  the  above  matter  depends 


No.  XX.      on  his  holding  the  office  of  Naib  of  Kedge. 

Signed  in  the  presence  of  Major  F.  J.  Goldsmid,  Assistant  Com- 
missioner in  Sindh,  and  in  the  presence  of  Rais  Rahmutoollah,  Agent  of 
His  Highness  the  Khan,  under  date  the  24th  January  1862. 


Note  written  before  Fuqueer  Mahomed,  of  Kedge,  and  signed  by  Rais  Eahmut- 
oollah  Khan  on  the  1st  February  1862. 

The  word  "  Gwadur-bunder"  shall   be  understood  to   comprise  all 
lands  within  the  recognized  boundary  of  Gwadur. 


Approved  by  the  Governor  General  of  India  in  Council  on  19th 
August  1862. 


PERSIA. 

It  was  in  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century,  during  the  reign 
of  Shah  Abbas  the  Great,  that  the  English  first  established  commercial 
settlements  in  Persia.  Two  enterprizing  Englishmen,  Sir  Anthony 
Sherley  and  his  brother,  with  a  few  followers,  had  made  their  way  to 
the  court  of  Persia,  where  they  met  with  a  distinguished  reception. 
Sir  Anthony  returned  as  envoy  from  Shah  Abbas  to  establish  an  alliance 
with  the  Christian  monarchs  of  Europe  for  the  destruction  of  the  Turks 
and  with  a  grant*  permitting  all   Christian  merchants  to  trade  freely 

*  Copy  of  an  English  translation  of  the  grant  obtained  by  Sir  Anthony  Sherley  from  Shall, 
Abbas  for  all  Christians  to  trade  and  traffick  in  Persia. 

Our  absolute  commanndement,  will,  and  pleasure  is  that  our  countries  and  dominions 
shall  be  from  this  day  open  to  all  Christian  people  and  to  their  religion  ;  and  in  such  sort, 
that  none  of  ours,  of  any  condition,  shall  presume  to  give  them  any  evil  word.  And,  be- 
cause of  the  amitie  now  ioyned  with  the  princes  that  professe  Christ,  I  do  give  this  pattent 
for  all  Christian  marchants  to  repaire  and  traffick  in  and  through  our  dominions  without 
disturbances  or  molestations  of  any  duke,  prince,  governor,  or  captaine,  or  any,  of  whatsoever 
office  or  qualitie,  of  ours ;  but  that  all  merchandize  that  they  shall  bring  shall  be  so 
priviledged,  that  none  of  any  dignitie  or  authoritie  shall  have  power  to  looke  unto  it, 
neyther  to  make  inquisition  after,  or  stay,  for  any  use  or  person,  the  value  of  one  asper ; 
neyther  shall  our  religious  men,  or  whatsoever  sort  they  be,  dare  disturbe  them,  or  speake 
in  matters  of  their  faith  ;  neyther  shall  any  of  our  justices  have  power  over  their  persons 
or  goodes  for  any  cause  or  act  whatsoever. 

If  by  chaunce  a  marchant  shall  die,  none  shall  touch  any  thing  that  belongeth  unto 
him ;  but  if  the  marchant  have  a  companion,  he  shall  have  power  to  take  possession  of 
those  goodes.  But  if  (by  any  occasion)  he  be  alone,  onely  with  his  servants,  the  governor, 
or  whomsoever  shall  be  required  by  him  in  his  sickness,  shall  be  answearable  for  all  such  goodes 
unto  any  of  his  nation  which  shall  come  to  require  them.  But  if  he  die  suddainly,  and 
have  neyther  companion  nor  servant,  nor  time  to  recommende  to  any  what  he  woulde  have 
done,  then  the  governor  of  that  place  shall  sende  the  goodes  to  the  next  marchant  of  his  na- 
tion which  shall  be  abiding  in  any  parts  of  our  dominions. 

And  those  within  our  kingdomes  and  provinces  having  power  over  our  tolles  and  customes 
shall  receive  nothing,  nor  dare  to  speake  for  any  receipt  from  any  Christian  marchant. 

And  if  any  such  Christian  shall  give  credite  to  any  of  our  subiectes  (of  any  condition 
whatsoever)  he  shall,  by  thi3  pattent  of  ours,  have  authoritie  to  require  any  caddie,  or  gover- 
nor, to  do  him  justice,  and  thereupon,  at  the  instant  of  his  demaunde,  shall  cause  him  to  be 
satisfied. 


88  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,  with  Persia.  Under  the  patronage  of  Shah  Abbas,  the  English,  the 
French,  and  the  Dutch  had  established  factories  at  Gombroon,  to  which 
place  the  Persian  monarch  afterwards  gave  the  name  of  Bunder  Abbas 
or  the  Port  of  Abbas,  by  which  it  is  now  known.  Shah  Abbas,  how- 
ever, had  less  toleration  for  the  Portuguese,  who,  in  1507,  under  Albu- 
querque, had  conquered  and  occupied  the  island  of  Hormuz,  at  the 
entrance  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  not  far  from  Gombroon,  and  he  resolved 
on  their  expulsion.  He  was  joined  in  this  enterprise  by  the  English, 
then  at  war  with  Portugal,  with  whom  in  1622  he  entered  into  an 
engagement*  granting  them  half  the  plunder  of  the  island  and  half 
the  future  customs  of  Gombroon  and  Hormuz.  The  Portuguese  were 
driven  out,  but  the  promises  of  the  king  of  Persia  to  the  English  were 
not  kept.  The  factory  at  Gombroon  was  maintained  through  many  losses 
and  disasters  till  1761,  when  it  was  withdrawn  in  consequence  of  the 
oppressions  of  the  provincial  Governor  of  Lar. 

Neyther  shall  any  governor,  or  justice,  of  what  qualitie  soever  he  be,  dare  take  any 
rewarde  of  him,  which  shall  be  to  his  expense ;  for  our  will  and  pleasure  is,  that  they  shall  be 
used  in  all  our  dominions  to  their  owne  full  content,  and  that  our  kingdoraes  and  countries 
shall  be  free  unto  them. 

That  none  shall  presume  to  aske  them  for  what  occasion  they  are  heere. 

And  although  it  hath  bin  a  continuall  and  unchaungeable  nse  in  our  dominions  every 
yeere  to  renue  all  pattents,  this  pattent,  notwithstanding,  shall  be  of  full  effect  and  force  for 
ever,  without  any  renuing,  for  me  and  my  successors,  not  to  be  chaunged. 

*  The  following  is  the  substance  of the  Articles  of  Agreement  as  given  in  Fryer's  Travels, 

Chapter  XII. 

First. — Stipulating  that  the  Persian  soldiers  should  not  meddle  with  the  spoils  before 
"  the  English  mariners  were  satisfied,  [which  were  such  of  all  sorts  of  jewels,  gold  and 
"  silver,  that  they  refused  to  carry  off  any  more.] 

"  Secondly. — That  Bunder  Abassi,  now  Gombroon,  should  yearly  divide  half  the  cus- 
"  toms  between  the  English  and  Persians,  and  that  whatever  English  ship  should  enter  the 
♦f  port  should  be  free  from  any  manner  of  tribute. 

Thirdly.  —That  it  should  be  lawful  for  them  to  transport  twenty  horses,  of  which  num. 
"  ber  two  might  be  mares,  yearly. 

'  •  Provided  first. — That  the  English  should  keep  two  men  of  war  constantly  to  defend  the 
Gulf;    and 

"Secondly.—  That  they  should  deliver  the  Portugal's  forts  into  the  Persians'  hands,  in 
"  doing  which  the  English  should  always  be  esteemed  the  emperor's  friends ;  and 

"  Lastly. — Should  have  the  first  seat  in  the  Council,  and  their  Agents  be  looked  on 
"  with  equal  grace  to  their  prime  nobility." 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   STINNUDS.  89 

The  death  of  Shah  Abbas  in  1628  was  followed  by  the  rapid  full 
of  the  Suffaveau  dynasty.  Four  weak  princes  of  that  house  successively 
ascended  the  throne  of  Persia.  During  their  reign  the  Turks  severed 
from  the  Persian  empire  some  of  the  best  of  the  western  provinces,  the 
Arab  ruler  of  Muscat  possessed  himself  of  the  islands  in  the  Persian 
Gulf,  the  Afghans  of  the  Abdali  tribe  made  themselves  independent  in 
Herat  and  the  Ghiljies  in  Candahar,  and  in  1722,  within  a  century  after 
the  death  of  Shah  Abbas,  Ispahan  was  besieged  by  Mahmood  of  Can- 
dahar, to  whom  Shah  Hossein  formally  resigned  his  crown. 

The  Afghan  dynasty  ras  short-lived.  Mahmood  died  in  a  state  of 
raving  madness  in  1725.  His  cousin  and  only  successor  Ashraf  was 
slain  in  1730  while  fleeing  in  the  desert  before  his  conqueror  Nadir 
Kooli  Khan,  the  notorious  Nadir  Shah.  After  the  abdication  of  Shah 
Hossein,  his  son  Tamasp  had  assumed  the  name  and  state  of  king,  and 
was  unceasing  in  his  feeble  efforts  to  recover  the  crown.  He  entered 
into  a  Treaty  with  Russia,  ceding  all  the  possessions  of  Persia  on  the 
Caspian  Sea  on  condition  of  the  emperor  expelling  the  Afghans  and 
placing  him  on  the  throne,  and  with  the  same  view  he  entered  into 
negotiations  with  the  Turks,  who  were  extending  their  conquests  in  the 
north  and  west.  "Without  much  consideration,  however,  for  Tamasp  and 
his  pretensions,  the  courts  of  St.  Petersburg  and  Constantinople  concluded 
a  Treaty  in  1725,  by  which  they  partitioned  Persia  between  themselves. 
It  was  entirely  to  the  energy  and  talents  of  Nadir  Kooli  Khan,  who  had 
acquired  a  great  reputation  for  courage  and  enterprise,  that  Tamasp  was 
indebted  for  the  recovery  of  his  fortunes.  Nadir  Kooli  was  put  in  com- 
mand of  Tamasp's  small  army  in  1727.  He  compelled  the  whole  of 
Khorassan  to  acknowledge  the  son  of  Shah  Hossein,  and  by  the  close 
of  the  year  1730  the  foreign  Afghan  rulers  were  expelled  from  Persia, 
most  of  their  followers  were  put  to  the  sword,  and  the  Suffaveau  dynasty 
was  once  more  represented  on  the  throne  in  the  person  of  Shah  Tamasp, 
who  granted  to  Nadir  Kooli,  as  a  reward  for  his  services,  tin-  provinces 
of  Khorassan,  Mazenderan,  Seistan,  and  Kerman. 

Shah  Tamasp  was  permitted  to  enjoy  his  nominal  sovereignty  only 
two  years,  when  he  was  dethroned  by  Nadir  Kooli,  who,  with  affected 
reluctance,  accepted  the  crown.  Under  Nadir  Shah  the  Persian  empire 
recovered  for    a  time  its   former   glory.     He   not  only   recovered   the 

VOL.   VII.  » 


90  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,  provinces  conquered  by  the  Turks  and  the  Russians,  but  reduced  Sindh, 
Candahar,  Cabool,  Balkh,  and  the  whole  country  between  the  Oxus  and 
the  Caspian  Sea,  carried  his  arms  to  Delhi,  gave  up  the  capital  of  the 
Moghuls  to  plunder  and  massacre,  and  compelled  the  emperor  of  Delhi 
to  cede  to  him  all  his  possessions  west  of  the  Indus. 

Nadir  Shah  was  murdered  in  1747.  "Within  a  few  years  after  his 
death  the  mighty  empire  which  he  had  re-created  was  dismembered. 
Ahmed  Khan  Abdali  proclaimed  himself  king  of  the  Afghans,  took 
Candahar  and  Herat,  and  laid  the  foundation  of  an  empire  which  he 
extended  by  conquests  more  brilliant  than  those  of  Nadir  Shah.  The 
province  of  Khorassan  was  all  that  was  left  to  Shah  Rokh,  the  blinded 
grandson  of  Nadir  Shah.  This  was  guaranteed  in  his  independent  pos- 
session by  Ahmed  Khan,  but  was  soon  broken  up  into  a  number  of  in- 
dependent principalities.  The  southern  and  western  provinces  of  Lar, 
Fars,  Irak,  Azerbijan,  and  Mazenderan  were  subdued  by  Kureem  Khan 
of  the  tribe  of  Zund,  and  a  prince  of  the  Suffavean  house  named  Shah 
Ismael,  a  son  of  the  sister  of  Shah  Hossein,  was  set  up  as  king.  He 
was,  however,  a  mere  puppet,  and  was  at  last  cast  into  prison,  while  the 
reins  of  government  were  held  by  Kureem  Khan  alone.  Kureem  Khan 
was  a  just  and  enlightened  ruler.  He  took  great  pains  to  extend  and 
encourage  commerce,  and,  during  his  reign,  the  English,  who  had  aban- 
doned Gombroon,  obtained,  in  1763,  a  Firman  (No.  XXI.)  for  a  factory 
at  Bushire  and  the  trade  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 

Kureem  Khan  died  in  1779  after  a  vigorous  rule  of  twenty-six 
years.  His  death  was  the  signal  for  fresh  revolutions  marked  by  the 
most  atrocious  cruelties,  in  the  course  of  which  the  four  surviving  sons  of 
Kureem  Khan  were  savagely  mutilated,  and  which  ended  in  1795  in  the 
elevation  of  Aga  Mahomed  Khan  of  the  Kujur  tribe,  the  founder  of  the 
present  dynasty,  to  the  throne  of  Persia.  In  1788,  during  the  brief  rule 
of  Jaffir  Khan,  nephew  of  Kureem  Khan,  and  the  last  representative  but 
one  of  the  Zund  family,  the  English,  who,  during  the  revolution,  had 
been  subjected  to  many  oppressive  exactions,  obtained  through  the  Chief 
of  their  factory  at  Bussora  another  Firman  (No.  XXII.)  for  unrestricted 
trade  in  the  Persian  dominions. 

Aga  Mahomed  Khan,  who  for  many  years  had  ruled  over  a  consi- 
derable province  of  the  Persian  empire,  but  who  was  not  acknowledged 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  91 

as  independent  sovereign  till  1795,  was  scarcely  established  in  power  PERSIA, 
when  he  found  himself  involved  in  a  war  with  Russia.  Taking  advantage 
of  the  distracted  state  of  Persia,  Heraclius,  the  Wullee  of  Georgia,  had,  in 
1783,  transferred  his  allegiance  from  Persia  to  Catherine  the  Second,  who 
received  him  under  her  protection  and  guaranteed  the  integrity  of  his 
possessions.  In  1795  Aga  Mahomed  Khan  resolved  to  punish  the 
Georgians  for  their  defection,  and  marching  upon  the  country  with  a 
rapidity  which  prevented  the  Wullee  from  receiving  support  from  Rus- 
sia, he  ordered  a  general  massacre  of  the  inhabitants,  sparing  the  young 
and  beautiful,  whom  he  carried  off  into  captivity.  Persia  was  instantly 
invaded  by  a  Russian  army,  who  soon  gained  important  successes  and 
were  advancing  on  Teheran,  when  their  progress  was  stopped,  and  they 
were  recalled  by  the  death  of  the  empress  in  1796. 

In  the  following  year  Aga  Mahomed  Khan  was  murdered.  He  was 
one  of  the  most  prudent  and  able  kings  who  ever  ruled  in  Persia.  He 
was  succeeded  by  his  nephew  Futteh  Ali  Khan,  during  whose  rule  com- 
menced that  closer  connection  between  the  British  Government  and  Per- 
sia which  had  its  origin  in  the  fear  of  an  Afghan  invasion  of  India,  the 
designs  of  the  French  on  the  British  dominions  in  the  east,  and  the  com- 
petition ef  European  powers  for  influence  at  Teheran. 

From  the  success  which  had  attended  the  invasion  of  India  by 
Nadir  Shah  and  Ahmed  Shah  Abdali,  it  was  believed  that  the  plains  of 
India  were  exposed  to  be  periodically  ravaged  by  any  ambitious  ruler  in 
Afghanistan.  In  1796  Zeman  Shah,  grandson  of  Ahmed  Shah  Abdali, 
advanced  to  Lahore  with  the  professed  purpose  of  restoring  the  House 
of  Timour  from  the  domination  of  the  Mahrattas.  Disturbances  in  his 
own  dominions  recalled  him  in  the  following  year ;  but  this  invasion  and 
rumours  of  renewed  preparations,  coupled  with  the  apprehension  of  an 
invasion  of  India  by  the  French,  and  the  deputation  of  a  secret  embassy 
by  Napoleon  to  establish  his  influence  at  Teheran,  forced  the  British 
Government  to  measures  for  the  security  of  their  Indian  possessions. 
Captain  Malcolm  was  accordingly  deputed  as  envoy  to  Persia  to  negoti- 
ate a  political  and  commercial  alliance.  He  concluded  two  Treaties 
in  1801  with  the  Persian  minister,  which  the  king  ratified  by  prefixing 
his  Firman.  By  the  terms  of  the  political  Treaty  (No.  XXIII.)  the  king 
of  Persia  engaged  to  lay  waste  the  country  of  the  Afghans  if  ever  they 


92  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

[A.  should  invade  India,  and  to  prevent  the  French  from  settling  or  re- 
siding in  Persia,  while,  in  the  event  of  war  between  the  Afghans 
or  the  French  and  Persia,  the  English  were  to  assist  the  king  with 
military  stores.  By  the  commercial  Treaty  (No.  XXIV.)  all  the  pri- 
vileges of  the  old  factories  were  restored,  several  more  were  granted, 
and  the  duties  to  be  collected  from  purchasers  of  staples  were  reduced 
to  1  per  cent. 

In  1805,  during  the  war  between  Persia  and  Russia,  which  originated 
in  the  invasion  of  Georgia,  the  king  of  Persia,  having  suffered  severe  re- 
verses, and  being  threatened  with  the  vengeance  of  Russia  for  the  treacher- 
ous murder  of  the  Russian  General,  threw  himself  on  the  support  of 
Napoleon,  who  was  then  at  the  height  of  his  power,  and  made  overtures 
for  a  union  of  political  interests  with  France.     He  bitterly  resented  the 
interpretation  which  the  British  Government  put  upon  the  Treaty  of  1801 
and  their  refusal  to  give  him  the  assistance   against  Russia  which  he 
claimed  under  that  Treaty,  and  in  consideration  of  which  he  had  offered, 
through  his  ambassador  Aga  Mahomed  Nubbee  Khan,  to  relinquish  the 
French  alliance.    The  proposals  of  the  French  were  that  they  should  compel 
the  Russians  to  restore  the  provinces  wrested  from  Persia,  and  that  they 
should  furnish  the  king  with  military  stores  and  officers  to  organize  his 
army  on  the  European  system,  while  the  king  on  his  part  was  to  declare  im- 
mediate war  with  the  English,  to  invade  India  by  way  of  Afghanistan,  and 
to  permit  a  French  army  to  invade  India  through  his  territories.     These 
negotiations  were  frustrated  by   the  peace  concluded  at  Tilsit  between 
Napoleon  and  the  emperor  Alexander,  but  they  had  the  effect  of  rousing 
the  British  Government  to  efforts  for  the  recovery  of  their  lost  ascend- 
ancy at  the  Court  of  Teheran  and  the  protection  of  their  Indian  empire 
by  binding  the  western  frontier  States  in  a  chain  of  friendly  alliance. 
Missions   were   sent  to   the  Ameers  of  Sindh,   Runjeet  Sing,  and  the 
Court  of  Cabool,  and  Sir  John  Malcolm  was  again  accredited  as  envoy 
to  Persia.     Unfortunately,  however,  without  previous  concert  with  the 
Indian  Government,  and  in  ignorance  of  the  measures  concerted  by  them, 
Sir  Harford  Jones  was  at  the  same  time  deputed  direct  from  England  as 
plenipotentiary  on  the  part   of  the   crown.     This  event  led  to  unseemly 
complications,  which  had  the  effect  of  rendering  both  governments  ridi- 
culous in  the  eyes  of  the  Persians. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  93 

Sir  John  .Malcolm  was  instructed,  in  the  event  of  Sir  Harford  Jones     PERSIA. 


arriving  at  Bombay  on  his  way  to  Persia  before  him,  to  proceed  as  envoy 
to  Baghdad  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  an  alliance  with  the  Pacha 
and  the  petty  Chiefs  in  Arabia,  leaving  Sir  H.  Jones  to  conduct  the 
negotiations  at  Teheran ;  but  the  paramount  importance  of  recovering  a 
footing  in  Persia  was  to  over-rule  all  other  considerations,  and  Sir 
J.  Malcolm  was  to  proceed  on  his  mission  to  Persia  without  delay  if  he 
should  find  himself  the  first  in  the  field.  Sir  John  arrived  in  Persia 
first,  while  the  king  was  still  trusting  to  the  liberal  promises  with  which 
the  French  amused  him.  Considering  the  dignity  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment iusulted  by  an  attempt,  which  he  attributed  to  the  influence  of  the 
French  embassy,  to  exclude  him  from  the  royal  presence  and  draw  him 
into  negotiations  with  subordinate  officials  at  Shiraz,  he  concluded  that 
there  was  no  hope  of  a  friendly  alliance.  He  therefore  abruptly  quitted 
the  country,  and,  proceeding  to  Calcutta,  induced  Lord  Minto  to  prepare 
for  the  occupation  of  the  island  of  Kharack  in  the  Persian  Gulf  as  a 
position  from  which  the  British  Government  could  either  negotiate  with 
dignity  or  act  with  effect  if  war  should  be  declared.  The  instructions 
given  to  Sir  Harford  Jones  were  that  he  should  remain  at  Bombay  till 
the  issue  of  Sir  John  Malcolm's  mission  was  known,  but  that  he  should 
proceed  to  Persia  at  once  in  the  event  either  of  Sir  J.  Malcolm  being 
obliged  to  leave  without  attaining  his  object,  or  of  his  succeeding  in 
concluding  a  preliminary  Treaty.  On  Sir  John  Malcolm's  return,  there- 
fore, he  set  out  for  Teheran.  Further  instructions  to  suspend  his  mission 
reached  him  too  late.  He  arrived  at  Teheran  when  the  king  had  lost 
all  faith  in  the  professions  of  the  French,  which,  in  consequence  of  the 
peace  with  Russia  and  reverses  in  Europe,  they  were  no  longer  able  to 
fulfil,  and  he  therefore  found  no  difficulty  in  concluding  a  preliminary 
Treaty  (No.  XXV.).  By  this  Treaty,  which  was  concluded  on  the  12th 
and  exchanged  on  the  15th  March  1809,  all  Treaties  contracted  by 
the  king  with  European  powers  were  annulled,  the  king  engaged  to 
prevent  the  passage  of  European  armies  through  his  dominions  to- 
wards India,  and  the  English  were  to  assist  him  with  troops  or  a 
subsidy  if  any  European  forces  should  invade  his  territories,  and  to 
take  no  part  except  as  mediators  in  any  war  between  Persia  and 
Afghanistan. 


M  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNTJDS. 

PERSIA.  The  validity  of  this  Treaty,  subject  to  such  modifications  as  might 

afterwards  be  agreed  upon,  was  recognised  by  Lord  Minto,  who,  however, 
suspended  the  functions  of  Sir  H.  Jones,  directed  him  to  withdraw  from 
Persia,  and  again  sent  Sir  John  Malcolm  as  envoy  to  the  king  for  the 
purpose  of  concerting  further  arrangements.  Meanwhile  Sir  H.  Jones 
had  received  orders  from  England  to  remain  at  Teheran  till  the  arrival  of 
another  plenipotentiary,  Sir  Gore  Ouseley,  whose  powers  superseded  those 
both  of  Sir  H.  Jones  and  Sir  J.  Malcolm.  •  A  definitive  Treaty* 
(No.  XXVI.)  based  on  the  preliminary  Treaty  of  1809  was  concluded  by 
Sir  Gore  Ouseley  on  14th  March  1812,  but  some  of  the  stipulations 
were  altered  in  England,  and  it  was  not  till  1814  that  the  terms  of  the 
Treaty  (No.  XXVII.)  were  finally  adjusted. 

Throughout  the  long  reign  of  Futteh  Ali  Shah,  the  Persian  empire 
enjoyed  rest  from  internal  revolution,  but  it  suffered  severely  from  pro- 
tracted war  with  Russia.  The  provinces  of  Georgia,  Mingrelia,  Daghis- 
tan,  Sherwan,  Karabagh,  and  Talish  were  successively  severed  from  it,  and 
only  the  good  offices  of  the  British  Government  arrested  the  further  ad- 
vance of  the  Russian  arms.  In  October  1813  peace  was  concluded  at 
Goolistan,  and  a  Treaty  was  drawn  up,  indicating  generally  the  boundary 
between  the  Russian  and  Persian  empires,  but  leaving  its  exact  direction 
to  be  afterwards  settled  by  Commissioners.  For  some  years  thereafter 
there  was  nominal  peace,  but  in  the  adjustment  of  the  boundaries  many 
difficulties  and  disputes  arose.  The  Russians  occupied  and  refused  to 
evacuate  the  district  of  Gokcha,  which  the  Persians  claimed  as  theirs. 
Hostilities  were  renewed  in  1826,  the  first  attack  being  made  by  Abbas 
Mirza,  the  prince  royal  of  Persia.  At  the  commencement  of  the  war,  the 
Persians  claimed  from  the  British  Government  the  assistance  in  money  or 
troops  stipulated  for  in  the  4th  Article  of  the  definitive  Treaty  of  1814. 
After  enquiry,  however,  assistance  was  refused,  on  the  ground  that  actual 
hostilities  had  been  provoked  by  aggression  on  the  part  of  Persia,  but 
for  which  the  disputes  might  have  been  adjusted  by  negotiation — a  de- 
cision of  course  unsatisfactory  to  the  king  of  Persia,  who  argued  that  the 


*  This  Treaty,  although  never  formally  ratified  hy  His  Majesty's  government,  is 
inserted  in  this  collection  because  it  is  referred  to  in  the  Treaty  of  1814,  and  the  scope  of 
the  later  Treaty  cannot  be  fully  understood  without  comparison  with  it. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDg.  95 

Russian  occupation  of  Gokcha  was  an  aggression  on  his  dominions.  In  PERSIA, 
the  course  of  the  war  the  Persians  sustained  severe  losses,  but  at  lensrth 
through  the  mediation  of  the  British  envoy,  a  Treaty  of  peace  was  con_ 
eluded  at  Turkomanchai,  on  23rd  February  1828,  by  which  the  Persian 
government  ceded  to  Russia  the  provinces  of  Erivan  and  Nukshivan,  and 
agreed  to  pay  indemnification  for  the  expenses  of  the  war.  The  em. 
peror  of  Russia  engaged  to  recognize  Abbas  Mirza,  the  king's  eldest  son, 
as  heir  and  successor  to  the  throne  of  Persia. 

On  the  conclusion  of  the  negotiation,  opportunity  was  taken  by  the 
British  envoy  to  purchase  the  abrogation  (No.  XXVIII.)  of  the  3rd 
and  4th  Articles  of  the  Treaty  of  1814  by  a  payment  of  2,00,000  Tomans, 
or  one  year's  subsidy.  These  Articles  had  been  found  exceedingly  onerou8 
and  inconvenient,  and  productive  only  of  collision  with  the  Persian  gov- 
ernment. By  the  cancelling  of  the  3rd  and  4th  Articles  of  the  Treaty, 
the  6th  and  7th  Articles  also  were  virtually  abrogated. 

Futteh  Ali  Shah  died  in  October  1834.  His  son  Abbas  Mirza  died 
the  preceding  year.  By  the  influence  of  Russia  and  England,  Mahomed 
Shah,  son  of  Abbas  Mirza,  was  placed  on  the  throne,  notwithstanding  the 
opposition  of  many  princes  of  the  royal  blood.  After  the  pacification  of 
Europe  in  1815,  and  the  removal  of  those  dangers  which  had  given  such 
exaggerated  importance  to  the  Persian  alliance,  no  steps  were  taken  to 
maintain  the  influence  in  Persian  counsels  which  had  been  secured  to  the 
British  Government  by  the  Treaty  of  Teheran  in  1814.  On  the  contrary, 
much  was  done  to  dishearten  the  Shah  and  impress  him  with  the  belief 
that  the  preservation  of  the  integrity  of  his  empire  was  a  matter  of  in- 
difference to  England.  Not  the  least  offensive  part  of  the  change  in 
policy  was  the  transfer,  in  1823,  of  the  relations  with  Persia  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  India,  and  the  substitution  of  an  envoy  of  the  Governor 
General  for  the  plenipotentiary  of  the  crown.  This  change  was  accepted 
most  reluctantly  by  the  Shah,  who  believed  that  it  was  not  only  deroga- 
tory to  his  dignity,  but  dangerous  to  his  power.  The  conflict  between 
the  crown  and  the  Indian  Government  regarding  the  mission  in  ISO 9 
had  lowered  his  respect  for  the  latter,  and,  moreover,  he  believed  that  the 
operations  which  the  Indian  Government  undertook  in  the  year  1819 
against  the  pirates  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  would  have  ended  in  aggressions 
on  his  government,  but  for  the  control  of  the  English  ministry.     So 


96  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,  little  care  was  taken  to  cultivate  relations  with  Persia,  that,  after  the 
peace  of  Turkornanehai  and  the  abrogation  of  the  subsidy  agreement  of 
1814,  a  measure  to  which  the  Shah  agreed  only  under  the  pressure  of 
pecuniary  embarrassments  caused  by  the  payment  of  indemnity  to 
Russia,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  influence  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment at  Teheran  should  have  declined  before  that  of  Russia.  The 
Shah  for  some  years  continued  to  urge  the  necessity  of  revising  the 
Treaty  of  1814,  and  of  substituting  for  the  abrogated  Articles  a 
general  stipulation  of  protection  which  would  at  least  evidence  the 
wish  of  the  British  Government  that  the  independence  of  Persia 
should  be  preserved.  No  steps,  however,  were  taken  to  meet  the 
expectations  of  the  Shah,  and  when  at  last,  after  long  delay,  the  British 
Government,  in  1833,  authorized  their  representative  in  Persia  to 
enter  on  negotiations  for  a  revision  of  the  Treaty,  their  ascendancy 
had  given  place  entirely  to  that  of  Russia.  The  negotiations  were  pro- 
tracted till  the  year  1837,  but  led  to  no  result.  For  a  quarter  of  a  cen- 
tury, indeed,  British  merchants  in  Persia  had  not  even  the  protection  of 
a  commercial  Treaty  or  any  other  security  for  trade  than  that  which  the 
general  friendly  relations  of  Britain  with  Persia  afforded  them,  save  a 
Firman  (No.  XXIX.)  abolishing  export  duty  on  horses,  and  another 
(No.  XXX.)  granted  in  1836,  permitting  British  merchants  to  trade  on 
payment  of  the  same  duties  as  those  paid  by  Russian  merchants.  The 
preamble  of  the  Treaty  of  1814  provided  that  a  commercial  Treaty  should 
be  afterwards  concluded ;  this,  however,  was  never  done,  and  the  Persian 
government  maintained  that  the  commercial  Treaty  concluded  by  Sir 
John  Malcolm  was  abrogated  by  the  later  Treaty  of  1814.  The  British 
representatives,  Mr.  Ellis  and  Mr.  Morrier,  had,  in  1814,  addressed  an 
official  note  to  the  Shah,  proposing  that  commerce  should  remain  on  the 
footing  of  the  Treaty  of  1800,  but  this  proposal  was  never  accepted. 
Matters  remained  in  this  unsatisfactory  state  till  1841,  when  a  com- 
mercial Treaty  (No.  XXXI.)  was  concluded,  which  put  the  trade  of 
Bfitain  and  Persia  on  the  same  footing  as  that  of  the  most  favoured 
nations,  and  provided  for  the  establishment  of  commercial  Agencies  in 
the  two  countries.  In  1844  a  Firman  (No.  XXXII.)  was  obtained, 
prescribing  the  procedure  to  be  followed  for  the  protection  of  merchants 
in  cases  of  bankruptcy  and  insolvency. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  97 

In  1848,  when  the  British  Government  were  making  strenuous  PERSIA, 
exertions  to  suppress  the  traffic  in  African  slaves,  an  engagement 
(No.  XXXIII.)  was  obtained  from  the  Shah  to  prohibit  the  importation 
of  slaves  into  Persia  by  sea.  The  priests  were  greatly  averse  to  the 
abolition  of  slave  traffic,  and  the  Shah  did  not  feel  himself  strong  enough 
to  brave  their  opposition  and  to  absolutely  and  explicitly  prohibit  the 
importation  of  slaves  into  his  dominions ;  but  he  virtually  did  so  by 
forbidding  importation  by  sea,  as  the  route  by  land  is  not  prac- 
ticable. In  1851  a  Convention  (No.  XXXIV.)  was  concluded  for  the 
search  and  seizure  of  Persian  vessels  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the 
slave  trade. 

The  reconquest  of  Afghanistan  was  always  a  favorite  dream  of  the 
Kujur  dynasty,  who  conceived  that  their  rights  of  sovereignty  over  that 
country  were  as  complete  as  in  the  days  of  the  Suffavean  kings.  The 
first  use  which  the  Russians  made  of  their  ascendancy  after  the  peace  of 
1828  was  to  encourage  Futteh  Ali  Shah  in  his  ambition  for  eastern  con- 
quests as  an  off-set  for  the  cessions  on  his  north-western  frontier,  and  as  a 
means  of  indirectly  establishing  their  own  influence  as  far  as  the  Indus. 
Futteh  Ali  Shah  projected  two  unsuccessful  expeditions  against  Afghan- 
istan and  the  city  of  Herat,  which  is  the  key  to  the  country.  His  son 
Mahomed  Shah,  who  was  ever  a  friend  of  Russia  and  an  enemy  to 
British  interests,  revived  the  project,  and  with  a  large  force  laid  siege 
to  Herat  on  23rd  November  1837.  He  was  aware  and  had  been  warned 
that  any  hostile  movement  against  Herat  would  be  viewed  with  dis- 
satisfaction by  the  British  Government.  Confident,  however,  in  the 
support  of  Russia,  he  rejected  all  offers  for  the  settlement  of  his  disputes 
with  Shah  Kamran  of  Herat  by  friendly  mediation,  and  treated  the 
British  mission  with  a  marked  discourtesy,  which  compelled  the  envoy 
to  lower  his  flag  and  declare  the  alliance  with  Persia  at  an  end.  To  force 
the  Shah  to  renounce  his  ambitious  projects,  a  demonstration  was  made 
in  the  Persian  Gulf  by  the  occupation  of  the  island  of  Kharack.  This 
had  the  effect  of  forcing  him  to  withdraw  his  troops  from  Herat 
after  a  memorable  siege  of  ten  months,  in  which  all  his  efforts 
to  take  the  city  were  defeated  by  the  energy  and  ability  of  Eldred  Pottin- 
ger,  a  young  English  officer  of  Artillery.  On  the  withdrawal  of  the 
British  armies  from  Afghanistan,  Shah  Kamran  was  deposed  and  mur- 
VOL.   vii.  o 


98  TKKATIKS,    KX<;A(.  i:\ik\ts,    AN' I)   SIN'N'IDS. 

PERSIA,     dered  by  his  vizier  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  who  in  words  professed  himself 
~  to  be  a  dependant  of  the  Shah  of  Persia,  but  maintained  himself   in 
real  independence. 

Mahomed  Shah  died  in  August  1848  and  was  succeeded  by  his 
eldest  son  Naseer-ood-deen,  the  present  king.  On  the  death  of  Yar 
Mahomed  Khan,  of  Herat,  in  1851,  his  son  Syud  Mahomed  Khan  suc- 
ceeded him.  Feeling  himself  insecure  in  power,  and  being  threatened 
by  the  Ameer  of  Cabool  and  by  Kohundil  Khan  from  Candahar,  Syud 
Mahomed  Khan  made  overtures  to  Persia,  and  a  force  was  despatched 
by  the  Shah  nominally  to  reduce  the  Turkomans,  but  in  reality  to 
occupy  Herat.  The  British  envoy  at  Teheran  remonstrated  and  re- 
quired from  the  Persian  government  explicit  assurances  of  the  course 
they  meant  to  adopt.  On  25th  January  1853  the  Persian  government 
signed  an  Agreement  (No.  XXXV.)  not  to  send  troops  to  Herat  unless 
it  should  be  attacked  by  a  foreign  force,  and  not  to  interfere  further  in 
its  affairs  than  had  been  done  in  the  life-time  of  Yar  Mahomed.  This 
interference  with  their  ambitious  projects  greatly  irritated  the  Persian 
court,  who  showed  their  annoyance  by  a  series  of  vexatious  slights,  which 
destroyed  all  cordiality  of  intercourse  with  the  British  envoy,  and  even- 
tually caused  a  new  rupture.  In  1854  Mirza  Hashim  Khan,  who  had 
been  discharged  from  the  Shah's  service,  was  appointed  to  be  agent  at 
Shiraz  for  the  British  mission.  The  Persian  government  objected  to 
the  appointment,  and  threatened  to  imprison  him  if  he  should  proceed 
on  his  duty.  They  next  seized  and  imprisoned  his  wife.  As  all  redress 
was  persistently  refused,  the  envoy  at  Teheran  struck  his  flag  on  the 
20th  November  and  withdrew  from  the  Persian  dominions.  An  official 
notification  was  issued  by  the  Persian  government  justifying  their  pro- 
ceedings, and  insinuating  that  the  interest  of  the  British  envoy  in 
the  case  sprang  from  an  intrigue  with  the  wife  of  Mirza  Hashim.  In 
the  mean  time  Mahomed  Yusoof,  grandson  of  Feroze  one  of  the  brothers 
of  Shah  Suja,  had  put  Syud  Mahomed  Khan,  the  ruler  of  Herat,  to 
death,  and  had  applied  to  the  Shah  of  Persia  for  assistance.  A  force  was 
sent,  in  December  1855,  in  violation  of  the  agreement  which  had  been 
made  by  the  Persian  government.  Mahomed  Yusoof  was  taken  prisoner, 
and  Herat  was  captured  on  26th  October  1856.  Every  effort  having 
failed  to  induce  the  Persian   government  to  adjust  the  quarrel  and  to 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNl'DS.  99 

apologize  for  the  insults  to  the  British  mission,  a  force  was  despatched  PERSIA, 
from  Bombay  to  occupy  the  island  of  Kharack,  and  war  was  formally  No.  xxi. 
declared  on  1st  November  1856.  After  a  brief  campaign,  hostilities  were 
terminated  by  the  Treaty  of  Paris  (No.  XXXVI.)  concluded  on  4th 
March  1857.  This  Treaty  revived  none  of  the  earlier  Treaties  cancelled 
by  the  war  except  the  Convention  of  August  1851  for  the  suppression 
of  slavery  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  which  by  the  13th  Article  is  renewed 
till  August  1872,  and  for  such  time  afterwards  as  neither  of  the  con- 
tracting parties  by  a  formal  declaration  annul  it. 

In  1861  proposals  were  made  for  a  convention  between  the  Indian 
and  Persian  governments  for  the  construction  of  a  line  of  telegraph 
from  the  Turkish  frontier  through  Persia  to  Bunder  Abbas,  to  form  part 
of  a  telegraph  line  from  England  to  India.  After  some  negotiations, 
however,  the  Persian  government,  on  25th  April  1862,  declined  the  terms 
offered.  The  route  through  Persia  was  therefore  abandoned,  and  the 
Turkish  and  Indian  lines  of  telegraph  were  connected  by  a  sub-marine 
cable  in  the  Persian  Gulf.  The  Shah  afterwards  decided  on  constructing 
an  alternative  line  at  his  own  cost  from  Khanakeen,  on  the  Turkish  fron- 
tier, through  Teheran,  Ispahan,  and  Shiraz,  to  meet  the  other  line  at 
Bushire,  and  for  this  purpose  he  concluded  an  engagement  (No.  XXXVII.) 
in  December  1863,  to  place  the  construction  and  working  of  the  line  for 
a  time  under  the  superintendence  of  an  English  Engineer  officer,  to  pur- 
chase the  materials  from  the  British  Government,  and  to  allow  the  Bri- 
tish Government  the  use  of  the  line  on  payment  of  specified  charges. 


No.  XXI. 

Articles    of   Agbeement    made  with   Siiaik   Sadoon,   of   Bushire,   the    12th 

April  1763. 

Article  1. 

No  customs  or  duties  to  be  collected  on  goods  imported  or  exported 
by  the  English;  and,  in  like  manner,  only  three  per  cent,  to  be  token 
from  the  merchants  who  buy  or  sell  to  the  English. 


100  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

peksia.  Article  2. 


No  XXI.  The  importation  and  sale  of  woollen  goods  to  be  solely  in  the  hands 

of  the  English  ;  and  if  any  person  whatever  attempts  to  bring  woollen 
goods  clandestinely,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  English  to  seize  them. 
This  Article  to  take  place  in  four  months  from  the  date  hereof. 

Aeticle  3. 

No  European  nation  whatever  is  to  be  permitted  to  settle  at  Bushire 
so  long  as  the  English  continue  a  factory  here. 

Article  4. 

The  brokers,  linguists,  servants,  and  others  of  the  English  are  to 
be  entirely  under  the  protection  and  government  of  the  English  ;  nor  is 
the  Shaik,  or  his  people,  in  any  shape  to  molest  them,  or  interfere  in 
their  affairs. 

Article  5. 

In  case  any  of  the  inhabitants  become  truly  indebted  to  the  English 
and  refuse  payment,  the  Shaik  shall  oblige  them  to  give  the  English 
satisfaction. 

Article  6. 

The  English  to  have  such  a  spot  of  ground  as  they  may  pitch  upon 
for  erecting  a  factory,  and  proper  conveniences  for  carrying  on  their 
commerce  to  be  built  at  the  Shaikhs  expense.     They  are  to  hoist  their 
•     colours  upon  it,  and  have  twenty-one  guns  for  saluting. 

Article  7. 

A  proper  spot  of  ground  to  be  allotted  the  English  for  a  garden 
and  another  for  a  burying  ground. 

Article  8. 

The  English,  and  those  under  their  pro  tection,  not  to  be  impeded 
in  their  religion. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  101 

Article  9.  PERSIA. 

Soldiers,  sailors,  servants,  slaves,  and  others  belonging  to  the  Eng-     No.  XXI. 
lish,  who  may  desert,  are  not  to  be  protected  or  entertained  by  the  Shaik 
or  his  people,  but,  bond  fide,  secured  and  returned. 

Article  10. 

In  case  any  English  ships  sell  to  or  buy  from  the  country  merchants 
apart  from  the  factory,  a  due  account  thereof  is  to  be  rendered  to  the 
English  Chief  for  the  time  being,  for  which  purpose  one  of  his  people 
is  to  attend  at  the  weight  and  delivery  of  all  goods  so  sold,  which  is  to 
be  done  at  the  public  Custom  House. 

Article  11. 

If  through  any  accident  an  English  vessel  should  be  drove  on  shore 
in  the  country  belonging  to  the  Shaik,  they  shall  not  in  any  respect  be 
plundered ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  the  Shaik  shall  afford  the  English  all 
the  assistance  in  his  power  for  saving  them  and  their  effects,  the  English 
paying  them  for  their  trouble. 

Article  12. 

The  Shaik  shall  not  permit  his  subjects  to  purchase  any  goods  from 
English  vessels  in  the  road,  but  only  on  shore. 


The 
Seal  of  Shaik 
Sadoon. 


Eoyal  Grant  from  Karem  Kuan,  King  of  Persia,  1763. 

The  Great  God  having,  of  his  infinite  mercy,  given  victory  unto 
Karem  Khan,  and  made  him  Chief  Governor  of  all  the  kingdoms  of 
Persia,  and  established  under  him  the  peace  and  tranquillity  of  the  said 
kingdoms,  by  means  of  his  victorious  sword,  he  is  desirous  that  the  said 


102  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     kingdoms  should  flourish  and  re-obtain  their  ancient  grandeur  by  the  in- 
No.  XXI.     crease  of  trade  and  commerce,  as  well  as  by  a  due  execution  of  justice. 

Having  been  informed  that  the  Right  Worshipful  William  Andrew 
Price,  Esq.,  Governor  General  for  the  English  nation  in  the  Gulf  of 
Persia,  is  arrived  with  power  to  settle  a  factory  at  Bushire,  and  has  left 
Mr.  Benjamin  Jervis,  Resident,  who,  by  directions  from  the  said  Gov- 
ernor General,  has  sent  unto  me  Mr.  Thomas  Durnford  and  Stephen 
Hermit,  linguist,  to  obtain  a  grant  of  their  ancient  privileges  in  these 
kingdoms,  I  do,  of  my  free  will  and  great  friendship  for  the  English 
nation,  grant  unto  the  said  Governor  General,  in  behalf  of  his  king  and 
Company,  the  following  privileges,  which  shall  be  inviolably  observed 
and  held  sacred  in  good  faith  : — 

That  the  English  Company  may  have  as  much  ground,  and  in  any  part 
of  Bushire,  they  choose  to  build  a  factory  on,  or  at  any  other  port  in  the 
Gulf.  They  may  have  as  many  cannon  mounted  on  it  as  they  choose, 
but  not  to  be  larger  than  six  pounds  bore ;  and  they  may  build  factory 
houses  in  any  part  of  the  kingdom  they  choose. 

No  customs  shall  be  charged  the  English  on  any  goods  imported 
or  exported  by  them  at  Bushire,  or  any  other  port  in  the  Gulf  of 
Persia,  on  condition  that  at  no  time  they  import  or  export  other  persons' 
goods  in  their  names.  They  may  also  send  their  goods,  customs  free, 
all  over  the  kingdom  of  Persia ;  and  on  what  goods  they  sell  at  Bushire, 
or  elsewhere,  the  Shaik,  or  Governor,  shall  only  charge  the  merchants 
an  export  duty  of  three  per  cent. 

No  other  European  nation,  or  other  persons,  shall  import  any 
woollen  goods  to  any  port  on  the  Persian  shore  in  the  Gulf,  but  the 
English  Company  only ;  and  should  any  one  attempt  to  do  it  clandes- 
tinely, their  goods  shall  be  seized  and  confiscated. 

Should  any  of  the  Persian  merchants,  or  others,  become  truly  in- 
debted to  the  English,  the  Shaik,  or  Governor  of  the  place,  shall  oblige 
them  to  pay  it ;  but  should  he  fail  in  his  duty  herein,  the  English  Chief 
may  do  his  own  justice  and  act  as  he  pleases  with  the  debtors  to 
recover  what  owed  him  or  them. 

In  all  the  kingdom  of  Persia  the  English  may  sell  their  goods  to, 
and  buy  from,  whomever  they  judge  proper;  nor  shall  the  Governor, 
or  Shaik,  of  any  ports  or  places,  prevent  their  importing  or  exporting 
any  goods  whatever. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  103 

When  any  English  ship  or  ships  arrive  at  any  ports  in  the  Gulf  of    PERSIA. 


Persia,  no  merchants  shall  purchase   from  them  clandestinely,  but  with     No.  XXI. 
the  consent  and  knowledge  of  the  English  Chief  there  resident. 

Should  any  English  ship  or  vessel  be  drove  on  shore,  unfortunately 
wrecked,  or  otherwise  lost  in  any  part  of  the  Gulf  of  Persia,  the 
Shaiks,  or  Governors  of  the  adjacent  places,  shall  not  claim  any  share  of 
the  said  wrecks,  but  shall  assist  the  English,  all  in  their  power,  in  saving 
the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  vessel  or  cargo. 

The  English,  and  all  those  under  their  protection,  in  any  part  of 
the  kingdom  of  Persia,  shall  have  the  free  exercise  of  their  religion, 
without  molestation  from  any  one. 

Should  soldiers,  sailors,  or  slaves  desert  from  the  English  in  any 
part  of  Persia,  they  shall  not  be  protected  or  encouraged,  but,  bond  fide, 
delivered  up,  but  not  be  punished  for  the  first  or  second  offence. 

Wherever  the  English  may  have  a  factory  in  Persia,  their  linguist, 
brokers,  and  all  other  their  servants,  shall  be  exempt  from  all  taxes  and 
impositions  whatever,  and  under  their  own  command  and  justice,  without 
any  one  interfering  therein. 

Wherever  the  English  are,  they  shall  have  a  spot  of  ground  allotted 
them  for  a  burying  ground ;  and  if  they  want  a  spot  for  a  garden,  if  the 
king's  property,  it  shall  be  given  them  gratis ;  if  belonging  to  any  pri- 
vate person,  they  must  pay  a  reasonable  price  for  it. 

The  house  that  formerly  belonged  to  the  English  Company  at 
Schyrash  I  now  re-deliver  to  them,  with  the  garden  and  water  thereto 
belonging. 


Articles  desired  by  the  KnAN. 

That  the  English,  according  to  what  was  formerly  customary,  shall 
purchase  from  the  Persia  merchants  such  goods  as  will  answer  for  send- 
ing to  England  or  India,  provided  they  and  the  Persians  shall  agree  on 
reasonable  prices  for  the  same,  and  not  export  from  Persia  the  whole 
amount  of  their  sales  in  ready  money,  as  this  will  impoverish  the  king- 
dom and  in  the  end  prejudice  trade  in  general. 

That  the  English,  wherever  they  are  settled,  shall  not  maltreat  the 
Mussulmen.  4 


104  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  What  goods  are  imported  by   the  English  into  Persia,  they  shall 

Nns.  XXI     give  the  preference  in  sale  of  them  to  the  principal  merchants  and  men 
&XX1I.      of  credit. 

The  English  shall  not  give  protection  to  any  of  the  king's  rebelli- 
ous subjects,  nor  carry  them  out  of  the  kingdom,  but  deliver  any  up 
that  may  desert  to  them,  who  shall  not  be  punished  for  the  first  or 
second  offence. 

The  English  shall  at  no  time,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  assist  the 
king's  enemies. 

All  our  Governors  of  provinces,  sea-ports,  and  other  towns  are 
ordered  to  pay  a  strict  obedience  to  these  our  orders,  on  pain  of  incurring 
our  displeasure,  and  of  being  punished  for  their  disobedience  or  neglect. 

Bated  in  Scliyrash,  the  23rd  of  Seerhoja  1176,  or  the  2nd  of 
July  1763. 


No.  XXII. 
Tbanslate  of  a  Fieman  from  Jaffie  Khan. 

In  the  name  of  the  Almighty  and  Glorious  God ! 

This  is  exalted  Firmana. 

After  Compliments. — And  as  we  are  always  desirous  that  the  mer- 
chants and  Coflas,  who  have  occasion  to  pass  backwards  and  forwards  in 
our  dominions,  should  do  so  in  safety,  that  they  should  sleep  in  the 
cradle  of  security  and  confidence,  and  that  they  should  transact  all  their 
business  as  far  as  in  us  lies,  without  trouble  or  vexation : — 

Therefore  the  high,  exalted  Firmana  has  been  issued  forth,  con- 
taining the  strictest  mandates  to  all  Governors  and  Commanders  of  our 
towns  and  castles,  to  all  our  Sirdars,  and  to  all  Kiotdars,  who  receive 
customs  on  the  roads,  that  they  do  show  every  favour  to  all  persons 
employed  by  the  English  nation  in  our  dominions  for  the  purpose  of 
merchandize,  whether  it  be  for  importation  or  exportation,  and  that  they 
be  constantly  vigilant  in  protecting  them,  and  moreover  that  these  our 
above-mentioned  servants,  upon  no  account  or  pretence  whatsoever, 
require  any  customs,  presents,  or  money  from  the  Agents  of  the  English 
nation,  but  that  it  may  so  happen  that  from  a  confidence  in  us,  and 
from  a  full  persuasion  of  not  receiving  any  insult  or  vexation,  they,  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNITDS. 


101 


English,  may  be  induced  to  pass  backwards  and  forwards  and  to  trade 
in  our  dominions.  And  whenever  they  shall  have  disposed  of  the  goods 
and  merchandize  which  they  may  import  for  sale,  they  shall  have  full 
liberty  to  make  their  returns  according  to  their  own  wishes. 

And  it  is  therefore  necessary  that  our  most  honoured  friend,  the 
English  Balios  at  Bussora,  should  perfectly  understand  that  in  this  way 
our  favour  is  equal  in  magnitude  to  whatever  he  can  hope  or  desire,  and 
it  is  moreover  necessaiy  that  in  order  to  make  trial  thereof  he  should 
encourage  his  nation  to  trade  into  Persia,  and  he  has  again  our  word 
that  they  shall  do  so  in  the  fullest  and  most  perfect  security. 

Again,  whatever  goods  or  merchandize  the  English  nation  shall 
import  for  sale,  there  shall  be  no  restrictions  put  upon  the  sale  thereof, 
but  after  their  Agents  shall  have  completed  the  sales  and  fulfilled  the 
design  of  their  journey,  they  shall  have  every  protection  granted  them 
on  their  return,  and  again  upon  our  royal  word  there  shall  be  no  imposi- 
tions laid  upon  them ;  for  if  ever,  heretofore,  there  has  been  any  imposi- 
tions or  vexations  practised  upon  the  English  nation  in  Persia,  it  is  our 
will  that  from  this  day  they  be  abolished  and  forgotten. 

And  being  persuaded  of  the  sincerity  of  our  most  honoured  friend 
the  Balios,  we  accept  of  his  offer  of  services  and  request  of  him  to 
purchase  immediately  such  rarities  as  are  procurable  at  Bussora,  favour- 
ing us  at  the  same  time  with  the  amount  cost  thereof,  in  order  that 
we  may  order  the  same  to  be  repaid  to  the  person  who  shall  be  sent 
with  them. 

Let  our  friend,  therefore,  on  all  occasions  rest  satisfied  of  our  favour 
and  protection.  Let  him  on  all  occasions  make  known  to  us  his  wishes 
and  wants,  and  let  the  above  for  ever  remain  a  compact  between  us. 

Written  on  the  eighth  of  the  second  month  of  Rabua,  in  the  year 
of  Hijree  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  two,  ansioering  the  \%th 
January  1788. 


PERSIA. 
No.  XXII, 


The  refuge 
of  supplicants, 
Jaffir,  the  son 

of  Mahomed 
Saduck. 


VOL.   VII. 


10(J  IKKATIKS,     KN..MI  Ml  NTS,    AND    .SINXCDS. 

I'KliMA.  NO.    XXIII. 

No.  XXIII.  Tbanslation  of  a  Firman  from  Fctteh  Ali  Shah,  King  of  Persia,  and  of  an 
annexed  Treaty  concluded  by  Hajee  Ibeaheim  Khan,  Prime  Minister  on 
the  part  of  the  King  of  Persia,  by  'whom  he  was  fully  empowered,  and  by 
Captain  John  Malcolm,  on  the  part  of  the  English  government,  by  virtue  of 
powers  delegated  to  him  for  that  purpose  by  the  Most  Noble  the  Makquis 
Wellesley,  k.  p.,  Governor  General  of  India,  &c,  &c,  &c. 

Firman. 
In  the  name  of  the  beloved  and  Great  God  ! 


The  King  of 
Persia's  Seal. 


The  earth  is  the  Lord's.  Our  august  commands  are  issued,  that 
the  high  in  rank,  the  exalted  in  station,  the  great  rulers,  officers,  and 
writers  of  the  ports,  sea-coasts,  and  islands  of  the  provinces  of  Fars 
and  Khoozistaun,  do  consider  themselves  as  particularly  honoured  and 
advanced  by  the  royal  favour ;  and  whereas,  at  this  period,  the  found- 
ations of  union  and  friendship  have  been  cemented,  and  the  habits  of 
amity  and  intercourse  have  been  increased  between  the  ministers  of 
the  Persian  State,  of  eternal  duration,  and  the  ministers  of  the  high 
government  of  the  refulgent  sun  of  the  sky  of  royalty,  greatness,  and 
eminence,  the  sovereign  of  the  countries  of  England  and  India;  and 
as  various  engagements  and  Treaties,  calculated  for  duration  and  per- 
manence, and  for  mutual  good  understanding,  have  been  contracted, 
therefore  this  command,  from  the  Palace  of  Glory,  requiring  obedience, 
has  been  proclaimed,  that  you,  high  in  rank,  do  cheerfully  comply  and 
execute  the  clear  sense  and  meaning  of  what  has  been  established ;  and 
should  ever  any  person  of  the  French  nation  attempt  to  pass  your  ports 
or  boundaries,  or  desire  to  establish  themselves  either  on  the  shores  or 
frontiers,  you  are  to  take  means  to  expel  and  extirpate  them,  and  never 
to  allow  them  to  obtain  a  footing  in  any  place,  and  you  are  at  full 
liberty  and  authorized  to  disgrace  and  slay  them.  You  are  to  look  upon 
it  as  your  duty  to  aid  and  act  in  a  friendly  manner  to  all  traders, 
merchants,  and  men  of  rank  of  the  English  nation;  all  such  you  are 
to  consider  as  possessing  the  favour  of  the  king ;  and  you  must  act  in 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


107 


conformity  to  the  conditions  of  the  annexed  Treaty  that  has  been  con-     PERSIA. 


eluded  between  the  trustworthy  of  the  high  State,  the  bracelet  of  the  No.  XX  m. 
graceful   government,   Hajee   Ibraheim  Khan,   and  the   high  in  rank, 
Captain  John  Malcolm.     View  this  as  an  obligation. 

Bated  the  Yhtli  of  Shaban,  in  the  year  of  the  Ilegira  1215,  corres- 
ponding with  the         •  of  January  a.  d.  1801. 

Sealed,  in  the  usual  form,  on  the  back  of  the  Firman,  by  the  fol- 
lowing ministers : — 


Seal  of 

Hajee  Ibraheim 

Khan. 


Seal  of  Mirza 
Shuffee. 


Seal  of 

Mirza  Rezak 

Kouli. 


Seal  of 

Mirza  Assud 

Ooollah. 


Seal  of 
Mirza  Eeezy. 


Seal  of 
Mirza  Ahmud. 


Seal  of  Mirza 
Fuzullah. 


108  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

l'KKMA.  Treaty  annexed. 

I     will.  Preamble. — Praise  be  unto  God,  who  said,  u  Oh  you  who  believe  per- 

"  form  your  contracts,  perform  your  covenants  with  God,  when  you  enter 
"  into  covenant  with  him,  and  violate  not  your  engagements  after  the 
"  ratification  thereof."  After  the  voice  is  raised  to  the  praise  and  glory 
of  the  God  of  the  world,  and  the  brain  is  perfumed  with  the  scent  of  the 
saints  and  prophets  (to  whom  be  health  and  glory) ,  whose  rare  perfections 
are  perpetually  chaunted  by  birds  of  the  melodious  notes,*  furnished 
with  two,  three,  and  four  pair  of  wings,  and  to  the  highest  seated  in  the 
heavens,  for  whom  good  has  been  predestinated,  and  the  perfume  mixed 
with  musk,  which  scenteth  the  celestial  mansions  of  those  that  sing 
hymns  in  the  ethereal  sphere,  and  to  the  light  of  the  flame  of  the  Most 
High,  which  gives  irradiated  splendour  to  the  collected  view  of  those 
who  dwell  in  the  heavenly  regions,  the  clear  meaning  of  (the  Treaty) 
which  has  been  established  on  a  solid  basis  is  fully  explained  in  this  page, 

•  and  it  is  fixed  as  a  prescription  of  law,  that  in  this  world  of  existence 

and  trouble,  and  in  this  universe  of  creation  and  concord,  there  is  no 
action  among  those  of  mankind  that  tends  more  to  the  perfection  of  the 
human  race,  or  to  answer  the  end  of  their  being  and  existence,  than  that 
of  cementing  friendship,  and  of  establishing  intercourse,  communication, 
and  connexion  between  each  other.  The  image  reflected  from  the  mirror 
of  accomplishment  is  a  tree  fruitful  and  abundant,  and  one  that  produces 
good  both  now  and  hereafter.  To  illustrate  the  allusions  that  it  has 
been  proper  to  make  and  to  explain  these  metaphors,  worthy  of  exposi- 
tion at  this  happy  period  of  auspicious  aspect,  a  Treaty  has  been  con- 
cluded between  the  high  in  dignity  and  the  exalted  in  station,  attended 
by  fortune,  of  great  and  splendid  power,  the  greatest  among  the  hio-h 
viziers,  in  whom  confidence  is  placed,  the  faithful  of  the  powerful  o>0v- 
ernment,  the  adorned  with  greatness,  power,  glory,  splendour,  and  for- 
tune, Hajee  Ibraheim  Khan,  on  being  granted  leave,  and  vested  with 
authority  from  the  port  of  the  high  king,  whose  Court  is  like  that  of 
Solomon,  the  asylum  of  the  world,  the  sign  of  the  power  of  God,  the 
jewel  in  the  ring  of  kings,  the  ornament  in  the  cheek  of  eternal  empire, 

*  Metaphorically,  Angels. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  109 

the  grace  of  the  beauty  of  sovereignty  and  royalty,  the  king  of  the     PERSIA. 


universe,   like   Caherman   of  the    mansion   of   mercy    and  justice,  the   No.  XXIII. 

phoenix  of  good  fortune,  the  eminence  of  never-fading  prosperity,  the 

king    powerful  as  Alexander,  who  has  no    equal   among  the    princes 

exalted  to  majesty  by  the  heavens  in  this  globe,  a  shade  from  the  shade 

of  the  Most  High,  a  khooroo,  whose  saddle  is  the  moon  and  whose  stirrup 

is   the  new  moon,   a  prince   of  great  rank,   before  whom  the  sun  is 

concealed. 

(Arabic  Verse.) 

"  Thy  benevolence  is  universally  dispensed ;  everywhere  drops  are 
scattered.  Thy  kindness  shadows  cities;  may  God  fix  firm  the  basis  of 
thy  dominion,  and  may  God  fix  and  extend  thy  power  over  the  servants 
of  the  Almighty  V  And  the  high  in  dignity,  the  great  and  able  in 
power,  the  adorner  of  those  acquainted  with  manners,  Captain  John 
Malcolm,  (delegated  from  the  sublime  quarter  of  the  high  in  power,  seated 
on  a  throne,  the  asylum  of  the  world,  the  chief  jewel  in  the  crown  of 
royalty  and  sovereignty,  the  anchor  of  the  vessel  of  victory  and  fortune, 
the  ship  on  the  sea  of  glory  and  empire,  the  blazing  sun  in  the  sky  of 
greatness  and  glory,  lord  of  the  countries  of  England  and  India,  may 
God  strengthen  his  territories  and  establish  his  glory  and  commands 
upon  the  seas ! ),  in  the  manner  explained  in  his  credentials,  which  are 
sealed  with  the  seal  of  the  most  powerful  and  most  glorious,  possessing 
fortune,  the  origin  of  rank,  splendour,  and  nobility,  the  ornament  of  the 
world,  the  completer  of  the  works '  of  mankind,  the  Governor  General 
of  India. 

This  Treaty  between  these  two  great  States  shall  be  binding  on  race 
after  race,  and  the  two  governments  must  ever,  while  the  world  exists, 
act  in  conformity  to  what  is  now  settled. 


Article  1. 

As  long  as  the  sun,  illuminating  the  circle  of  the  two  great  con- 
tracting powers,  shines  on  their  sovereign  dominions  and  bestows  light 
on  the  whole  world,  the  beautiful  image  of  excellent  union  shall  remain 
fixed  on  the  mirror  of  duration  and  perpetuity,  the  thread  of  shameful 


110  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     enmity  and  distance  shall  be  cut,  conditions  of  mutual  aid  and  assistance 
No.  xxill.    between  the  two  States  shall  be  instituted,  and  all  causes  of  hatred  and 
hostility  shall  be  banished. 

Article  2. 

If  the  king  of  the  Afghans  should  ever  show  a  resolution  to  invade 
India,  which  is  subject  to  the  government  of  the  monarch  (above  men- 
tioned), the  prince  of  high  rank,  the  king  of  England,  an  army  overthrow- 
ing mountains,  furnished  with  all  warlike  stores,  shall  be  appointed  from 
the  State  of  the  conspicuous  and  exalted,  high  and  fixed  in  power  (the 
king  of  Persia),  to  lay  waste  and  desolate  the  Afghan  dominions,  and 
every  exertion  shall  be  employed  to  ruin  and  humble  the  above- 
mentioned  nation. 

Article  3. 

Should  it  happen  that  the  king  of  the  Afghans  ever  becomes  desir- 
ous of  opening  the  gates  of  peace  and  friendship  with  the  government 
of  the  king  (of  Persia),  who  is  in  rank  like  Solomon,  in  dignity  like 
Jumsheed,  the  shade  of  God !  who  has  bestowed  his  mercy  and  kindness 
on  the  earth ;  when  negotiations  are  opened  for  an  amicable  adjustment, 
it  shall  be  stipulated  in  the  peace  concluded  that  the  king  of  the 
Afghans,  or  his  armies,  shall  abandon  all  design  of  attack  on  the  terri- 
tories subject  to  the  government  of  the  king  above  mentioned,  who  is 
worthy  of  royalty,  the  king  of  England. 

Article  4. 

Should  ever  any  king  of  the  Afghans  or  any  person  of  the  French 
nation  commence  war  and  hostilities  with  the  powerful  of  the  ever- 
enduring  State  (of  the  king  of  Persia),  the  rulers  of  the  government 
of  the  king  (of  England),  whose  Court  is  like  heaven,  and  who  has 
been  before  mentioned,  shall  (on  such  event)  send  as  many  cannon  and 
warlike  stores  as  possible,  with  necessary  apparatus,  attendants,  and 
inspectors,  and  such  supply  shall  be  delivered  over  at  one  of  the  ports 
of  Persia,  whose  boundaries  are  conspicuous,  to  the  officers  of  the  high 
in  dignity,  the  king  of  Persia. 


TKEATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


HI 


Article  5. 


PERRrA. 


Should  it  ever  occur  that  an  army  of  the  French  nation,  actuated  No.  XXIII. 
by  design  and  deceit,  attempts  to  settle  with  a  view  of  establishing* 
themselves  on  any  of  the  islands  or  shores  of  Persia,  a  conjunct  force 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  two  high  contracting  States  to  act  in  co-oper- 
ation for  their  expulsion  and  extirpation,  and  to  destroy  and  put  an  end 
to  the  foundation  of  their  treason.  It  is  a  condition,  if  such  event  hap- 
pens, and  the  conquering  troops  (of  Persia)  march,  that  the  officers  of 
the  government  of  the  king  (of  England) ,  who  is  powerful  as  the  heavens 
and  as  before  mentioned,  shall  load,  transport,  and  deliver  (for  their 
service)  as  great  a  quantity  of  necessaries,  stores,  and  provisions  as 
they  possibly  can.  And  if  ever  any  of  the  great  men  of  the  French 
nation  express  a  wish  or  desire  to  obtain  a  place  of  residence  or  dwelling 
on  any  of  the  islands  or  shores  of  the  kingdom  of  Persia,  that  they 
may  there  raise  the  standard  of  abode  or  settlement,  such  request  or 
representation  shall  not  be  consented  unto  by  the  high  in  rank  of  the 
State  encompassed  with  justice  (the  government  of  Persia),  and  leave  for 
their  residing  in  such  a  place  shall  not  be  granted. 

"While  time  endures,  and  while  the  world  exists,  the  contents  of 
this  exalted  Treaty  shall  remain  an  admired  picture  in  the  mirror  of 
duration  and  perpetuity,  and  submission  to  the  fair  image  on  this  con- 
spicuous page  shall  be  everlasting. 


Seal  of 

Hajee  Ibraheim 

Khan. 


Seal  of 

Captain  John 

Malcolm. 


(Signed)         John  Malcolm,  Envoy. 


V 


112  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  No.  XXIV. 

No.  XXIV.  Tbanslation  of  a  Firman  from  Fcttbh  Am  Shah,  king  of  Persia,  and  of  an 
annexed  Treaty  concluded  by  Hajee  Ibbaheim  Khan,  Prime  Minister  on  the 
part  of  the  king  of  Persia,  by  whom  he  was  fully  empowered,  and  by  Captain 
John  Malcolm,  on  the  part  of  the  English  government,  by  virtue  of  powers 
delegated  to  him  for  that  purpose  by  the  Most  Noble  the  Mabquis  Welleslet, 
k.  p.,  Governor  General  of  India,  &c,  &c. 

Firman. 
In  the  name  of  the  beloved  and  great  God. 


The  king 

of  Persia's 

Seal. 


The  earth  is  the  Lord's.  Our  august  commands  are  issued  that 
the  high  in  dignity,  the  exalted  in  station,  the  refuge  of  power  and 
glory,  the  noble  and  great  in  authority,  the  Chiefs  of  high  nobles,  the 
Beglebergs,  the  Hakims,  the  Naibs,  and  Mootaseddees  of  the  kingdom 
under  our  protection  (who  are  raised  by  our  royal  favour)  become  ac- 
quainted that  at  this  period  the  dignified  and  eminent  in  station,  the 
prudent,  able,  and  penetrating,  the  greatest  of  the  exalted  followers  of 
the  Messiah,  Captain  John  Malcolm,  deputed  from  a  glorious  quarter 
(from  the  government  of  the  king  of  England),  whose  Court  resembles 
the  firmament,  an  emperor  in  dignity  like  Alexander,  possessing  the 
power  of  the  globe,  and  from  the  repository  of  glory,  greatness,  and 
ability,  endowed  with  nobility,  power,  and  justice  (the  Governor  General 
of  the  kingdom  of  Hindoostan) ,  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  union 
and  friendship  between  the  two  great  States,  has  arrived  at  our  threshold, 
founded  on  justice,  and  has  been  honoured  by  admission  to  our  royal  pre- 
sence of  conspicuous  splendour,  and  has  expressed  a  desire  that  the 
foundations  of  amity  and  union  should  be  laid  between  the  two  States, 
that  they  should  be  connected  together  in  the  bonds  of  friendship  and 
harmony,  and  that  a  constant  union  and  reciprocal  good  understanding 
should  exist.  We  from  our  august  selves  have  given  our  consent  and 
have  granted  the  request  and  desires  of  the  high  in  rank  above  mentioned, 
and  a  Treaty,  sealed  with  the  seal  of  the  minister*  of  our  ever-enduring 
government,   has  been  given  to  him;  and  you  exalted  in  station  are 

*  Literally,  one  in  whom  confidence  is  placed, 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


113 


positively  enjoined  of  the  necessity   (after  you  become  informed  of  our     PERSIA. 

royal  and  august  order)  for  all  of  you  acting  in  strict  conformity  with    No.  XXI vT 

the  conditions  of  the  Treaty  concluded  and  exchanged  between  the   high 

in  rank,  the  exalted  in  station,  the  great  and  glorious  in  power,  near  to 

the  throne,  in  whom  the  royal  confidence  is  placed,  Hajee  Ibraheim  Khan, 

and  the  high  in  rank,  the  envoy   (Captain  John  Malcolm) ,  whose  titles 

have   been   before   enumerated.     Let  no   one  act  contrary  to  this  high 

command,  or  to  the  contents  of  the  annexed  Treaty ;  and  should  it  ever 

be  represented  to  us  that  any  of  the  great  nobles  conduct  themselves  in 

opposition  to  the  stipulations  of  this  Treaty,  or  are  in  this  respect  either 

guilty  or  negligent,  such  will  incur  our  displeasure  and  punishment,  and 

be  exposed  to  our  royal  anger,  which  is  like  fire,  and  let  them  view  this 

as  an  obligation. 

Bated  in   the   month  of  Shaban,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1215, 
corresponding  with  the  month  of  January  a.  d.  1801. 

Sealed,  in  the  usual  form,  on  the  back  of  the  Firman,  by  the  follow- 
ing ministers : — 


Seal  of 
Mirza  bhuffee. 


Seal  of 

Mirza  Reza 

Kouli. 


Seal  of  Mirza 
Assudoollah. 


Seal  of 
Mirza  Keezy. 


Seal  of 
Mirza  Ahmad. 


Seal  of 

Mirza  Moortiza 

Kouli. 


Seal  of  Mirza 
Fuzullah. 


Seal  of 
Mirza  Yoosuf. 


VOL.    VII. 


Ill  TREATIKS,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  Treaty  annexed. 

No.  XXIV.  Preamble. — Praise  be  to  God,  who  has  said,  "  perform  your  cove- 

nant, for  the  performance  of  your  covenant  shall  be  enquired  into  here- 
after." 

As  establishing  the  obligations  of  friendship  between  all  mankind  is 
a  charge  from  the  Almighty,  and  is  a  most  laudable  and  excellent  insti- 
tution, and  as  the  Creator  is  pleased,  and  the  happiness  and  tranquillity 
of  His  creatures  consulted  by  it,  therefore,  at  this  happy  period  of  auspi- 
cious aspect,  a  Treaty  has  been  concluded  between  the  high  in  dignity, 
the  exalted  in  station,  attended  by  fortune,  of  great  and  splendid  power, 
the  greatest  among  the  high  viziers,  in  whom  confidence  is  placed,  the 
faithful  of  the  powerful  government,  the  adorned  with  greatness,  power, 
glory,  splendour,  and  fortune,  Hajee  Ibraheim  Khan,  on  being  granted 
leave  and  vested  with  authority  from  the  port  of  the  high  king,  whose 
Court  is  like  that  of  Solomon's,  the  asylum  of  the  world,  the  sign  of  the 
power  of  God,  the  jewel  in  the  ring  of  kings,  the  ornament  in  the  cheek 
of  the  eternal  empire,  the  grace  of  the  beauty  of  sovereignty  and  royalty, 
the  king  of  the  universe,  like  Caherman,  the  mansion  of  mercy  and  jus- 
tice, the  phoenix  of  good  fortune,  the  eminence  of  never-fading  pros- 
perity, the  king  powerful  as  Alexander,  who  has  no  equal  among  the 
princes,  exalted  to  majesty  by  the  heavens  in  this  globe,  a  shade  from 
the  shade  of  the  Most  High,  a  Khooroo,  whose  saddle  is  the  moon  and 
whose  stirrup  is  the  new  moon,  a  prince  of  great  rank,  before  whom  the 
sun  is  concealed. 

(Arabic  Verse.) 

"  Thy  benevolence  is  universally  dispensed,  everywhere  drops  are 
"  scattered.  Thy  kindness  shadows  cities  ;  may  God  fix  firm  the  basis 
"  of  the  dominion  V  And  the  high  in  dignity,  the  great  and  able  in 
power,  the  adorner  of  those  acquainted  with  manners,  Captain  John 
Malcolm  (delegated  from  the  sublime  quarter  of  the  high  in  power, 
seated  on  a  throne,  the  asylum  of  the  world,  the  chief  jewel  in  the  crown 
of  royalty  and  sovereignty,  the  anchor  of  the  vessel  of  victory  and  for- 
tune, the  ship  on  the  sea  of  glory  and  empire,  the  blazing  sun  in  the 
sky  of  greatness  and  glory,  Lord  of  the  countries  of  England  and  India, 
may  God  strengthen  his  territories  and  establish  his  glory  and  command 
upon  the  seas),  in  the  manner  explained  in  his   credentials,   which    are 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  115 

sealed  with  the  seal  of  the  most  powerful  and  most  glorious,  possessing-     PERSIA, 
fortune,  the  origin  of  rank,  splendour,  and  nobility,  the  ornament  of  the  ~$0  XXIV 
world,  the  completer  of  the  works  of  mankind,  the   Governor  General  of 
India.     This  Treaty  between  these  two  great  powers  shall  be  binding  on 
race  after  race,  and  the  two  governments  must    ever,  while  the  world 
oxists,  act  in  conformity  to  what  is  now  settled. 

Article  1. 

The  merchants  of  the  high  contracting  States  are  to  travel  and 
carry  on  their  affairs  in  the  territories  of  both  nations  in  full  security 
and  confidence,  and  the  rulers  and  governors  of  all  cities  are  to  consider 
it  their  duty  to  protect  from  injury  their  cattle  and  goods. 

Article  2. 

The  traders  and  merchants  of  the  kingdom  of  England  or  Hindoos- 
tan  that  are  in  the  service  of  the  English  Government  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  settle  in  any  of  the  sea-ports  or  cities  of  the  boundless  empire 
of  Persia  (which  may  God  preserve  from  calamity)  that  they  prefer ;  and 
no  government  duties,  taxes,  or  requisitions  shall  ever  be  collected  on 
any  goods  that  are  the  actual  property  of  either  of  the  governments;  the 
usual  duties  on  such  to  be  taken  from  purchasers. 

Article  3. 

Should  it  happen  that  either  the  persons  or  property  (of  merchants) 
are  injured  or  lost  by  thieves  or  robbers,  the  utmost  exertions  shall  be 
made  to  punish  the  delinquents  and  recover  the  property.  And  if  any 
merchant  or  trader  of  Persia  evades  or  delays  the  payment  of  a  debt  to 
the  English  Government,  the  latter  are  authorized  to  use  every  possible 
mode  for  the  recovery  of  their  demands,  taking  care  to  do  so  in  com- 
munication and  with  the  knowledge  of  the  ruler  or  governor  of  the 
place,  who  is  to  consider  it  as  his  duty  to  grant,  on  such  occasion,  every 
aid  in  his  power.  And  should  any  merchants  of  Persia  be  in  India,  at- 
tending to  their  mercantile  concerns,  the  officers  of  the  English  Govern- 
ment are  not  to  prevent  them  carrying  on  their  affairs,  but  to  aid  and 


116  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     favour  them,  and  the  above-mentioned  merchants  are  to  recover  their 
No.  xxiv.    debts  and  demands  in  the  mode  prescribed  by  the  customs  and  laws  of 
the  English  Government. 

Article  4. 
If  any  person  in  the  empire  of  Persia  die  indebted  to  the.  English 
Government,  the  ruler  of  the  place  must  exert  his  power  to  have  such 
demand  satisfied  before  those  of  any  other  creditor  whatever.  The  ser- 
vants of  the  English  Government,  resident  in  Persia,  are  permitted  to 
hire  as  many  domestic  natives  of  that  country  as  are  necessary  for  the 
transaction  of  their  affairs ;  and  they  are  authorized  to  punish  such,  in 
cases  of  misconduct,  in  the  manner  they  judge  most  expedient,  provided 
such  punishment  does  not  extend  to  life  or  limb;  in  such  cases  the 
punishment  to  be  inflicted  by  the  ruler  or  governor  of  the  place. 


Article  5. 

The  English  are  at  liberty  to  build  houses  and  mansions  in  any  of 
the  ports  or  cities  of  Persia  that  they  choose,  and  they  may  sell  or  rent 
all  such  houses  or  mansions  at  pleasure.  And  should  ever  a  ship,  be- 
longing to  the  English  Government,  be  in  a  damaged  state  in  any  of  the 
ports  of  Persia,  or  one  of  Persia  be  in  that  condition  in  an  English  har- 
bour, the  Chiefs  and  rulers  of  the  ports  and  harbours  of  the  respective 
nations  are  to  consider  it  as  their  duty  to  give  every  aid  to  refit  and  re- 
pair vessels  so  situated.  And  if  it  happens  that  any  of  the  vessels  of 
either  nation  are  sunk  or  shipwrecked  in  or  near  the  ports  or  shores  of 
either  country,  on  such  occasions  whatever  part  of  the  property  is  re- 
covered shall  be  restored  to  their  owners  or  their  heirs,  and  a  just  hire  is 
to  be  allowed  by  the  owners  to  those  who  recover  it. 


Final  Article. 
Whenever  any  native  of  England  or  India,  in  the  service  of  the 
English  Government,  resident  in  Persia,  wishes  to  leave  that  country,  he 
is  to  suffer  obstruction  from  no  person,  but  to  be  at  full  liberty  to  do  so, 
and  to  carry  with  him  his  property. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


117 


The  Articles  of  the  Treaty  between  the  two  States  are  fixed  and  deter- 
mined.    That  person  who  turns  from  God  turns  from  his  own  soul. 


Seal  of 

Hajee  Ibraheim 

Khan. 


Seal  of 

Captain  John 

Malcolm. 


(Signed)         John  Malcolm,  Emmy. 


Additional  Article. 

It  is  further  written  in  sincerity  that  on  iron,  lead,  steel,  broad 
cloth,  and  purpetts  that  are  exclusively  the  property  of  the  English 
government,  no  duties  whatever  shall  be  taken  from  the  sellers ;  a  duty 
not  exceeding  one  per  cent,  to  be  levied  upon  the  purchasers.  And  the 
duties,  imports,  and  customs,  which  are  at  this  period  established  in  Persia 
and  India  (on  other  goods)  are  to  remain  fixed  and  not  to  be  increased. 

The  high  in  rank  Hajee  Kulleel  Khan  Mullick-oo-Tijjar  is  charged 
and  entrusted  with  the  arrangement  and  settlement  of  the  remaining 
points  relative  to  commerce. 


Seal  of 

Hajee  Ibraheim 

Khan. 


Seal  of 

Captain  John 

Malcolm. 


(Signed)         John  Malcolm,  Envoy. 


PERSIA. 

Nos.  XXIV 
&XXV. 


No.  XXV. 

In  the  name  of  Him  who  is  ever  necessary,  who  is  all  sufficient,  who  is  everlasting, 
and  who  is  the  only  Protector. 

In  these  times  distinguished  by  felicity,  the  excellent  ambassador 
Sir  Harford  Jones,  Baronet,  Member  of  the  Honourable  Imperial  Otto- 
man Order  of  the  Crescent,  has  arrived  at  the  royal  city  of  Teheran  in 
quality  of  ambassador  from  His  Majesty  the  king  of  England  (titles), 


118  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     bearing  His  Majesty's  credential  letter,  and  charged  with  full  powers 


No.  XXV.-  naunited  with  the  Great  Seal  of  England  empowering  him  to  strengthen 
the  friendship  and  consolidate  the  strict  union  subsisting  between  the 
high  States  of  England  and  Persia.  His  Majesty  the  king  of  Persia, 
(titles)  therefore,  by  a  special  Firman  delivered  to  the  said  ambassador, 
has  appointed  the  most  excellent  and  noble  Lords,  Mirza  Mahomed 
Sheffee,  qualified  with  the  title  of  Moatemmed-ed-dowlah,  his  first  vizier, 
and  Hajee  Mahomed  Hossein  Khan,  qualified  with  the  title  of  Ameen- 
ed-dowlah,  one  of  the  ministers  of  Record,  to  be  his  plenipotentiaries 
to  confer  and  discuss  with  the  aforesaid  ambassador  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty  all  matters  and  affairs  touching  the  formation  and  consolidation 
of  friendship,  alliance,  and  strict  union  between  the  two  high  States,  and 
to  arrange  and  finally  conclude  the  same  for  the  benefit  and  advantage  of 
both  kingdoms.  In  consequence  whereof,  after  divers  meetings  and  dis- 
cussions, the  aforesaid  plenipotentiaries  have  resolved  that  the  following 
Articles  are  for  the  benefit  and  advantage  of  both  the  high  States,  and 
hereafter  to  be  accordingly  for  ever  observed : — 

Article  1. 

That  as  some  time  will  be  required  to  arrange  and  form  a  definite 
Treaty  of  alliance  and  friendship  between  the  two  high  States,  and  as  the 
circumstances  of  the  world  make  it  necessary  for  something  to  be  done 
without  loss  of  time,  it  is  agreed  these  Articles,  which  are  to  be  regarded 
as  preliminary,  shall  become  a  basis  for  establishing  a  sincere  and  ever- 
lasting definitive  Treaty  of  strict-friendship  and  union.  And  it  is  agreed 
that  the  said  definitive  Treaty,  precisely  expressing  the  wishes  and  obli- 
gations of  each  party,  shall  be  signed  and  sealed  by  the  said  plenipoten- 
tiaries and  afterwards  become  binding  on  both  the  high  contracting 
parties. 

Article  2. 

It  is  agreed  that  the  preliminary  Articles  formed  with  the  hand  of 
truth  and  sincerity  shall  not  be  changed  or  altered,  but  there  shall  arise 
from  them  a  daily  increase  of  friendship,  which  shall  last  for  ever 
between  the  two  most  serene  kings,  their  heirs,  successors,  their  subjects, 
dominions,  provinces,  and  countries. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  119 

Article  3.  Persia. 


His  Majesty  the  king  of  Persia  judges  it  necessary  to  declare  that    No.  XXV. 

from  the  date  of  these  preliminary  Articles,  every  Treaty  or  agreement  he 

may  have  made  with  any  one  of  the  powers  of  Europe  becomes  null  and 

void,  and  that  he  will  not  permit  any  European  force  whatever  to  pass 

through  Persia,    either  towards  India,  or  towards  the  ports  of  that 

country. 

Article  4. 

In  case  any  European  forces  have  invaded  or  shall  invade  the  terri- 
tories of  His  Majesty  the  king  of  Persia,  His  Britannic  Majesty  will 
afford  to  His  Majesty  the  king  of  Persia  a  force,  or,  in  lieu  of  it,  a  sub- 
sidy with  warlike  ammunition,  such  as  guns,  muskets,  &c,  and  officers 
to  the  amount  that  may  be  to  the  advantage  of  both  parties  for  the 
expulsion  of  the  force  so  invading,  and  the  number  of  these  forces,  or 
the  amount  of  the  subsidy,  ammunition,  &c,  shall  be  hereafter  regulated 
in  the  definitive  Treaty.  In  case  His  Majesty  the  king  of  England 
should  make  peace  with  such  European  power,  His  Britannic  Majesty 
shall  use  his  utmost  endeavours  to  negociate  and  procure  a  peace  between 
His  Persian  Majesty  and  such  power.  But  if,  which  God  forbid,  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  efforts  for  this  purpose  should  fail  of  success,  then 
the  forces  or  subsidy,  according  to  the  amount  mentioned  in  the  definitive 
Treaty,  shall  still  continue  in  the  service  of  the  king  of  Persia  as  long  as 
the  said  European  forces  shall  remain  in  the  territories  of  His  Persian 
Majesty,  or  until  peace  is  concluded  between  His  Persian  Majesty  and 
the  said  European  power.  And  it  is  further  agreed  that  in  case  the 
dominions  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  India  are  attacked  or  invaded  by 
the  Afghans  or  any  other  power,  His  Majesty  the  king  of  Persia  shall 
afford  a  force  for  the  protection  of  the  said  dominions  according  to  the 
stipulations  contained  in  the  definitive  Treaty. 

Article  5. 
If  a  detachment  of  British  troops  has  arrived  from  India  in  the  Gulf 
of  Persia,  and  by  the  consent  of  His  Persian  Majesty  landed  on  the  Island 
of  Carrack,  or  at  any  of  the  Persian  ports,  they  shall  not  in  any  manner 
possess  themselves  of  such  places,  and  from  the  date  of  these  preliminary 
Articles,  the  said  detachment  shall  be  at  the  disposal  of  His  Majesty  the 
king  of  Persia,  the  amount  of  which  shall  be  settled  in  the  definitive  Treaty. 


120  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SVNNUDS. 

Mm.  Article  6. 

No.  x.\  v.  But  if  the  said  troops  remain  by  the  desire  of  His  Majesty  the  king 

of  Persia  either  at  Carrack  or  any  other  port  in  the  Gulf  of  Persia,  they 
shall  be  treated  by  the  Governor  there  in  the  most  friendly  manner,  and 
orders  shall  be  given  to  all  the  Governors  of  Faristan  that  whatever  quantity 
of  provisions,  &c.,  may  be  necessary,  shall,  on  being  paid  for,  be  furnished 
to  the  said  troops  at  the  fair  prices  of  the  day. 


Article  7. 

In  case  war  takes  place  between  His  Persian  Majesty  and  the 
Afghans,  His  Majesty  the  king  of  Great  Britain  shall  not  take  any  part 
therein,  unless  it  be  at  the  desire  of  both  parties,  to  afford  his  mediation 
for  peace. 

Article  8.   . 

It  is  acknowledged  the  intent  and  meaning  of  these  preliminary 
Articles  are  defensive.  And  it  is  likewise  agreed  that  as  long  as  these 
preliminary  Articles  remain  in  force,  His  Majesty  the  king  of  Persia  shall 
not  enter  into  any  engagements  inimical  to  His  Britannic  Majesty  or 
pregnant  with  injury  or  disadvantage  to  the  British  territories  in  India. 

This  Treaty  is  concluded  by  both  parties  in  the  hope  of  its  being 
everlasting,  and  that  it  may  be  productive  of  the  most  beautiful  fruits  of 
friendship  between  the  two  most  serene  kings. 

In  witness  whereof  we,  the  said  plenipotentiaries,  have  hereunto  set 
our  hands  and  seals,  in  the  royal  city  of  Teheran,  this  twelfth  day  of 
March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  nine, 
answering  to  the  25th  of  Moharem-il-Haram,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira 
one  thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty-four. 


Mahomed  Sheffee. 


Mahomed  Hossein. 


Harford  Jones. 


L.  S. 


L.  S. 


L.  S. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


121 


Fobm  of  His  Majesty  Futteh  Ali  Shah's  ratification  of  the  preliminary  Treaty 

with  England. 

This  auspicious  and  noble  document  is  the  preliminary  Treaty  which 
was  concluded  between  the  ministers  of  the  two  great  States  and  sent 
(to  England)  by  the  high  in  family  Mirza  Abul  Hossein  Khan.  At 
present  our  sincere  well-wisher  Sir  Gore  Ouseley,  Baronet,  ambassador 
extraordinary  from  that  great  State  (England),  has  brought  a  copy  of  the 
said  Treaty  ratified  by,  and  sealed  with  the  seal,  resplendent  like  the  sun, 
of  our  brother  the  pearl  of  royalty,  in  dignity  above  the  planets,  the  king 
of  England  and  Hindoostan,  and  presented  it  to  our  auspicious  view. 
We  also  by  these  presents  have  ratified  and  approved  of  the  said  prelimi- 
nary Treaty  and  have  affixed  our  prosperous  seal  to  the  same ;  and  the 
Articles  agreed  to  therein  are  of  that  nature  which  will  be  fully  explained 
in  the  definitive  Treaty. 


PERSIA. 

Nos.  XXV 
&  XXVI. 


No.  XXVI. 

Pbaise  be  to  God,  the  All-perfect  and  All-sufficient. 

These  happy  leaves  are  a  nosegay  plucked  from  the  thornless  garden 
of  concord  and  tied  by  the  hands  of  the  plenipotentiaries  of  the  two 
great  States  in  the  form  of  a  definitive  Treaty,  in  which  the  Articles  of 
friendship  and  amity  are  blended. 

Previously  to  this  period,  the  high  in  station,  Sir  Harford  Jones, 
Baronet,  envoy  extraordinary  from  the  English  Government,  came  to 
this  Court  to  form  an  amicable  alliance,  and  in  conjunction  with  the 
plenipotentiaries  of  Persia,  their  Excellencies  (titles)  Mirza  Mahomed 
Sheffee  and  Hajee  Mahomed  Hossein  Khan  concluded  a  preliminary 
Treaty,  the  particulars  of  which  were  to  be  detailed  and  arranged  in  a 
definitive  Treaty. 

At  this  time  the  high  in  dignity  and  loyal  well-wisher  (titles)  His 
Excellency  Sir  Gore  Ouseley,  Baronet,  appointed  by  His  Britannic  Majesty 
ambassador  extraordinary  to  this  Court,  has  arrived  invested  with  full 
powers  to  conclude  a  definitive  Treaty  between  the  two  illustrious 
monarchs. 

The  plenipotentiaries  of  this  Court,  in  conjunction  with  His  Excel- 
lency Sir  Gore  Ouseley,  Baronet,  having  consulted  on  the  terms  most 
vol.  vn.  r 


122  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PEKSIA.     advisable  for  this  alliance,  have  comprised  them  in  the  twelve  adjoining 
No  XXVI.   Articles.     What  relates  to  commerce,  trade,  and   other  affairs  will  be 
drawn  up  and  concluded  in  a  separate  commercial  Treaty : — 

Article  1. 
The  Persian  government  judge  it  incumbent  on  them,  after  the  con- 
clusion of  this  definitive  Treaty,  to  declare  all  alliances  formerly  contracted 
with  European  States  null  and  void,  and  hold  themselves  bound  not  to 
allow  any  European  army  to  enter  the  Persian  territory,  nor  to  proceed 
towards  India,  nor  to  any  of  the  ports  of  that  country,  and  also  engage 
not  to  allow  any  individuals  of  such  European  nations  whatever  to  enter 
Persia.  Should  any  of  the  European  powers  wish  to  invade  India  by 
the  road  of  Kharizen,  Taturistan,  Bokhara,  Samarkand,  or  other  routes, 
His  Persian  Majesty  engages  to  induce  the  kings  and  governors  of  those 
countries  to  oppose  such  invasion,  as  much  as  is  in  his  power,  either  by 
the  fear  of  his  arms  or  by  conciliatory  measures. 

Article  2. 

In  case  of  any  European  nation  invading  Persia,  should  the  Persian 
government  request  the  assistance  of  the  English,  the  Governor  General 
of  India,  on  the  part  of  Great  Britain,  shall  comply  with  the  wish  of 
the  Persian  government  in  sending  from  India  the  force  required,  if 
possible  and  convenient ;  if,  however,  the  state  of  affairs  in  India  prevent 
the  possibility  of  sending  troops,  the  English  Government  shall  pay 
annually  the  sum  of  two  hundred  thousand  Tomans  so  long  as  the  war 
with  such  nation  shall  continue;  and  since  the  payment  of  the  above 
subsidy  will  be  made  solely  for  the  purpose  of  raising  and  disciplining 
an  army,  it  is  agreed  that  the  British  ambassador  shall  see  and  be 
satisfied  of  its  being  duly  applied  to  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  assigned. 

Article  3. 

Should  any  European  power  engaged  in  war  with  Persia  make 
peace  with  England,  His  Britannic  Majesty  engages  to  use  his  best 
endeavours  to  bring  Persia  and  such  European  power  to  a  friendly  under- 
standing; if,  however,  His  Majesty's  cordial  interference  shall  fail  of 
success,  England  shall  still  furnish  an  army  from  India,  as  specified  in 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  123 

the  last  Article,  or   pay  an  annual   subsidy  of  two  hundred   thousand     PERSIA. 

Tomans  for  the  support  of  a  Persian  army,  so  long"  as  a  war  in  the    jjo.  xxvi. 

supposed  case  shall  continue  and  until  Persia  shall  make  peace  with  such 

nation.     England  shall  fulfil  her  engagement  to  Persia  on  this  head; 

and  should  the  English  make  peace  with  the  European  nation  at  war 

with  Persia,  even  then,  so  long  as  such  war  shall  continue,  the  English 

government  shall  furnish  officers,  &c,  &c,  for  the  purpose  of  drilling 

and   disciplining   the  Persian  army,  should   they  be  required.     Should 

Persia  make  peace  with  the  supposed  power  and  still  require  the  aid 

of  officers,  &c,  for  the  above  purpose,  the  English  government  shall 

afford  them  if  they  can  conveniently  spare  them. 

Article  4. 

Since  it  is  the  custom  of  Persia  to  pay  her  troops  six  months  in 
advance,  the  English  ambassador  shall  do  all  in  his  power  to  pay  the 
subsidy  granted  in  lieu  of  troops  in  as  early  instalments  as  may  be 
convenient  and  practicable. 

Article  5. 

Should  the  Afghans  be  at  war  with  the  British  nation,  His  Persian 
Majesty  engages  to  send  an  army  against  them  in  such  manner  and 
of  such  force  as  may  be  concerted  with  the  English  Government.  The 
expenses  of  such  an  army  shall  be  defrayed  by  the  British  Government 
in  such  manner  as  may  be  agreed  on  at  the  period  of  its  being  required. 

Article  6. 

If  war  shall  be  declared  between  the  Persians  and  the  Afghans,  the 
English  Government  shall  not  interfere  with  either  party,  unless  their 
mediation  to  effect  a  peace  shall  be  solicited  by  both  States. 

Article  7. 

Should  the  king  of  Persia  form  magazines  of  materials  for  ship- 
building on  the  coasts  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  and  resolve  to  establish 
a  naval  force,  the  king  of  England  shall  grant  permission  to  naval 
officers,  seamen,  shipwrights,  carpenters,  &c,  to  proceed  to  Persia  from 
London  and  Bombay  and  to  enter  the  service  of  the  king  of  Persia. 


IU 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SL'NNUDS. 


PERSIA.     The  pay  of  such  officers,  artificers,  &c,  shall  be  given  by  His  Persian 

No.  XXVI.    Majesty    at  the   rates  which    may  be   agreed  on  with   the    English 

ambassador. 

Article  8. 

Should  any  Persian  subject  of  distinction  showing  signs  of  hostility 
and  rebellion  take  refuge  in  the  British  territories,  the  English  Govern- 
ment shall,  on  intimation  from  the  Persian  government,  turn  him  out  of 
their  country,  or  if  he  refuse  to  leave  it,  shall  seize  and  send  him  to 
Persia.  Previously  to  the  arrival  of  such  fugitive  in  the  English  terri- 
tory, should  the  Governor  of  the  district  to  which  he  may  direct  his 
flight  receive  intelligence  of  the  wishes  of  the  Persian  government  respect- 
ing him,  he  shall  refuse  him  admission ;  after  such  prohibition,  should 
such  person  persist  in  his  resolution,  the  said  Governor  shall  cause  him  to 

be  seized  and  sent  to  Persia. 

Article  9. 

Should  His  Persian  Majesty  require  assistance  from  the  English 
Government  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  they  shall,  if  convenient  and  practicable, 
assist  him  with  ships  of  war  and  troops.  The  expenses  of  such  expe- 
dition shall  be  accounted  for  and  defrayed  by  the  Persian  government, 
and  the  above  ships  shall  anchor  in  such  ports  as  shall  be  pointed  out 
by  the  Persian  government,  and  not  enter  other  harbours  without  per- 
mission, except  from  absolute  necessity. 

Article  10. 

The  British  Government  shall  pay  the  allowances  of  the  officers, 
drill  Serjeants,  &c,  sent  to  discipline  the  Persian  army ;  but  as  is  it  not 
the  wish  of  His  Persian  Majesty  that  any  one  should  serve  him  without 
profiting  by  his  generosity,  His  Majesty  will  make  them  an  allowance 
as  here  detailed. 

The  king  of  Persia's  allowance  per  annum  to  the  different  ranks 
of  officers,  Serjeants,  &c. : — 


Horse  Artillery. 

Tomans. 

Tomans. 

Lieutenant  General 

...    3,600 

Colonel  ... 

...     750 

Major              „ 

...    2,G00 

Lieutenant  Colonel  ... 

...     580 

Brigadier         „ 

...  1,800 

Major     ...                 ... 

...     475 

Captain  ... 

...     300 

Lieutenant 

...     200 

TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNITDS. 


125 


Engineers. 

Tomans. 
...    1,500 
...       510 

Infantry  and  Artillery. 
Colonel    ... 
Lieutenant  Colonel  ... 

Tomans. 
...  625 
...    470 

PERSIA. 

Colonel 
Lieutenant  Colonel 

No.  XXVL 

Major  ... 

Captain 

Lieutenant 

...       340 
...       210 
...       150 

Major     ...                ... 

Captain   ...                ... 

Lieutenant 

...  375 
...  205 
...     142 

Horse  Artillery, 
Serjeant  Major 
Serjeant 
Corporal 

25 
21 
18 

Infantry. 
Serjeant  Major 
Serjeant ...                ... 

Corporal... 

...  20 
...  16 
...       13 

The  officers  and  Serjeants,  &c,  at  present  in  Persia,  as  well  as 
those  who  may  hereafter  arrive  here,  shall  receive  allowances  according 
to  the  above  rates,  and  the  senior  or  commanding  officer  of  whatever 
rank  he  may  be  shall  receive  a  further  gratuity  of  half  the  allowance 
annexed  to  his  rank,  in  addition,  during  the  period  of  his  command ;  and 
if,  God  forbid,  any  of  them  should  be  negligent  in  their  duty,  the  matter 
being  represented  to  the  ambassador,  such  persons  shall  be  dismissed 
His  Persian  Majesty's  service. 

Article  11. 

Since  it  is  the  earnest  wish  of  the  two  great  sovereigns  that  this 
permanent  alliance  shall  continue  in  their  posterity,  the  high  contract- 
ing parties  agree  that  the  respective  heirs  apparent  of  each  throne  shall 
hold  the  Articles  of  this  Treaty  sacred,  and  if  either  of  the  heirs  apparent 
shall  require  assistance  of  a  nature  not  specified  in  this  Treaty,  such  shall 
be  afibrded  according  to  the  ability  of  the  party  in  the  manner  most 
beneficial  to  the  interests  of  the  State  requiring  such  assistance.  The 
other  assistance  and  subsidy,  on  the  conditions  and  for  the  purposes 
explained  in  the  above  Articles  of  this  Treaty,  are  of  course  to  hold  good 
with  the  respective  heirs  apparent,  &c,  &c. 


Article  12. 

The  intention  of  this  Treaty  and  the  respective  wishes  of  the  high 
contracting  powers  are  to  afford  mutual  assistance,  and  thereby  strengthen, 
consolidate,  and  extend  their  power  and  dominions  for  the  purpose  of 


120 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIA,  defeating  the  aggressions  of  their  enemies.  As  the  sincere  desire  of 
No.  XXVI.  ^s  Britannic  Majesty  particularly  is  to  strengthen  and  consolidate  the 
Persian  government,  so  as  to  prevent  foreign  nations  from  invading 
Persia,  and  by  his  assistance  to  raise  her  political  consequence  and 
to  increase  her  territory,  the  English  Government  will  not  interfere  in 
any  quarrels  which  may  hereafter  arise  between  the  Princes,  Noblemen,  or 
great  Chiefs  of  Persia,  until  the  king  then  reigning  shall  require  their 
assistance ;  and  if  one  of  the  contending  parties  should  offer  a  province 
of  Persia  with  a  view  of  obtaining  assistance,  the  English  Government 
shall  not  agree  to  such  a  proposal,  nor  by  accepting  it  possess  themselves 
of  such  part  of  Persia. 

The  Articles  are  thus  auspiciously  concluded. 

This  happy  and  fortunate  Treaty,  it  is  hoped,  will  for  ever  continue 
in  force,  and  produce  the  fairest  and  most  beneficial  results. 

"We,  the  undersigned  plenipotentiaries  of  the  high,  contracting 
powers,  having  concluded  this  auspicious  Treaty  in  the  true  spirit  of 
amity  and  sincerity  in  the  twelve  foregoing  Articles,  have  hereunto  set 
our  hands  and  seals,  in  the  royal  city  of  Teheran,  this  fourteenth  day  of 
March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  twelve, 
corresponding  with  the  twenty-ninth  of  Safer-ol-Mazafer,  in  the  year  of 
the  Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty-seven. 


On  the  Persian  leaf. 


(Sd.)  Mohammed     (Sd.)  Mohammed  Hossein.    (Sd.)  Gore  Ouseley. 
Sheffee. 

On  the  English  leaf. 


Gore  Ouseley.        Mohammed  Hossein.         Mohammed  Sheffee. 


&  XXVII. 


TREATIES^    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  127 

Form  of  His  Majesty  Futteh  Ali  Shah's  ratification  of  the  definitive  Treaty     PERSIA. 

with  England.  N<*.XXVI 

This  auspicious  definitive  Treaty  which  the  three  plenipotentiaries  of 
the  two  high  States  have  drawn  up  Avith  the  hand  of  sincerity  and  truth; 
and  the  contents  and  meaning  of  which  the  splendid  and  glorious  mind 
of  the  king  like  the  sun  has  illuminated  with  its  rays,  has  now  re- 
ceived the  splendour  of  his  ratification.  Please  God;  the  all-perfect  pro- 
tector, the  following  Articles  will  for  ever  be  preserved  from  langour  in 
the  execution  of  them. 


Form  of  His  Eoyal  Highness  Abbas  Mibza's  ratification  of  the  definitive 

Treaty  with  England. 

His  high  and  potent  Majesty,  the  asylum  of  the  world;  having  been 
pleased  to  nominate  me  the  slave  of  the  threshold  of  created  beings' 
asylum  heir  apparent  to  his  throne;  in  obedience  to  His  Majesty's  com- 
mands; (the  shade  of  God  to  whom  my  life  is  a  ready  sacrifice);  I  have 
agreed  to  this  same  arrangement;  and  from  this  period  to  the  end  of 
time  hold  myself  and  my  heirs,  generation  after  generation;  bound  to 
respect  and  hold  sacred  the  terms  and  the  Articles  comprised  in  this 
happy  Treaty  concluded  between  the  two  great  States ;  and  by  the  grace 
of  God  this  alliance  with  Great  Britain  shall  be  binding  and  durable  for 
ever.  Please  the  Almighty;  our  defender  during  the  lapse  of  ages, 
nothing  shall  intervene  that  may  militate  against  it. 


No.  XXVII. 
Praise  be  to  God,  the  All-perfect  and  All-sufficient. 

These  happy  leaves  are  a  nosegay  plucked  from  the  thornless  garden 
of  concord  and  tied  by  the  hands  of  the  plenipotentiaries  of  the  two 
great  States  in  the  form  of  a  definitive  Treaty,  in  which  the  Articles  of 
friendship  and  amity  are  blended. 

Previously  to  this  period,  the  high  in  station,  Sir  Harford  Jones, 
Baronet,  envoy  extraordinary  from  the  English  Government,  came  to  this 
Court  to  form  an  amicable  alliance,  and  in  conjunction  with  the  plenipo- 


128  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

MBSIA.     tentiaries  of  Persia,  their  Excellencies  (titles)  Mirza  Mohammed  Sheffee 


n  ..  xxvn.  ;lll('  Hajee  Mohammed  Booooni  Khan  oo&ehided  a  preliminary  Treaty,  the 
particulars  of  which  were  to  be  detailed  and  arranged  in  a  definitive 
Treaty,  and  the  above-mentioned  Treaty,  according*  to  its  Articles,  was 
ratified  by  the  British  Government. 

Afterwards,  when  His  Excellency  Sir  Gore  Ouseley,  ambassador 
extraordinary  from  His  Britannic  Majesty,  arrived  at  this  exalted  and 
illustrious  Court  for  the  purpose  of  completing*  the  relations  of  amity 
between  the  two  States,  and  was  invested  with  full  powers  by  his 
own  government  to  arrange  all  the  important  affairs  of  friendship,  the 
ministers  of  this  virtuous  State,  with  the  advice  and  approbation  of  the 
above-mentioned  ambassador,  concluded  a  definitive  Treaty  consisting  of 
fixed  Articles  and  stipulations. 

That  Treaty  having  been  submitted  to  the  British  Government, 
certain  changes  in  its  Articles  and  provisions  consistent  with  friendship 
appeared  necessary,  and  Henry  Ellis,  Esq.,  was  accordingly  dispatched  to 
this  Court  in  charge  of  a  letter  explanatory  of  the  above-mentioned 
alterations.  Therefore  their  Excellencies  Mirza  Mohammed  ShefFee,  Prime 
Minister  (titles),  Mirza  Buzurk  Caimaian  (titles),  and  Mirza  Abdul 
Wahab,  Principal  Secretary  of  State,  were  duly  appointed  and  invested 
with  full  powers  to  negotiate  with  the  plenipotentiaries  of  His  Majesty, 
James  Morier,  Esq.,  recently  appointed  minister  at  this  Court,  and  the 
above-mentioned  Henry  Ellis,  Esq.  These  plenipotentiaries  having  con- 
sulted on  the  terms  most  advisable  for  this  alliance,  have  comprised  them 
in  eleven  Articles.  What  relates  to  commerce,  trade,  and  other  affairs 
will  be  drawn  up  and  concluded  in  a  separate  commercial  Treaty. 


Article  1. 

The  Persian  government  judge  it  incumbent  on  them,  after  the 
conclusion  of  this  definitive  Treaty,  to  declare  all  alliances  contracted  with 
European  nations  in  a  state  of  hostility  with  Great  Britain  null  and 
void,  and  hold  themselves  bound  not  to  allow  any  European  army  to 
enter  the  Persian  territory,  nor  to  proceed  towards  India,  nor  to  any  of 
the  ports  of  that  country,  and  also  engage  not  to  allow  any  individuals  of 
such  European  nations  entertaining  a  design  of  invading  India,  or  being 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  129 

at  enmity  with  Great  Britain  whatever,  to  enter  Persia.     Should  any  of    PERSIA. 


the  European  powers  wish  to  invade  India  by  the  road  of  Kharizen,  Tatur-    No.  XXVII. 
istan,  Bokhara,  Samarkand,  or  other  routes,  His  Persian  Majesty  engages 
to    induce  the  kings  and  governors  of  those  countries  to  oppose  such 
invasion,  as  much  as  is  in  his  power,  either  by  the  fear  of  his  arms  or  by 
conciliatory  measures. 

Article  2. 

It  is  agreed  that  these  Articles  formed  with  the  hand  of  truth  and 
sincerity  shall  not  be  changed  or  altered,  but  there  shall  arise  from  them 
a  daily  increase  of  friendship  which  shall  last  for  ever  between  the  two 
most  serene  kings,  their  heirs,  successors,  their  subjects,  and  their 
respective  kingdoms,  dominions,  provinces  and  countries;  and  His 
Britannic  Majesty  further  engages  not  to  interfere  in  any  dispute  which 
may  hereafter  arise  between  the  Princes,  Noblemen,  and  great  Chiefs  of 
Persia,  and  if  one  of  the  contending  parties  should  even  offer  a  province 
of  Persia  with  a  view  of  obtaining  assistance,  the  English  Government 
shall  not  agree  to  such  a  proposal,  nor  by  adopting  it  possess  themselves 
of  such  part  of  Persia. 

Article  3. 

The  purpose  of  this  Treaty  is  strictly  defensive,  and  the  object  is 
that,  from  their  mutual  assistance,  both  States  should  derive  stability  and 
strength,  and  this  Treaty  has  only  been  concluded  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
pelling the  aggression  of  enemies ;  and  the  purport  of  the  word  aggres- 
sion in  this  Treaty  is  an  attack  upon  the  territories  of  another  State. 
The  limits  of  the  territories  of  the  two  States  of  Russia  and  Persia  shall 
be  determined  according  to  the  admission  of  Great  Britain,  Persia,  and 
Russia. 

Article  4. 
It  having  been  agreed  by  an  Article  in  the  preliminary  Treaty  con- 
cluded between  the  high  contracting  parties  that  in  case  of  any  European 
nation  invading  Persia,  should  the  Persian  government  require  the 
assistance  of  the  English,  the  Governor  General  of  India,  on  the  part 
of  Great  Britain,  shall  comply  with  the  wish  of  the  Persian  government 

VOL.    VII.  a 


ISO  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   STNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     by  sending  from  India  the  force  required,  with  officers,  ammunition,  and 


No.  XXVII.  warlike  stores,  or,  in  lieu  thereof,  the  English  Government  shall  pay  an 
annual  subsidy,  the  amount  of  which  shall  be  regulated  in  a  definitive 
Treaty  to  be  concluded  between  the  high  contracting  parties;  it  is 
hereby  provided  that  the  amount  of  the  said  subsidy  shall  be  two  hundred 
thousand  (2,00,000)  Tomans  annually.  It  is  further  agreed  that  the  said 
subsidy  shall  not  be  paid  in  case  the  war  with  such  European  nation 
shall  have  been  produced  by  an  aggression  on  the  part  of  Persia;  and 
since  the  payment  of  the  subsidy  will  be  made  solely  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  and  disciplining  an  army,  it  is  agreed  that  the  English  minis- 
ter shall  be  satisfied  of  its  being  duly  applied  to  the  purpose  for  which 
it  is  assigned. 

Article  5. 

Should  the  Persian  government  wish  to  introduce  European  dis- 
cipline among  their  troops,  they  are  at  liberty  to  employ  European  officers 
for  that  purpose,  provided  the  said  officers  do  not  belong  to  nations  in  a 
state  of  war  or  enmity  with  Great  Britain. 


Article  6. 

Should  any  European  power  be  engaged  in  war  with  Persia  when  at 
peace  with  England,  His  Britannic  Majesty  engages  to  use  his  best 
endeavours  to  bring  Persia  and  such  European  power  to  a  friendly  under- 
standing. If,  however,  His  Majesty's  cordial  interference  should  fail 
of  success,  England  shall  still,  if  required,  in  conformity  with  the  stipu- 
lations in  the  preceding  Articles,  send  a  force  from  India,  or,  in  lieu 
thereof,  pay  an  annual  subsidy  of  two  hundred  thousand  Tomans  for 
the  support  of  a  Persian  army  so  long  as  a  war  in  the  supposed  case 
shall  continue  and  until  Persia  shall  make  peace  with  such  nation. 


Article  7. 

Since  it  is  the  custom  of  Persia  to  pay  the  troops  six  months  in 
advance,  the  English  minister  at  that  Court  shall  do  all  in  his  power  to 
pay  the  subsidy  in  as  early  instalments  as  may  be  convenient. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  131 

Article  8.  PERSIA. 

Should  the  Afghans  be  at  war  with  the  British  nation,  His  Persian  No.  XXVII. 
Majesty  engages  to  send  an  army  against  them  in  such  force  and  in 
such  manner  as  may  be  concerted  with  the  English  Government.  The 
expense  of  such  an  army  shall  be  defrayed  by  the  British  Government 
in  such  manner  as  may  be  agreed  upon  at  the  period  of  its  being 
required. 

Article  9. 

If  war  should  be  declared  between  the  Afghans  and  Persians,  the 
English  Government  shall  not  interfere  with  either  party  unless  their 
mediation  to  effect  -a  peace  shall  be  solicited  by  both  parties. 

Article  10. 

Should  any  Persian  subject  of  distinction  showing  signs  of  hostility 
and  rebellion  take  refuge  in  the  British  dominions,  the  English 
Government  shall,  on  intimation  from  the  Persian  government,  turn  him 
out  of  their  country,  or,  if  he  refuse  to  leave  it,  shall  seize  and  send  him 
to  Persia. 

Previously  to  the  arrival  of  such  fugitive  in  the  English  territory, 
should  the  Governor  of  the  district  to  which  he  may  direct  his  flight 
receive  intelligence  of  the  wishes  of  the  Persian  government  respecting 
him,  he  shall  refuse  him  admission.  After  such  prohibition,  should  such 
person  persist  in  his  resolution,  the  said  Governor  shall  cause  him  to  be 
seized  and  sent  to  Persia,  it  being  understood  that  the  aforesaid  obliga- 
tions are  reciprocal  between  the  contracting  parties. 

Article  11. 

Should  His  Persian  Majesty  require  assistance  from  the  English 
Government  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  they  shall,  if  convenient  and  practicable, 
assist  him  with  ships  of  war  and  troops.  The  expenses  of  such  expedi- 
tion shall  be  accounted  for  and  defrayed  by  the  Persian  government,  and 
the  above  ships  shall  anchor  in  such  ports  as  shall  be  pointed  out  by  the 
Persian  government,  and  not  at  other  harbours  without  permission,  except 
from  absolute  necessity. 


132 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIA.  A  definitive  Treaty  between  the  two  States  having  formerly  been 

N«.  XXVII  prepared,  consisting  of  12  Articles,  and  certain  changes  not  inconsistent 
&  XXVIII.  with  friendship  having  appeared  necessary,  we,  the  plenipotentiaries  of 
the  two  States  comprising  the  said  Treaty  in  11  Articles,  have  hereunto 
set  our  hands  and  seals,  in  the  royal  city  of  Teheran,  this  twenty-fifth  day 
of  November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
fourteen,  corresponding  with  the  twelfth  Zialhajeh,  in  the  year  of  the 
Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty-nine. 


James  Morier. 


Abdul  Wahab. 


ISASI. 


Mohammed  Sheffee. 


Henry  Ellis. 


No.  XXVIII. 

Tbanslation  of  a  Bond  granted  by  Abbas  Mibza,  Prince  Boyal  of  Persia,  to 
Lieutenant  Colonel  Macdonald,  British  Envoy. 

Be  it  known  to  Colonel  Macdonald,  British  envoy  at  our  Court, 
that  we,  the  heir  apparent  to  the  Persian  throne,  in  virtue  of  the  full 
powers  vested  in  us  by  the  Shah,  in  all  matters  touching  the  foreign 
relations  of  this  kingdom,  do  hereby  pledge  our  solemn  word  and 
promise  that  if  the  British  Government  will  assist  us  with  the  sum  of 
two  hundred  thousand  Tomans  (2,00,000)  towards  the  liquidation  of 
the  indemnity  due  by  us  to  Russia,  we  will  expunge,  and  hereafter 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   STJNNtTDS.  133 

consider  as  annulled,  the  3rd  and  4th  Articles  of  the  definitive  Treaty     PERSIA. 


between  the  two  States,  concluded  by  Mr.  Ellis,  and  obtain  the  royal  No.  XXVIII. 
sanction  to  the  same. 

This  paper  bears  the  Seal  of  His  Royal  Highness  Abbas  Mirza 
and  that  of  his  Persian  Majesty's  minister  the  Kaim  Mukam. 

Bated  in  the  month  of  Shaban,  or  March  1828. 


Ruckum  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  heir  apparent,  ratifying  the  abrogation  of  the 
Articles  3   and  4  of  the  Treaty  with  England. 

Relative  to  the  Articles  3  and  4  of  the  Treaty  between  England  and 
Persia,  which  was  concluded  by  Mr.  Ellis,  in  the  month  Zihija  a.  h.  1229, 
agreeably  to  the  engagements  entered  into  with  your  Excellency,  that 
in  consequence  of  the  sum  of  2,00,000  Tomans,  the  currency  of  the  coun- 
try, presented  as  an  aid  to  Persia  in  consideration  of  the  losses  she  has 
sustained  in  the  war  with  Russia,  we,  the  heir  apparent,  vested  with  full 
powers  in  all  matters  connected  with  the  politics  of  this  nation,  have 
agreed  that  the  said  two  Articles  shall  be  expunged,  and  have  delivered  a 
bond  to  your  Excellency,  which  is  already  in  your  hands. 

In  the  month  of  Zikeyda  a.  h.  1243,  on  our  going  to  wait  upon 
His  Majesty  at  Teheran,  in  conformity  with  the  note  addressed  to  your 
Excellency  by  Mirza  Abul  Hossein  Khan,  the  Minister  for  Foreign 
Affairs,  we  were  appointed  sole  Agent  in  this  matter  by  His  Majesty  with 
unlimited  authority ;  therefore,  as  the  government  of  England,  through 
the  medium  of  Colonel  Macdonald,  have  afforded  us  the  assistance  of 
2,00,000  Tomans,  we,  the  representative  of  the  king,  have  on  this 
day,  the  14th  of  the  month  Suffer,  and  the  24th  of  the  Christian  month 
August,  annulled  the  two  obnoxious  Articles  of  our  propitious  Treaty. 

The  envoy,  considering  this  document  as  a  ratification  on  the  subject 
of  the  two  Articles,  will  know  that  it  is  liable  to  no  further  comment 
from  the  ministers  of  the  Shah's  Court. 

Sealed  by  H.  R,  H.  Abbas  Mirza. 


134  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNTJDS. 

PERSIA.     TbanslatioN  of  a  Fibman  from  His  Majesty  the  Shah  to  Colonel  Macdonald, 
Km  XXVIII  British  Envoy  in  Persia. 

&  XXIX.  Apter  Compliments. — Let  it  be  known  to  Colonel  Macdonald,  the 

English  envoy  exalted  by  our  munificence,  that  our  noble  son  having 
represented  to  us  his  having  recently  come  to  an  arrangement  relative 
to  the  two  Articles  of  the  Treaty  with  England,  we  have  ordered  that 
what  has  been  executed  by  our  son  touching  this  transaction,  in  confor- 
mity with  the  Firman  of  full  powers  granted  him  by  us,  be  confirmed 
by  our  royal  ratification  and  consent,  and  we  duly  appreciate  the  exer- 
tions of  your  Excellency  during  the  last  year,  which  have  obtained  you 
the  good-will  of  the  Shah. 

Regarding  the  crore  of  Tomans  required  for  the  redemption  of 
Khore,  agreeably  to  what  has  been  laid  before  us,  His  Royal  Highness 
Abbas  Mirza  has  directed  the  payment  of  4,00,000  Tomans  by  Maho- 
med Mirza,  and  we  have  besides  instructed  the  remaining  1,00,000 
Tomans  to  be  delivered  to  Mirza  Abul  Hossein  Khan,  Minister  for 
Foreign  Affairs,  for  the  purpose  of  being  transmitted  to  you. 

Your  Excellency  will  therefore,  conceiving  this  Firman  as  your 
security,  become  responsible  for  the  payment  of  the  above  sum,  which 
will  be  afterwards  repaid  to  you  by  the  Lord  of  Exalted  Rank  Mirza  Abul 
Hossein  Khan ;  also  make  known  to  us  all  your  wishes. 

Sealed  by  H.  H.  Futteh  Ali  Shah. 


No.  XXIX. 

Tbanslation  of  a  Fibman  from  His  Majesty  Futteh  Ali  Shah  of  Persia,  to 
His  Eoyal  Highness  Hossein  Ali  Mibza,  Governor  General  of  Fars. 

This  auspicious  Firman  is  issued  to  inform  our  beloved  and  renowned 
son,  Hossein  Ali  Mirza,  the  Governor  General  of  Fars,  that  the  British 
Agent  at  the  Court  has  represented  to  our  ministers  that  the  officers  of 
the  customs  of  Fars  and  the  ports  have  commenced  to  exact  a  duty  on 
horses  purchased  in  Persia  by  British  subjects  for  exportation  to  their 
own  country.  According  to  his  statement  this  regulation  did  not 
formerly  exist ;  and  in  consideration  of  the  friendship  between  the  two 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNXJDS. 


135 


States,  which  has  rendered  their  interests  inseparable,  it  is  our  wish  in     PERSIA. 


every  respect  to  cultivate  the  present  alliance ;  therefore  our  beloved  son    j$oa  xxix 
is  ordered  to   give  instructions,  both  with  regard  to  horses  and  other      &  XXX. 
property  and  goods  belonging  to  British  subjects,  that  no  duties  shall 
in  future  be   levied  on  them,  excepting  such  as  long-established  usages 
authorize. 

You  are  enjoined  to  pay  the  fullest  attention  to  the  purport  of  this 
Firman,  and  not  only  to  prevent  the  subjects  of  the  British  Government 
from  suffering  any  injustice  or  molestation,  but  to  extend  them  every 
protection  and  indulgence. 


Seal  of  His 

Majesty  Futteh 

Ali  Shah. 


(True  Translation) 

(Signed)         George  Willock. 
Baled  Zilkad  1238,  corresponding  with  July  and  August  1823. 


No.  XXX. 


Seal  of 

Mohammed 

Shah. 


"Whereas  the  relations  of  friendship  and  amity  between  the  powerful 
and  dignified  governments  of  Persia  and  England  are  fixed  upon  the  most 
perfect  and  firm  basis,  and  whereas  it  is  agreeable  to  the  exalted  character 
of  His  Majesty  that  this  friendship  and  amity  should  daily  increase,  and 
that  mutual  advantage  should  thence  result,  therefore,  in  the  present 
auspicious  year,  and  henceforth  according  to  this  gracious  proclamation, 


136  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     we  grant  liberty  and  permission  to  the  merchants  of  the  British  nation 

So*.  XXX    that  having  brought  their  merchandize  to  the  territorial  possessions  of 

&  XXXI.     Persia,  they  may  dispose  of  the  same  in  perfect  security  and  confidence, 

and  that  they  shall  pay  to  the  officers  of  government  the  same  public 

dues  upon  their  goods  as   are   paid  by   the  merchants  of  the  Russian 

government. 

In  the  month  of  Mohurrum,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1252,    May 
a.  d.  1836. 

Witnesses'  Seals  follow. 


No.  XXXI. 
Commercial  Tbeaty  concluded  with  the  Shah  of  Persia  in  1841. 

Preamble. — Whereas  by  the  benign  favour  of  the  one  Almighty  God, 
whose  bounties  are  infinite,  from  the  day  on  which  the  Treaty  of  friend- 
ship and  attachment  was  concluded  between  the  glorious  States  of  Great 
Britain  and  Persia,  the  renowned  and  just  Sovereigns  of  the  two  ever- 
lasting States  have  day  by  day  and  at  all  times  attended  to  and  observed 
the  whole  of  its  Articles  and  stipulations,  and  have  caused  the  subjects  of 
both  governments  to  enjoy  all  its  benefits  and  advantages  except  the 
Treaty  of  commerce,  which,  in  the  preamble  of  the  Treaty  of  the  year  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  fourteen,  the  two  governments  engaged  to 
conclude,  and  which  up  to  this  time,  for  certain  reasons,  has  been  post- 
poned and  left  unfinished,  therefore  in  this  fortunate  year,  that  all  the 
stipulations  of  the  auspicious  Treaty  may  be  fulfilled,  His  Majesty  the 
Shah  of  Persia  has  appointed  His  Excellency  Hajee  Mirza  Abul  Hos- 
sein  Khan,  His  Majesty's  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  to  be  his 
sole  plenipotentiary,  and  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  and  Sovereign  of  India,  has  appointed  Sir  John  McNeill,  Knight, 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Order  of  the  Bath,  Her  Majesty's 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to  the  Court  of  Per- 
sia, to  be  her  sole  plenipotentiary,  and  the  said  plenipotentiaries  having 
concluded  a  commercial  Treaty  in  these  two  Articles,  have   annexed  and 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  137 

united  it  to  the  original  Treaty  that  by  the  aid  of  God  it  may  henceforth     PERSIA. 


be  observed  between  the  two  governments  and  be  a  source  of  advantage    No.  XXXI. 
to  the  subjects  of  both. 

Article  1. 
The  merchants  of  the  two  mighty  States  are  reciprocally  permitted 
and  allowed  to  carry  into  each  other's  territories  their  goods  and  manu- 
factures of  every  description,  and  to  sell  or  exchange  them  in  any  part  of 
their  respective  countries,  and  on  the  goods  which  they  import  or  export 
custom  duties  shall  be  levied,  that  is  to  say,  on  entering  the  country  the 
same  amount  of  custom  duties  shall  be  levied  once  for  all  that  is  levied 
on  merchandize  imported  by  the  merchants  of  the  most  favoured  Euro- 
pean nations,  and  at  the  time  of  going  out  of  the  country  the  same 
amount  of  custom  duties  which  is  levied  on  the  merchandize  of  mer- 
chants of  the  most  favoured  European  nations  shall  be  levied  from  the 
merchants,  subjects  of  the  high  contracting  parties,  and  except  this  no 
claim  shall  be  made  upon  the  merchants  of  the  two  States  in  each  other's 
dominions  on  any  pretext  or  under  any  denomination,  and  the  merchants 
or  persons  connected  with  or  dependant  upon  the  high  contracting  parties, 
in  each  other's  dominions  mutually,  shall  receive  the  same  aid  and  support 
and  the  same  respect  which  is  received  by  the  subjects  of  the  most 
favoured  nations. 

Article  2. 

As  it  is  necessary,  for  the  purpose  of  attending  to  the  affairs  of  the 
merchants  of  the  two  parties  respectively,  that  from  both  governments  • 
commercial  Agents  should  be  appointed  to  reside  in  stated  places,  it  is 
therefore  arranged  that  two  commercial  Agents  on  the  part  of  the  British 
Government  shall  reside,  one  in  the  capital  and  one  in  Tabreez,  and  in 
those  places  only,  and  on  this  condition,  that  he  who  shall  reside  at 
Tabreez,  and  he  alone,  shall  be  honoured  with  the  privileges  of  Consul 
General;  and  as  for  a  series  of  years  a  Resident  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment has  resided  at  Bushire,  the  Persian  government  grants  permis- 
sion that  the  said  Resident  shall  reside  there  as  heretofore ;  and  in  like 
manner  two  commercial  Agents  shall  reside  on  the  part  of  the  Persian 
government,  one  in  the  capital  London,  and  one  in  the  port  of  Bombay, 
and  shall  enjoy  the  same  rank  and  privileges  which  the  commercial  Agents 
of  the  British  Government  shall  enjoy  in  Persia. 

VOL.    VII.  t 


138  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS. 

TERSIA.  This  commercial  Treaty  we,  the  plenipotentiaries  of  the  high  con- 


No*.  XXXI  tracting  parties,  have  agreed  to,  and  in  witness  thereof  have  set  there- 

&  XXXII.    unto  our  hands  and  seals,  at  the  capital  city  of  Teheran,  this*  twenty-eighth 

day  of  October,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 

forty-one,  corresponding  to  the  twelfth  day  of  the  month  Ramzan,  in 

the  year  of  the  Hegira  1257. 

(Signed)        John  McNeill. 

Sealed  by  Mieza  Abul  Hossein  Khan, 

Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs. 


No.  XXXII. 

Tbanslation  of  a  Firman  relating  to  bankruptcies,  issued  by  the  Persian  govern- 
ment for  the  protection  of  British  merchants  at  the  instance  of  Colonel 
Sheil,  Her  Majesty's  Charge  d'Affaires  at  Teheran,  dated  Jummadee-ool-Awul 
1260  Hegira,. corresponding  with  May  and  June  1844. 

This,  that  the  high  in  rank  (with  other  usual  titles)  Hossein  Khan, 
Adjutant  Bashee,  Governor  of  the  province  of  Yezd,  honoured  and  exalted 
by  the  increasing  favor  of  His  Majesty,  may  know  that  the  ministers  of 
the  British  Government  having,  from  a  high  sense  of  justice,  certified 
that,  with  reference  to  the  property  remaining  with  bankrupts  and  insol- 
vents, to  be  proportionately  distributed  and  divided  among  their  creditors, 
the  subjects  of  the  exalted  Persian  and  British  Governments,  the  de- 
pendants of  that  government  (British),  shall  not  on  this  head  receive 
the  slightest  favour  or  distinction ;  and  having  at  the  present  time  re- 
quested, through  the  medium  of  their  Charge  d'  Affaires,  His  Excellency 
Colonel  Sheil,  that  suitable  regulations  comprehended  in  certain  Articles, 
not  incompatible  with  the  religion  of  Islam,  should  be  passed  for  the 
protection  of  merchants,  the  dependants  of  the  British  Government, 
from  all  kinds  of  deceptions,  frauds,  and  evil  designs  on  the  part  of  the 
insolvent  and  fraudulent  bankrupt,  and  His  Persian  Majesty  being  ear- 
nestly desirous  that  foreign  nations  and  merchants,  the  subjects  of  other 
States  in  the  protected  territories  of  the  Shah  in  Shah,  should  be  secured 
from  every  evil  design  of  the  insolvent  and  fraudulent  bankrupt,  accord- 
ingly these  commercial  regulations,  which  have  been  arranged  between 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  139 

the  ministers  of  the  Persian  government  and  His  Excellency  Colonel     PERSIA. 
Sheil,  the  British  Charge  d' Affaires,  and  have   received  the  auspicious   No  xxxil. 
approval  and  approbation  of  His  Majesty,  are  written  and  detailed  for 
the  information  of  that  high  in  rank,  &c.  (Hossein  Khan)   in  the  body 
of  this  document. 

Article  1. 

All  deeds  of  purchase  and  sale,  bonds,  &c,  shall  henceforth  be 
registered  in  the  respectable  (Dewan  Khaneh)  Courts  of  Equity  in  the 
special  dufturs  (records),  which  are  returned  by  the  Governor  of  each 
province,  sealed  with  the  Government  Seal;  in  the  said  dufturs  all 
claims  should,  according  to  their  respective  dates  and  numbers,  be  entered. 
The  dates  and  numbers  of  the  dufturs  (entries)  should  also  be  inscribed 
on  the  face  of  the  agreement.  The  pages  of  the  dufturs  should  be 
numbered,  and  should  contain  no  emendations  or  erasures. 

Article  2. 

Agreements  which  have  been  rendered  valid  by  registry  in  the 
large  duftur  should  be  again  separately  written  in  the  Dewan  Khaneh 
in  alphabetical  order,  together  with  the  names  of  the  contracting  parties, 
and  a  numerical  list  of  the  large  dufturs  be  framed. 

Article  3. 

Should  there  exist  in  one  spot  two  bonds  in  the  shape  of  claims  for 
money,  which  have  been  duly  registered  in  the  Dewan  Khaneh,  that 
whose  entry  in  the  Dewan  Khaneh  shall  bear  the  older  date  shall  be 
first  executed.  This  condition  not  to  supersede  those  regulations  rela- 
tive to  the  proportional  division  of  property  which  are  to  have  effect  at 
the  period  of  bankruptcy. 

Article  4. 

The  registry  of  agreements  is  not  essential,  but  bonds  which,  ac- 
cording to  regulation,  have  been  rendered  valid  by  registry  in  the  De- 
wan Khaneh,  shall  especially  be  held  of  greater  validity  over  external 
bonds   (contracted  independently),  which  shall  not  be  executed  until  the 


14,0  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     execution  of   those  bonds    which  have    been  duly  registered  in    the 
No  XXXII    Dewan  Khaneh  shall  have  taken  place ;  such  independently  contracted 
bonds   may    be   brought    to    and    registered   in  the   Dewan    Khaneh 
during  the  space  of  one  year. 

Article  5. 

Whoever  shall  (desire  to)  sell  or  place  in  pledge  his  immoveable  pro- 
perty, shall  give  into  the  hands  of  the  purchaser  a  deed  of  sale  or  (iS's^O 
transfer  ;  should  he  not  pay  the  money  at  the  time  agreed  upon,  he  shall 
cause  it  to  be  put  up  to  sale,  and  the  Dewan  Khaneh,  previous  to  regis- 
tering and  rendering  valid  such  agreement  of  purchase  or  sale,  shall 
ascertain  that  its  deed  of  sale  or  transfer  has  been  delivered  into  the 
hands  of  the  purchaser,  and  that  the  said  real  estate  has  not  been  sold 
nor  given  in  pledge  or  security  to  some  other  person. 


Article  6. 

The  payment  of  the  money  of  a  bond  shall  not  be  (considered) 
proved  until  both  creditor  and  debtor  shall  have  attached  their  seals  and 
signatures  to  the  bond  that  the  whole  of  the  money  has  been  received ; 
otherwise,  at  the  time  of  emergency,  it  will  be  necessary  to  establish  the 
settlement  of  the  debt  by  producing  evidence  and  making  affidavit. 

Article  7. 

On  the  death  of  a  debtor,  the  creditors  shall  have  the  right  of 
claiming  their  money  from  the  heirs  of  the  deceased  previous  to  the 
maturity  of  the  bond  or  promissory  note,  and  the  heirs  to  the  property 
of  the  deceased  shall  satisfy  those  claims. 

Article  8. 

Every  trader  and  merchant  who  shall  appear  insolvent  shall  make 
affidavit  that  he  has  not  secreted  any  of  his  property,  and  shall  estab- 
lish (prove)  his  insolvency ;  so,  also,  his  partners  and  agents  shall  take 
oath  that  they  have  not  secreted  any  of  his  property. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunntjds.  141 

Article  9.  Persia. 


Such  bankrupt  shall  not  be  at  liberty  until  he  shall  have  afforded  No.  XXXII. 
bail  for  his  appearance,  and  the  magistrate  shall  distrain  the  effects  of 
the  bankrupt,  and  those  of  his  children  and  women ;  but  in  the  event  of 
its  being  proved  that  he  has  become  owner  of  such  property  subsequent 
to  his  insolvency,  whatever  belonging  to  his  relatives,  and  in  which  the 
bankrupt  has  no  concern  whatever,  which  has  reached  them  as  inheri- 
tance, or  as  the  product  of  a  separate  trade  or  profession,  or  which  has 
passed  away  to  the  husbands  as  the  dowries  of  the  daughters,  shall  be 
free  from  distraint. 

Article  10. 

If  the  bankruptcy  has  been  caused  by  accidental  fire  or  shipwreck, 
proven,  or  by  robbery  by  enemies,  then  in  that  case  bail  shall  not  be 
required. 

Article  11. 

The  punishment  of  the  fraudulent  bankrupt  shall  be  the  same  as 
that  (laid  down)  for  the  thief  and  liar,  and  the  authority  to  mitigate 
punishment  in  certain  exceptions  shall  rest  with  the  king  only.  The 
fraudulent  bankrupt  shall  be  imprisoned  during  the  period  of  investiga- 
tion, and  shall  not  (be  permitted)  to  hold  communication  with  any  one, 
even  his  own  governors.  All  his  property  shall  be  distrained,  and  he  may 
not  a  second  time  engage  in  trade,  nor  be  (a  Mabashir  Kar)  an  agent  in 
business.  Similar  punishment  shall  be  inflicted  upon  his  accomplices,  and 
those  persons  who  may  have  secreted  his  property. 

Article  12. 

Agreements  entered  into  by  an  insolvent  after  his  insolvency  has 
appeared  and  been  proven  shall  be  null  and  void ;  and  in  like  manner,  all 
deeds  of  gift  drawn  out  after  his  insolvency  shall  be  null  and  void. 

Article  13. 

The  division  of  the  property  of  a  bankrupt  among  his  creditors 
shall  take  place  after  the  lapse  of  four  months.  If  the  effects  of  the 
bankrupt  are  of  a  kind  (liable)  to  be  speedily  injured  or  destroyed,  such 


1  1:1  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,  as  cattle,  articles  of  food,  &c.,  they  shall,  without  delay,  be  turned  into 
N  \\\il  money«  Merchandize  which,  after  the  publication  of  his  insolvency, 
may  be  sent  to  the  bankrupt,  shall  be  distrained  in  the  Custom  House 
and  sent  to  the  Dewan  Khaneh,  and,  in  like  manner,  letters  of  whatever 
kind  to  the  address  of  the  bankrupt,  indicative  of  absence  of  the  truth 
of  his  insolvency,  shall  be  taken  to  the  Dewan  Khaneh. 

Aeticle  14, 

The  bankrupt  not  having  satisfied  all  claims  against  him  shall  still 
be  considered  a  debtor.  His  creditors  shall,  of  their  own  accord,  allow 
him  time  on  account  of  the  remainder  of  their  claims,  and  in  the  interim 
whatever  he  may  obtain  or  become  heir  to  shall  be  given  up  in  payment 
of  his  debts. 

Article  15. 

Should  there  be  any  discrepancy  between  the  entry  in  the  duftur 
and  the  bond  itself,  and  the  Dewan  Khaneh  have  erroneously  made  the 
registry,  it  (the  Dewan  Khaneh)  shall  make  good  the  debts  of  the 
insolvent. 

Article  16. 

Those  reckoned  fraudulent  bankrupts  are  of  the  following  descrip- 
tion : — 1st,  those  who  cannot  establish  their  insolvency  nor  give  a 
public  account  of  the  money  and  effects  they  have  received  from  others ; 
Znd,  those  who,  whether  secretly  or  openly,  convey  merchandize  to 
their  homes ;  3rd,  those  who,  aware  of  their  insolvency,  shall,  after 
the  same  having  become  apparent,  make  gifts  with  a  view  to  securing 
to  themselves  (lit.  eating  up)  the  property  of  their  creditors;  ^th, 
those  who  shall  again  sell  or  give  in  pledge  immoveable  property  already 
sold  to  or  in  pledge  with  others ;  §th,  those  who  shall  sell  or  give  in 
pledge  religious  endowments  (*-a^  Jl-*). 

Article  17. 

His  Majesty  the  king  has  abolished  all  places  of  asylum  in  the 
homes  of  individuals,  except  in  certain  mosques  and  sanctified  places, 
such  as  the  houses  of  well  known   (Oolumas)  priests  and  the  king's 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  143 

palaces,  which,  from  olden  time,  have  been  places  of  refuge ;    and  has     PERSIA. 


commanded  that  none  of  the  subjects  of  this  government  (the  Persian)    No.  XXXII. 
shall  admit  into  their  houses  delinquents,  such  as  thieves,  bankrupts,  and 
others.     Whoever  shall  disobey  these  royal  orders  shall  subject  himself 
to  punishment. 

Article  18. 

Since,  for  the  transaction  of  mercantile  affairs  a  (Mullick-oo-Tijjar), 
or  Chief  of  merchants,  is  in  every  place  necessary,  accordingly  the 
ministers  of  the  Persian  government  will  appoint  a  Mullick-oo-Tijjar  in 
every  place  in  Persia  where  extended  commerce  is  carried  on ;  and  more- 
over, when  the  business  of  British  merchants  shall  be  transacted  in  the 
Dewan  Khaneh,  it  (the  Dewan  Khaneh)  shall  arrange  and  settle  the 
same  in  the  presence  of  a  delegate  from  the  mission  or  consulate ;  and 
so,  in  like  manner,  the  distraint  of  the  property  of  a  bankrupt  or  of  the 
effects  of  a  deceased  debtor,  in  cases  connected  with  foreign  subjects, 
shall  be  made  in  the  presence  of  a  delegate  from  the  British  Authorities. 
The  British  Agents  shall  demand  (the  amount  of)  the  claims  of  (due  to 
the)  bankrupts  from  his  debtors,  being  natives  of  the  country,  in  the 
same  manner  as  if  the  debtors  were  themselves  subjects  of  the  British 
Government. 

Reverting  to  Article  5,  treating  of  immoveable  property.  In  Persia 
there  are  three  descriptions  of  persons  holding  villages  :  1st,  the  king ; 
2nd,  the  landed  proprietor  (Malik) ;  3rd,  the  inhabitants.  Should  the 
Malik  (desire  to)  place  his  village  in  pledge,  he  shall,  in  order  to  obviate 
discussion,  first  obtain  the  permission  of  the  king's  government  and  of 
the  inhabitants. 

It  is  necessary  that  the  high  in  rank  before  mentioned  should  make 
known  and  publish  the  above-written  details  in  the  Dewan  Khanehs  of 
the  province  of  Yezd  according  to  these  instructions,  and  strictly  warn 
the  authorities  and  executives  of  the  Dewan  Khanehs  of  the  province 
alluded  to,  to  act  up  to  the  commands  conveyed  in  this  august  docu- 
ment, nor  in  any  way  swerve  from  or  disobey  them.  Let  them  consider 
the  same  their  bounden  duty. 

Written  in  the  month  of  Jemmadee-ool-Awul,  in  the  year  of  the 
Ilegira  1260. 


1  1  I  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  No.   XXXIII. 


No.  XXXIII.  Enqagemeht  prohibiting  the  importation  of   African  slaves  into  Persia  by  sea. 
Libutbnant  Colonel  Farrant  to  Hajee  Mirza  Aghassee,  June  12th,  1848. 

With  regard  to  the  abolition  of  the  traffic  in  negroes  (slaves)  by 
sea,  it  is  a  long  time  since  it  was  promised,  and  your  Excellency  recently 
informed  me  yourself  that  the  discussions  on  this  subject  were  nearly 
brought  to  a  conclusion,  and  that,  please  God,  it  would  be  completed  in 
a  few  days ;  but  as  yet  it  has  not  been  finished. 

If  the  Persian  government  had  appreciated  my  representations  on 
this  subject,  the  prohibition  would  ere  this  have  been  sanctioned ;  but  as 
this  has  not  been  the  case,  I  am  now  obliged  to  demand  a  clear  and 
decisive  answer  on  this  subject,  as  to  whether  the  Persian  government 
will  issue  an  order  prohibiting  the  importation  of  negroes  by  sea 
or  not. 

If  it  be  the  intention  of  the  Persian  government  to  issue  this  order, 
I  request  to  be  made  acquainted  with  it  to-day ;  and  if  it  is  not  their 
intention  to  do  so,  an  immediate  and  explicit  answer  is  necessary  to  enable 
me  to  forward  it  for  the  information  of  my  government,  and  that  your 
Excellency,  after  all  your  promises,  should  no  longer  evade  giving  me 
a  decided  answer  on  this  subject. 

The  British  Government  are  very  anxious  to  know  the  determination 
of  the  Persian  government,  and  I  therefore  request  your  Excellency  will 
be  good  enough  to  send  me  a  positive  answer,  as  my  government  will 
not  consent  to  any  further  delay  on  my  part  in  this  matter. 

Translated  by 

(Signed)         Joseph  Reed. 


Translation  of  an  Autograph  Note  from  His  Majesty  the  Shah  to  Hajee  Mirza 
Aghassee,  June  12th,  1848,  Eejjeb  10th,  1261. 

Your  Excellency  the  Hajee,  let  them  not  bring  any  negroes  by  sea, 
let  them  be  brought  by  land.  Purely  for  the  sake  of  Farrant  Sahib 
(Lieutenant  Colonel  Farrant),  with  whom  I  am  much  pleased,  I  have 
consented  to  this.  On  this  subject  write  to  the  Governors  of  Fars.and 
Arabia  (Persian  Arabia) . 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  145 

Solely  on  account  of  the  goodness  of  Farrant*   I   have   consented,     PERSIA, 
otherwise  some  trifling  discussions  still  exist  between  us  and  the  English  No.  XXXIII. 
Government. 

Translated  by 

(Signed)         Joseph  Reed. 


Hajee  Mibza  Aghassee  to  Lieutenant  Colonel  Faebant,  12th  June  1848. 

Translation. 

Your  communication  regarding  negroes  has  been  received  and  its 
contents  fully  understood. 

With  a  view  to  the  request  made  by  you,  my  sincere  and  esteemed 
friend,  and  solely  on  account  of  the  sincere  friendship  and  good  feelings 
I  entertain  towards  you,  I  did  not  consider  it  proper  to  withhold  or  delay 
the  fulfilment  of  your  desire,  and  exerted  my  endeavours  to  preserve  the 
existing  friendship  between  the  two  exalted  governments  of  Persia  and 
England  by  laying  your  request  in  detail  at  a  most  fortunate  time  before 
His  Majesty,  &c,  &c,  the  Shah;  may  his  dominion  and  sovereignty  be 
everlasting  ! 

An  imperative  order  has  been  issued  which  evinces  the  exceedingly 
great  favour  entertained  towards  you,  my  honoured  friend,  by  His  Majesty, 
&c,  &c,  the  Shah,  which  is  evident  will  always  increase.  The  importa- 
tion of  slaves  by  sea  alone  is  forbidden,  and  imperative  orders  will  be 
issued  to  the  Governors  of  Fars  and  Arabia  that  hereafter  strict  prohibi- 
tion should  be  observed  that  no  negroes  should  be  either  imported  or 
exported  except  by  land. 

This  affair,  in  fulfilment  of  the  request  of  that  esteemed  friend,  has, 
thank  God,  been  concluded  through  the  countless  favour  of  His  Majesty, 
&c,  &c,  &c,  the  Shah,  towards  you,  and  by  my  exertions. 

But  the  Persian  ministers  in  equal  proportion  require  that,  by  the 

true  friendship  of  the  ministers  of  the  British  Government,  when  they 

make  a  request  it  will  also  be  acceded  to. 

Translated  by 

(Signed)         Joseph  Reed. 

*  Thus  in  the  original. 
VOL.    VII.  U 


14<$  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.     Translation  of  a  Fibman  issued  by  His  Majesty  the  Shah  to  Hossein  Khan, 

Governor  of  Fars. 


No.  XXXIII. 


To  the  high  in  rank,  the  pillar  of  nobility,  &c,  &c,  Hossein  Khan, 
the  Controller  of  State  affairs  and  Governor  of  Fars,  who  has  been  exalted 
and  supported  by  the  distinguished  favours  of  His  Majesty,  &c.,  &cc.} 
the  Shah,  be  it  known — 

That  it  is  a  long  time  since  a  request  for  the  abolition  of  the  im- 
portation of  negroes  by  sea  was  made  on  the  part  of  the  ministers  of 
the  British  Government  to  the  ministers  and  authorities  of  this  kingdom, 
but  their  request  during  this  long  period  has  not  obtained  an  answer  or 
(our)  consent. 

But  in  consequence  of  the  favour  entertained  by  our  august  sover- 
eign, &c,  &c,  towards  the  high  in  rank,  the  sincere  well-wisher  of  the 
State,  the  chosen  among  Christian  nobles,  &c,  &c,  Colonel  Farrant, 
Charge*  d' Affaires  of  the  English  Government,  on  account  of  his 
respectful  conduct  and  manner  of  proceeding  which  have  been  made 
manifest,  and  purely  for  the  regard  we  entertain  for  him,  we  have  accepted 
and  complied  with  his  request,  and  we  have  ordained  that  hencefor- 
ward that  high  in  rank  shall  warn  all  merchants  and  persons  passing  to 
and  fro  to  discontinue  to  bring  negroes  by  sea ;  and  that  they  shall  not 
export  or  import  negroes  except  by  land,  which  is  by  no  means  forbidden. 
That  high  in  rank  will  be  held  responsible  for  the  fulfilment  of  the  orders 
contained  in  this  communication. 

Written  in  the  month  of  Bejjeb  1264. 

Translated  by 

(Signed)         Joseph  Reed. 


Translation  of  a  Firman  issued  by  His  Majesty  the  Shah  to  Mirza   Nebbe 
Khan,  Governor  of  Ispahan  and  Persian  Arabia. 

To  the  high  in  rank,  the  superior  of  Generals,  the  esteemed  of  the 
sovereign,  Mirza  Nebbee  Khan,  Chief  of  the  Civil  Law  Court  and 
Governor  of  Ispahan  and  Arabia,  who  has  been  honoured  by  the  favour  of 
the  pure  mind  of  the  king  of  kings,  be  it  known  that  at  this  time  the 
high  in  rank,  the  noble  and  exalted,  possessed  of  dignity,  the  pillar  of 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  147 

Christian  nobles,  the   cream  of  the  great  men  of  Christendom,  the  un-     PERSIA. 


doubted  well-wisher  of  the  State,  Colonel  Farrant,  Charge  d' Affaires  of  n0s.  XXXIII 
the  exalted  English  Government,  who  enjoys  the  unbounded  favour  of  &  XXXIV. 
His  Majesty  the  Shah,  whose  resplendent  mind  is  desirous  to  gratify  him, 
made  a  friendly  request  on  the  part  of  the  ministers  of  that  exalted 
government  from  the  ministers  of  His  Majesty  the  Shah,  &c.,  &c.,  that 
with  a  view  to  preserve  the  existing  friendship  between  the  two  exalted 
States,  a  decree  should  be  issued  from  the  source  of  magnificence  (the 
Shah)  that  hereafter  the  importation  of  the  negro  tribes  by  sea  should 
be  forbidden,  and  this  traffic  be  abolished. 

In  consequence  of  this,  it  is  ordered  and  ordained  that  that  high  in 
rank  after  perusing  this  Firman,  which  is  equal  to  a  decree  of  fate,  it  will  be 
incumbent  on  him  to  issue  positive  and  strict  injunctions  to  the  whole  of 
the  dealers  in  slaves  who  trade  by  sea,  that  henceforth  by  sea  alone  the 
importation  and  exportation  of  negroes  into  the  Persian  dominions  is 
entirely  forbidden,  but  not  by  land.  Not  a  single  individual  will  be 
permitted  to  bring  negroes  by  sea  without  being  subjected  to  severe 
punishment. 

That  high  in  rank  must  in  this  matter  give  peremptory  orders 
throughout  his  government  and  not  be  remiss. 

Written,  in  the  month  of  Rejjeb  1264,  June  1848. 


No.  XXXIV. 

Convention  concluded  between  Colonel  Sheil  and  Ameek-e-Nizam  for  the 
detention  and  search  of  Persian  vessels  by  British  and  East  India  Company's 
cruizers. 

The  Persian  government  agrees  that  the  ships  of  war  of  the 
British  Government  and  of  the  East  India  Company  shall,  in  order  to 
prevent  the  chance  of  negro  slaves,  male  and  female,  being  imported,  be 
permitted  for  the  period  of  eleven  years  to  search  Persian  merchant 
vessels  in  the  manner  detailed  in  this  document,  with  the  exception  of 
Persian  government  vessels,  not  being  vessels  the  property  of  merchants, 
or  the    property  of  Persian  subjects;    with  those  government   vessels 


1-48  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA,     there  is  to  be  no  interference  whatever.     The  Persian  government  agrees 
No.  XXXIV.  tnat  m   n0  manner  whatever  shall  any  negro  slaves  be  imported  in  the 
vessels  of  the  Persian  government. 

The  Agreement  is  this — 
First. — That  in  giving  this  permission  to  search  mercantile  ves- 
sels and  those  of  subjects,  the  search  shall  from  the  first  to  the  last  be 
effected  with  the  co-operation,  intervention,  and  knowledge  of  Persian 
officers,  who  are  to  be  on  board  vessels  of  the  English  Government. 

Second. — The  merchant  vessels  shall  not  be  detained  longer  than 
is  necessary  to  effect  the  search  for  slaves.  If  slaves  should  be  found 
in  any  of  those  vessels,  the  British  Authorities  are  to  take  possession  of 
them,  and  to  carry  them  away,  without  detaining  or  causing  them  (that 
is,  the  people  of  the  ship  importing  slaves)  any  other  damage  besides 
that  of  depriving  them  of  the  slaves.  The  vessel  itself  in  which  the 
slaves  have  been  imported  shall,  by  the  co-operation  and  knowledge  of 
the  officers  of  the  Persian  government,  who  are  on  board  of  the  British 
cruizers,  be  delivered  to  the  authorities  of  the  Persian  ports,  who  are 
there  on  the  part  of  the  Persian  government ;  and  the  authorities  of  this 
(the  Persian)  government  are  to  punish  and  fine,  in  a  manner  suitable  to 
the  crime  he  has  committed,  the  owner  of  that  slaving  vessel  who  has 
acted  in  contravention  of  the  commands  of  His  Majesty  the  king  of 
Persia  by  importing  slaves. 

The  British  ships  of  war  are  not  in  any  manner  to  interfere  with  the 
Persian  trading  vessels  without  the  co-operation  of  the  Persian  gov- 
ernment officers ;  but  the  Persian  government  officers  must  not  on  their 
part  be  remiss  in  the  duty  committed  to  them. 

This  convention  is  to  be  in  force  for  a  period  of  eleven  years,  and 
after  these  eleven  years  have  expired,  and  the  stipulated  period  has 
elapsed,  if  the  Persian  vessels  shall  be  interfered  with  for  even  a  single 
day  beyond  the  eleven  years,  it  will  be  opposed  to  the  course  of  friend- 
ship with  the  Persian  government  and  to  the  maintenance  of  her 
rights,  and  this  government  will  make  a  demand  for  satisfaction. 

If  the  slaves  who  have  been  heretofore  in  Persia,  and  are  now  there, 
should,  from  the  present  date  and  henceforward,  wish  to  proceed  by  sea 
on  a  pilgrimage  to  Mecca,  or  to  India,  or  travel  by  sea,  they  must,  with 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNTIDS.  149 

the  knowledge  of  the  British  Resident  in  Bushire,  procure   a  passport     PERSIA. 


from  the  officer  at  the  head  of  the  Persian  Passport  Office  in  Bushire,  Nos.  XXXVI 
and  no  exception  shall  hereafter  be  taken  to  any  slave  holding  a  passport.     &  XXXV. 
The  passport  (regulation)   obtained  with  the  knowledge  of  the  British 
Resident  at  Bushire,  is,  like  the  other  stipulations  written  above,  to  be 
for  a  period  of  eleven  years. 

This  agreement  of  the  right  of  search,  and  the  appointment  of  the 
Persian  government  officers  to  be  on  board  the  British  cruizers,  will 
come  in  force  on  the  1st  of  Rubbee-ool-Awul  1268  (January  1st,  1852). 

From  the  date  of  this  document  to  the  above  date  there  is  no 
right  of  search. 

The  Articles  written  in  this  document  have  from  first  to  last  been 
agreed  to  by  both  parties,  and  confirmed  by  the  ministers  of  both  gov- 
ernments, and  nothing  is  to  be  done  in  contravention  thereof. 

Written  in  the  month  of  Shuwal  1267,  August  1851. 

Done  in  duplicate,  signed  and 
sealed  by  Mirza  Tukee  Khan, 
Ameer-e-Nizam  of  the  Persian 
government.     Date  as  above.  Justin  Sheil, 

Her   Britannic    Majesty's    Minister 
Plenipotentiary  and  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary at  the  Court  of  Persia. 


No.  XXXV. 

Engagement  of  the  Persian  government  regarding  Herat. 

Translation* 

15th  Kebbel-oo-Sanee  1269,  (January  25th,  1853.) 
The  Persian  government  engages  not  to  send  troops  on  any  account 
to  the  territory  of  Herat,  excepting  when  troops  from  without  attack 
that  place,  that  is  to  say,  troops  from  the  direction  of  Cabool,  or  from 

*  This  translation  was  made  in  1857  from  the  original  Persian,  as  some  douht  was 
raised  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  translation  made  in  1853, 


150  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.     Candahar,  or  from  other  foreign  territory ;  and  in  case  of  troops  being 

No.  XXXV.    despatched  under  such  circumstances,  the  Persian  government  binds  itself 

that  they  shall  not  enter  the  city  of  Herat,  and  that  immediately  on  the 

retreat  of  the  foreign  troops  to  their  own  country,  the  Persian  force  shall 

forthwith  return  to  the  Persian  soil  without  delay. 

The  Persian  government  also  engages  to  abstain  from  all  inter- 
ference whatsoever  in  the  internal  affairs  of  Herat,  likewise  in  (regard 
to)  occupation  or  taking  possession,  or  assuming  the  sovereignty  or 
government,  except  that  the  same  amount  of  interference  which  took 
place  between  the  two  in  the  time  of  the  late  Zuheer-ood-Dowlah,  Yar 
Mahomed  Khan,  is  to  exist  as  formerly.  The  Persian  government,  there- 
fore, engages  to  address  a  letter  to  Syed  Mahomed  Khan,  acquainting 
him  with  these  conditions,  and  to  forward  it  to  him  (by  a  person)  accom- 
panied by  some  one  belonging  to  the  English  mission,  who  may  be  in 
Meshed. 

The  Persian  government  also  engages  to  relinquish  all  claim  or  pre- 
tension to  the  coinage  of  money  and  to  the  f '  Khootbeh,"  or  t  o  any  other 
mark  whatever  of  subjection  or  of  allegiance  on  the  part  of  the  people  of 
Herat  to  Persia.  But  if,  as  in  the  time  of  the  late  Kamran  and  in  that 
of  the  late  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  they  should,  of  their  own  accord,  send 
an  offering  in  money  and  strike  it  in  the  Shah's  name,  Persia  will  receive 
it  without  making  any  objection.  This  condition  will  also  be  imme- 
diately communicated  to  Syed  Mahomed  Khan.  They  also  engage  to 
recal  Abbas  Koolee  Khan,  Peeseean,  after  four  months  from  the  date  of 
his  arrival,  so  that  he  may  not  reside  there  permanently ;  and  hereafter 
no  permanent  agent  will  be  placed  in  Herat,  but  intercourse  will  be 
maintained  as  in  the  time  of  Yar  Mahomed  Khan.  Neither  will  they 
maintain  a  permanent  agent  on  the  part  of  Herat  in  Teheran.  There 
will  be  the  same  relations  and  privileges  which  existed  in  Kamran's 
time,  and  in  that  of  the  late  Yar  Mahomed  Khan.  For  instance,  if  at 
any  time  it  should  be  necessary  for  the  punishment  of  the  Toorkomans, 
or  in  case  of  disturbance  or  rebellion  in  the  Shah's  dominions,  that  the 
•  Persian  government  should  receive  assistance  from  the  Heratees,  similar 
to  that  afforded  by  the  late  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  they  may,  as  formerly, 
render  assistance  of  their  own  accord  and  free  will,  but  not  of  a  per- 
manent nature. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  151 

The   Persian    government    further    engages,     unconditionally    and     PERSIA. 


without  exception,  to  release  and  set  free  all  the  Chiefs  of  Herat  who  are  ^o.  XXXV. 
in  Meshed  or  in  Teheran  or  in  any  other  part  of  Persia,  and  not  to 
receive  any  offenders,  prisoners,  or  suspected  persons  whatsoever  from 
Syed  Mahomed  Khan,  with  the  exception  of  such  persons  as,  having 
been  banished  by  Syed  Mahomed  Khan  from  Herat,  may  come  here  and 
themselves  desire  to  remain,  or  to  enter  the  service.  These  will  be  treated 
with  kindness  and  favour  as  formerly.  Distinct  orders  will  be  issued 
immediately  to  the  Prince  Governor  of  Khorassan  to  carry  out  these 
engagements. 

The  above  six  engagements  on  the  part  of  the  Persian  govern- 
ment are  to  be  observed  and  to  have  effect ;  and  the  Persian  ministers, 
notwithstanding  the  rights  which  they  possess  in  Herat,  solely  out  of 
friendship,  and  to  satisfy  the  English  Government,  have  entered  into 
these  engagements  with  the  English  Government  so  long  as  there  is  no 
interference  whatsoever  on  its  part  in  the  internal  affairs  of  Herat  and 
its  dependencies ;  otherwise  these  engagements  will  be  null  and  void,  and 
as  if  they  never  had  existed  or  been  written.  And  if  any  foreign  (State), 
either  Afghan  or  other,  should  desire  to  interfere  with  or  encroach  upon 
the  territory  of  Herat  or  its  dependencies,  and  the  Persian  ministers 
should  make  the  request,  the  British  Government  are  not  to  be  remiss  in 
restraining  them  and  in  giving  their  friendly  advice,  so  that  Herat  may 
remain  in  its  own  state  of  independence. 

Seal  and  autograph  of  the  Sadr  Azim. 

Translated  by 
(Signed)         Ronald  F.  Thomson. 


The  Sadb  Azim  to  Syed  Mahomed  Khan,  Kuler  of  Herat. 

Translation. 

January  26th  1853. 

The  Persian  ministers,  from  the  time  when  they  began  to  give  aid 
and  assistance  to  you,  my  son,  had  no  intention  of  taking  possession  or 


252  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

TERSIA.     assuming  sovereignty  over  Herat ;  nay,  they  were  desirous  that  it  should 


Na  XXXV.  remain  in  a  state  of  independence,  and  be  preserved  from  the  attacks  and 
invasions  of  foreigners.  They  had  no  views  of  acquisition  on  the  Herat 
soil,  or  of  raising  contributions  from  Herat  or  the  people  of  Herat,  and 
these  circumstances  were  made  known  to  the  Mufti  (lately  Political  Agent 
from  the  Governor  of  Herat  to  the  Shah)  when  he  was  here.  Now,  when 
their  intentions  have,  thank  God,  been  accomplished,  it  is  necessary  that 
I  should  inform  you,  my  son,  of  the  Articles  and  engagements  which  the 
(Persian)  ministers  have  imposed  upon  themselves.  They  are  to  the  fol- 
lowing effect : — 

That  the  Persian  ministers  never  had,  nor  will  ever  have,  any  idea 
of  taking  possession,  assuming  the  sovereignty,  or  governing  either 
Herat  or  the  Herat  territory,  or  its  people,  and  will  not  interfere  in  any 
manner  whatsoever  in  the  internal  affairs  of  Herat,  so  that  they  may  be 
independent  in  their  country  and  their  own  affairs,  without  the  inter- 
ference of  any  one  belonging  either  to  this  government  or  to  the  Afghans 
of  Cabool  and  Candahar,  or  other  foreigners.  They  will  not  in  any  manner 
agree  that  the  Khootbeh  (prayer  in  the  Shah's  name)  should  be  recited  in 
the  name  of  His  Majesty  (the  Shah).  "With  regard  to  the  coinage  also, 
solely  to  secure  your  independence,  my  son,  they  will  never  consent  that 
the  current  coin  should  be  struck  in  the  name  of  His  Majesty  (the  Shah) . 
But  if,  as  in  the  times  of  the  late  Kamran  and  the  late  Yar  Mahomed 
Khan,  you  should  desire  to  send  a  sum  of  money  as  an  offering,  and 
that  money  should  be  struck  in  His  Majesty's  name,  the  Persian  minis- 
ters will  not  object  to  it  and  it  will  be  received.  If  at  any  time  it  should 
be  necessary  that  the  people  of  Herat  should  give  assistance  to  Persia 
in  order  to  punish  the  Toorkomans,  or  when  there  is  a  disturbance  or 
rebellion  in  the  Persian  territory,  they  may  of  their  own  free  will,  as  was 
formerly  done  in  the  time  of  the  late  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  send  assist- 
ance in  men,  but  not  as  a  permanent  force.  Yes,  that  which  His 
Majesty  the  Shah  considers  imperative  on  him,  on  account  of  the 
services  rendered  by  the  late  Zuheer-ood-Dowlah  is,  that  if  any  foreign 
.  troops,  Afghan  or  other,  should  invade  Herat,  the  ministers  of  this  ever- 
enduring  State  shall  despatch  troops  to  the  aid  of  Heratees,  to  join  the 
Herat  troops  outside  of  the  town  of  Herat,  and  when  the  foreign  troops 
have  been  expelled  from  the  Herat  soil,  to  return  immediately  to  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  153 

Persian  territory.      No  doubt  after  you  have  become  acquainted  with  the     PERSIA, 
real  sentiments  of  the   (Persian)  ministers,  you  will  act  in  conformity  No.  XXXV, 
with  them. 

Translated  by 

(Signed)         William  Taylour  Thomson. 


Fibman  of  the  Shah  to  Syed  Mahomed  Khan,  ltuler  of  Herat. 

Translation. 

January  29th  1853. 

Let  the  high  in  rank,  &c,  Zuheer-ood-Dowlah,  Syed  Mahomed 
Khan,  feel  assured  of  our  royal  favour,  and  know  that  the  engagement 
given  by  the  ministers  of  this  government,  with  regard  to  Herat,  and 
to  acquire  independence  for  him,  is  as  His  Excellency  the  Sadr  Azim 
has  written  to  him.  No  doubt  he,  Syed  Mahomed  Khan,  will  be  made 
acquainted  with  it,  and  will  act  in  conformity  with  it.  Let  him  know 
that  he  enjoys  the  highest  favour  of  our  royal  person,  and  represent  his 
prayers  to  us. 

Translated  by 

(Signed)         William  Taylour  Thomson. 


Lieutenant  Colonel  Sheil  to  Syed  Mahomed  Khan,  Ruler  of  Herat. 

Your  Excellency  has  no  doubt  heard  of  the  anxiety  testified  many 
years  ago  by  the  government  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Great 
Britain  for  the  maintenance  of  the  independence  of  Herat.  Although 
circumstances  have  withdrawn  Her  Majesty's  government  of  late  from 
any  direct  connection  with  Afghanistan,  they  have  not  ceased  to  take  a 
warm  interest  in  the  welfare  and  prosperity  of  Herat,  and  in  the  pre- 
servation of  its  independence  under  Afghan  rule.  They  have  watched 
with  solicitude  during  the  last  year  and  a  half,  since  your  Excellency's 
accession  to  the  government  of  that  country,  the  progress  of  events  in 

VOL.   VII.  w 


154  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  Herat,  and  the  issue  has  been  that  they  have  felt  themselves  called  on  to 
No.  XXXV.  require  an  explanation  from  the  Persian  ministers  for  their  share  in 
certain  proceedings  connected  with  your  Excellency's  territory,  and  to 
claim  from  them  assurances  for  the  maintenance  of  that  territory  inde- 
pendent of  Persian  rule.  The  discussions  which  followed  terminated 
in  certain  engagements  concluded  by  this  government,  and  which  I 
deem  it  my  duty  to  bring  to  the  knowledge  of  your  Excellency.  They 
are  contained  in  the  three  enclosed  papers  which  are  copies  of  the  origi- 
nals, consisting  of  a  document  sealed  by  the  Prime  Minister  of  Persia, 
a  letter  from  the  Prime  Minister  to  your  Excellency,  and  a  Firman  from 
the  Shah  to  your  address,  ratifying  the  engagements  of  the  Sadr  Azim. 

These  documents  sufficiently  explain  the  views  of  Great  Britain, 
which,  briefly  stated,  are  a  determination  that  Herat  shall  remain  in 
Afghan  hands  and  in  independence. 

I  sincerely  trust  that  the  time  has  arrived  when  you  will  cease  to 
require  aid  from  the  government  of  this  country,  and  that  hencefor- 
ward your  Excellency  will  be  able  alone  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  your 
country.  Your  Excellency  may  be  assured  that  the  ruler  who  seeks 
foreign  aid  loses  the  respect  and  the  loyalty  of  his  subjects,  and  that 
there  is  only  one  termination  to  repeated  applications  for  foreign  succour. 
The  good- will  of  your  subjects  is  your  surest  safeguard.  By  upright,  just, 
and  impartial  government,  by  cultivating  Afghan  national  feeling,  there 
can  be  no  doubt  of  your  ability  to  maintain  your  position  against  all 
intruders,  in  the  same  manner  that  your  Excellency's  father,  the  late 
Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  accomplished  with  such  brilliant  success. 

My  messenger,  who  will  deliver  this  communication,  will  await  your 
Excellency's  convenience  to  return  with  an  answer  in  acknowledgment 
of  its  receipt. 

Translated  into  Persian  by 

(Signed)         William  Taylour  Thomson. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  155 

No.   XXXVI.  PERSIA. 


Treaty  of  Peace  between  Heb  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  No.  XXXVI. 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia. 

Signed,  in  the  English  and  Persian  languages,  at  Paris,  March  Mh,  1857. 


[Ratifications  exchanged  at  Bagdad,  May  2nd,  1857.] 


In  the  name  of  God,  the  Almighty,  the  All-Merciful. 

Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  and  His  Majesty,  whose  standard  is  the  Sun,  the  sacred, 
the  august,  the  great  monarch,  the  absolute  king  of  kings  of  all  the 
States  of  Persia,  being  both  equally  and  sincerely  animated  by  a  de- 
sire to  put  a  stop  to  the  evils  of  a  war,  which  is  contrary  to  their 
friendly  wishes  and  dispositions,  and  to  re-establish  on  a  solid  basis  the 
relations  of  amity  which  had  so  long  existed  between  the  two  exalted 
States  by  means  of  a  peace  calculated  for  their  mutual  advantage  and 
benefit,  have  appointed  as  their  plenipotentiaries  for  carrying  into 
effect  this  desired  object  the  following,  that  is  to  say  : — 

Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  the  Right  Honourable  Henry  Richard  Charles,  Baron 
Cowley,  a  Peer  of  the  United  Kingdom,  a  Member  of  Her  Majesty's 
Most  Honourable  Privy  Council,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most 
Honourable  Order  of  the  Bath,  Her  Majesty's  ambassador  extraor- 
dinary and  plenipotentiary  to  His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of  the  French, 
&c.,  &c,  &c. 

And  His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia,  His  Excellency  the  abode 
of  greatness,  the  favourite  of  the  king,  Ferokh  Khan,  Ameen-ool- 
Moolk,  the  great  ambassador  of  the  mighty  State  of  Persia,  the 
possessor  of  the  royal  portrait  and  of  the  blue  cordon,  the  bearer 
of  the  diamond-studded  girdle,  &c,  &c,  &c. 

Who,  having  exhibited  and  exchanged  their  full  powers,  and  found 

them  to  be  in  due   form,  have  agreed  upon  and  concluded  the  following 

Articles  : — 

Article  1. 

From  the  day  of  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  the  present 

Treaty    there  shall   be  perpetual    peace   and    friendship  between    Her 


15G  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 

Persia.     Majesty   the    Queen  of    tin1  (Tufted  Kingdom  of  Great   Britain  and 
No.  XXXVI.  Ireland   on    the    one    part   and  His    Majesty   the  Shah    of  Persia    on 
the  other,  as  likewise    between  their  respective   successors,   dominions, 
and  subjects. 

Article  2. 

Peace  being  happily  concluded  between  their  said  Majesties,  it  is 
hereby  agreed  that  the  forces  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  shall  evacuate 
the  Persian  territory,  subject  to  conditions  and  stipulations  hereafter 
specified. 

Article  3. 

The  high  contracting  parties  stipulate  that  all  prisoners  taken 
during  the  war  by  either  belligerent  shall  be  immediately  liberated. 

Article  4. 

His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia  engages,  immediately  on  the  ex- 
change of  the  ratifications  of  this  Treaty,  to  publish  a  full  and  com- 
plete amnesty,  absolving  all  Persian  subjects  who  may  have  in  any 
way  been  compromised  by  their  intercourse  with  the  British  forces 
during  the  war  from  any  responsibility  for  their  conduct  in  that  res- 
pect, so  that  no  persons,  of  whatever  degree,  shall  be  exposed  to  vexa- 
tion, persecution,  or  punishment   on  that  account. 

Article  5. 

His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia  engages  further  to  take  imme- 
diate measures  for  withdrawing  from  the  territory  and  city  of  Herat, 
and  from  every  other  part  of  Afghanistan,  the  Persian  troops  and 
authorities  now  stationed  therein;  such  withdrawal  to  be  effected 
within  three  months  from  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  the  ratifica- 
tions of  this  Treaty. 

Article  6. 

His  Majesty  the  Shah  of  Persia  agrees  to  relinquish  all  claims 
to  sovereignty  over  the  territory  and  city  of  Herat  and  the  countries  of 
Afghanistan,  and  never  to  demand  from  the  Chiefs  of   Herat,  or  of  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  157 

countries  of  Afghanistan,  any  marks  of  obedience,  such  as  the  coinage,     PERSIA. 


or  "  Khootbeh,"  or  tribute.  No.  XXXVI. 

His  Majesty  further  engages  to  abstain  hereafter  from  all  inter- 
ference with  the  internal  affairs  of  Afghanistan.  His  Majesty  pro- 
mises to  recognize  the  independence  of  Herat  and  of  the  whole  of 
Afghanistan,  and  never  to  attempt  to  interfere  with  the  independence 
of  those  States. 

In  case  of  differences  arising  between  the  government  of  Persia 
and  the  countries  of  Herat  and  Afghanistan,  the  Persian  govern- 
ment engages  to  refer  them  for  adjustment  to  the  friendly  offices 
of  the  British  Government,  and  not  to  take  up  arms  unless  those 
friendly  offices  fail  of  effect. 

The  British  Government,  on  their  part,  engage  at  all  times  to 
exert  their  influence  with  the  States  of  Afghanistan,  to  prevent 
any  cause  of  umbrage  being  given  by  them,  or  by  any  of  them,  to 
the  Persian  government;  and  the  British  Government,  when  appealed 
to  by  the  Persian  government,  in  the  event  of  difficulties  arising, 
will  use  their  best  endeavours  to  compose  such  differences  in  a  manner 
just  and  honourable  to  Persia. 

Article  7. 

In  case  of  any  violation  of  the  Persian  frontier  by  any  of  the 
States  referred  to  above,  the  Persian  government  shall  have  the 
right,  if  due  satisfaction  is  not  given,  to  undertake  military  operations 
for  the  repression  and  punishment  of  the  aggressors ;  but  it  is  distinctly 
understood  and  agreed  to  that  any  military  force  of  the  Shah  which 
may  cross  the  frontier  for  the  above  mentioned  purpose  shall  retire 
within  its  own  territory  as  soon  as  its  object  is  accomplished,  and 
that  the  exercise  of  the  above-mentioned  right  is  not  to  be  made  a 
pretext  for  the  permanent  occupation  by  Persia,  or  for  the  annex- 
ation to  the  Persian  dominions,  of  any  town  or  portion  of  the  said 
States. 

Article  8. 

The  Persian  government  engages  to  set  at  liberty  without  ransom, 
immediately  after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  Treaty,    all 


158  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SIINNUDS. 

PERSIA,  prisoners  taken  during  the  operations  of  the  Persian  troops  in  Afghan- 
r»  xxxvi  '>t;m-  and  ;l"  At^-liaiis  who  may  be  detained  either  as  hostages  or  as 
captives  on  political  grounds  in  any  part  of  the  Persian  dominions  shall, 
in  like  manner,  be  set  free ;  provided  that  the  Afghans,  on  their  part, 
set  at  liberty,  without  ransom,  the  Persian  prisoners  and  captives  who 
are  in  the  power  of  the  Afghans. 

Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  two  contracting  powers  shall,  if 
necessary,  be  named  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  Article, 


Article  9. 

The  high  contracting  parties  engage  that,  in  the  establishment 
and  recognition  of  Consuls-General,  Consuls,  Vice-Consuls,  and  Consular 
Agents,  each  shall  be  placed  in  the  dominions  of  the  other  on  the  footing 
of  the  most  favoured  nation ;  and  that  the  treatment  of  their  respective 
subjects  and  their  trade  shall  also,  in  every  respect,  be  placed  on  the 
footing  of  the  treatment  of  the  subjects  and  commerce  of  the  most 
favoured  nation. 

Article  10. 

Immediately  after  the  ratifications  of  this  Treaty  have  been  ex- 
changed, the  British  mission  shall  return  to  Teheran,  when  the  Persian 
government  agrees  to  receive  it  with  the  apologies  and  ceremonies  speci- 
fied in  the  separate  note  signed  this  day  by  the  plenipotentiaries  of  the 
high  contracting  parties. 

Article  11. 

The  Persian  government  engages,  within  three  months  after  the 
return  of  the  British  mission  to  Teheran,  to  appoint  a  Commissioner,  who, 
in  conjunction  with  a  Commissioner  to  be  appointed  by  the  British  Gov- 
ernment, shall  examine  into  and  decide  upon  the  pecuniary  claims  of  all 
British  subjects  upon  the  government  of  Persia,  and  shall  pay  such  of 
those  claims  as  may  be  pronounced  just,  either  in  one  sum  or  by  instal- 
ments, within  a  period  not  exceeding  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  award 
of  the  Commissioners,  and  the  same  Commissioners  shall  examine  into  and 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS.  159 

decide  upon  the  claims  on  the  Persian  government  of  all  Persian  subjects,     PERSIA. 


or  the  subjects  of  other  powers,  who,  up  to  the  period  of  the  departure  No.  XXXVI. 
of  the  British  mission  from  Teheran,  were  under  British  protection,  which 
they  have  not  since  renounced. 

Article  12. 

Saving-  the  provisions  in  the  latter  part  of  the  preceding  Article, 
the  British  Government  will  renounce  the  right  of  protecting  hereafter 
any  Persian  subject  not  actually  in  the  employment  of  the  British  mis- 
sion, or  of  British  Consuls- General,  Consuls,  Vice-Consuls,  or  Consular 
Agents,  provided  that  no  such  right  is  accorded  to  or  exercised  by  any 
other  foreign  powers ;  but  in  this,  as  in  all  other  respects,  the  British 
Government  requires,  and  the  Persian  government  engages,  that  the 
same  privileges  and  immunities  shall  in  Persia  be  conferred  upon  and 
shall  be  enjoyed  by  the  British  Government,  its  servants  and  its  sub- 
jects, and  that  the  same  respect  and  consideration  shall  be  shown  for 
them,  and  shall  be  enjoyed  by  them,  as  are  conferred  upon  and  enjoyed 
by  and  shown  to  the  most  favoured  foreign  government,  its  servants 
and  its  subjects. 

♦ 

Article  13. 
The  high  contracting  parties  hereby  renew  the  agreement  entered 
into  by  them  in  the  month  of  August  1851  (Shawal  1267)  for  the  sup- 
pression of  the  slave  trade  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  engage  further 
that  the  said  agreement  shall  continue  in  force  after  the  date  at  which 
it  expires,  that  is,  after  the  month  of  August  1862,  for  the  further  space 
of  ten  years,  and  for  so  long  afterwards  as  neither  of  the  high  contract- 
ing parties  shall,  by  a  formal  declaration,  annul  it ;  such  declaration 
not  to  take  effect  until  one  year  after  it  is  made. 

Article  14. 

Immediately  on  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  this  Treaty, 
the  British  troops  will  desist  from  all  acts  of  hostility  against  Persia, 
and  the  British  Government  engages  further  that,  as  soon  as  the  sti- 
pulations in  regard  to  the  evacuation  by  the  Persian  troops  of  Herat 


160  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS. 

PEKSIA.  and  the  Afghan  territories,  as  well  as  in  regard  to  the  reception  of 
No.  xxxvi.  tll('  British  mission  at  Ifehersn,  shall  have  been  carried  into  full  effect, 
the  British  troops  shall,  without  delay,  he  withdrawn  from  all  ports, 
places,  and  islands  belonging  to  Persia;  but  the  British  Government 
engages  that,  during  this  interval,  nothing  shall  be  designedly  done  by 
the  Commander  of  the  British  troops  to  weaken  the  allegiance  of  the 
Persian  subjects  towards  the  Shah,  which  allegiance  it  is,  on  the  con- 
trary, their  earnest  desire  to  confirm ;  and  further,  the  British  Govern- 
ment engages  that,  as  far  as  possible,  the  subjects  of  Persia  shall  be 
secured  against  inconvenience  from  the  presence  of  the  British  troops, 
and  that  all  supplies  which  may  be  required  for  the  use  of  those  troops, 
and  which  the  Persian  government  engages  to  direct  its  authorities  to 
assist  them  in  procuring,  shall  be  paid  for,  at  the  fair  market-price,  by 
the  British  Commissariat  immediately  on  delivery. 

Article  15. 

The  present  Treaty  shall  be  ratified,  and  the  ratifications  exchanged 
at  Bagdad  in  the  space  of  three  months,  or  sooner,  if  possible. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
same,  and  have  affixed  thereto  the  seal  of  their  arms. 

Bone  at  Paris,  in  quadruplicate,  this  fourth  day  of  the  month  of 

March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  ffly- 

seven. 

(Signed)         Cowley. 

Ferokh  (in  Persian.) 


Separate  Note  referred  to  in  Article  X.  of  the  foregoing  Treaty. 
(Signed  in  the  English  and  Persian  languages.) 
The  undersigned,  Her  Britannic  Majesty's  ambassador  extraor- 
dinary and  plenipotentiary  to  the  emperor  of  the  French,  and  His  Per- 
sian Majesty's  ambassador  extraordinary  and  plenipotentiary  to  His 
said  Imperial  Majesty,  being  duly  authorized  by  their  respective  gov- 
ernments, hereby  agree  that  the  following  ceremonial  shall  take  place  for 
the  re-establishment  of  diplomatic  and  friendly  relations  between   the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  161 

Courts  of  Great  Britain  and  Persia.     This  agreement  to  have  the  same     PERSIA, 
force  and  value  as  if  inserted  in  the  Treaty  of  peace  concluded  this  day  ^o.  XXXVL 
between  the  undersigned  : — 

The  Sadr  Azim  shall  write,  in  the  Shah's  name,  a  letter  to 
Mr.  Murray,  expressing  his  regret  at  having  uttered  and  given  currency 
to  the  offensive  imputations  upon  the  honour  of  Her  Majesty's  Minister, 
requesting  to  withdraw  his  own  letter  of  the  19th  of  November,  and  the 
two  letters  of  the  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  26th  of  November, 
one  of  which  contains  a  rescript  from  the  Shah,  respecting  the  imputation 
upon  Mr.  Murray,  and  declaring,  in  the  same  letter,  that  no  such  further 
rescript  from  the  Shah  as  that  inclosed  herewith  in  copy  was  communi- 
cated, directly  or  indirectly,  to  any  of  the  foreign  missions  at  Teheran. 

A  copy  of  this  letter  shall  be  communicated  officially  by  the  Sadr 
Azim  to  each  of  the  foreign  missions  at  Teheran,  and  the  substance  of 
it  shall  be  made  public  in  that  capital. 

The  original  letter  shall  be  conveyed  to  Mr.  Murray  at  Bagdad  by 
the  hands  of  some  high  Persian  officer,  and  shall  be  accompanied  by  an 
invitation  to  Mr.  Murray,  in  the  Shah's  name,  to  return  with  the  mis- 
sion to  Teheran,  on  His  Majesty's  assurance  that  he  will  be  received  with 
all  the  honours  and  consideration  due  to  the  representative  of  the 
British  Government ;  another  person  of  suitable  rank  being  sent  to  con- 
duct him  as  Mehmandar  on  his  journey  through  Persia. 

Mr.  Murray,  on  approaching  the  capital,  shall  be  received  by  per- 
sons of  high  rank  deputed  to  escort  him  to  his  residence  in  the  town. 
Immediately  on  his  arrival  there,  the  Sadr  Azim  shall  go  in  State  to  the 
British  mission,  and  renew  friendly  relations  with  Mr.  Murray,  leaving 
the  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs  to  accompany  him  to  the 
royal  palace,  the  Sadr  Azim  receiving  Mr.  Murray  and  conducting  him 
to  the  presence  of  the  Shah. 

The  Sadr  Azim  shall  visit  the  mission  at  noon  on  the  following 
day,  which  visit  Mr.  Murray  will  return,  at  latest,  on  the  following  day 
before  noon. 

Bone  at  Paris,  this  fourth  day  of  the  month  of  March,  in  the  year 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  ffty-seven. 

(Signed)         Cowley. 

Ferokh  (in  Persian). 
VOL.    VII.  x 


1G2  TllEATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  Annex  to  the  preceding  Note. 

No.  XXXVL  

The  Shah  to  the  Sadr  Azim,  December  1855. 

Translation. 

Last  night  we  read  the  paper  written  by  the  English  Minister 
Plenipotentiary,  and  were  much  surprised  at  the  rude,  unmeaning-,  dis- 
gusting, and  insolent  tone  and  purport.  The  letter  which  he  before 
•  wrote  was  also  impertinent.  We  have  also  heard  that  in  his  own  house 
he  is  constantly  speaking  disrespectfully  of  us  and  of  you,  but  we  never 
believed ;  now,  however,  he  has  introduced  it  in  an  official  letter.  We 
are  therefore  convinced  that  this  man,  Mr.  Murray,  is  stupid,  ignorant, 
and  insane,  who  has  the  audacity  and  impudence  to  insult  even  kings  ! 
From  the  time  of  Shah  Sultan  Hossein  (when  Persia  was  in  its  most 
disorganised  state,  and  during  the  last  fourteen  years  of  his  life,  when 
by  serious  illness  he  was  incapacitated  for  business)  up  to  the  present 
time,  no  disrespect  towards  the  sovereign  has  been  tolerated,  either  from 
the  government  or  its  Agent.  What  has  happened  now  that  this 
foolish  Minister  Plenipotentiary  acts  with  such  temerity  ?  It  appears 
that  our  friendly  missions  are  not  acquainted  with  the  wording  of  that 
document ;  give  it  now  to  Mirza  Abbas  and  Mirza  Malcum,  that  they 
may  take  and  duly  explain  it  to  the  French  Minister  and  Hyder  Effendi, 
that  they  may  see  how  improperly  he  has  written.  Since  last  night  till 
now  our  time  has  been  passed  in  vexation.  We  now  command  you,  in 
order  that  you  may  yourself  know,  and  also  acquaint  the  missions,  that 
until  the  Queen  of  England  herself  makes  us  a  suitable  apology  for  the 
insolence  of  her  envoy,  we  will  never  receive  back  this  her  foolish  Minis- 
ter, who  is  a  simpleton,  nor  accept  from  her  government  any  other 
Minister. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  163 

NO.    XXXVII.  PERSIA. 


Engagement  entered  into  by  the  Persian  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  for  the  N°,  XXXVII 
construction  of  a  line  of  Telegraph  from  Khanakeen  to  Bushire. 


Article  1. 

The  Persian  government  considers  it  necessary  to  construct  a 
line  of  Telegraph  without  delay  from  Khanakeen  to  the  capital,  Teheran, 
and  from  Teheran  to  the  port  of  Bushire ;  and  they  agree  that,  whenever 
the  English  government  may  require  to  communicate  by  the  said  Tele- 
graph, they  are  to  be  at  liberty  to  do  so  through  the  Persian  Telegraph 
officers  in  the  way  they  may  desire,  paying  for  the  same  at  rates  to  be 
specified  hereafter. 

Article  2. 

The  Persian  government  will  assign  a  sum  sufficient  for  the 
construction  of  this  Telegraph,  and  for  the  purchase  of  such  materials  as 
are  not  procurable  in  Persia,  or  can  be  better  obtained  in  Europe. 


Article  3. 

The  Persian  government  engages  to  purchase  from  the  English 
government  all  the  materials  which  are  better  procurable  in  Europe,  and 
the  English  government  agrees  to  supply  such  materials  at  moderate 
prices. 

Article  4-. 

In  order  that  the  said  line  of  Telegraph  may  be  well  constructed 
and  officially  worked,  the  Persian  government  agrees  to  place  it  under 
the  superintendence  of  an  English  Engineer  Officer,  who  is  to  be  paid  by 
the  English  government,  and  they  further  agree  to  fix  a  period  during 
which  instruction  may  be  given  and  the  line  may  be  brought  into  good 
working  order;  and  His  Royal  Highness  the  Itizad-oo-Sultaneh,  the 
Minister  of  Public  Instruction,  and  His  Excellency  the  Amin-ed-Dowleh 
will  have  cognizance  of  the  aforesaid  officer's  proceedings. 


164>  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIA.  Article  5. 


No.  XXXVII.  The  said  officer  will  be  fully  empowered  to  call  upon  the  Persian 

authorities  to  supply  any  materials  he  may  consider  requisite  for  this 
work,  and  the  Persian  authorities  will  make  no  alteration  in  his  requisi- 
tions unless  it  should  be  impossible  to  obtain  the  thing  required.  But  a 
Persian  officer  will  accompany  him  everywhere,  so  that  he  may  be 
informed  of  what  is  done,  and  of  the  prices  of  the  materials ;  and  the 
accounts  will  be  audited  by  the  above-mentioned  Prince  and  by  the 
Amin-ed-Dowleh  every  three  months,  when  a  report  will  be  drawn  up 
and  printed  in  the  Teheran  Gazette. 

Article  6. 

In  order  to  increase  the  friendship  between  the  two  governments, 
and  to  promote  the  above  undertaking,  the  English  government  engages 
to  purchase  in  England,  at  reasonable  rates,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Persian  Minister  Plenipotentiary,  the  materials  required  for  this  work, 
and  to  convey  them  to  the  Persian  frontier,  and  to  receive  from  the 
Persian  government  the  price  paid  for  the  above  articles  by  five  instal- 
ments in  five  years  after  they  are  delivered  on  the  frontier  of  Persia. 


(In  the  handwriting  of   the  Persian   Minister  for  Foreign    Affairs.) 

The  Persian  government  accepts  this  engagement.  If  the  English 
government  desires  it,  the  construction  of  the  line  of  Telegraph  will  be 
commenced  in  conformity  with  the  above  stipulation. 


Approved   and  accepted    by    Her  Majesty's  government    on   6th 
February  1863. 


HERAT. 

When  the  Dourani  empire  created  by  Ahmed  Shah  Abdali  was 
lost  by  his  grandsons  and  parcelled  out  among  the  Barukzye  brothers, 
Shah  Kamran  managed  to  maintain  a  precarious  footing  at  Herat.  He 
was  the  son  of  Mahmood,  and,  therefore,  nephew  of  Zeman  Shah,  Shah 
Suja-ool-moolk,  and  Feroze-ood-deen,  and  the  last  remaining  representa- 
tive of  the  Suddozye  princes  in  Afghanistan.  Herat  was  all  that 
remained  to  him  of  the  empire  of  his  family.  Dost  Mahomed  was 
supreme  at  Cabool  and  Ghuzni ;  his  half-brother  Kohundil  Khan  ruled 
conjointly  with  his  brothers  in  virtual  independence  at  Candahar,  while 
other  districts  had  fallen  to  other  sons  of  Poinda  Khan,  Barukzye. 
Kamran  was  a  man  of  evil  passions,  cruel,  and  dissipated,  and  was 
entirely  ruled  by  his  minister  Yar  Mahomed  Khan  Alakozye,  a  man  able 
but  more  infamous  than  himself,  who  had  risen  to  eminence  by  the 
murder  of  the  other  Chiefs. 

On  23rd  November  1837,  Mahomed  Shah,  king  of  Persia,  laid 
siege  to  Herat  in  pursuance  of  his  ambitious  policy*  for  the  re-conquest 
of  Afghanistan.  It  was  on  this  occasion  that  Herat  sustained  the 
memorable  ten  months'  siege,  and  all  the  efforts  of  the  Persian  king  to 
capture  it,  aided  by  the  advice  and  direction  of  Russian  officers,  were 
defeated.  To  check  these  aggressive  measures  on  the  part  of  Persia  and 
Russia,  the  British  Government  in  India  determinedf  to  interpose  a 
friendly  power  in  Afghanistan  between  their  frontier  and  Persia  by 
re-establishing  the  Suddozye  dynasty  at  Cabool  in  the  person  of  Shah 
Suja,  and  maintaining  the  independence  of  Herat  as  a  separate  State. 
The  tripartite  Treaty  between  the  British  Government,  Runjeet  Sing, 
and  Shah  Suja  contained  a  clause  guaranteeing  the  integrity  of  Herat, 
and  on  the  entry  of  the  British  troops  into  Afghanistan,  Eldred  Pot- 
tinger,  through  whose  military  talents  and  energy  the  efforts  of  the  king 
of  Persia  to  take  Herat  had  been  defeated,  was  appointed  Political  Agent. 

*  See  above,  page  97.  +  See  Vol.  II.,  page  426. 


1GG  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

HERAT.  Yar  Mahomed,  however,  chafed  under  the  restrictions  which  the  British 
mission  placed  on  his  tyranny,  more  particularly  on  his  traffic  in  slaves. 
He  made  secret  overtures  to  Persia  and  to  the  Candahar  Sirdars,  who  had 
taken  refuge  in  Persia,  for  a  league  to  expel  Shah  Suja  and  the  British 
from  Cabool.  Another  Agent,  Major  D'Arcy  Todd,  was  sent  to  Herat 
in  ]  839,  under  instructions  from  the  envoy  at  Cabool  to  negotiate  an 
alliance  with  Shah  Kamran.  On  9th  June  1839  Articles  (No.  XXXVIII.) 
were  given  to  Yar  Mahomed,  acknowledging  him  as  minister  of  Herat 
and  the  channel  of  all  communications  with  Shah  Kamran;  and  on  30th 
August,  a  Treaty  (No.  XXXIX.)  of  perpetual  peace  and  friendship  was 
concluded,  the  terms  of  which  were  that  the  British  Government  should 
abstain  from  interference  in  the  internal  administration  of  Herat,  and 
assist  the  Shah  with  money  and  officers  against  all  foreign  encroach- 
ment ;  and  that  the  Shah  should  prohibit  the  sale  of  his  subjects  into 
slavery ;  should  refrain  from  entering  into  hostilities  or  political  cor- 
respondence with  any  foreign  power  except  with  the  consent  of  the 
British  Government,  to  whose  arbitration  all  disputes  with  Shah  Suja 
were  to  be  referred ;  should  employ  no  Europeans  except  subjects  of  Great 
Britain ;  and  should  facilitate  trade. 

Within  a  few  weeks  after  the  Treaty  was  signed,  Yar  Mahomed  was 
detected  in  renewed  intrigues,  offering  to  put  Herat  under  the  protection 
of  Persia  and  urging  the  Shah  to  join  in  a  league  for  the  expulsion  of 
the  English  from  Afghanistan.  His  insolent  treatment  of  the  mission 
compelled  Major  Todd  to  withdraw  and  to  suspend  the  subsidy  of 
Rupees  25,000  a  month  which  was  paid  to  Herat.  The  envoy  at  Cabool 
earnestly  urged  the  advance  of  a  force  to  punish  the  vizier  for  his 
treachery,  but  this  did  not  meet  Lord  Auckland's  views,  who  disavowed 
Major  Todd's  proceedings.  Shortly  afterwards  those  disasters  occurred 
at  Cabool  which  ended  in  the  evacuation  of  Afghanistan.  No  sooner 
was  Yar  Mahomed  relieved  of  all  apprehension  of  the  interference  of  the 
British  Government,  than  he  strangled  his  sovereign  Shah  Kamran, 
usurped  the  government  of  Herat,  and  professed  himself  a  dependant  of 
Persia.     This  was  in  1842. 

The  policy  of  Yar  Mahomed  was  to  maintain  himself  in  real  inde- 
pendence, while  soothing  the  Shah  of  Persia  by  empty  acknowledgments 
of  allegiance.     On  his  death  in  1851  his  son   Syud  Mahomed  Khan 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  167 

succeeded  him.  This  Chief  was  deposed  in  1855  by  Mahomed  Yusoof,  HERAT, 
grandson  of  Feroze  and  grandnephew  of  Shah  Zeman,  Shah  Suja,  and 
Shah  Mahmood,  in  whose  person  the  Suddozye  family  was  once  more 
restored  in  Herat.  At  this  time  Dost  Mahomed,  the  Ameer  of  Cabool, 
having  quarrelled  with  his  brothers,  took  possession  of  Khelat-i-Ghilzie, 
and  soon  afterwards,  on  6th  January  1856,  possessed  himself  of  Candahar 
His  ambition,  however,  was  directed  to  the  reduction  of  Herat,  which  he 
always  considered  to  be  an  integral  part  of  the  Afghan  dominions. 
Dreading  the  advance  of  Dost  Mahomed,  the  new  ruler  Mahomed  Yusoof 
threw  himself  on  the  support  of  Persia,  declared  himself  to  be  a  vassal 
of  the  Shah,  and  offered  to  issue  coin  and  have  prayers  read  in  the  Shah's 
name. 

On  the  advance  of  the  Persian  army,  whose  assistance  he  had  invited, 
Mahomed  Yusoof,  being  now  threatened  both  from  east  and  west  with 
the  loss  of  his  independence,  hoisted  the  British  flag  at  Herat  and 
declared  himself  a  subject  of  the  British  Government.  This  proceeding 
was  repudiated  by  Lord  Canning  in  the  name  of  the  Queen's  govern- 
ment as  a  presumptuous  and  dishonest  act.  Mahomed  Yusoof  was  soon 
after  deposed  by  a  faction  in  Herat  headed  by  Isa  Khan,  and  sent  a  pri- 
soner to  the  Persian  camp.  The  aggression  of  Persia  on  Herat,  coupled 
with  the  insults  which  had  been  offered  to  the  British  mission  at  Teheran, 
led  to  the  declaration  of  war  between  England  and  Persia  in  1856. 
Measures  were  immediately  taken'35'  to  subsidize  Dost  Mahomed  and  to 
encourage  him  to  advance  against  the  Persians.  Assistance  in  money 
was  also  sent  to  Isa  Khan  at  Herat,  but  before  it  reached  him  he  had 
been  compelled  to  surrender  to  the  Persians,  who  took  possession  of  the 
city  on  25th  October  1856  and  created  him  vizier  of  the  province  on 
behalf  of  the  Shah.  He  was  murdered  within  a  few  weeks  by  a  party 
of  Persian  soldiers. 

By  the  Treaty  of  Paris  concluded  between  England  and  Persia  on 
4-th  March  1857,  the  Persians  were  required  to  evacuate  Herat.  Before 
they  withdrew  they  installed  Sultan  Ahmed  Khan,  better  known  by  the 
name  of  Sultan  Jan,  as  ruler  of  Herat,  and  the  British  Government  did 
not  refuse  to  recognize  him  as  de  facto  ruler.     This  Chief  was  a  nephew 

*  bee  Vol.  II.,  page  431.    * 


168  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

HERAT,  and  son-in-law  of  Dost  Mahomed.  On  the  occupation  of  Candahar 
No.XXXVIII.  by  the  Ameer,  he  had  fled  to  Persia,  where  he  was  well  received.  He  was 
supposed  to  be  unfriendly  to  the  British  Government,  and  although 
relieved  of  the  presence  of  a  Persian  army,  he  observed  all  the  outward 
forms  of  dependence  on  the  Shah.  In  consequence  of  a  quarrel  with 
Mahomed  Shureef  Khan,  the  Governor  of  Furrah,  one  of  Dost  Maho- 
med's sons,  Sultan  Jan  made  an  expedition  against  Furrah,  which 
surrendered  to  him  on  30th  March  1862.  The  Ameer  of  Cabool  imme- 
diately collected  his  forces  to  resent  this  aggression.  He  retook  Furrah 
on  29th  June,  and  on  28th  of  July  laid  siege  to  Herat.  After  a  siege  of 
ten  months,  during  which  Sultan  Jan  died,  the  Ameer  took  Herat  by 
storm  on  27th  May  1863.  He  died  eleven  days  afterwards,  and  was 
succeeded  in  the  government  of  Cabool  by  his  son  Sher  Ali  Khan,  who 
placed  his  own  son  Mahomed  Yakoob  Khan  in  charge  of  the  captured 
city.     Herat  has  thus  been  again  annexed  to  the  Afghan  dominions. 


No.  XXXVIII. 


Tbanslation  of  a  Memorandum  of  certain  wishes  and  expectations  of  Viziee  Yab 
Mahomed  Khan  agreed  to  at  Candahar,  on  the  9th  of  June  1839,  between 
Majoe  Todd,  with  the  sanction  of  the  envoy  and  minister  at  the  Court  of  His 
Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk,  on  the  part  of  the  Eight  Honourable  the 
Govebnob  Genebal,  and  Nujeeb  Oollah  Khan,  envoy  from  Herat,  on  the 
part  of  Vizieb  Yab  Mahomed  Khan. 


Article  1. 

That  the  high  in  rank,  &c,  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  vizier  of  His 
Majesty  Shah  Kamran  of  Herat,  shall  henceforth  be  recognized  as  the 
vakeel  or  medium  of  communication  between  the  British  and  Herat 
atithorities,  and  whoever  shall  disregard  the  vizier's  authority  in  this 
respect  shall  be  considered  as  having  acted  contrary  to  the  laws  of 
friendship  and  the  Treaty  of  amity. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  169 

Article  8. 


HERAT. 


Whatever  sums  may  be  expended  at  Herat  by  the  British  Govern-  N0.XXXVIII. 
ment  in  restoring  the  prosperity  of  the  country  or  for  other  purposes 
shall  be  paid  in  the  first  instance  to  the  vizier  Yar  Mahomed  Khan,  who 
engages  not  to  disburse  the  sum  except  in  the  presence,  or  with  the 
consent  and  advice,  of  the  British  Political  Officer  at  Herat. 

Article  3. 

The  vizier  engages  not  to  act  in  any  matter  contrary  to  the  wishes 
and  advice  of  the  British  Political  Officer  at  Herat,  and  will  be  guided 
in  all  that  concerns  the  welfare  of  the  two  States  by  the  counsel  of  the 
above-mentioned  officer ;  and  should  the  British  Agent  interfere  in  the 
affairs  of  Herat  without  the  knowledge  and  consent  of  the  vizier,  he  shall 
be  considered  as  endeavouring  to  disturb  the  friendship  between  the  two 
States. 

Article  4. 

That  the  British  Agent  at  Herat  shall  not,  without  the  consent  of 
the  vizier,  entertain  as  servants  a  greater  number  than  one  hundred  of  the 
people  of  Afghanistan,  and  of  these  hundred  persons  there  shall  be  none 
of  the  vizier's  relations,  unless  permission  to  entertain  them  be  obtained 
from  Yar  Mahomed. 

Article  5. 

As  the  government  of  Herat  is  vested  in  the  person  and  descendants 
of  Shah  Kamran,  so  is  the  office  of  vizier  recognized  in  the  person  and 
descendants  [of  Yar  Mahomed  Khan  as  long  as  they  shall  be  worthy  of 
the  trust;  and,  in  the  event  of  their  being  unfit  for  the  office,  a  subsistence 
shall  be  provided  for  them  by  the  British  Government  to  place  them 
above  want  and  distress. 


Sealed  by- 
Major  E.  D'A.  Todd 
and  Nujeeb  Oollah 
Khan. 


VOL,  VII. 


170*  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

HERAT.  No.*  XXXIX. 


N  XXXIX  Tktmty  of  friendship  and  alliance  between  the  Honourable  East  IndtA  Company 
and  His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  of  Herat,  concluded  on  the  thirteenth, 
day  of  August  1839,  corresponding  with  the  second  day  of  Jemmadee-oos-sani 
1255  a.  H.,  by  Major  E.  D'Arcy  Todd,  envoy  from  the  Governor  General 
of  India  on  the  one  part,  and  His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  for  himself,  his 
heirs  and  successors,  on  the  other. 


Article  1.  ... 

There  shall  be  perpetual  peace  and  friendship  between  the  British. 
Government  and  His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran,  his  heirs  and  successors. 


Article  2. 

The  British  Government  recognises  the  government  of  Herat,  as: 
at  present  constituted,  as  being  vested  in  His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran, 
his  heirs  and  successors,  and  the  British  Government  engages  not  to 
interfere  in  any  way  with  the  internal  administration  of  His  Majesty's, 
dominions. 

Article  3. 

With  a  view  to  strengthen  and  perpetuate  the  concord  subsisting 
between  the  British  Government  and  Shah  Kamran,  an  accredited 
British  Agent  shall  always  reside  at  the  Court  of  His  Majesty ;  in  like 
manner,  should  His  Majesty  see  fit,  he  will  depute  an  accredited  Agent 
to  reside  at  the  Durbar  of  the  Governor  General. 


Article  4. 

The  British  Government  undertakes  to  provide  His  Majesty  Shah 
Kamran  with  loans  of  money,  with  officers,  and  with  all  other  means 
that  may  be  found  necessary  for  the  protection  of  His  Majesty's  person 
and  country,  and  to  assist  in  the  defence  of  His  Majesty's  rights  and 
interests  against  all  foreign  encroachment  to  the  utmost  of  its  ability. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUD3'.  171 

•Article  5.      ■  HERAT. 


"With  a  view  to  enable  the  British  Government  efficiently  to  fulfil  No.  XXXIX. 
the  obligation  contained  in  the  preceding*  Article,  and  to  obviate  all 
just  ground  of  complaint  on  the  part  of  other  powers,  His  Majesty  Shah 
Kamran  agrees  to  prohibit  for  ever  the  practice  of  kidnapping  or  seizing 
human  beings  for  the  purpose  of  selling  them  into  slavery  by  any  of 
His  Majesty's  subjects  ;  and  should  there  be  any  persons  now  in  a  state 
of  bondage  within  the  limits  of  His  Majesty's  authority,  who  may  have 
been  enslaved  in  the  manner  above  mentioned,  His  Majesty  engages  to 
exert  his  utmost  endeavours  to  procure  the  liberation  of  such  persons. 

Article  6.  "  , 

His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  engages  to  co-operate  with  the  British 
Government  and  with  His  Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk  to  the  utmost 
of  his  ability  in  preserving  the  integrity  of  their  respective  dominions 
against  the  encroachment  of  all  foreign  powers,  but  at  the  same  time 
His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  binds  himself  to  refrain  from  entering  into 
hostilities  with  any  foreign  power  without  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
British  Government  and  His  Majesty  Shah  Suja-ool-moolk. 

Article  7. 

His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  agrees  on  his  part  that,  should  any 
dispute  arise  between  himself  and  His  Majesty  Shah  .Suja-ool-moolk 
as  to  the  boundaries  of  their  respective  territories  or  with  regard  to  any 
other  matter,  the  said  dispute  shall  be  referred  to  the  arbitration  and 
decision  of  the  British  Government,  and  the  British  Government  further 
undertakes  to  use  its  best  endeavours  for  the  accommodation  of  all  sub- 
sisting differences,  or  of  such  as  may  hereafter  arise  between  His  Majesty 
Shah  Kamran  and  other  powers. 

Article  8. 

His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  agrees  to  refrain  from  entering  into 
any  correspondence  with  foreign  powers  without  the  knowledge  and 
consent  of  the  British  representative  residing  at  his  Court. 


172  treaties,  engagements,  and  sl.'nnuds. 

iierat.  Article  9. 


No.  XXXIX.  In  acknowledgment  of  the  steady   support  and  friendship  of  the 

British  Government,  whose  interests  are  identical  with  those  of  the 
Afghan  nation,  His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  will  never  take  individuals 
of  any  European  nation  (Ahli  Furung)  other  than  those  belonging  to 
Great  Britain  (Inglees)  into  his  service,  nor  will  he  permit  such  Europeans 
to  reside  in  his  country. 

Article  10. 

His  Majesty  Shah  Kamran  will  remove  all  unnecessary  obstacles  to 
the  freedom  of  commerce,  and  will  adopt  such  arrangements  for  increas- 
ing the  facilities  of  traders  as  may  appear  to  His  Majesty,  with  the 
counsel  of  the  British  representative  at  his  Court,  to  be  expedient. 

Article  11. 

The  above  ten  Articles  shall  remain  always  in  force  so  long  as  the 
sovereignty  of  Herat  is  vested  in  the  family  of  Shah  Kamran. 

Done  and  concluded  at  Herat  the  day  and  year  above  written, 

(Signed)         E.  D'Arcy  Todd, 

Envoy  to  Iierat. 


Eatiiied  by  the  Governor  General  of  India  on  16th  March  1840. 


PART   II. 

TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS 


RELATING   TO 


TURKISH  ARABIA  AND  THE  PERSIAN  GULF. 


TURKISH  ARABIA. 


The  relations  of  the  British  Government  with  the  Pashas  or  temporary- 
governors  of  Bagdad  are  regulated  more  by  the  requirements  of  Euro- 
pean than  of  Indian  diplomacy,  and  by  the  obligations  recorded  in  the 
Treaties  between  Great  Britain  and  Turkey,  which  are  beyond  the 
scope  of  this  collection.  But  in  connection  with  the  early  trade  in  the 
Persian  Gulf,  direct  intercourse  was  for  many  years  maintained  with  the 
governors  of  Turkish  Arabia  without  much  consideration  of  their  re- 
lation to  Constantinople.  In  the  year  1639  there  seems  to  have  been  an 
English  factory  at  Bussora  subordinate  to  the  factory  at  Gombroon  and 
protected  by  firmans.  In  1728  Mr.  French,  the  Agent  at  Bussora,  obtained 
a  firman  conferring  on  the  Agent  power  to  try  the  servants  of  the  factory 
who  were  guilty  of  crime,  and  providing  for  the  adjustment  of  claims  on 
the  people  of  the  country;  and  in  1731  he  obtained  another  firman, 
fixing  three  per  cent,  as  the  duty  to  be  taken  on  English  goods  at  the  port 
of  Bussora.  But  the  first  firman  on  record  is  one  granted  in  1759 
(No.  XL.)  by  the  Pasha.  The  factory  at  Bussora  was  never  recognized 
by  the  Sublime  Porte  till  1764,  in  which  year  the  ambassador  at  Con- 
stantinople, with  much  difficulty,  obtained  a  Consulary  Birat  (No.  XLI.) 
as  the  only  efficacious  means  of  protecting  English  commerce  and  the 
property  of  English  subjects  at  Bussora. 

In  1765  it  was  proposed  permanently  to  appoint  an  Agent  at 
Bagdad,  but  the  proposal  was  disapproved  by  the  Court  of  Directors. 
In  1783,  however,  a  native  Agent  was  appointed,  and  in  1798  a  Resident, 


174  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    iUNNUDS. 

TURKISH  whose  chief  duty  was  to  transmit  intelligence  overland  between  India 
AKAB1A.  an(j  England,  and  to  watch  and  report  on  the  proceedings  of  the  French 
emissaries  in  connection  with  Napoleon's  projected  invasion  of  India  by  way 
of  Egypt  and  the  lied  Sea.  In  1802,  on  the  death  of  Soleiman  Pasha, 
who  had  governed  Bagdad  for  twenty  years,  and  the  appointment  of  his 
son-in-law  Ali  Pasha  to  succeed  him,  Lord  Elgin,  Her  Majesty's  Ambassa- 
dor at  Constantinople,  took  the  opportunity  to  procure  a  Consulary  Birat 
(No.  XLII.)  for  the  Resident  at  Bagdad,  whose  appointment  had  till 
then  never  been  sanctioned  by  the  Sultan. 

On  the  rupture  between  England  and  Turkey  in  1807,  Soleiman 
Pasha,  who  had  succeeded  to  the  government  of  Bagdad  on  the  murder 
of  his  uncle  Ali  Pasha,  took  the  Residents  at  Bussora  and  Bagdad  under 
his  protection  and  persuaded  them  not  to  withdraw  from  the  country. 
But  after  the  conclusion  of  peace  in  1809,  he,  for  some  reasons  unknown, 
committed  himself  to  a  series  of  indignities  and  insults  towards  the 
Resident  at  Bagdad,  which  compelled  the  latter  to  withdraw.  Friendly 
intercourse  was  not  renewed  till,  on  the  remonstrance  of  the  Bombay 
Government,  the  Pasha,  on  25th  January  1810,  subscribed  certain  con- 
ations (No.  XLIII.)  binding  himself  never  to  interfere  in  the  affairs  of 
the  Residency  and  to  restore  the  former  privileges  of  the  Resident. 

The  Bagdad  and  Bussora  Residencies  were  amalgamated  in  1810 ; 
and  in  1812  the  designation  of  Resident  was  changed  to  that  of  Political 
Agent  in  Turkish  Arabia.  Two  decrees  were  obtained  from  the  Pasha  in 
1812,  one  (No.  XLIV.)  for  preventing  the  desertion  of  sailors  and 
workmen  from  British  ships  at  Bussora,  and  the  other  (No.  XLV.)  for 
the  restoration  of  natives  of  India  carried  off  to  Bussora  as  slaves. 

Soleiman  Pasha  was  deposed  from  office  by  order  from  Constantinople. 
Refusing  to  obey,  he  was  defeated  in  battle  and  slain  on  5th  October 
1810.  His  successor  Abdoola  Pasha  was  put  to  death  by  the  Montafik 
Arabs  in  1813,  and  Syud  Beg  was  proclaimed  Pasha.  On  receiving  an 
order  from  Constantinople  deposing  him  from  office,  he  rebelled,  but  was 
defeated  and  put  to  death,,  and  succeeded  in  the  government  by  Daood 
Effendi.  The  conduct  of  this  Pasha  towards  the  Political  Agent  was  so 
insulting  and  overbearing,  that  it  was  impossible,  to  land  goods  at 
Bussora,  or  to  recover  debts  from  native  dealers,  without  an  unseemly 
quarrel.     In  1821  he  besieged  the  Residency.     He  afterwards  removed 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  175 

the  restrictions  on  the  movements  of  the  Political  Agent  and  permitted  TURKISH- 
him  to  withdraw  from  the  country.  The  establishments  at  Bussora  ARABIA, 
were  withdrawn.  Friendly  relations  with  the  Pasha  were  broken  off, 
and  not  renewed  till  the  Pasha  agreed  (No.  XLVI.)  to  restore  the  former 
tariff,  to  repay  all  he  had  levied  in  excess  of  it,  and  the  value  of  all  goods 
injured  or  destroyed,  and  to  treat  future  Agents  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment and  all  travellers  with  respect. 

On  12th  June  1831  Daood  Pasha  was  removed  from  office  and 
Hajee  Reza  Pasha  was  appointed  in  his  stead.  On  his  accession  he 
issued  a  Booyooroldi  or  order  (No.  XLVII.)  confirming  the  privileges 
enjoyed  by  British  subjects.  In  1834  a  scheme  was  formed  for  overland 
communication  between  India  and  England  by  the  Persian  Gulf  and 
Turkish  Arabia.  Two  steamers  were  sent  out  from  England  to  open  the 
route  and  navigate  the  Euphrates.  A  firman  (No.  XLVIII.)  was  granted 
by  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  for  the  protection  of  the  steamers. 

In  1835  the  Political  Agent  in  Turkish  Arabia,  who  had  hitherto 
teen  under  the  Bombay  Government,  was  put  directly  under  the  control 
of  the  Supreme  Government.  In  1841  consular  powers  were  conferred 
on  the  Agent  by  Her  Majesty 's  Government. 

The  measures  which  the  British  Government  adopted  for  the  sup- 
pression of  the  slave  trade  in  the  Persian  Gulf  could  not  be  made 
effectual  so  long  as  the  Turkish  ports  remained  open  to  vessels  engaged 
in  the  traffic.  In  1847,  therefore,  Her  Majesty's  Minister  at  Constanti- 
nople obtained  from  the  Sultan  a  firman  (No.  XLIX.)  which  was  supple- 
mented by  vizierial  instructions  to  Nejib  Pasha,  then  governor  of  Bagdad. 
These  documents  authorized  the  confiscation  of  Turkish  vessels  engaged 
in  slave  traffic,  the  exclusion  of  Arab  and  Persian  slavers  from  Turkish 
ports  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  the  delivery  of  liberated  slaves  to  British 
vessels  to  be  carried  back  to  their  native  country. 

In  October  1863  an  engagement  (No.  L.)  was  made  with  the  Sub- 
lime Porte  for  the  continuation  of  lines  of  telegraph  from  Bagdad  to 
Bussora  and  from  Bagdad  to  Kanakeen,  in  order  to  meet  the  Indian 
telegraph  by  way  of  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  line  through  Persia  to 
the  Turkish  frontier. 

The  present  governor  of  Bagdad  is  Manick  Pasha. 


No.  XL. 


176  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

TURKISH  No.  XL. 

ARABIA^  Tbanslate  of  Soleiman  Pasha's  general  Firman. 

To  the  chief  of  the  Siads,  Zous,  and  Freeholders,  our  Aga,  the 
Motusullim  of  Bussora,  for  the  time  being  (whose  state  God  increase), 
be  it  known  unto  you  that  my  commands  are  as  follows  : — In  the  city 
of  our  great  Sultan  called  Bussora,  there  is  an  English  Balios,  or  chief 
of  the  merchants,  &c,  his  nation  being  in  peace  with  our  high  Porte 
(whose  grandeur  God  continue  everlastingly) ;  therefore,  there  in  his  hands 
the  high  and  respectable  capitulations  of  our  lofty  Porte,  to  which  all 
submission  must  be  paid,  and  it  behoves  all  men  to  obey  the  orders 
therein  contained.  Therefore,  in  the  manner  that  it  is  commanded  and 
ordered  in  said  high  capitulations,  article  by  article,  whether  regarding 
the  customs  and  all  things  relative  thereto,  or  whether  regarding  other 
matters,  or  whether  the  respecting,  favouring,  assisting,  and  protecting 
the  said  English  Balios  and  his  effects  agreeable  to  the  said  high  capi- 
tulations, you  must,  as  ordered  by  our  Great  Sultan,  in  all  things  conform 
and  pay  obedience  thereto,  and  you  must  not  in  any  the  least  respect 
depart  from,  or  act  contrary  to,  said  respected  capitulations ;  and  this  our 
Booyooroldi  or  order  I  send  you  for  this  purpose.  When  it  arrives  you 
be  it  known  unto  you  that  it  is  by  us  directed  that,  conformable  to  the 
said  high  capitulations,  which  are  the  commands  of  our  great  Sultan, 
the  English  Balios  you  are  to  aid,  assist,  and  protect,  and  in  all  other 
respects  you  are  to  pay  obedience  thereto,  and  from  the  letter  of  the 
said  high  capitulations  you  must  not  in  any  respect  depart,  and  agree- 
able to  this  our  order  or  Booyooroldi  you  are  commanded  to  act. 


L.  Signandi. 
Mohurum  1173. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  177 

No.    XLI.  TURKISH 

Literal  translate   of  the   Imperial  Firman   constituting  Eobeet  Gabden,  Esq., 

Consul  in  Bussora,  issued  on  the  27th  day  of  the  month  Suffer  in  the  year  of     No.  XLI. 
the  Hegira  1178. 

(Signed)        Samuel  Manesty, 

Resident. 

In  these  times  the  English  ambassador  residing  at  our  Court,  Henry 
Nevile,  Esq.,  has  presented  to  us  a  formal  memorial  to  the  following  effect, 
that  the  English  Envoys  at  Aleppo,  Alexandria,  Tripoli  in  Syria,  the 
Grecian  Islands,  Tunis,  Tripoli  in  Barbary,  Scio,  Smyrna,  and  Egypt,  and 
all  the  other  considerable  towns  having  scales  or  ports  in  our  dominions, 
may  have  the  power  of  appointing  Consuls  of  their  own  nation ;  and,  in 
the  event  of  their  choosing  to  change  any  of  them  and  appoint  others 
in  their  room,  that  no  person  may  be  permitted  to  interfere  or  to  pre- 
vent such  an  arrangement.  Now,  be  it  known  that  former  agreements 
have  established  this.  Moreover,  it  appears  that  before  the  present  period 
the  East  India  Company  had  sent  a  person  to  Bussora,  by  name  William 
Shaw,  Esq.,  to  represent  them  and  superintend  their  affairs,  who  was 
not  possessed  of  any  Consulary  Birat ;  but  upon  the  expiration  of  his 
period  of  service  and  his  removal,  they  appointed  in  his  room  the  bearer 
of  these  royal  letters,  Robert  Garden,  Esq.,  who  was  also  furnished 
with  a  Commission  from  the  Company.  Now,  according  to  the  tenor  or 
former  engagements,  as  well  as  in  compliance  with  the  wishes  of  the 
ambassador,  it  became  proper  and  necessary  to  deliver  the  Birat  in  ques- 
tion into  his  hands.  We  have  accordingly  consigned  to  him  our  royal 
diploma. 

According  to  what  we  have  written,  the  aforesaid  Robert  Garden, 
Esq.,  is  constituted  British  Consul,  under  the  regulations  to  be  here 
explained  by  us,  as  well  in  regard  to  his  latitude  of  action,  as  the  conduct 
to  be  observed  towards  him. 

1st. — He  is  nominated  and  appointed  Consul  in  Bussora. 

2nd. — He  shall .  have  full  and  sole  power  of  taking  cognizance  of 
all  affairs  concerning  those  of  the  nation  to  which  he  belongs,  such  as 
captains  of  ships,  merchants,  and  also  all  who  may  be  under  the  pro- 
tection of  the  English  flag ;  all  matters  relating  to  the  above  are  to  be 
under  his  peculiar  care. 

VOL.    VII.  z 


17^  TREATIES,    EMiUlKMKXTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

'1VRKIMI  Without  his  express  written  order,  no  English  vessel  shall  be  per- 

ARABIA.     mittod  to  come  to  Uussora. 

jjo.  XLI.  The  servants  of  the  Consul  shall  not  be  subject  to  the  poll  tax  or 

'  any  other  species  of  tax  or  tribute.  Their  butchers  shall  not  pay  any 
duty,  and,  in  fine,  the  aforesaid  description  of  persons  must  be  protected 
from  any  kind  of  contribution. 

In  the  event  of  their  purchasing  male  and  female  slaves,  they  shall 
also  be  exempted  from  the  above-mentioned  duties. 

No  person  shall  interfere  in  respect  to  their  furniture,  their  eatables 
or  drinkables,  for  these  have  been  privileges  of  old  standing ;  such  articles 
too  shall  be  free  from  customs. 

No  person  shall  dare  to  imprison  or  put  in  fetters  the  Ambassador, 
the  Consul,  or  their  Agents,  neither  shall  they  seal  up  their  houses ;  and 
{should  the  Consuls  where  they  reside  have  with  them  a  military  detach- 
ment, and  wish  to  place  them  in  separate  houses,  let  none  molest  them 
for  so  doing. 

We  repeat  that  their  male  and  female  servants  are  to  be  exempted 
from  taxes,  as  are  their  butchers  from  duties,  all  which  exemptions  are 
of  old. 

In  the  event  of  the  Consul  conceiving  himself  aggrieved,  or  any  per- 
son having  cause  of  complaint  against  him,  we,  in  conformity  to  former 
agreements,  hereby  order  that  the  matter  shall  be  referred  to  our  Court 
for  decision,  and  that  you  shall  not  hear  the  discussion  elsewhere. 

Should  the  aforesaid  Consul  happen  to  travel,  in  whatever  part  he 
may  choose  to  visit,  either  by  sea  or  land,  he,  his  suite,  servants,  cattle, 
and  goods  shall  be  sacred  from  any  harm,  aiid  upon  his  return,  should  he, 
from  not  being  provided  with  a  stock  of  necessaries,  wish  to  make  requi- 
site daily  purchases  on  the  road,  let  none  refuse  to  supply  him,  or  dare 
to  engage  in  disputes  with.  him. 

In  places  where  danger  may  be  apprehended,  they  shall  be  permitted 
.to  wear  the  turban  and  the  sword,  to  ride  on  horseback,  to  carry  the  bow, 
spear,  and  all  the  appurtenances  of  war,  and  whatever  Cathies  or  others 
should  see  them  so  provided,  they  are  not  to  molest  them. 

But  should  they  exceed  the  bounds  of  these  agreements,  privileges 
and  concessions,  you  are  to  check  and  prevent  them,  for  such  salutary 
restraint  and  observance  of  good  order  is  necessary. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  179 

To  all  future  times  these  regulations  and  instructions  shall  be  valid,    TURKISH 
for  we  will  not  suffer  the  least  infringement  thereof,  nor  shall  we  sane-     ARABIA. 


tion  any  excess.  No.  xlt. 


Birat  or  Consular  Commission. 

We,  the  Right  Honourable  Henry  Grenville,  Ambassador  to  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Great  Britain,  at  the  Ottoman  Porte,  &c,  &c. 
To  all  whom  these  presents  may  concern  greeting. 


L.  S. 


H.  Grenville. 


Having  judged  it  very  proper  and  necessary  to  grant  this  present 
for  the  service  of  the  Honourable  English  United  East  India  Company, 
as  also  for  the  better  security  and  prosperity  of  their  affairs  in  trade  at 
Bussora,  and  also  when  in  the  Ottoman  dominions,  as  also  to  secure  and 
assure  a  protection  to  all  persons  in  the  respective  Residencies  of  their 
Agents  and  Ministers,  that  from  thenceforth  there  be  established  a 
Consul  with  ample  and  full  power  over  all  belonging  to  his  charge  to 
execute  the  above-mentioned. 

Be  it  therefore  known  that  we,  by  virtue  of  authority  granted  us  by 
royal  letters  patent  under  the  great  Seal  of  Great  Britain,  and  conform- 
able to  an  Imperial  Birat  granted  by  the  emperor's  Sublime  Porte  and 
the  Sultan  Mustafa,  son  of  Sultan  Ahmed,  always  victorious :  By  these 
presents  we  declare  and  acknowledge  the  illustrious  Mr.  Robert  Garden, 
the  present  Agent  of  the  said  Honourable  Company  (or  also  their  future 
Agents) ,  and  whoever  be  Agent  in  future  and  whoever  be  British  Consul 
for  transacting  their  affairs  in  the  city  of  Bussora,  or  other  places  thereto, 
belonging,  or  dependent  thereon,  granting,  however,  to  the  said 
Mr.  Robert  Garden,  or  even  to  any  who  shall  be  Agent  in  future,  full  and 
ample  power  in  all  things  belonging  to  his  charge,  and  in  this  respect 
we  order  all  His  Britannic  Majesty's  subjects  to  acknowledge  him  in 
quality  of  British  Consul,  praying   their  Excellencies  the    Honourable 


ISO  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 

TURK  IS  II  Pasha  and  other  Officers,  Ministers,  and  Magistrates  of  the  Ottoman 
ARABIA.    Empire,  to  whom  these  presents  shall  be  shown,  to  suffer  them  freely  to 
No9.  XLI     enjoy  and  amply  and  peaceably  to  enjoy  their  Consulship,  and  to  aid 
&  XLH.      them  with  their  assistance,  protection,  and  favour,  whenever  their  occa- 
sions lead  them  to  have  recourse  to  them,  conformable  to  the  good  and 
ancient  friendship  subsisting  between  the  Crown  of  Great  Britain  and 
the  Sublime  Porte  and  conformable  to  the  sacred  capitulations. 

In  faith  of  which  we  have  signed  these  presents  with  our  own 
hands  and  have  caused  it  to  be  countersigned  by  our  chief  Secretary, 
applying  thereto  the  royal  Seal  of  our  embassy. 

Done  in  our  palace  of  Pera  at  Constantinople  this  29tk  August  1764. 


No.  XLII. 

Translation  of  an  Imperial  Ottoman  Diploma<  granted  to  Habford  Jones,  Esq., 
British  Consul  of  Bagdad  and  the  environs. 

At  the  request  of  Lord  Elgin,  English  Ambassador  to  the  Sublime 
Porte,  in  a  memorandum  given  to  us  by  him,  to  wit,  that  in  consequence 
of  the  capitulations,  the  English  Minister  having  named  Consuls  at  the 
ports  of  Aleppo,  Alexandria,  Tripoli  of  Syria,  Algiers,  Tripoli  of  Barbary, 
Tunis,  Scio,  Smyrna,  Egypt,  and  other  ports  requiring  custom  houses, 
and  wishing  shortly  to  change  or  replace  them  by  others,  and  having  for 
the  present  assigned  and  established  as  Consul  in  the  city  of  Bagdad  and 
its  environs,  Harford  Jones,  Esq.,  a  British  subject,  and  residing  in  the 
said  city  of  Bagdad,  in  order  to  protect  the  affairs  of  British  merchants 
established  there,  or  of  travellers,  we  have  given  him  our  Imperial  Birat 
in  conformity  with  the  requisitions  of  the  said  capitulations,  confirming 
and  ordaining  the  said  Harford  Jones,  Esq.,  as  Consul  in  the  said  city  of 
Bagdad,  that  in  conformity  with  the  said  capitulations  the  affairs  of 
merchants  and  travellers  under  the  protection  of  the  British  flag  in  this 
country,  in  cases  of  difficulty  arising,  should  be  referred  to  him,  and  that 
the  departure  of  all  vessels  should  take  place  only  under  his  cognizance, 
and  that  no  public  servants  under  his  orders  should  be  molested  under  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


181 


pretext  of  tribute,  or  certain  regulations  entitled  Kharatz,  neither  of  others  TURK  IS  H 
named  Avariz,  nor  of  such  as  is  levied  by  ships  called  Cassab  Akeessi,  or  ARABIA, 
other  arbitrary  impositions  called  Tekialifi  Orfye ;  that  no  one  shall  exact  No.  XLll. 
the  Kharatz  nor  other  dues  for  male  and  female  slaves  in  his  service,  and 
that  no  person  shall  interfere  nor  obstruct  the  domestic  affairs  of  the 
said  Consul,  but,  on  the  contrary,  they  shall  be  free  from  all  impositions 
according  to  the  prevailing  customs,  neither  shall  they  be  subject  to  the 
customs  or  excise  duties ;  that  the  Consul  being  established  by  the  British 
Ministers  is  not  subject  to  imprisonment;  that  his  house  cannot  be 
closed  or  searched,  or  have  any  body  of  troops  lodged  therein;  that 
assistants  and  slaves  belonging  to  him  shall  be  free  and  exempt  from 
Kharatz  and  Avariz,  Cassab  Akeessi,  and  from  all  Tekialifi  Orfye ;  that 
any  complaint  made  by  any  person  against  him  shall  be  referred  to  us 
and  cannot  be  disposed  of  by  any  other  means ;  that  should  the  said 
Consul  find  it  necessary  to  travel  into  any  part  of  the  country,  either  by 
land  or  by  sea,  at  any  stations  or  ports  he  may  arrive  at,  no  one  shall 
molest  him  or  his  servants,  or  cattle,  or  baggage,  guides,  or  any  thing 
connected  with  him ;  that  any  captain  of  country  vessels  on  being  paid 
shall  be  compelled  to  carry  his  provisions  according  to  the  prevailing 
regulations,  and  that  no  one  shall  seek  pretext  for  disputes  against  him ; 
and  that  in  dangerous  parts  of  the  country  he  be  allowed  to  wear  a 
white  turban,  sabre,  bow,  or  other  warlike  instruments. 

That  all  judges  and  commandants  or  others  shall  not  molest  him, 
but  shall  assist  and  protect  him,  and  shall  prevent  any  one  from  throwing 
.obstacles  in  his  way,  and  always  behave  towards  him  in  conformity  with 
the  capitulations,  and  that  no  one  shall  presume  to  oppose,  but,  on  the 
contrary,  shall  give  every  credence  to  this  decree,  given  under  our  most 
respectable  and  noble  Seal. 

Given  under  our  hand  this  7  th  day  of  the  moon  of  Rejib  1217,  that 
is  to  say,  2nd  November  1802,  at  our  city  of  Constantinople. 


182  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

TURKISH  No.  XLIII. 

ARABIA.     Tjitbbat,  Tiunslation  of  the  Turkish  note  delivered  in  by  the  Eesident  to  the 
\  Kill.  Pasha  ns  the  terms  on  which  the  reconciliation  was  to  be  effected,  to  the  con- 

tents of  which  the  Pasha  signified  his  unqualified  assent. 


Article  1. 

The  Pasha  must  renounce  all  species  of  authority  or  command  in 
any  shape  over  the  Resident,  as  such  is  neither  warranted  either  by  usage 
or  the  treaties. 

Article  2. 

The  Pasha  shall  never,  on  any  pretext  whatever,  interfere  in  any 
manner  with  the  affairs  and  arrangement  of  the  Resident  respecting  his 
establishment,  his  customs  and  rights,  his  beating  drums,  &c,  &c,  and 
there  shall  be,  on  no  account,  objections  made  to  any  of  the  Resident's 
orders,  as  such  matters  in  no  way  concern  the  Pasha,  nor  come  under 
his  cognizance ;  particularly  there  shall  be  no  objection  made  to  the  cele- 
bration of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  birth-day  in  the  most  public  manner, 
with  all  the  necessary  ceremonies.  In  a  word,  there  shall  be  no  species 
of  objection  or  interference  in  any  of  the  Resident's  states  and 
ceremonies. 

Article  3. 

The  Pasha  shall  never  prohibit  the  customary  interchange  of  visits 
between  the  great  officers  of  the  Turkish  Government  and  the  Resident. 


Article  4. 

The  Resident  has  never,  nor  will  ever,  show  the  least  disposition  to 
any  undue  interference  in  the  Pasha's  affairs  or  government,  and  will 
show  every  readiness  to  comply  with  the  Pasha's  wishes,  provided  they 
do  not  interfere  or  are  not  contrary  to  any  of  the  Articles  of  this  Treaty, 
or  the  interests  of  the  British  Government ;  and  so  it  is  agreed  for  the 
benefit  of  both  parties. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  183 

Article  5.  Turkish 

Whenever  the  Pasha  shall  have  any  business  with  the  Resident,  he    ******- 
shall  make  it  known  to  him  by  one  of  his  own  confidential  men  of  Nos' XLm 
rank;   also  should  the  Resident  ever  have  any  important  business,  and     &  XL1V 
demand  confidential  persons  on  the  part  of  the  Pasha  to  converse  with, 
there  shall  be  no  objections  made  to  it,  and  the  person  required  shall  be 
immediately   sent;    the   benefits   arising   from  this   Article   are  clearly 
reciprocal. 

Article  6. 

There  shall  be  no  equivocation  in  any  of  these  Articles.  Should  any 
doubts  hereafter  arise  relative  to  any  particulars  contained  in  the  Articles 
(especially  Article  2),  the  explanation  of  it  shall  be  in  favour  of  the 
Resident. 


No.  XLIV. 

Decbee  of  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad  in  1812  for  preventing  the  desertion  of   sailors 

at  Bussora. 

It  is  declared  that  the  sailors  and  those  who  work  on  board  the 
cruizers  and  merchant  ships  of  the  British  Government,  sometimes  by 
drunkenness  or  other  offences,  incur  the  displeasure  of  their  captains, 
and  become  liable  to  just  and  necessary  punishment  and  correction  ;  and 
moreover,  be  it  known  that  should  the  sailors  or  workmen  aforesaid,  in 
order  to  escape  such  chastisement,  take  refuge  with,  and  expect  protection 
from,  either  yourself  or  the  head  captain  of  Shutel  Arab  (vulgarly  called 
the  captain  Pasha)  you  shall  by  no  means  afford  them  protection,  but 
deliver  them  up  to  the  Agent  at  Bussora  of  the  esteemed  Resident  of 
the  British  Government  at  Bagdad,  in  which  intention  this  order  has 
been  written,  decreed,  and  transmitted.  When  this  shall  reach  you  by 
the  power  of  the  Most  High,  you  will  immediately  regulate  your  conduct 
and  act  by  the  decree  contained  in  it. 


1S1 


TURKISH 
ARABIA. 

Nob-XLV 
&  XL VI 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

No.  XLV. 


Decree  of  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad   in  1812  for  the  restoration  of  natives  of  India 
brought  to  Bussora  as  slaves. 

It  is  declared  that,  in  consideration  of  the  amicable  relations  sub- 
sisting between  the  sublime  government  of  perpetual  strength  and 
internal  stability  (i.  e.}  the  Porte)  and  the  British  Government,  whose 
friendship  it  behoves  us  -to  cultivate,  should  the  captain  or  crew  of  ships 
trading  on  the  seas,  whether  belonging  to  Bussora  or  Muscat,  steal 
and  bring  subjects  of  the  aforesaid  government  in  India,  either  males 
or  females,  natives  of  India,  for  sale  at  Bussora  in  the  manner  of  negro 
male  and  female  slaves,  and  the  Agent  of  the  esteemed  Resident  at 
Bagdad  for  the  British  Government  established  at  Bussora  prove  that 
the  aforesaid  male  and  female  slaves  are  not  negroes,  but  natives  of 
India,  who  have  been  kidnapped,  they  shall  be  taken  from  the  hands 
of  the  thieves  and  despoilers  and  delivered  up  into  his  hands,  and  for 
carefully  establishing  this  clear  law  in  the  government  this  order  is 
written,  decreed,  and  transmitted  with  the  power  of  the  Most  High. 
When  this  shall  reach  you,  you  will  immediately  regulate  your  actions 
and  conduct  by  the  Articles  contained  in  it. 


No.  XLVI. 

Translate  of  a  letter  from  His  Highness  the  Pasha  of  Bagdad  to  the  Political 

Agent  at  Bussora. 

After  Compliments. — The  Dragoman  of  the  English  nation  has 
arrived  here,  bearing  a  sealed  despatch  from  the  government  and  a  letter 
from  yourself  containing  the  following  demands  : — 


Article  1. 

A  compliance  with  all  stipulations  contained  in  the  Imperial  Treaties 
and  regal  firmans,  ancient  or  recent. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  185 


Article  2.  Turkish 

ARABIA. 


The  restitution  of  whatever  was  taken  from  Mr.  Sturmey  above  the 
proper  rate  of  customs,  and  of  such  property  of  Mr.  Scoododa  as  was 
damaged  or  lost. 

Article  3. 

Whatever  may  be  deemed  to  constitute  the  complete  safety  in  every 
respect  of  the  life,  property,  and  honour  of  all  agents  or  vakeels  of  the 
government,  of  their  protected  dependants  and  subjects,  together  with  an 
attentive  regard  for  their  views,  wishes,  a  due  estimation  and  honouring 
of  them,  and  an  admission  of  their  rights  to  grant  asylum,  and  all  other 
claims  according  to  their  ancient  rights  and  customs ;  and  that  they  may 
entertain  as  many  servants  as  they  see  necessity  for. 

Article  4. 

Should  hereafter  an  agent,  not  an  Englishman,  be  established  at 
Bagdad,  he  shall  unquestionably  meet  with  every  proper  honour  and  con- 
sideration as  it  is  due  to  his  station. 

Article  5. 

Bills  of  Exchange  shall  not  be  taken  from  their  shroffs  by  force; 
nor  money  from  their  dependants  or  proteges  by  compulsion,  nor  shall 
temporary  or  arbitrary  taxes  of  any  kind  ever  be  levied  on  their  landed 
or  other  property  contrary  to  their  due  right  and  custom. 

Article  6. 

No  tax,  except  one  previously  well  defined  and  arranged,  shall  be  levied 
on  boats  the  property  of  British  subjects  and  proteges ;  such,  for  instance, 
as  pass  between  Bussora  and  Bagdad ;  nor  shall  their  boats  be  seized  for 
the  public  service;  nor  shall  the  property  of  merchants  being  British 
subjects  or  porteges  arriving  at  Bagdad,  otherwise  than  as  is  usual  on 
the  arrival  of  the  same  at  Bussora,,  enter  the  custom  house  contrary  to 
stipulation  and  covenant. 

vol.  vn.  2  a 


No.  XL VI. 


ISfi  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

Ti'KKlSH  Article  7. 

Should  British  subjects  and  proteges  lose  any  property  in  the  town 


ARAH1A. 


No  XLVI.  or  on  pUDijc  ToadS)  and  by  theft  or  plunder,  every  exertion  shall  promptly 
be  made  to  recover  the  same. 

Article  8. 

Should  any  dependant  of  the  government  suffer  from  any  of  our 
subjects'  offence  or  injury,  the  injured  individual  shall  receive  immediate 
satisfaction  and  reparation. 

Article  9. 

In  commercial  dealings  goods  having  been  bought  shall  not  be 
returned  except  on  legal  and  just  plea  \  and  commercial  disputes  shall  be 
adjusted  by  an  assembly  of  merchants  according  to  mercantile  usage. 

Article  10. 

Should  British  or  Indian  seaman  desert,  they  shall  not  be  forced  to 
become  converts  to  Islam,  and  in  case  of  their  willing  conversion,  they 
shall  be  subsequently  delivered  up  to  their  duty  in  order  to  prevent  any 
detriment  to  the  interests  of  the  ship. 

Article  11. 

A  spot  shall  be  assigned  on  lease  to  the  Resident  for  a  house  and 
garden  wherever  he  may  point  out. 

Article  12. 

The  proven  claims  of  British  proteges  to  be  enforced  on  whomso- 
ever of  our  subjects  it  may  be,  without  the  smallest  loss  or  injury  to  the 
claimants. 

We  have  considered  and  fully  comprehended  these  demands,  in  like 
manner  also  as  we  are  convinced  of  the  very  great  and  faithful  regard  of 
His  Imperial  Highness  for  the  English  nation;  with  regard,  therefore,  to 
such  part  of  them  as  are  contained  in  those  Imperial  Treaties  and  royal 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  187 

decrees  which   are   in  their  hands,  it  has  even  been  fulfilled  to   them    TURKISH 
hitherto,  and  we  shall  continue  likewise  to  observe  it  in  time  to  come,     ARABIA, 
and  this  too,  in  due  consideration  of  the  fulness  of  that  valued  friendship   No .  XL VI. 
and  the  abundance  of  ancient  and  lasting  unanimity  which  has  existed 
between  the  two  States  in  ages  past. 

With  respect,  however,  to  the  overplus  of  customs  taken  from 
Mr.  Sturmey  and  the  goods  lost  to  Mr.  Scoododa,  we  have  made  investi- 
gation and  discovered  that  the  circumstances  occurred  by  chance  and  not 
from  premeditation ;  we  have  consequently  returned  them  to  the  Drago- 
man above  mentioned,  as  we  cannot  consent  to  any  conduct  towards  the 
British  Government  contrary  to  Treaty  and  covenant — our  friendship  for 
them  being  of  ancient  date — and  also  in  compliance  with  the  engage- 
ments of  our  predecessors  up  to  the  present  date. 

In  conformity,  therefore,  with  the  firm  and  lasting  alliance  formed 
between  the  Imperial  and  British  Governments  with  a  view  to  confirm 
and  secure  the  foundation  of  that  faithful  alliance  and  to  strengthen  the 
bonds  of  the  immutable  and  important  union  set  forth  in  the  Imperial 
Treaties  and  royal  edicts  which  are  in  their  possession,  and  in  conformity 
with  ancient  rule  and  former  precedent,  we  have  agreed  to  the  observance 
of  all  the  stipulations  above  mentioned,  and  have  sealed  this  instrument 
as  a  proof  of  our  consent,  and  delivered  the  same  into  the  hands  of  the 
Dragoman  aforesaid. 

Be  you  therefore  informed  of  this  and  consider  it  as  fully  efficient. 


Seal 

of  Daood 

Pasha. 


]88  Tit  KATIES,    EXOVtil  M  l.KTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

n-KKisii  No.  XL VII. 

ARABIA.   Tbanslation  of  a  Boyoorooldi  from  His   Highness  Hajbe  Ali  Reza,  Pasha  of 
No.  XLVII.  Bagdad,  Aleppo,  Diarbekir,  and  Mousul,   to   the  Political  Agent  at  Bussora, 

dated  the  27th  ltubee-oos-saneo  a.  h.  1247,  or  2nd  October  a.  d.  1831. 


To  the  spiritual  leader  of  Islam,  the  Lieutenant  (of  the  Qadhee  of 
Constantinople)  at  Bussora,  to  His  Excellency  the  Muftee  Effendi  of 
Bussora,  whose  piety  and  excellence  be  increased,  to  the  Chief  of  the 
exalted  Ministry  and  Government  the  Motusullim  Aga,  be  his  rank  and 
station  increased,  and  to  the  elders  and  men  of  weight  of  the  Council 
and  country,  whose  dignity  be  magnified.  In  reference  to  all  affairs 
supervening  at  Bussora,  and  relating  to  the  excellent  Resident  of 
England,  the  high  and  exalted  Mr.  Taylor,  Balios  Beg  residing  with  our 
eternal  government,  and  in  observance  of  his  rights  and  those  of  his 
agents,  interpreters,  and  all  his  proteges  and  dependants,  and  of  all 
the  subjects  of  his  government,  and  the  merchants  and  ships  arriving 
from  Hindoostan,  according  to  the  stipulations  and  Treaties  which  have 
been  arranged  and  ratified  with  our  exalted  State :  as  they  have  been  held 
in  times  preceding,  to  which  we  adhere,  and  for  which  we  even  exceed 
the  former  regard  out  of  a  wish  to  protect  their  rights ;  so  you  also  the 
Nayeb  Effendi,  and  Muftee  Effendi,  and  Motusullim  Aga,  and  Ayan 
(inferior  ministers)  will  in  likewise  deport  yourselves  towards,  and  protect 
the  rights  and  regard  the  just  claims  of  the  dignified  Mr.  Taylor,  Beg, 
his  agents,  interpreters,  proteges,  and  dependants,  and  the  subjects  of 
the  government  arriving  from  Hindoostan,  and  their  ships  and  merchants, 
and  all  others  soever,  conformably  to  what  we  have  promulgated  in  this 
our  Boyoorooldi,  which  you  will  on  no  account  infringe :  and  thus  be  it 
known  unto  you. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  189 

No.    XLVIII.  TURKISH 

Translate  of  an  Imperial  Firman  of  protection  for  the  English  Steam  "Vessels     ARABIA- 
destined  to  navigate  the  River  Euphrates,  dated  29th  December  1834.  No.  XLVIII. 

To  their  Excellencies  the  Viziers,  Pashas  of  three  tails,  to  the  illus- 
trious Miri  Mirans,  Pashas  of  two  tails,  to  the  learned  Judges,  to  the 
Wainadas,  Captains  of  Ports,  and  other  Magistrates  of  places  situated  on 
both  banks  of  the  Euphrates,  health. 

On  receiving  the  imperial  command,  you  will  know  as  follows: — The 
Ambassador  Extraordinary  and  Plenipotentiary  of  Great  Britain  at 
Constantinople,  Lord  Ponsonby,  one  of  the  most  illustrious  personages 
among  the  Christian  nations,  has  presented  at  our  Sublime  Porte  an 
official  note,  by  which  he  intimates  that  the  British  Government  requires 
permission  to  cause  to  navigate  by  turns  two  steam  boats  on  the  river 
Euphrates,  which  flows  at  a  small  distance  from  the  city  of  Bagdad,  for 
the  purposes  of  facilitating  commerce. 

We  in  consequence  issued  to  our  very  illustrious  governor  of 
Bagdad  and  Bussora,  Ali  Reza  Pasha,  an  order  to  furnish  our  Sublime 
Porte  with  information  of  the  proposed  navigation. 

Although  the  answer  of  the  Pasha  had  not  arrived,  the  Ambassador 
made  representations  on  this  point,  informing  our  Sublime  Porte  the 
British  Government  awaited  our  reply. 

For  this  reason  we  have  and  do  permit  two  steam  boats  to  navigate 
the  Euphrates  by  turns,  and  this  navigation  is  to  continue  as  long  as, 
conformably  to  what  has  been  represented  to  us,  it  may  prove  useful  to 
the  two  powers,  and  no  inconvenience  result  therefrom,  and  it  is  to  this 
purpose  that  an  official  rule  has  been  transmitted  to  the  British 
Ambassador. 

A  firman  couched  in  the  same  terms  has  been  addressed  to  the 
Pasha  of  Bagdad  and  Bussora. 


190  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUD9. 

v 

TURKISH  No.  XLIX. 

ARABIA 

_  Tbanslation  of  an  Imperial  Firman  addressed  to  the  Valee  of  Bagdad,  dated 
No.  XLIX.  in  the  beginning  of  Suffer  1263,  or  end  of  January  1847,  communicated  the 

23rd  January  1847. 

To  the  Valee  of  Bagdad, — Ordained  (that)  whereas,  although  special 
conventions  have  been  entered  into  between  the  British  Government 
and  certain  rulers  in  Africa  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  exportation 
of  black  slaves  from  that  country  to  (the  ports  of)  America  and  to  other 
places,  certain  merchant  ships  contrive  to  kidnap  slaves  from  the  African 
coasts,  and  continue  to  transport  them  to  other  places,  owing  to  which 
the  provisions  of  the  aforesaid  convention  cannot  be  carried  into  execution  ; 
a  request  has  been  therefore  lately  made  on  the  part  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment that  the  necessary  measures  should  be  adopted  in  this  matter 
by  my  Sublime  Porte  with  reference  to  those  places;  and  whereas  the 
inhuman  and  barbarous  treatment  adopted  with  regard  to  kidnapped  slaves 
in  the  places  to  which  they  are  transported  is  not  like  unto  (that  adopted 
towards)  slaves  coming  to  these  places,  and  that  the  prevention  thereof 
would  be  both  just  and  commiserate  :  It  is  therefore  my  supreme  and 
imperial  will  that  the  slave  trade  carried  on  on  the  aforesaid  coast  by  the 
merchant  vessels  under  my  imperial  flag  be  henceforward  entirely  pro- 
hibited, that  any  (vessels)  acting  in  contravention  to  this  prohibition 
and  captured  by  the  ships  of  my  imperial  fleet  which  by  the 
grace  of  God  are  to  be  sent  into  those  waters,  or  taken  by  the  British 
ships  of  war  cruizing  in  those  parts  and  delivered  up  by  them  to  the 
Authorities  of  my  royal  ports  in  the  Gulf  of  Bussora,  be  taken  possession 
of  by  my  Sublime  Porte,  and  that  the  captains  thereof  be  punished; 
that  those  whom  it  may  concern  be  peremptorily  warned  thereof,  and 
that  the  utmost  care  and  attention  be  paid  to  the  full  and  perpetual 
observance  of  the  present  prohibition,  and  to  the  punishment  of  those 
acting  in  contravention  thereto  as  aforesaid. 

You,  therefore,  who  are  the  Valee  of  aforenamed,  will  act  conformably 
(hereto),  and  beware  of  transgressing  (these  orders). 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


191 


Tbanslation  of  a  communication  made  by  the  Porte  to  Her  Majesty's  Embassy. 

A  vizierial  letter,  dated  the  10th  September,  (27th  January  1847), 
has  been  addressed  to  the  Valee  of  Bagdad  as  follows  : — 

An  Imperial  Firman  just  issued  concerning  the  prohibition  to  the 
exportation  of  black  slaves  from  Africa  to  America  and  other  places  is 
herewith  transmitted  to  your  Excellency,  and  it  is  the  supreme  command 
of  His  Majesty  that  you  should  be  careful  to  enforce  the  orders  contained 
in  it. 

Without  entering  into  unnecessary  details  (on  the  subject)  with  your 
Excellency  it  is  necessary  to  observe  that,  as  the  publication  of  this  Impe- 
rial Firman  will  not  be  without  its  objections,  you  should  keep  it  by  you, 
and,  without  any  reference  whatever  thereto,  duly  issue  the  orders  con- 
tained in  it  to  the  Authorities  of  such  places  as  may  be  requisite. 

His  Majesty  has  moreover  ordered  that  towards  next  spring  some 
vessels  of  the  imperial  fleet  should  be  sent  (God  willing)  to  superintend 
the  full  execution  of  this  interdiction,  as  well  as  to  promote  the  welfare 
of  those  coasts  as  heretofore;  and  whereas  it  would  be  productive  of  loss 
to  some  of  His  Majesty's  subjects  ignorant  in  the  beginning  if  the  pro- 
hibition of  the  execution  thereof  were  to  be  enforced  contemporaneously 
with  its  promulgation :  the  publication  of  these  orders  are  to  be  made  by 
you  on  the  receipt  of  this  despatch.  You  will  also  make  known  that 
they  are  to  be  in  full  vigour  four  months  after  the  date  hereof,  that  is, 
after  the  10th  of  Suffer  (27th  January  1847),  and  that  the  slaves  which 
may  be  on  board  any  merchant  vessels  under  the  Ottoman  Flag,  which 
shall  have  dared  to  act  in  contravention  thereof,  after  the  expiration  of 
the  aforesaid  period,  and  which  having  escaped  the  vigilance  of  the 
Authorities  on  their  passage  may  enter  any  of  the  Turkish  ports,  shall 
be  taken  possession  of  and  detained. 

You  will  also  adopt  suitable  measures  for  sending  back  to  the  place 
from  which  they  may  have  been  kidnapped,  the  slaves  arriving  in  any  of 
His  Majesty's  ports. 


TURKISH 
ARABIA. 

No.  XLIX. 


192  TH  KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNTTDS. 

TURKISH    Copik  Officibllb  d'une  lettre  addressee  par  le  Grand   Vizier  an  Pasha  de 
ARABIA.  Bagdad  en  date  Cth  Avril  1847. 


No.  XLIX.  Traduction. 

J'ai  informe,  V.  Excellence  par  une  depeche  que  je  vous  ai  ecrite 
dernierement  relativement  a  la  defense  aux  batimens  sous  pavilion 
Ottoman  de  faire  le  commerce  des  esclaves  avec  les  cotes  d'Afrique  qu'en 
consequence  des  ordres  prohibitifs  qui  out  ete  donnes  a  cet  effet,  les 
batimens  Ottomans  qui  apres  ^expiration  du  terme  qui  a  ete  fixe  aurons 
l'audace  de  contrevenir  a  ces  ordres,  et  qui  auront  6te  arretes  pour  cela, 
seront  confisqu^s  avec  les  esclaves  qu'il  y  aura  a  bord,  mais  prevenir  les 
mal-entendues  et  la  confusion  a  cet  egard,  je  veux  donner  sur  cette 
question  les  eclaircissemens  suivans. 

Votre  Excellence  sait  qu'il  y  a  dans  ces  environs  la  des  Gouvernements 
et  des  Imams  independants,  et  cela  dtant,  les  chatimens  dont  il  s'agit,  ne 
peuvent  pas  etre  appliques  a  leurs  batimens.  II  faudra  done  se  borner 
a  Tegard  de  ces  batimens  a  leur  defendre  de  transporter  et  d'introduire 
des  esclaves  dans  les  ports  de  la  S.  P.  qui  sont  dans  le  Golfe  Persique 
et  s'ils  en  viennent  Votre  Excellence  aura  seulement  a  les  renvoyer  et  a 
les  eloigner.  Ainsi  V.  E.  voudra  bien  donner  aux  autorites  competentes 
les  ordres  necessaires  daus  le  sens  au  dessus  explique. 

20  ReM-al-Akhir  1263. 


Translation. — Instructions  to  Nejib,  Pasha  of  Bagdad,  about  the  African  Slaves. 

As  your  Excellency  well  knows,  I  have  stated  in  the  despatch  I 
wrote  to  you,  in  consequence  of  the  firman  issued  for  the  purpose  of 
prohibiting  the  transport  of  black  slaves  from  Africa  to  America  and 
other  places,  that  it  will  be  necessary  to  take  measures  for  sending  back 
conveniently  to  the  places  whence  they  had  been  kidnapped,  those  slaves 
who  shall  come  to  any  port  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  in  vessels  under 
the  flag  of  the  Sublime  Porte. 

But  on  thinking  again  on  this  matter,  we  found  that  this  plan  is 
not  quite  exempt  from  inconvenience,  for  it  is  not  improbable  that  the 
slaves  shoidd  fall,  while  on  their  way  home,  into  the  hands  of  people 
dealing  in  slaves,  and  experience  again  all  sorts  of  misery. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


193 


&  L. 


Now  the  slaves  who  shall  have  been  liberated  from  the  hands  of  TURKISH 
the  merchants  are  naturally  become  thus  free,  and  they  may,  of  course,  ARABIA. 
act  as  they  like.  Such  of  them,  then,  as  will  not  return,  but  choose  to  Noa.  XLIX 
remain,  cannot  be  forced  to  go,  and  they  must  be  allowed  to  stay  where 
they  please. 

But  humanity  requires  that  measures  should  be  taken  to  send  safely 
to  the  place  of  their  destination  those  who  wish  to  return,  and,  therefore, 
it  has  been  thought  expedient,  and  the  Sultan  has  given  orders  to  that 
effect,  that  those  among  them  who  wish  to  return  should  be  consigned 
to  the  British  Authorities  in  those  environs,  put  on  board  the  British 
men  of  war,  or  on  board  other  vessels  which  shall  be  assigned  by  the 
English,  and  sent  away. 

This  matter  has  been  talked  of  with  the  British  embassy,  and  your 
Excellency  will  therefore  talk  about  it  with  the  British  Consul  at 
Bagdad,  and  send  the  analagous  instructions  to  the  competent  Authori- 
ties ;  and  as  to  those  among  the  slaves  that  have  been  captured,  who  may 
wish  to  remain  in  this  country,  your  Excellency  will  take  care  to  furnish 
them  with  a  Tezkere,  that  they  may  not  be  molested  by  any  body  what- 
ever after  that. 


No.  L. 


PROTOCOL. 

A  la  suite  d'un  echange  de  notes 
qui  a  en  lieu  entre  1'  Ambassade  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique  et  le  Minis- 
tre  des  Affaires  Etrangeres  de  Sa 
Majeste  le  Sultan,  au  sujet  de  la 
prolongation  de  la  ligne  Aerienne 
de  Bagdad  jusqua  Bussora  et  Kha- 
nakain,  dans  le  but  de  relier  par 
deux  lignes  differentes  les  telegra- 
phes  Indiens  au  reseau  telegraphique 
de  PEurope  1' Ambassadeur  de  la 
Reine  de  la  Grande  Britain  pros  la 

VOL.    VII. 


Translation. 
Consequent   upon   the  exchange 
of   notes    which    has   taken  place 
between  the  Embassy  of  Her  Bri- 
tannic Majesty  and  the  ministry  of 
Foreign  Affairs  of  His  Majesty  the 
Sultan  on  the  subject  of  the  exten- 
sion  of  the  line  above  ground  from 
Bagdad  to  Bussora  and  to  Khana- 
keen,  with  the  object  of  connecting 
by  two   different  lines  the  Indian 
telegraphs  with  the  telegrapliic  net- 
work of  Europe,  the  Ambassador  of 
2  b 


194 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


ITRKISH 
AKABIA. 

No.  L. 


Sublime  Porte  et  le  Ministre  des  Her  Britannic  Majesty  at  the  Sub- 
Affaires  Etrangeres  du  Sultan,  en  vue  lime  Porte  and  the  Minister  of 
d'assurer  la  rdalisation  de  ces  en-  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  Sultan,  with 
treprises,  ont  arrets  l'arrangement  a  view  to  this,  have  decided  on  the 
suivant : —  following  arrangement : — 


Aeticle  I. 

Le  Gouvernement  Ottoman  fera 
prolonger  a  ses  frais  :— 

1.  Laligne  de  Bagdad  a  Busso- 
ra. 

2.  H  construira  une  ligne 
A^rienne  de  Bagdad  jusqu'a  Khana- 
kain,  sur  la  fronti£re  Persane  Ces 
deux  lignes  seront  a  deux  fils,  dont 
l'un  sera  destine  au  service  exclusif 
des  messages  directs. 


Aeticle  1. 

The  Ottoman  Government  will 
extend  at  its  own  expense — 

1.  The  line  above  ground  from 
Bagdad  to  Bussora. 

2.  It  will  construct  a  line  above 
ground  from  Bagdad  to  Khanakeen 
on  the  Persian  frontier.  These 
two  lines  shall  consist  of  two  wires, 
of  which  the  one  shall  be  kept 
exclusively  for  direct  messages. 


Article  2. 

Le  Gouvernement  Indien  portera, 
de  son  cdte"  a  ses  frais  le  cable  sousma- 
rin  Indien,  aboutissant  k  Bushire, 
soit  a  Bussora  soit  a  un  autre  point 
quelconque  de  Pembouchure  du 
Sehat-el-Arab,  qui  sera  designe"  plus 
tard,  et  qui  sera  relie  a  la  ligne 
Aerienne. 


Article  2. 

The  Indian  Government,  on  its 
side,  at  its  own  cost,  shall  carry  the 
Indian  sub-marine  cable,  which  joins 
at  Bushire,  either  to  Bussora  or 
to  some  other  point  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Shat-el-Arab,  which  shall  be 
designated  later,  and  which  shall 
be  connected  with  the  line  above 
ground. 


Article  3.  Article  3. 

Le  Gouvernement  Indien  fournira  The  Indian  Government  besides 

en  outre  au  Gouvernement  Ottoman  shall  furnish  to  the  Ottoman  Gov- 

tous    les   materiaux  ne'cessaires,  y  ernment  all  the  necessary  materials, 


TREATIES,,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


195 


compris  les  poleaux  en  fer,  pour 
la  construction  des  deux  lignes 
Aeriennes  ci-dessus  indiquees. 

Les  deux  Ingenieurs  telegraphi- 
ques  qui  se  trouvent  deja  a  Bagdad, 
ainsi  que  l'Inspecteur  et  les  quatre 
Sous-officers  de  genie  Britannique 
qui  sont  attendus  prochainement 
dans  cette  ville,  seront  mis  a  la  dis- 
position des  Autorites  Ottomanes 
pour  cooperer  a  la  construction  de 
ces  "lignes. 


No.L. 


including  the  poles  of  iron,  for  the  TURKISH 
construction  of  the  two  lines  above  ARABIA, 
ground  before  mentioned. 

The  two  telegraphic  Engineers, 
who  are  already  at  Bagdad,  as  also 
the  Inspector  and  the  four  Sub- 
officers  of  the  British  Engineers 
who  are  soon  expected  to  arrive 
in  that  city,  shall  be  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  the  Ottoman  Authorities 
to  co-operate  in  the  construction  of 
these  lines. 


Article  4. 

LeGouvernement  Ottoman  payera 
les  materiaux  ainsi  fournis  par  le 
Gouvernement  Indien,  sur  la  recette 
des  messages  telegraphiques  Indiens, 
qui  traverseront  la  ligne  de  I'ex- 
treme  frontiere  Europeenne  de  V 
Empire  Ottoman  soit  jusqu'a  Busso- 
ra,  soit  jusqu'a  Khanakain,  d'apres 
un  arrangement  special  que  les  deux 
Gouvernements  se  reservent  d'etablir 
pour  determiner  la  mode  et  Tepoque 
des  versements  du  prix  de  ces 
materiaux. 

La  retribution  des  Ingenieurs 
reste  a  la  charge  du  Gouvernement 
Indien. 

Les  materiaux  qui  sont  fournis 
par  le  Gouvernement  Indien  seront 
consigned  a  leur  arrivee,  entre  les 


Article  4. 

The  Ottoman  Government  shall 
pay  for  the  materials  thus  furnished 
by  the  Indian  Government  with 
the  money  received  for  telegraphic 
messages  from  India,  which  shall 
traverse  the  line  of  the  extreme 
European  frontier  of  the  Ottoman 
Empire,  be  it  to  Bussora  or  as  far 
as  Khanakeen,  according  to  a  spe- 
cial arrangement  which  the  two 
governments  reserve  to  themselves 
to  establish,  to  determine  the  mode 
and  the  period  of  the  payment  of 
the  price  of  these  materials. 

The  salaries  of  the  Engineers  to 
be  paid  by  the  Indian  Government. 

The  materials  which  shall  be  fur- 
nished by  the  Indian  Government 
shall  be  consigned  on  their  arrival 


196 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


TURKISH    mains  des  autorites  Ottoraanes  con- 

AKA1JIA.      |,v  ]eur  n,(»u 
Ka    L. 

Article  5. 

Les  autorites  Imperiales  recev- 
ront  '  l'ordre  de  faire  commencer 
immediatement  les  travaux  de  la 
ligne  de  Bagdad  a  Bussora. 


to  the  hands  of  the  Ottoman 
Authorities,  and  a  receipt  given  for 
them. 

Article  5. 

The  Imperial  Authorities  shall 
immediately  receive  orders  to  begin 
the  works  upon  the  line  from  Bag- 
dad to  Bussora. 


Article  6. 

Le  cable  sousmarin  qui  doit  se 
relier  a  la  ligne  Aerienne  de  Bagdad 
a  Bussora  devra  etre  pose  le  plutot 
possible,  afin  d'en  assurer  le  fonc- 
tionnement  simultane. 


Article  6. 

The  sub-marine  cable  which  is  to 
meet  the  line  above  ground  from 
Bagdad  to  Bussora  shall  be  laid  as 
soon  as  possible,  in  order  to  secure 
simultaneous  operations. 


Article  7. 

Aussitot  que  cette  ligne  aura  ete 
achevee  le  Gouvernement  Ottoman 
mettra  la  main  a  celle  de  Bagdad  a 
Khanakain,  pour  laquelle  le  Gou- 
vernement Indien  s'engage  a 
fournir  egalement  les  materiaux  et 
les  Ingdnieurs  aux  memes  conditions 
qui  ont  6t&  stipulees  pour  la  ligne 
de  Bussora. 


Article  7. 

As  soon  as  this  line  shall  have 
been  completed,  the  Ottoman  Gov- 
ernment shall  commence  the  line 
from  Bagdad  to  Khanakeen,  for 
which  the  Indian  Government 
equally  engages  to  furnish  materials 
and  Engineers  on  the  same  condi- 
tions as  those  which  have  been  stipu- 
lated for  the  line  from  Bussora. 


Article  8. 

La  Sublime  Porte  aura  soin,  selon 
la  n6cessit6,  d'employer  pour  le  ser- 
vice de  ces  lignes  des  personnes 
posscdants  la  langue  Anglaise. 


Article  8. 
The    Sublime    Porte    shall   take 
care,  if  need  be,  to  employ,  for  the 
working  of  these  lines,  persons  ac- 
quainted with  the  English  language. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


197 


Article  9* 

Toutes  les  depeches  a  destination 
ou  provenant  des  Indes  seront  par- 
tagees  a,  portion  egale  entre  la 
ligne  projet^e  de  Bagdad  a  Bussora 
d'une  part,  et  celle  de  Khanakain 
d'autre  part. 

Pour  eviter  toute  difficult^  d'exe- 
cution,  ^application  du  partage 
aura  lieu  de  la  maniere  suivante  : — 

Toutes  les  depeches  provenant 
des  Indes  devront  passer  par  la  ligne 
de  Khanakain.  Par  contre  toutes 
celles  a  destination  des  Indes 
traverseront  la  ligne  de  Bagdad 
a  Bussora. 

Article  10. 

La  stipulation  de  F  Article  9 
sera  en  vigueur  pendant  dix  ans,  a 
Pexpiration  desquels  il  pourra  etre 
revis6  moyennant  une  nouvelle 
entente  entre  les  deux  Gouverne- 
ments. 


Article  9.* 

All  the  despatches  addressed  to  . 
or  coming  from  India  shall  be 
equally  divided  between  the  line 
from  Bagdad  to  Bussora  on  the 
one  hand  and  that  of  Khanakeen 
on  the  other. 

To  avoid  all  difficulty  of  execu- 
tion, the  application  of  this  system 
of  division  shall  be  as  follows  : — 

All  despatches  coming  from  India 
shall  pass  by  the  line  from  Khana- 
keen. On  the  other  hand,  all  those 
for  India  shall  be  sent  by  the  line 
from  Basrdad  to  Bussora. 


Article  10. 

The  stipulation  of  Article  9  shall 
remain  in  force  for  ten  years,  at  the 
end  of  which  it  can  be  revised  by 
means  of  a  new  understanding  be- 
tween the  two  governments. 


TURKISH 
ARABIA. 

No.  L. 


Article  11.  Article  11. 

Les    deux     Gouvernements     se  The  two  governments  reserve  to 

reservent    d'arreter  et   de  conclure  themselves  the  right  to  determine 

une  Convention  Telegraphique  sur  on    and    conclude    a    Telegraphic 

les  basses  de  l'Acte   de  Bruxelles,  Convention  on  the  basis  of  the  Act 

*  On  9th  December  1863  an  additional  Article  was  added  to  the  Protocol,  stipulating 
that,  instead  of  dividing  the  traffic  equally  between  the  Bussora  and  Khanakeen  lines, 
messages  should  be  forwarded  indifferently  by  either  line,  and  that  payment  should  be  cal- 
culated on  the  mean  between  375  and  89  miles,  the  distances  between  Bagdad  and  Bussora 
and  Bagdad  and  Khanakeen  respectively,  so  long  as  both  lines  are  kept  in  efficient  working 
order. 


198 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


TURKISH    qui  constituc  la  Loi  Internationale 
ARABIA,    deg  Signes  Electriques. 


No.  L. 


En  foi  de  quoi,  Y  Ambassadeur  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique  et  le  Minis- 
tre  des  Affaires  Etrangeres  de  Sa 
Majeste  Imp^riale  le  Sultan  ont 
signes  le  present  Protocole,  en  double 
expedition,  et  y  ont  appose*  le  sceau 
de  leurs  armes. 


of  Brussels,  which  constitutes  the 
International  Law  of  Lines  of 
Electric  Telegraphs. 

In  faith  of  which  the  Ambassa- 
dor of  Her  Britannic  Majesty  and 
the  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  of 
His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Sultan 
have  signed  the  present  Protocol 
in  duplicate  and  have  annexed 
their  Seals. 


Fait  a  la  Sublime  Porte,  le  vingt         Bone  at   the   Sublime  Porte  the 
dtt  mois  d'Ociobre,  de  Van  mil  huit     20th  day  of  October  1863. 
cent  soiaante  trots. 


Poce  Sib  Henex  Bulweb. 


L.  S. 


E.  M.  Erskine. 


Foe  Sie  Heney  Bulwee. 


L.  S. 


E.  M.  Erskine. 


L.  S. 


All 


L.  S. 


All 


L.  S. 


All 


PERSIAN  GULF. 

Selections  from  the  Records  of  the  Bombay  Government,  No.  XXI.  of 

new  Series. 

Those  portions  of  the  coasts  of  the  Persian  Gulf  which  are  not 
occupied  by  tribes  having  treaty  relations  with  the  British  Government 
are  either  under  the  dominion  of  Turkey  or  Persia.  The  Turkish 
suzerainty  is  acknowledged  on  the  southern  shore  from  the  Shat-el-Arab 
to  a  point  nearly  opposite  Demam,  a  small  portion  nearest  the  Shat-el-Arab 
being  directly  under  the  Pasha  of  Baghdad,  and  the  rest  being  occupied 
by  Arab  Chiefs,  who  acknowledge  dependence  on  the  Turkish  Government. 
The  northern  shore  nearest  the  Shat-el-Arab  is  held  by  Arab  Chiefs  owing 
allegiance  to  Persia,  and  the  coast  eastward  to  a  point  nearly  opposite  to 
the  western  extremity  of  the  Island  of  Kishm  is  governed  directly  by 
officers  of  the  Shah  of  Persia. 

MUSCAT. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century,  the  Muscat  Arabs  having 
driven  the  Persians  from  Oman,  established  their  ascendancy  in  the 
Persian  Gulf,  and  gained  a  footing  in  Zanzibar  aud  several  other  parts 
on  the  African  coast.  The  Persians  regained  their  supremacy  for  a  short 
time  in  the  reign  of  Nadir  Shah,  but  during  the  weakness  and  distrac- 
tions in  Persia  which  followed  Nadir  Shah's  death,  Ahmed  bin  Saeed,  the 
Arab  Governor  of  Sohar,  drove  the  Persians  out  of  Muscat  and  con- 
temptuously rejected  the  claims  of  the  Shah  to  tribute.  He  was  elected 
Imam.  He  was  succeeded  in  the  government  of  Muscat  by  his  second 
son,  Syud  Sultan,  who  usurped  the  rights  of  his  elder  brother.  It  was 
in  1798,  during  the  rule  of  this  Chief,  that  the  first  Treaty  (No.  LI.) 
with  Muscat  was  negociated  by  Mehendi  AH  Khan,  the  Company's  Agent 
at  Bushire,  with  a  view  to  exclude  from  Muscat  all  prejudicial  influence 
of  the  French  with  whom  Syud  Sultan  was  brought  in  contact  through 
his  trade  with  the  Mauritius.  When  Sir  John  Malcolm  visited  Muscat  on 
his  first  mission  to  Persia,  he  formed  another  engagement  (No.  LII.) 
with  Syud  Sultan,  stipulating  for  the  strict  observance  of  the  previous 
Treaty  and  for  the  residence  of  an  English  gentleman  in  an  official 
capacity  at  Muscat. 


200 


TKEATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

Muscat. 


Syud  Sultan  was  killed  on  14th  November  1803  in  battle  with  his 
enemies  the  Uttoobees  and  Joasmees.  The  rights  of  his  two  young  sons 
were  disputed  by  their  uncle  Syud  Ghes  of  Sohar,  who  aimed  at  usurping 
the  government  of  Muscat.  To  oppose  their  uncle's  pretensions  the  two 
youths  put  themselves  in  the  hands  of  their  cousin  Syud  Budr  bin 
Halol,  who  called  in  the  Wahabees,  and  with  their  help  defeated  Syud 
Ghes  and  recovered  Bundur  Abbass  and  Hormus,  which  had  been  seized 
by  the  Shaikh  of  Kishm.  The  weakness  resulting  from  this  disputed 
succession  gave  the  Wahabees  a  footing  in  Muscat,  which  they  have  never 
wholly  lost.  This  sect  adopted  strict  and  puritanical  doctrines.  They 
denied  divine  honours  to  Mahomed,  abhorred  and  destroyed  all  holy 
tombs,  abstained  from  the  use  of  tobacco,  and  waged  war  against  all 
Mahomedans  who  did  not  accept  their  peculiar  views.  Their  doctrines 
spread  with  amazing  rapidity.  In  1800  they  made  their  first  appearance 
in  Oman.  They  reduced  all  the  sea  coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf  from 
Bussora  to  Debaye,  released  the  Chiefs  of  Zaheera  and  Sohar  from 
allegiance  to  Muscat,  and  forced  Syud  Sultan  to  beg  for  a  three  years' 
truce,  which  they  broke  soon  after.  They  would  probably  have 
conquered  all  Oman  if  they  had  not  been  stopped  by  the  assassination 
of  their  Chief. 

The  Wahabees  reached  the  height  of  their  power  shortly  after  the 
accession  of  Syud  Saeed,  the  second  son  of  Syud  Sultan,  who  succeeded 
Budr  bin  Halol  in  1807.  This  Chief,  to  whom  the  religious  title  of  Imam 
was  not  conceded  by  the  Arabs,  although  he  is  generally  so  styled,  ruled 
for  fifty  years,  during  which  time  he  cultivated  a  close  intercourse  with 
the  British  Government.  In  1808  the  Imam,  smarting  under  the  insults 
of  the  Wahabees,  whose  agents  were  forcibly  converting  his  subjects 
in  his  very  capital,  roused  the  Arab  tribes  in  Oman  to  a  combination 
against  them.  If  Muscat  had  fallen  under  the  Wahabees,  the  Imam 
would  have  been  drawn  into  the  general  system  of  piracy  which  the 
Wahabees  encouraged,  and  would  have  been  converted  from  a  friend  into 
a  dangerous  enemy.  The  British  Government,  therefore,  resolved  to 
support  him.  An  armament  was  accordingly  sent  towards  the  close  of 
1809,  which  destroyed  the  piratical  boats  at  Ras-ool-Khyma,  Linga,  and 
Luft,  and  bombarded  and  took  Shinas.  No  arrangements,  however,  were 
made   permanently  to    secure   the   advantages    then  obtained.     Piracy 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  201 

was  soon  renewed,  and  another  expedition  had  to  be  sent  against  the  pirates     PERSIAN 
in  1819,  in  which  also  the  Imam  co-operated.      With  these  exceptions,       GULF. 
till   the  year   1822,    when  a  Treaty  (No.  MIL)  was  concluded  for  the      Muscat. 
suppression  of  slavery,  there  is  nothing  requiring  special   notice  in  the 
intercourse  between  the  British  Government  and  Syud  Saeed,  who  was 
chiefly  occupied  in  wars  with  his   rivals,  the  Joasmees,  and  in  fruitless 
attempts  to  possess  himself  of  the  Island  of  Bahrein. 

The  Treaty  of  1822  aimed  at  the  suppression  of  the  foreign  slave 
trade  with  Christian  nations  only,  and  not  of  the  trade  with  Mahomedan 
countries  and  within  the  Muscat  dominions,  except  in  cases  of  kidnap- 
ping ;  and  the  permission  given  under  the  Treaty  to  British  cruizers  to 
seize  slave  ships  east  of  the  line  defined  in  the  Treaty,  applied  to  His 
Majesty's  ships  only,  and  not  to  vessels  of  the  Indian  Navy.  In  1839, 
however,  a  Treaty  of  commerce  (No.  LIV.)  was  concluded  with  the  Imam 
by  Her  Majesty's  plenipotentiary  at  Muscat,  by  the  fifteenth  Article 
of  which  the  Imam  confirmed  the  Treaty  of  1822  for  the  suppression 
of  slave  trade  with  Christiau  countries,  and  conceded  power  of  search 
and  seizure  to  vessels  of  the  East  India  Company;  and  on  17th  De- 
cember of  the  same  year  he  agreed  with  the  Resident  in  the  Persian 
Gulf  to  add  three  additional  Articles  (No.  LV.)  to  the  Treaty  of  1822, 
authorizing  the  right  of  search  and  extending  the  boundary  laid  down 
in  the  Treaty  of  1822  from  Diu  head  to  Passein,  the  eastern  boundary  of 
the  Muscat  possessions  on  the  Mekran  coast,  so  as  to  include  the  coasts 
of  Kattywar,  Kutch,  Kurrachee,  and  upwards  of  four  degrees  westward 
in  the  limits  within  which  his  subjects  were  forbidden  to  engage  in  the 
slave  trade.  In  the  fourth  Article  of  the  Arabic  version  of  the  Treaty  of 
1822  no  mention  was  made  of  the  obligation  of  the  Imam  or  his 
authorities  to  assist  in  the  apprehension  of  British  subjects  engaged  in 
the  slave  trade,  although  this  obligation  was  distinctly  specified  in  the 
English  version.  The  Imam  was  urged  to  have  the  omission  rectified 
by  an  addition  to  the  Arabic  text.  He  was,  however,  averse  to  any  altera- 
tion being  made  in  the  Treaty;  but  in  a  separate  letter,  dated  18th 
August  1845,  he  bound  himself,  his  heirs,  and  authorities  to  afford  assist- 
ance, when  required  by  persons  authorized  to  demand  it,  in  the  appre- 
hension of  British  subjects  engaged  in  slave  trade. 

vol.  vn.  2  e 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SlTNNUDS. 


I'KliSIAN 
QULF. 

Muscat. 


Iii  1815  the  Imam  entered  into  a  Treaty*  (No.  LVI.)  prohibiting, 
from  1st  January  1847,  the  export  of  slaves  from  his  African  dominions 
and  their  importation  from  any  part  of  Africa  into  his  dominions  in  Asia, 
and  agreeing  to  use  his  influence  with  the  Chiefs  of  Arabia,  the  Red  Sea, 
and  the  Persian  Gulf  to  put  a  stop  to  the  slave  trade.  The  Treaty,  how- 
ever, did  not  prohibit  the  transport  of  slaves  from  one  port  in  his 
African  possessions  to  another.  In  consenting  to  this  Treaty  the  Imam 
requested  that  three  additional  Articles  f  might  be  added,  prohibiting 
the  search  of  his  vessels  in  the  limits  within  which  the  transport 
of  slaves  was  allowed  under  the  Treaty,  and  of  his  vessels  coming  from 
the  Arabian  and  Red  Seas  to  Africa,  and  stipulating  that,  if  slaves 
were  stolen  from  the  Zanzibar  territories,  the  Imam  should  not  be 
held  responsible.  These  Articles  appear  never  to  have  been  formally 
agreed  to ;  but  the  Imam  was  informed,  in  the  name  of  Her  Majesty's 
Government,  that  British  ships  of  war  would  search  only  such  vessels 
under  the  flag  of  the  Imam  as  might  reasonably  be  suspected  of  being 
engaged  in  slave  trade ;  that,  therefore,  the  description  of  vessels 
mentioned  in  the  Articles  would  not  be  searched  unless  there  should  be 
good  ground  for  suspecting  them  to  be  so  engaged ;  but,  at  all  events, 


*  An  Act  of  Parliament,  11  and  12  Vic,  Chap.  128,  was  passed  to  give  effect  to  this 
Treaty.  See  Appendix. 

t  Additional  Articles  to  the  Agreement  concluded  on  the  2nd  October  1845,  corre- 
sponding to  the  29th  Ram/an  1261  Hegira,  according  to  the  wish  of  His  Highness 
the  Imam  of  Muscat. 

Article  1. 

That  no  vessels  belonging  to  His  Highness  Syud  Saeed  bin  Sultan,  the  Imam  of 
Muscat,  or  belonging  to  his  subjects,  be  searched  by  English  Men-of- War  between  the 
boundary  of  Lamoo  to  the  north  and  Kitwar  to  the  south,  mentioned  in  the  Treaty  con- 
cluded on  the  2nd  October  1845,  corresponding  with  the  29th  Ramzan  1261. 

Article  2. 
It  may  perhaps  be  reported  to  them  (the  British  Government)  that    an   individual  has 
stolen  slaves  from  the  territories  of  Syud  Saeed,  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  which  are  in  Africa ; 
unless  this  be  proved,  His  Highness  Syud  Saeed,  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  shall  not  be  called 
to  account  for  it. 

Article  3. 

It  is  known  that  the  vessel  belonging  to  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  and  those 
belonging  to  his  subjects  coming  from  the  Arabian  and  Red  Seas  do  not  bring  slaves  from 
those  parts  to  the  territories  of  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  which  are  in  Africa  ;  accordingly 
English  Men-of-War  shall  not  search  nor  trouble  them. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


203 


that,  if  they  should  be  searched  and  found  not  to  be  so  engaged,  that    PERSIAN 
fact  would  be  ascertained  in   a  very  short  space  of  time,    and    they      OULF. 
would  not  be  prevented  for  more  than  a  quarter  or  half  an  hour  from      Muscat. 
continuing  their  voyage. 

In  consequence  of  some  discussion  regarding  the  right  of  the  Imam 
to  duty  on  goods  transhipped  in  his  ports,  he  issued  Rules  (No.  LVII.) 
in  1846  for  the  levy  of  full  duty  of  5  per  cent,  on  goods  transhipped, 
but  exempting  from  duty  ships  putting  into  his  harbours  from 
stress  of  weather  and  all  stores  of  the  British  Government  landed  at  his 
ports. 

During  the  later  years  of  his  rule  the  affairs  of  Syud  Saeed  in  his 
Asiatic  dominions  fell  into  much  confusion,  owing,  in  a  considerable 
degree,  to  his  prolonged  residence  at  Zanzibar,  which,  in  1840,  he  made 
the  permanent  seat  of  his  government,  and  the  incapacity  of  the 
Agents  whom  he  left  at  Muscat,  and  latterly  of  his  son  Syud  Thowaynee. 
On  more  than  one  occasion  his  power  was  saved  only  by  the  intervention 
of  the  British  Government.  The  Wahabees  forced  him  in  1833  to  pay 
them  a  tribute  of  5,000  crowns  a  year,  and  to  renew  the  obligation 
in  1845,  raising  the  tribute  to  20,000  crowns,  12,000  being  for  Muscat, 
and  8,000  for  Sohar.  About  the  same  time  also  he  got  into  trouble 
with  Persia  regarding  bis  possessions  on  the  Mekran  coast.  Besides 
his  possessions  on  the  Arabian  and  African  coasts,  the  Imam  holds 
the  Islands  of  Hormus  and  Kishm  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  is 
acknowledged  as  feudal  lord  by  the  Arabs  on  the  Mekran  coast 
between  Jask  and  Passein.  He  holds  Bunder  Abbass  and  its  depend- 
encies on  rent  from  Persia.  He  also  holds  the  ports  of  Gwadur  and 
Charbar,  his  rights  to  which,  according  to  tradition,  were  derived  from  the 
Khan  of  Khelat.  In  1846  Hussein  Khan,  the  Persian  Governor  of 
Fars,  despatched  a  force  against  Bunder  Abbas  with  the  view  of  extorting 
a  large  sum  of  money  from  Sheikh  Seif  bin  Subhan,  the  Imam's 
deputy  and  Governor.  The  Imam  threatened  to  retaliate  by  destroying 
Bushire.  It  was  not  till  a  change  of  ministry  took  place  on  the  death  of 
Mahomed  Shah  that  redress  was  granted  to  the  Imam.  In  1853  the 
Shah  of  Persia  resumed  possession  of  Bunder  Abbass  and  its  dependen- 
cies: but  he  restored  them  to  the  Imam  in  1856  on  much  less  advant- 


204 


I  i; KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNTTDS. 


PERSIAN  ageous  terms*  than  formerly.  The  rent  was  raised  from  6,000  to 
GULF-  16,000  Tomans  a  year,  and  the  Islands  of  Hormus  and  Kishm,  the 
Muscat.      Imam's  hereditary  possessions,  were  ceded  to  Persia. 


*  Translated  purport  of  an  Order  from  His  Royal  Highness  Tamasp  Mieza  Moayed- 
ed-Dowlah,  dated  Shaban  1272  H.,  A.  r>.  1855. 

By  order  and  permission  of  the  ministers  of  the  exalted  government  of  Persia  and 
on  the  following  conditions,  we  entrust  the  government  of  Bunder  Abbas,  the  Islands  of 
Kishm  and  Hormuz,  and  the  districts  of  Ossein,  Tazyan,  Shemie,  Minah,  Khameer,  and 
Biyahan,  and  all  their  dependencies  that  are  all  the  very  territories  of  the  exalted  govern- 
ment, to  His  Highness  Syud  Saeed  Khan,  the  Imam  of  Muscat  and  Oman.  His 
H  ighness  should  act  according  to  these  conditions  and  not  avoid  any  of  them  : — 

Aeticle  1. 
That  the  Chief  of  Bunder  Abbas  should  be  a  dependent  of  the  Persian  government, 
and  give  a  writing  to  that  effect  to  the  ministers  of  that  government,  and,  like  all  other 
Chiefs  in  Fare,  must  obey  the  Governor  General  of  Pars. 

Aeticle  2. 
That  His  Highness  should  remit  with  a  confidential  man  of  his,  in  four  instalments, 
the  annual  sum,  as  herein  detailed,  of  sixteen"  thousand  Tomans  on  account  of  the  revenue, 
peslikush,  and  present  for  Bunder  Abbas,  getting  a  receipt  for  the  same  from  the  Go- 
vernor General  of  Fare. 


Total  16,000  Tomans 


fRevenue  

J  Peshkush  for  Prime  Minister 

Ditto     for  Governor  General  of  Fare 
(.Present  for  Shoja-cl-Moolk    


12,500  Tomans. 
2,000     ditto. 
1,000    ditto. 
500    ditto. 


Aeticle  3. 


That  His  Highness  should  cause  the  ditch  that  is  now  being  dug  around  the  fort  of 
Bunder  Abbas,  to  be  filled  in,  and  it  should  never  be  re-dug  again. 

Aeticle  4. 
That  until  twenty  years  the  Imam  of  Muscat  and  his  son  will  have  the  right  of 
the  government  of  Bunder  Abbas,  and  after  the  expiration  of  twenty  years,  they  will 
have  to  repair  the  place  and  make  it  over  to  the  Persian  government.  Should  the  minis- 
ters of  the  exalted  government  then  again  wish  to  grant  the  government  of  Bunder 
Abbas  to  the  Imam  and  his  sons,  they  will,  through  friendship,  do  so  under  a  new  Firman 
and  instructions,  otherwise  they  can  occupy  the  place  and  depute  another  Chief  there. 

Aeticle  5. 

That  they  should  always  fly  the  Persian  flag  at  Bunder  Abbas,   and  there  will  always 

be  a  few  Persians  there  to  take  care  of  the  flag.     A  Taskarachee  also  will  be  appointed  and 

sent  to  remain  permanently  at  Bunder  Abbas.     Every  respect  due  to  the  Persian  flag 

should  be  brought  into  effect.     There  will  be  a  monthly  courier  sent  to  Bunder  Abbas  to 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


205 


In  1854  the  Imam  ceded  (No.  LVIIL)   to  the  British  Crown  the    PERSIAN 
Kooria  Mooria  Islands  on  the  south  coast  of  Arabia.     The  islands  are      GULF, 
valuable  only  for  the  guano  deposits  which  are  found  on  them.  Muscat. 


take  newspapers  and  to  look  after  the  flag  and  its  attendants.  On  all  festivals  and  on  the 
anniversary  of  the  Shah's  birthday  a  salute  should  bo  fired.  The  usual  morning  and  even- 
ing guns  will  also  be  fired. 

Aeticle  6. 

The  Chief  of  Bunder  Abbas  should  in  no  respect  annoy  or  oppress  the  subjects  and 
inhabitants  of  that  place  who  have  for  some  years  past  served  the  Persian  government, 
but  on  the  contrary  he  must  take  great  care  of  them. 

Aeticle  7. 
The  Chief  of  Bunder  Abbas  should  not  interfere  with  any   other  places  than  those 
that  have  been  since  the  time  of  the  late  Fath  Ali  Shah  and  are  at  present  under  his 
authority. 

Aeticle  8. 

Should  at  any  time  the  Governor  General  of  Fars  or  Governor  of  Laristan  desire  to 
go  for  recreation  or  sport  to  Bunder  Abbas,  the  Chief,  like  other  Chiefs,  should  pay  the 
necessary  respect  of  receiving  and  every  due  attention. 

Aeticle  9. 
In  the  event  of  the  Governor  General  of  Fars  or  Governor  of  Kerman  requiring,  in 
certain  emergent  cases,  to  send  troops  to  Cutch,  Mckran,  or  Beloochistan,  the  Chief  of 
Bunder  Abbas,  like  those  of  other  places,  should  not  fail  in  attending  to  his  wants,  giving 
provisions  and  guides,  paying  the  necessary  respect  on  their  departure,  and  doing  all  like 
services. 

Aeticle  10. 

In  case  the  Governor  General  of  Fars  finding  any  fault  in  the  Chief  of  Bunder  Abbas, 
the  Imam  immediately,  on  its  being  brought  to  his  notice,  should,  without  any  excuse,  dis- 
charge the  Chief  and  depute  another  whom  he  may  deem  fit,  and  who  would  be  obedient 
to  the  Governor  General  of  Fars. 

Aeticle  11. 

Should  any  of  the  subjects  of  Laristan,  Sabaa,  and  other  districts  of  Fars,  or  of  any 
of  the  districts  of  Kerman,  emigrate  to  Bunder  Abbas,  on  notice  being  given  by  the  Chief 
of  such  district,  the  Chief  of  Bunder  Abbas  should  return  them  to  their  places. 

Aeticle  12. 
These  conditions  have  been  made  with  the  present  living  Imam  Syud  Saeed  Khan 
and  his  sons.     But  should  at  any  time  an  usurper  get  into  possession  of  Muscat,  the  minis- 
ters of  the  Persian   government  will  not  be  bound  to  any  of  these  conditions. 

Aeticle  13. 

As  long  as  Bunder  Abbas,  the  above-mentioned  two  Islands,  Shernil,  Minab,  and  their 

dependencies  are  in  the  hands  of  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  he  should  not  allow  any  Officers  of 

foreign  governments  to  go  there.     He  should  also  promise  to  protect  those  places  by  land 

and  sea,  providing  for  every  port  having  an  anchorage  some  ships,  bughlas,  and  other 


206 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


PBR6IAH 

.il'LF. 

JJUM\tt. 


Syud  Saeed  died  in  1856.  In  1844  he  had  intimated  his  desire  to 
appoint  his  sons  Syud  Khalid  and  Syud  Thowaynee  as  his  successors  in 
his  African  and  Asiatic  dominions  respectively,  and  had  appointed  them 
his  deputies.  Syud  Thowaynee  accordingly  succeeded  to  the  govern- 
ment of  Muscat  on  his  father's  death.  In  virtue  of  his  succession  to  the 
Chiefship  of  Oman,  he  claimed  also  feudal  supremacy  over  Zanzibar*  and 
prepared  to  establish  his  claim  by  force  of  arms.  The  dispute  was  sub- 
mitted to  the  arbitration  of  Lord  Canning,  who  decided  (No.  LIX.)  that 
Zanzibar  should  be  independent  of  Muscat,  but  should  pay  an  annual 
subsidy  of  40,000  crowns. 

In  1865  a  Convention  (No.  LX.)  was  made  with  the  Imam  for  the 
extension  of  the  Electric  Telegraph  through  his  Dominions  in  Arabia 
and  Mekran. 


vessels  of  war.  He  should  further  promise  to  protect  all  the  boundaries  of  the  above- 
mentioned  places  from  all  interference  and  intrusion  of  strangers,  whether  in  an  amicable 
or  hostile  manner.  He  should  not  at  any  time  allow  any  ship,  bughla,  or  other  vessels  of 
war,  or  any  hostile  person  armed  or  otherwise,  Arab  or  foreign,  to  approach  or  get  a  footing 
at  Bunder  Abbas  or  the  Persian  territory  with  hostile  intentions  or  other  prctexcs. 

Article  14. 
The  Imam  of  Muscat,  notwithstanding  these  conditions,  has  not  the  right  of  letting 
Bunder  Abbas  and  the  above  said  places  to  any  foreigner  or  others.     He  can  only  himself 
hold  them,  appointing  one  of  his  relatives  for  the  management  thereof,  who  would  act  in 
accordance  with  these  conditions. 

Article  15. 
It  is  reported  by  Persian  merchants  that  formerly  an  Indian,  the  Contractor  of  Cus- 
toms at  Muscat,  had  deputed  an  Agent  at  Bunder  Abbas,  and  there  received  the  Muscat 
duty  for  goods  sent  from  Bunder  Abbas  to  India  and  other  places,  whereas  no  such  rules 
exist  in  any  country  as  charging  the  duty  of  one  place,  where  the  goods  are  not  being  sent, 
in  another.  As  this  proceeding  is  against  rules  and  customs,  the  Imam  should  prevent  the 
occurrence  thereof  hereafter,  and  should  only  levy  6uch  export  and  import  duty  as  the 
late  Sheikh  Saif  used  to  do,  and  no  more. 

Article  16. 
The  merchandize  detained  on  the  Island  of  Kishm  should  be  brought  to  Bunder  Ab- 
bas and  distributed  to  their  respective  consigners  there  through  Hajee  Abd-el  Mahomed, 
the  Melek-el  Toojjar  of  Bushire,  and  their  receipts  taken  and  sent  to  Tehran. 


*  See  below,  Zanzibar. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  207 

Sohar. — The  present  ruling1  family   of   Muscat  are,   as  has  been     PERSIAN 

already  noted,  descended  from  Ahmed  bin  Saeed,  the  Governor  of  Sohar, GULP. 

who,  in  1730,  expelled  the  Persians  and  became  the  first  Imam  of  Muscat. 
Muscat.  Syud  Ghes,  of  Sohar,  who  had  attempted  to  supplant  his 
nephew  Syud  Saeed  in  the  government  of  Muscat,  was  killed  in  1808, 
and  his  family  were  deprived  of  their  patrimony.  In  1830,  however, 
his  grandson  Syud  Hamood  bin  Azan,  the  cousin  of  Syud  Saeed, 
taking  advantage  of  the  absence  of  the  latter  at  Zanzibar,  regained 
possession  of  Sohar  and  compelled  the  Imam  to  restore  to  him  also 
other  districts  on  payment  of  tribute.  His  popularity  in  Oman  was 
great,  and,  but  for  the  intervention  of  the  British  Government,  he  would 
have  succeeded  in  dismembering  the  Muscat  possessions.  In  1839 
a  reconciliation  was  effected  between  Syud  Saeed  and  Syud  Hamood 
through  the  mediation  of  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  an 
engagement  (No.  LXI.)  was  mediated  between  them,  by  which  they 
engaged  to  abstain  from  aggressions  on  each  other,  and  to  admit  free 
intercourse  and  trade  between  their  respective  possessions.  The  Imam 
also  bound  himself  to  support  the  Chief  of  Sohar  when  attacked  by 
his  enemies. 

By  this  agreement  the  Chief  of  Sohar  became  independent.  As 
the  general  engagements  for  the  suppression  of  the  slave  trade  in  the 
Persian  Gulf  were  concluded  while  the  relations  of  Sohar  to  Muscat 
were  still  undefined,  a  formal  agreement  had  not  been  concluded  with 
Syud  Hamood.  But  in  1848  he  was  invited  to  enter  into  the  general 
arrangements,  and  accordingly  a  Treaty*  (No.  LXIL)  similar  to  those 
concluded  with  the  other  maritime  states  for  the  suppression  of  the  slave 
trade,  was  concluded,  on  22nd  May  1849,  with  his  son  Syud  Saif,  who 
was  then  in  possession  of  the  government.  Syud  Saif,  who  had  usurped 
his  father's  authority,  was  soon  afterwards  put  to  death  by  him. 

The  Treaty  concluded  in  1839  between  Muscat  and  Sohar  contained 
no  Article  by  which  the  British  Government  undertook  to  guarantee  its 
conditions.  But  the  very  formal  manner  in  which  it  was  negotiated  was 
considered  to  make  it  more  than  usually  binding  on  both  parties.  Not- 
withstanding this,  Syud  Thowaynee,  who  governed  Muscat  during  his 

*  An  Act  of  Parliament,  10  and  17  Vic,  Chap.  16,  was  passed  to  carry  this  Treaty  into 
effect.     See  Appendix.  « 


208  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

PERSIAN    father's  absence  at  Zanzibar,  treacherously  seized  Syud  Hamood  at  a 

<11  '•' •        friendly  conference  ami  laid  Beige  (SO  Sohar  by  land  and   sea..      Failing   in 

No.  LI.      his  attempts  to  take  the  fort,  he  returned  to  Muscat,  carrying  his  prisoner 

X[Mcai.      with  him.     Syud  Hamood  died  from  the  rigour  of  his  confinement  on 

23rd  April  1850.     Syud  Ghes,  his  brother,  took  up  arms  to  avenge  his 

death,  and,  with  the  help  of  the  Joasmees,  took  Sliinas  and  several  other 

forts.      The  Imam,   however,  returning  from  Muscat,  gained  over  the 

Joasmees  to  his  side,  and  defeated  Syud  Ghes,  from  whom  he  took  Sohar, 

leaving  to  him  Roostak  and  Hebee,  and  assigning  him  a  monthly  stipend 

of  200  crowns. 

On  the  death  of  Syud  Saeed,  his  son  Syud  Toorkee,  who  had  been 
placed  in  the  government  of  Sohar,  made  several  unsuccessful  attempts 
to  make  himself  independent  of  his  elder  brother  Syud  Thowaynee  and 
to  create  a  rebellion  in  Oman. 


No.  LI. 

Translation  of  the  Cowlnamah,  or  written  Engagement  from  the   Imam  of 

Muscat. 


Deed  of  Agreement  from  the  State  of  the  Omanian  asylum,  under  the  approbation 
of  the  Imam,  the  Director,  Syud  Sultan,  whose  grandeur  be  eternal !  to  the  high 
and  potent  English  Company,  whose  greatness  be  perpetuated !  as  compre- 
hended in  the  following  articles  : — 


Article  1. 

From  the  intervention  of  the  Nawab  Etmandi  Adowla  Mirza 
Mehedy  Ally  Khan  Bahadoor  Hurhmut  Jung  never  shall  there  be  any 
deviation  from  this  Cowlnamah. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   STJNNUDS. 


209 


Article  2. 
From  the  recital  of  the  said  Nawab  my  heart  has  Income  disposed 
to  an  increase  of  the  friendship  with  that  State,  and  from  this  day  forth 
the  friend  of  that  Sircar  is  the  friend  of  this,  and  the  friend  of  this 
Sircar  is  to  be  the  friend  of  that  \  and,  in  like  manner,  the  enemy  of  that 
Sircar  is  the  enemy  of  this,  and  the  enemy  of  this  is  to  be  the  enemy 
of  that. 

Article  3. 

Whereas  frequent  applications  have  been  made,  and  are  still  making-, 
by  the  French  and  Dutch  people  for  a  Factory,  i.  <?.,  to  seat  themselves 
in  either  at  Muscat  or  Goombroon,  or  at  the  other  ports  of  this  Sircar, 
it  is  therefore  written  that,  whilst  warfare  shall  continue  between  the 
English  Company  and  them,  never  shall,  from  respect  to  the  Company's 
friendship,  be  given  to  them  throughout  all  my  territories  a  place  to 
fix  or  seat  themselves  in,  nor  shall  they  get  even  ground  to  stand  upon 
within  this  State. 

Article  4. 

As  there  is  a  person  of  the  French  nation,  who  has  been  for  these 
several  years  in  my  service,  and  who  hath  now  gone  in  command  of  one 
of  my  vessels  to  the  Mauritius,  I  shall,  immediately  on  his  return, 
dismiss  him  from  my  service  and  expel  him. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LI. 

Muscat. 


Article  5. 

In  the  event  of  any  French  vessel  coming  to  water  at  Muscat, 
she  shall  not  be  allowed  to  enter  the  cove  into  which  the  English  vessels 
are  admitted,  but  remain  without ;  and  in  case  of  hostilities  ensuing  here 
between  the  French  and  English  ships,  the  force  of  this  State  by  land 
and  by  sea,  and  my  people,  shall  take  part  in  hostility  with  the  English, 
but  on  the  high  seas  I  am  not  to  interfere. 


Article  6. 

On  the  occurrence  of  any  shipwreck  of  a  vessel  or  vessels  apper- 
taining to  the  English,  there  shall  certainly  be  aid  and  comfort  afforded 
on  the  part  of  this  government,  nor  shall  the  property  be  seized  on. 

VOL.    VII.  2  (I 


i\0 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 

Noa.LI 
&  LIL 

Muscat. 


Article  7. 
In  the  port  of  Abassy  (Goombroon)  whenever  the  English  shall  be 
disposed  to  establish  a  Factory,'  I  have  no  objection  to  their  fortifying 
the  same  and  mounting  guns  thereon,  as  many  as  they  list,  and  to 
forty  or  fifty  English  gentlemen  residing  there,  with  seven  or  eight 
hundred  English  Sepoys,  and  for  the  rest,  the  rate  of  duties  on  goods 
on  buying  and  selling  will  be  on  the  same  footing  as  at  Bussora  and 
Abushehr. 


Bated  1st  of  Jemmadee-nl-Awul  1213,  Hegira,  or  12M  of  October 


1798. 


L.    S. 

No.  LIL 

L.  S. 

An  Agreement  entered  into  by  the  Imam  of  the  State  of  Oman  with  Captain 
John  Malcolm  Bahadoor,  Envoy  from  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor 
General,  dated  the  21st  of  Shaban  1213  Hegira,  or  18th  January  1800. 

Article  1. 

The  Cowlnamah  entered  into  by  the  Imam  of  Oman  with  Mehedy 
Ally  Khan  Bahadoor  remains  fixed  and  in  full  force. 


Article  2. 

As  improper  reports  of  a  tendency  to  interrupt  the  existing  harmony 
and  create  misunderstanding  between  the  States  have  gone  abroad,  and 
have  been  communicated  to  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General, 
the  Earl  of  Mornington,  k.  p.  ;  with  a  view  to  prevent  such  evils  in 
future,  we,  actuated  by  sentiments  of  reciprocal  friendship,  agree  that 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


211 


an  English  gentleman  of  respectability,  on  the  part  of  the  Honourable  PERSIAN 
Company,  shall  always  reside  at  the  port  of  Muscat,  and  be  an  Agent  gulf. 
through  whom  all  intercourse  between  the  States  shall  be  conducted,  in 
order  that  the  actions  of  each  government  may  be  fairly  and  justly 
stated,  and  that  no  opportunity  may  be  offered  to  designing  men,  who 
are  ever  eager  to  promote  dissensions,  and  that  the  friendship  of  the 
two  States  may  remain  unshook  till  the  end  of  time,  and  till  the  sun 
and  moon  have  finished  their  revolving  career. 


L.  S. 


Sealed  in  my  presence. 

(Signed)  John  Malcolm, 

Envoi/. 


Approved  by  the  Governor  General  in  Council  on  26th  April  1800. 


No.  LIII. 


Translation. 


Nos.  LII 
&  LIII. 

Muscat. 


In  the  name  of  the  Most  High  God !  In  the  name  of  the  Most  High  God  ! 


Particulars  of  the  requisitions  which 
were  made  by  Captain  Moresby,  Com- 
mander of  the  Ship  "Meani,"  who 
arrived  at  the  port  of  Muscat  on  the 
9th  of  the  sacred  (month  of)  Zilhujjah 
1237  (27th  August  1822)  from  the 
Island  of  Mauritius,  on  the  part  of 
the  Governor  Sir  Bobert  Farquhar 
Bahadoor. 


Answers  to  the  requisitions  which  were 
made  by  Captain  Morseby  on  the  part 
of  the  Governor  Sir  Eobert  Farquhar 
Bahadoor,  may  his  glory  be  eternal ! 
which  (requisitions)  are  mentioned  on 
the  back  of  this  paper. 


Article  1. 

That  you  (the  Imam)  instruct 
all  the  Officers  in  your  dominions 
to  prevent  the  subjects  from  selling 
slaves  to  Christians  of  all  nations. 


Article  1. 

That  we  did  write  last  season  to 
all  our  Officers  to  prohibit  the  sale 
of  slaves  to  all  the  Christian  nations, 
and  we  will  send  further  instruc- 
tions to  them  on  the  subject. 


•:  i  z 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  L11I. 

Muscat. 


Article  2. 

That  you  do  issue  orders  to  all 
your  Officers,  who  are  on  your  part 
throughout  your  dominions,  as  well 
in  Zanzibar  as  in  other  places,  to 
the  effect  that  if  they  discover  per- 
sons on  board  any  Arab  vessel  buy- 
ing slaves  for  the  purpose  of  taking 
them  to  Christian  countries,  they 
(the  Officers)  should  seize  such 
vessel  with  all  that  she  may  contain, 
and  should  send  to  you  the  Na- 
khoda  (i.  e.,  the  Commander)  and 
the  crew  in  order  that  you  may 
punish  them. 

Article  3. 

That  it  shall  be  obligatory  on 
the  crew  of  every  vessel  that  shall 
clandestinely  convey  slaves  to 
Christian  countries  to  give,  on  their 
return  to  an  Arab  port,  information 
to  the  Governor  of  that  port  in 
order  that  he  may  punish  the  Com- 
mander, and  that  if  they  fail  to  give 
the  information,  all  shall  suffer 
punishment. 


Article  4. 

That  your  Highness  give  us  a 
written  order  on  your  part  to  the 
Governor  of  Zanzibar  and  your 
other  Governors  in  that  quarter  to 
the  effect  that  they  do  allow  a  per- 
son to  be  stationed  on  our  part  in 


Article  2. 

That  we  will  send  orders  to 
all  our  Officers  who  are  employed 
throughout  our  dominions  to  the 
effect  that  if  they  find  any  Arab 
vessel  buying  slaves  for  the  pur- 
pose of  taking  them  to  Christian 
countries,  they  must  seize  the  vessel 
and  inflict  punishment  on  persons 
connected  with  her,  even  if  they  be 
bound  for  the  Island  of  Madagascar. 


Article  3. 

That  we  will  instruct  our  Officers 
and  notify  throughout  our  domi- 
nions that  the  crew  of  a  vessel  con- 
veying slaves  for  sale  to  Christian 
countries  are  required,  on  their 
return  to  an  Arab  port,  to  give 
information  to  the  Governor  of  the 
port  in  order  that  he  may  punish 
the  Commander,  but  that  if  they 
conceal  (the  fact),  all  shall  suffer 
punishment. 

Article  4. 

That  a  written  order  which  you 
wish  to  have,  permitting  the  station- 
ing of  a  person  on  your  part  in 
Zanzibar  and  the  neighbouring 
parts  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
intelligence  of    the  sale  of    slaves 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


213 


any  place  in  those  countries  which 
we  shall  see  fit,  and  that  they  do 
allow  us  a  place  for  residence  in  order 
that  we  may  obtain  intelligence  of 
any  vessel  that  may  convey  slaves 
to  Christian  countries. 


to  Christian  nations,  has  been 
granted,  and  will  reach  through 
the  hands  of  the  respected  Captain 
Moresby.  May  his  dignity  endure 
for  ever ! 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 

No.  LIII. 

Muscat. 


Article  5. 

That  you  give  us  a  written  per- 
mission that  if  we  find  any  vessel 
laden  with  slaves  for  sale,  carrying 
them  to  Christian  countries,  after 
four  months  from  the  date  of  such 
written  permission,  we  may  seize 
her. 

Article  6. 

That  you  do  write  to  all  your 
Governors  that  on  the  sailing  of 
every  vessel  they  shall  write  out  a 
pass  for  her,  stating  clearly  what 
port  she  is  leaving  and  what 
she  is  bound  to,  in  order  that 
if  our  ships  should  meet  a  vessel 
having  no  pass,  but  having  on 
board  slaves  for  sale  and  proceeding 
in  the  direction  of  the  Christian 
countries,  they  (the  British  ships) 
may  seize  her;  such  a  vessel,  if 
found  within  the  line  of  the  Island 
of  Madagascar  and  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Zanzibar  and  Lamoo,  to 
be  carried  into  Muscat  for  punish- 
ment by  you ;  but  if  found  sailing 
beyond  the  Island  of  Madagascar 
and  in  the  sea  of  Mauritius,  to  be 
seized  by  themselves   (British  ves- 


Article  5. 

That  a  written  permission  which 
you  wish  to  have,  permitting  you, 
after  four  months,  to  seize ,  vessels 
conveying  slaves  for  sale  to  Christian 
countries,  will  reach  through  the 
hands  of  the  said  Captain. 

Article   6. 

That  we  will  write  to  our  Gov- 
ernors regarding  the  granting  of 
a  pass  to  every  vessel  proceeding  on 
a  voyage,  specifying  therein  the 
port  she  sails  from  and  the  port  she 
is  bound  to,  and  you  may  seize  every 
vessel  you  may  fall  in  with  beyond 
the  Island  of  Madagascar  and  in 
the  sea  of  Mauritius  after  four 
months  from  the  date  of  the  written 
permission  alluded  to  in  the  fifth  re- 
quisition; and  if  any  vessel  be  found 
on  this  side,  the  matter  should  come 
to  us,  provided  she  do  not  possess  a 
pass  from  the  Governor  of  the  port 
of  departure. 


:MI 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN    sels),  and  this  (to  take  place)  after 
0ULF-      four  months  from  the  date  of  the 
written  permission. 


No.  Li  1 1. 
Muscat. 


Here  end  the  answers  to  the  six 
requisitions,  and  they  have  been 
written  by  the  most  humble  Abdul 
K&hir  bin  Syud  Mahomed  Ali 
Majid  by  order  of  his  master,  who 
commands  his  obedience,  Syud  Saeed 
bin  Syud  Sultan  bin  Imam  Ahmed 
bin  Saeed  Al  Boo  Saeedee. 

Written  on  the  17th  of  the 
sacred  (month  of)  Zilhujjah  1237 
one  thousand  two  hundred  and 
thirty-seven  of  the  Hegira,  (4th 
September  1822). 

This  is  signed  by  the  humble 
Saeed  bin  Sultan  with  his  own 
hand. 


Saeed 

bin 

Sultan 

bin  Ahmed. 


TREATIES;    ENGAGEMENTS;    AND    SUNNUDS. 


215 


Translation. 
In  the  name  of  the  Most  High  God!    In  the  name  of  the  Most  High  God 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 


Particulars  of  an  additional  requisition 
made  by  Captain  Moresby  for  the  sup- 
pression (of  the  sale  of)  slaves  carried 
on  board  vessels  to  Christian  countries. 

It  is  necessary  to  define  the  line 
beyond  which  we  may  seize  Arab 
vessels  carrying  slaves  to  Christian 
countries  after  four  mpnths  from 
the  date  of  the  written  permission 
mentioned  in  the  fifth  requisition. 
Let  it  be  understood  that  all  vessels 
on  board  of  which  there  may  be 
slaves  for  sale,  and  which  may  be 
found  by  our  ships  beyond  a  straight 
line  drawn  from  the  Cape  Delkada 
and  passing  six  zains  (i.  e.}  sixty 
miles)  from  Socotra  on  to  Dieu, 
shall  be  seized  by  our  ships,  but 
that  vessels  found  beyond  the  said 
line  driven  by  stress  of  weather  or 
by  any  other  unavoidable  circum- 
stance shall  not  be  seized. 


Answer  to  the  additional  requisition 
made  by  Captain  Moresby  for  the 
suppression  (of  the  sale  of)  slaves 
carried  to  Christian  countries. 

I  permit  the  Captains  of  ships 
belonging  to  the  English  govern- 
ment to  seize  all  Arab  vessels  car- 
rying slaves  to  Christian  countries 
which  may  be  found  beyond  a  straight 
line  drawn  from  the  Cape  Delkada 
and  passing  sixty  miles  from  Socotra 
on  to  Dieu*  after  the  date  of  the 
written  permission  mentioned  in 
the  fifth  requisition,  but  not  to  seize 
vessels  found  beyond  the  line  which 
may  have  been  driven  by  stress  of 
weather  or  any  other  unavoidable 
circumstance. 


"Written  by  Abdul  Kahir  bin 
Syud  Mahomed  bin  Syud  Majid  by 
order  of  his  master,  who  commands 
his  obedience,  Saeed  bin  Syud 
Sultan  Imam  Ahmed  bin  Saeed 
Al  Boo  Saeedee. 

Written  on  the  22nd  Zilhujjah 
1237,  9th  September  1822. 


No.  LIII. 


Muscat. 


*  Here  is  omitted  four  months. 


21G  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIAN     Translation  of  the  annexed  letter,  dated  18th  August  1845,  from  His  Highness 
GULF.  the  Imam  of  Muscat  to  Captain  Hamebton,  relative  to  the  fourth  Article  of 

the  Treaty  concluded  on  the  10th  September  1822  by  Captain  Mokesby  with 
His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat. 


Nos.  LI  II 
&LIV. 


H  M  ■  ■'• 


After  Compliments. — Your  excellent  letter  has  reached,  and  your 
friend  understood  its  contents ;  you  mention  that  you  have  received  a 
letter  from  the  mighty  government,  containing  orders  to  you  to  bring  to 
our  notice  that,  in  the  fourth  Article  of  the  Treaty  we  concluded  with 
Captain  Moresby  in  the  year  1822,  it  is  mentioned  in  the  English  version 
that  it  is  incumbent  on  us,  and  our  heirs  and  Governors,  to  assist  in 
apprehending  English  subjects  engaged  in  the  slave  trade,  but  that  such 
is  not  mentioned  in  the  Arabic  version  of  the  Treaty,  and  my  friend  (you) 
considering  it  not  necessary  to  alter  the  Treaty,  nevertheless  we  con- 
sider it  incumbent  on  us,  our  heirs  and  Governors,  that  we  should  assist 
to  apprehend  English  subjects  who  may  be  engaged  in  the  slave  trade. 
Therefore  whoever  may  be  accredited  from  the  government,  and  require 
assistance  from  us,  shall  receive  it  accordingly.  "Whatever  you  may  re- 
quire let  us  know,  and  peace  be  on  you. 

Dated  4>t/i  Shaban  1241,  \Wi  August  1845. 


No.  LIV. 

Tbeaty  of  Commerce  between  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  His  Highness  Sultan  Seid  Saeed  bin 
Sultan,  Imam  of  Muscat. 

Preamble.— Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  and 
its  dependencies,  being  desirous  to  confirm  and  strengthen  the  good 
understanding  which  now  subsists  between  them,  and  to  promote  by 
means  of  a  convention  the  commercial  intercourse  between  their  respective 
subjects ;  and  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  being,  moreover, 
desirous  to  record  in  a  more  formal  manner  the  engagements  entered 
into  by  His  Highness  on  the  10th  of  September  1822,  for  the  perpetual 
abolition  of  the  slave  trade  between  the  dominions  of  His  Highness 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


217 


and  all  Christian  nations,  they  have  accordingly  appointed  as  the 
Plenipotentiaries,  that  is  to  say,  Robert  Cogan,  Esq.,  a  Captain  in  the 
Naval  Service  of  the  East  India  Company,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty 
the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  &c,  &c, 
and  Hasin  bin  Ebrehim,  and  Ali  bin  Naser  on  behalf  of  His  Highness 
the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  &c,  &c,  who  having  communicated  their  full 
powers  found  to  be  in  due  and  proper  form,  have  agreed  upon  and 
conclude  the  following  Articles  : — ■ 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 

No.  LIV. 

Muscat. 


Article  1. 

The  subjects  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  shall  be  at 
liberty  to  enter,  reside  in,  trade  with  and  pass  with  their  merchandize 
through  all  parts  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty's  dominions  in  Europe  and 
in  Asia,  and  shall  enjoy  in  those  dominions  all  the  privileges  and 
advantages,  with  respect  to  commerce  or  otherwise,  which  are  or  may  be 
accorded  therein  to  the  subjects  or  citizens  of  the  most  favored  nations ; 
and  the  subjects  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty  shall,  in  like  manner,  have  full 
liberty  to  enter,  reside  in,  trade  with  and  pass  with  their  merchandize 
through  all  parts  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Mus- 
cat, and  shall  in  those  dominions  enjoy  all  the  privileges  and  advantages, 
with  respect  to  commerce  or  otherwise,  which  are  or  may  be  accorded 
therein  to  the  subjects  or  citizens  of  the  most  favored  nation. 

Article  2. 

British  subjects  shall  be  at  liberty  to  purchase,  sell,  or  hire  land  or 
houses  in  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat. 

The  houses,  ware-houses,  or  other  premises  of  British  subjects,  or  of 
persons  actually  in  the  service  of  British  subjects  in  the  dominions  of 
His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  shall  not  be  forcibly  entered,  nor 
on  any  pretext  searched  without  the  consent  of  the  occupier,  unless 
with  the  cognizance  of  the  Consul  or  British  Resident  Agent.  But 
such  Consul  or  Resident  Agent,  on  just  cause  being  adduced  by  the 
authorities  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  shall  send  a  competent 
person,  who,  in  concert  with  the  Officers  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of 
Muscat,  shall  conduct  the  search,  and  shall  prevent  the  use  of  unneces- 
sary violence  or  of  improper  resistance. 

VOL.    VII.  2  6 


218 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  L1V. 

Muscat. 


Article  3. 

The  two  high  contracting  parties  acknowledge  reciprocally  to  each 
other  the  right  of  appointing  Consuls  to  reside  in  each  other's  dominions 
wherever  the  interests  of  commerce  may  require  the  presence  of  such 
Officers,  and  such  Consuls  shall  at  all  times  be  placed  in  the  country  in 
which  they  reside  on  the  footing  of  the  Consuls  of  the  most  favored  nations. 
Each  of  the  high  contracting  parties  further  agrees  to  permit  his  own 
subjects  to  be  appointed  to  consular  offices  by  the  other  contracting  party, 
provided  always  that  the  persons  so  appointed  shall  not  begin  to  act 
without  the  previous  approbation  of  the  sovereign  whose  subjects  they 
may  be. 

The  public  functionaries  of  either  government  residing  in  the 
dominions  of  the  other  shall  enjoy  the  same  privileges,  immunities,  and 
exemptions  which  are  enjoyed  within  the  same  dominions  by  similar 
public  functionaries  of  other  countries. 


Article  4. 

Subjects  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat, 
actually  in  the  service  of  British  subjects  in  those  dominions,  shall  enjoy 
the  same  protection  which  is  granted  to  British  subjects  themselves,  but 
if  such  subjects  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat 
shall  be  convicted  of  any  crime  or  infraction  of  the  law  requiring  punish- 
ment, they  shall  be  discharged  by  the  British  subject  in  whose  service 
they  may  be,  and  shall  be  delivered  over  to  the  authorities  of  His  High- 
ness the  Sultan  of  Muscat. 

Article  5. 

The  authorities  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  shall  not 
interfere  in  disputes  between  British  subjects  or  between  British  subjects 
and  the  subjects  or  citizens  of  other  Christian  nations.  When  differences 
arise  between  a  subject  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of 
Muscat  and  a  British  subject,  if  the  former  is  the  complainant,  the  cause 
shall  be  heard  by  the  British  Consul  or  Resident  Agent,  who  shall  admi- 
nister justice  thereupon.  But  if  the  British  subject  is  the  complainant 
against  any  of  the  subjects  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  or 
the  subjects  of  any  other  Mahomedan  power,  then  the  cause  shall  be 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


219 


decided  by  the  highest  authority  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat, 
or  by  persons  nominated  by  him,  but  in  such  case  the  cause  shall  not  be 
proceeded  in  except  in  the  presence  of  the  British  Consul  or  Resident 
Agent,  or  of  some  person  deputed  by  one  or  other  of  them,  who  shall 
attend  at  the  Court  House,  or  where  such  matter  shall  be  tried.  In 
causes  between  a  British  subject  and  a  native  of  the  dominions  of  His 
Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  whether  tried  before  the  British  Consul 
or  Resident  Agent,  or  before  the  above-mentioned  authority  of  His  High- 
ness the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  the  evidence  of  a  man  proved  to  have  given 
false  testimony  on  a  former  occasion  shall  not  be  received. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LIV. 

Muscat. 


Article  6. 

The  property  of  a  British  subject  who  may  die  in  the  dominions  of 
His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  or  of  a  subject  of  His  Highness  the 
Sultan  of  Muscat  who  may  die  in  the  British  dominions,  shall  be  delivered 
over  to  their  heirs,  or  executors,  or  administrators  of  the  deceased,  or  to 
the  respective  Consul  or  Resident  Agent  of  the  contracting  parties,  in 
default  of  such  heirs,  or  executors,  or  administrators. 


Article  7. 

If  a  British  subject  shall  become  bankrupt  in  the  dominions  of  His 
Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  the  British  Consul  or  Resident  Agent 
shall  take  possession  of  all  the  property  of  such  bankrupt,  and  shall  give 
it  up  to  his  creditors  to  be  divided  among  them.  This  having  been  done, 
the  bankrupt  shall  be  entitled  to  full  discharge  of  his  creditors,  and  he 
shall  not  at  any  time  afterwards  be  required  to  make  up  his  deficiency, 
nor  shall  any  property  he  may  afterwards  acquire  be  considered  liable 
for  that  purpose.  But  the  British  Consul  or  Resident  Agent  shall  use 
his  endeavors  to  obtain,  for  the  benefit  of  the  creditors,  any  property 
of  the  bankrupt  in  another  country,  and  to  ascertain  that  every  thing 
possessed  by  the  bankrupt  at  the  time  when  he  became  insolvent  has 
been  given  up  without  reserve. 

Article  8. 
If   a  subject  of   His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  should  resist 
or  evade  payment  of  his  just  debts  to  a  British  subject,  the  authorities 


220  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

TERSIAN    of   His  Highness  shall  afford  to  the  British  subject  every  aid  and  facility 
WW      in  recovering  the  amount  due,  and  in  like  manner  the  British  Consul  or 


No.  L1V.     Resident  Agent  shall  afford  every  aid  and  facility  to  subjects  of  His  High- 
NiBcat,      ness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  in  recovering  debts  justly  due  to  them  from 
a  British  subject. 

Article  9. 

No  duty  exceeding  5  per  cent,  shall  be  levied  at  the  place  of  entry 
in  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  on  any  goods, 
the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  the  dominions  of  Her  Britannic 
Majesty  imported  by  British  vessels,  and  this  duty  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
a  full  payment  of  all  import  and  export  and  tonnage  duties  of  license 
to  trade,  of  pilotage  and  anchorage,  and  of  any  other  charge  by  govern- 
ment whatever  upon  the  vessels  or  upon  the  goods  so  imported  or  ex- 
ported. Nor  shall  any  charge  be  made  on  that  part  of  the  cargo  which 
may  remain  on  board  unsold  ;  and  no  additional  or  higher  duty  shall  be 
levied  upon  these  goods  when  afterwards  transported  from  one  place  to 
another  in  the  dominions  of  His  Highness ;  but  the  above-mentioned 
duty  having  once  been  paid,  the  goods  may  be  sold  by  wholesale  or  retail 
without  any  further  duty.  No  charge  whatever  shall  be  made  on  British 
vessels  which  may  enter  the  ports  of  His  Highness  for  the  purpose  of 
refitting  or  for  refreshments,  or  to  enquire  about  the  state  of  the  market. 

Article  10. 

No  articles  whatever  shall  be  prohibited  from  being  imported  into  or 
exported  from  the  territories  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  but 
the  trade  between  the  dominions  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty  and  those 
of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  shall  be  perfectly  free,  subject  to 
the  above-mentioned  duty  upon  goods  imported,  and  to  no  other;  and 
His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  hereby  engages  not  to  permit  the 
establishment  of  any  monopoly  or  exclusive  privilege  of  sale  within  his 
dominions  except  in  the  articles  of  ivory  and  gum  copal  on  that  part 
of  the  east  coast  of  Africa  from  the  Port  of  Tangate  situated  in  about 
five  and  a  half  degrees  of  south  latitude  to  the  Port  of  Quila  lying  in 
about  seven  degrees  south  of  the  equator,  both  ports  inclusive ;  but  in 
all  other  ports  and  places  in  His  Highnesses  dominions  there  shall  be  no 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


221 


monopoly  whatever,  but  the  subjects  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty  shall  be 
at  liberty  to  buy  and  sell  with  perfect  freedom  from  whomsoever  and  to 
whomsoever  they  chose,  subject  to  no  other  duty  by  government  than 
that  before  mentioned. 

Article  11. 

If  any  disputes  should  arise  in  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the 
Sultan  of  Muscat  as  to  the  value  of  goods  which  shall  be  imported  by 
British  Merchants  and  on  which  the  duty  of  5  per  cent,  is  to  be  levied, 
the  Custom  Master,  or  other  authorized  Officer  acting  on  the  part  of 
government  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  shall  be  entitled  to 
demand  one-twentieth  part  of  the  goods  in  lieu  of  the  payment  of  5 
per  cent.,  and  the  Merchant  shall  be  bound  to  surrender  the  twentieth 
part  so  demanded  whenever,  from  the  nature  of  the  articles,  it  may  be 
practicable  to  do  so ;  but  the  Merchant  having  done  so,  shall  be  subject 
to  no  further  demand  on  account  of  customs  on  the  other  nineteen- 
twentieths  of  those  goods  in  any  part  of  the  dominions  of  His  High- 
ness the  Sultan  of  Muscat  to  which  he  may  transport  them.  But  if 
the  Custom  Master  should  object  to  levy  the  duty  in  the  manner  afore- 
said by  taking  one-twentieth  part  of  the  goods,  or  if  the  goods  should 
not  admit  of  being  so  divided,  then  the  point  in  dispute  shall  be  referred 
to  two  competent  persons,  one  chosen  by  the  Custom  Master  and  the 
other  by  the  importer,  and  a  valuation  of  the  goods  shall  be  made,  and 
if  the  referees  shall  differ  in  opinion,  they  shall  appoint  an  arbitrator^ 
whose  decision  shall  be  final,  and  the  duty  shall  be  levied  according  to 
the  value  thus  established. 

Article  12. 

It  shall  not  be  lawful  for  any  British  Merchant  to  expose  his  goods 
for  sale  for  the  space  of  three  days  after  the  arrival  of  such  goods,  unless, 
before  the  expiration  of  such  three  days,  the  importer  and  Custom 
Master  shall  have  agreed  as  to  the  value  of  such  goods.  If  the  Custom 
Master  shall  not  within  three  days  have  accepted  one  of  the  two  modes 
proposed  for  ascertaining  the  value  of  the  goods,  the  authorities  of  His 
Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  on  application  being  made  to  them  to 
that  effect,  shall  compel  the  Custom  Master  to  choose  one  of  the  two  modes 
by  which  the  amount  of  the  customs  to  be  levied  is  to  be  determined. 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 

No.  LIV. 

Muscat. 


222  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

PERSIAN  Article  13. 

If  it  shall  happen  that  either  the  Queen  of  England  or  His  High- 
No.  LIV.  nesg  fjjg  suitan  of  Muscat  should  be  at  war  with  another  country,  the 
subjects  of  Her,  Britannic  Majesty  and  the  subjects  of  His  Highness 
the  Sultan  of  Muscat  shall  nevertheless  be  allowed  to  pass  such  country 
through  the  dominions  of  either  power  with  merchandize  of  every  de- 
scription except  warlike  stores,  but  they  shall  not  be  allowed  to  enter  any 
port  or  place  actually  blockaded  or  besieged. 

Article  14. 

Should  a  vessel  under  the  British  flag  enter  a  port  in  the  dominions 
of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  in  distress,  the  local  authorities 
at  such  port  shall  afford  all  necessary  aid  to  enable  the  vessel  to  refit 
and  to  prosecute  her  voyage,  and  if  any  such  vessel  should  be  wrecked  on 
the  coast  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  the 
authorities  of  His  Highness  shall  give  all  the  assistance  in  their  power  to 
recover  and  to  deliver  over  to  the  owners  all  the  property  that  can  be  saved 
from  such  vessel.  The  same  assistance  and  protection  shall  be  afforded 
to  vessels  of  the  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  and 
property  saved  therefrom  under  similar  circumstances  in  the  ports  and 
on  the  coasts  of  the  British  dominions. 

Article  15. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  hereby  renews  and  confirms 
the  engagements  entered  into  by  His  Highness  with  Great  Britain  on 
the  10th  of  September  1822  for  the  entire  suppression  of  slave  trade 
between  his  dominions  and  all  Christian  countries;  and  His  Highness 
further  engages  that  the  ships  and  vessels  of  war  belonging  to  the  East 
India  Company  shall  be  allowed  to  give  full  force  and  effect  to  the 
stipulations  of  the  said  Treaty,  agreeably  with  the  conditions  prescribed 
therein,  and  in  the  same  manner  as  the  ships  and  vessels  of  Her  Britannic 
Majesty. 

Article  16. 
It  is  further  acknowledged  and  declared  by  the  high  contracting 
parties  that  nothing  in  this  Convention  is  intended  in  any  way  to  inter- 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


223 


fere  with,  or  rescind  any  of  the  rights  or  privileges  now  enjoyed  by  the 
subjects  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  in  respect  to  commerce 
and  navigation  within  the  limits  of  the  East  India  Company's  Charter. 

Article  17. 
The  present  Convention  shall  be  ratified,  and  the  ratifications  thereof 
shall  be  exchanged  at  Muscat  or  Zanzibar  as  soon  as  possible,  and,  in  any 
case,  within  the  space  of  fifteen  months  from  the  date  hereof. 

Bone  on  the  Island  and  at  the  Town  of  Zanzibar  this  thirty-first  day 
of  May  in  the  year  of  Christ  eighteen  hundred  and  thirty-nine,  correspond- 
ing with  the  seventeenth  of  the  month  Rubbee-ul-Awul  of  the  VI  Hegira 
twelve  hundred  and  fifty-five. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LIV. 

Muscat, 


Fobm  of  Declaration  made  on  the  part  of  the  British  Government  previous 
to  exchange  of  the  ratifications. 

The  undersigned  Samuel  Hennell,  Esq.,  a  Captain  in  the  Mili- 
tary Service  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  Resident  in  the  Persian 
Gulf,  appointed  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  to  exchange  Her  Majesty's  rati- 
fication of  the  Treaty  of  Commerce  concluded  at  Zanzibar,  on  the  31st 
May  1839,  by  Robert  Cogan,  Esq.,  a  Captain  in  the  Naval  Service  of 
the  East  India  Company  on  the  part  of  Her  said  Majesty,  and  by  Hassan 
bin  Ebrehim,  and  Mahabat  Ali  bin  Nasir,  on  the  part  of  His  Highness 
the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  against  the  ratification  of  the  same  Treaty  by 
His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  is  commanded  by  the  Queen,  in 
order  to  avoid  any  possible  misunderstanding  as  to  the  meaning  of  the 
words  contained  in  the  ninth  Article  of  the  said  Treaty,  u  any  other 
charge  by  government  whatever,"  to  declare  to  Syud  Mahomed  Ibin  Syud 
Shurruf,  appointed  by  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  to  exchange 
His  Highnesses  ratification,  that  the  aforesaid  words  are  by  Her  Majesty 
taken  and  understood  to  mean  "  any  other  charge  whatever  made  by  the 
government,  or  by  any  local  authority  of  the  government." 

Muscat,  this  twenty-second  day  of  July  1840. 


L.  S. 


(Signed)         S.  Hennell. 


t  !  I 

.-  .-   r 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


TERSIAN 

cii.f. 

No.  LIV. 

Muscat. 


Fobm  of  Declaration  made  on  the  part  of  the  Muscat  Government  previous  to 
exchange  of  the  ratifications. 

The  undersigned  Syed  Mahomed  Ibin  Syud  Shurruf,  appointed  by 
His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  to  exchange  His  Highnesses  ratifica- 
tion of  the  Treaty  of  Commerce  concluded  at  Zanzibar,  on  the  31st  May 
1839,  by  Robert  Cogan,  Esq.,  a  Captain  of  the  Naval  Service  of  the 
East  India  Company  on  the  part  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  by  Hassan  bin  Ebre- 
him,  and  Mahabat  Ali  bin  Nasir,  on  the  part  of  His  Highness  the 
Sultan  of  Muscat,  against  the  ratification  of  the  same  Treaty  by  Her 
Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland, 
having  received  from  Samuel  Hennell,  Esq.,  a  Captain  in  the  Military 
Service  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf, 
appointed  to  act  in  this  matter  on  behalf  of  Her  said  Majesty,  a  declara- 
tion stating  that,  in  order  to  avoid  any  possible  misunderstanding  as  to 
the  meaning  of  the  words  "  any  other  charge  by  government  whatever/' 
contained  in  the  ninth  Article  of  the  said  Treaty,  the  aforesaid  words  are  by 
Her  Majesty  taken  and  understood  to  mean  "  any  other  charge  whatever 
made  by  the  government,  or  by  any  local  authority  of  the  government," 
the  undersigned  Syud  Mahomed  Ibin  Syud  Shurruf,  being  duly  authorised 
by  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  hereby  accepts  and  adopts  the 
said  declaration  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Highness  the 
Sultan  of  Muscat. 


Muscat,  this  twenty-second  day  of  July  1840. 


L.  8. 


(Signed)       Syud  Mahomed  Ibin  Syud  Shurruf. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


225 


Form  of  Certificate  signed  on  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications. 

The  undersigned  having  met  together  for  the  purpose  of  exchang- 
ing the  ratifications  of  a  Treaty  of  Commerce  between  Her  Majesty  the 
Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  His 
Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  concluded  and  signed  at  Zanzibar  on  the 
31st  day  of  May  1839,  and  the  respective  ratifications  of  the  said  instru- 
ment having  been  carefully  perused,  the  said  exchange  took  place  this 
day  in  the  usual  form. 

In  witness  whereof  they  have  signed  the  present  Certificate  of 
exchange  and  have  affixed  thereto  their  respective  Seals. 

Done  at  Muscat,  the  twenty-second  clay  of  July  1840. 


L.  S. 


(Signed)       S.  Hennell. 


L.  S. 


Syud  Mahomed  Ibin  Syud  Shurruf. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LIV. 

Muscat. 


Translation  of  the  ratification  of  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat  to  the 

Treaty  of  Commerce. 

We  having  duly  considered  the  Treaty  above  drawn  out  have  ap- 
proved, accepted,  and  confirmed  the  several  Articles  and  Clauses  therein  set 
forth,  and  by  this  document  do  hereby  approve,  accept,  and  confirm  the 
same  for  ourselves,  our  heirs  and  successors.  Accordingly  we  do  by  our 
word  promise  and  engage  sincerely  and  faithfully  to  perform  all  and 
every  thing  set  forth  and  contained  in  the  aforesaid  Treaty,  and  further 
that  to  the  utmost  of  our  power  we  will  allow  no  one  to  violate  and 
infringe  this  engagement  in  any  way  whatsoever.  In  witness  whereof 
we  have  directed  our  seal  to  be  affixed  to  this  document,  which  we  have 
signed  with  our  own  hand  in  this  our  Port  of  Muscat  this  22  nd  day  of 
Jemmadee-ul-Awul  a.  h.  1256,  according  to  22nd  July  1840  of  the 
Christian  era. 


L.  S. 


VOL.    VII. 


(Signed)         Syud  Saeed. 
2/ 


226  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

PERSIAN  No.    LV. 

Translation    of  additional  Articles  regarding  the  suppression  of  the    foreign 
No.  LV.  slave  trade,  entered  into  by  His  Highness  Saekd  Syud  bin  Sultan,  the  Imam 

Muscat.  of  Muscat. 

I  agree  that  the  following  Articles  be  added  to  the  above  Treaty 

concluded  by  Captain  Moresby  on  the  aforesaid  date  : — 

Article  1. 
That  the  government  cruizers,  whenever  they  may  meet  any  vessel 
belonging  to  my  subjects  beyond  a  direct  line  drawn  from  Cape  Delgado, 
passing  two  degrees  seaward  of  the  Island  of  Socotra  and  ending  at 
Pussein,  and  shall  suspect  that  such  vessel  is  engaged  in  the  slave  trade, 
the  said  cruizers  are  permitted  to  detain  and  search  it. 

Article  2. 
Should  it  on  examination  be  found  that  any  vessel  belonging  to 
my  subjects  is  carrying  slaves,  whether  men,  women,  or  children,  for 
tale  beyond  the  aforesaid  line,  then  the  government  cruizers  shall  seize 
and  confiscate  such  vessel  and  her  cargo.  But  if  the  said  vessel  shall 
pass  beyond  the  aforesaid  line  owing  to  stress  of  weather,  or  other  case 
of  necessity  not  under  control,  then  she  shall  not  be  seized. 

Article  3. 
As  the  selling  of  males  and  females,  whether  grown  up  or  young, 
who  are  "  Hoor"  or  free,  is  contrary  to  the  Mahomedan  religion,  and 
whereas  the  Soomalees  are  included  in  the  Hoor  or  free,  I  do  hereby 
agree  that  the  sale  of  males  and  females,  whether  young  or  old,  of  the 
Soomalee  tribe,  shall  be  considered  as  piracy,  and  that  four  months 
from  this  date,  all  those  of  my  people  convicted  of  being  concerned  in 
such  an  act  shall  be  punished  as  pirates. 

Bated  lOtk  Showal  1255  a.   h.,  corresponding  to  the  17 1 A  Bccemler 
a.  d.  1839. 


Seal  of 

Syud  Bin 

Sultan. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUD8, 


227 


No.  LVI. 

Agreement  between  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  . 
Britain  and  Ireland   and   His    Highness   Syud   Saeed  bin  Sultan,   "tho 
Sultan  of  Muscat,"  for  the   termination   of   the  export   of  slaves   from   the 
African  Dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat. 

Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland  being  earnestly  desirous  that  the  export  of  slaves  from  the 
African  dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  should  cease, 
and  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  in  deference  to  the  wishes  of 
Her  Majesty  and  of  the  British  nation,  and  in  furtherance  of  the  dictates 
of  humanity  which  have  heretofore  induced  him  to  enter  into  engage- 
ment with  Great  Britain  to  restrict  the  export  of  slaves  from  his  domi- 
nions, being  willing  to  put  an  end  to  that  trade,  and  Her  Majesty  the 
Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  His 
Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  having  resolved  to  record  with  due  form 
and  solemnity  this  further  restriction  of  the  export  of  slaves,  and  Her 
Majesty  having  given  due  authority  to  Captain  Hamerton,  Her  Repre- 
sentative at  the  Court  of  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  to  conclude  an  agree- 
ment with  His  Highness,  accordingly  His  Highness  Saeed  Syud  bin 
Sultan,  for  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  and  Captain  Hamerton,  on 
behalf  of  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  her  heirs  and  successors,  have  ag-reed  upon  and  concluded  the 
following  Articles  :  — 

Article  1. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  here  engages  to  prohibit,  under 
the  severest  penalties,  the  export  of  slaves  from  his  African  domi- 
nions, and  to  issue  orders  to  his  Officers  to  prevent  and  suppress  such 
trade. 

Article  2. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  further  engages  to  prohibit, 
under  the  severest  penalties,  the  importation  of  slaves  from  any  part  of 
Africa  into  his  possessions  in  Asia,  and  to  use  his  utmost  influence  with 
all  the  Chiefs  of  Arabia,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  Persian  Gulf,  in  like 
manner,  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  slaves  from  Africa  into  their 
respective  territories. 


PERSIAN 

GULF. 

No.  LVI 

Muscat-. 


.   - 


Tl< KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LVI. 

Uutcot. 


Article  3. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  grants  to  the  ships  of  Her 
Majesty's  Navy,  as  well  as  to  those  of  the  East  India  Company,  permis- 
sion to  seize  and  confiscate  any  vessels,  the  property  of  His  Highness 
or  of  his  subjects,  carrying  on  slave  trade,  excepting  only  such  as  are 
engaged  in  the  transport  of  slaves  from  one  port  to  another  of  his  own 
dominions  in  Africa  between  the  port  of  Lamoo  to  the  north  and  its 
dependencies,  the  northern  limit  of  which  is  the  north  point  of 
Kuyhoor  Island  in  1°  57'  (one  degree  and  fifty-seven  minutes)  South  Lati- 
tude, and  the  port  of  Kulvva  to  the  south  and  its  dependencies,  the 
southern  limit  of  which  is  the  Songa  Manora  or  Pagoda  Point  in  9°  2' 
(nine  degrees  and  two  minutes)  South  Latitude,  including  the  Islands  of 
Zanzibar,  Pemba,  and  Monfea. 

Article  4. 

This  agreement  to  commence  and  have  effect  from  the  (1st)  first 
day  of  January  1847,  (one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-seven)  of 
the  year  of  Christ,  and  the  15th  day  of  the  month  of  Mahaneerun  1263, 
(twelve  hundred  and  sixty-three)  of  the  Hegira. 

Done  at  Zanzibar  this  Ind  (second)  day  of  October  1845,  (one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-Jive)  of  the  year  of  Christ,  and  29M 
day  of  Ramzan  1261  (twelve  hundred  and  sixty -one)  of  the  Hegira. 

(Signed)         Atkins  Hamerton, 

Captain. 

On  behalf  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  her  heirs  and  successors. 


Seal  of 

Captain 

Hamebton. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


229 


No.  LVIL 

Rules  established  by  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  in  April  1846,  in 
regard  to  the  duties  to  be  hereafter  charged  on  the  cargoes  of  vessels 
putting  into  His  Highness's  ports. 

In  a  letter  dated  the  13th  April  1846,  Captain  Atkins  Hamerton, 
Her  Majesty's  Consul,  and  Honourable  Company's  Agent  in  the  dominions 
of  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  reported  that  His  Highness  the 
Imam  of  Muscat  had  ordered  the  following  Rules  to  be  henceforth 
observed  in  regard  to  the  landing  or  transhipment  of  the  cargoes 
of  vessels  putting  into  Muscat  or  into  any  of  His  Highness's  other 
ports : — 

Article  1. 

That  the  full  duty  of  five  per  cent,  shall  be  levied  on  all  articles 
transhipped  from  one  vessel  into  another  in  all  the  ports  and  harbours 
belonging  to  His  Highness  the  Imam. 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 

No.  LVIL 

Muscat. 


Article  2. 

That  a  vessel  of  any  nation  being  obliged  to  put  into  any  of  His 
Highness's  ports  through  stress  of  weather,  or  for  the  purpose  of  refit, 
shall  not  be  required  to  pay  duty  on  any  part  of  her  cargo  which  may 
be  landed  and  stored  during  the  repair  of  the  vessel  provided  it  be 
re-embarked  in  her. 

Article  3. 

That  no  duty  shall,  under  any  circumstances  whatever,  be  levied 
on  stores  the  property  of  the  British  Government  when  landed  at  any 
of  His  Highness's  ports. 


BSI  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

~i\N  No.  LVIII. 


GULF. 


Muscat. 


Deed  of  Cession  of  the  Koria  Moria  Islands  executed  by  Hrs   Highness  the 
No.  LVIII.  Imam  of  Muscat  in  the  presence  of  Captain   Fremantle,   Commanding   Her 

Majesty's  Ship  Juno,  under  date  the  14th  June  1854. 

From  the  humble  Saeed  bin  Sultan,  to  all  and  every  one  who  may 
see  this  paper,  whether  Mahomedans  or  others — 

There  has  arrived  to  me  from  the  powerful  nation  (England) 
Captain  Fremantle,  belonging  to  the  Royal  Navy  of  the  Great  Queen, 
requesting  from  me  the  (Jesair  i  bin  Colfaim)  Koria  Moria  Islands, 
viz.,  Helaneea,  Jibleea,  Soda,  Haski,  and  Gurzond;  and  I  hereby  cede 
to  the  Queen  Victoria  the  above-mentioned  Islands,  to  be  her  possessions, 
or  her  heirs  and  successors  after  her.  In  proof  whereof  I  have  hereunto 
affixed  my  signature  and  seal,  on  behalf  of  myself  and  my  son  after  me, 
of  my  own  free  will  and  pleasure,  without  force,  intimidation,  or  pecu- 
niary interest  whatsoever. 

And  be  the  same  known  to  all  to  whom  these  presents  may  come. 

Done  at  Muscat  the  YltJi  day  of  the  month  Showal  1270,  14>th 
July  1854. 

Given  under  my  hand, 


Seal. 


(Signed  by  the  Imam.) 


Done  in  the  presence  of  me, 

(Signed)         Stephen  G.  Fremantle, 

Captain,  II.  M.'s  Ship  "  Juno.' 
Muscat,  the  lkth  July  1854. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


231 


No.  LDL 
Lbtteb  to  His  Highness  Stud  Thowaynee  bin  Saeed  bin  Sultan,  of  Muscat.  . 
Beloved  and  esteemed  Friend  ! 

I  address  your  Highness  on  the  subject  of  the  unhappy  differences 
which  have  arisen  between  yourself  and  your   Highnesses  brother  the 
ruler  of  Zanzibar,  and  for  the  settlement  of  which  your  Highness  has 
engaged  to  accept  the  arbitration  of  the  Viceroy  and   Governor  General  • 
of  India. 

Having  regard  to  the  friendly  relations  which  have  always  existed 
between  the  Government  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  and  the  Govern- 
ment of  Oman  and  Zanzibar,  and  desiring  to  prevent  war  between  kins- 
men, I  accepted  the  charge  of  arbitration  between  you,  and  in  order  to 
obtain  the  fullest  knowledge  of  all  the  points  in  dispute,  I  directed  the 
Government  of  Bombay  to  send  an  Officer  to  Muscat  and  Zanzibar  to 
make  the  necessary  enquiries.  Brigadier  Coghlan  was  selected  for  this 
purpose,  an  Officer  in  whose  judgment,  intelligence,  and  impartiality  the 
Government  of  India  reposes  the  utmost  confidence. 

Brigadier  Coghlan  has  submitted  a  full  and  clear  report  of  all  the 
questions  at  issue  between  your  H  ighness  and  your  brother. 

I  have  given  my  most  careful  attention  to  each  of  these  questions. 

The  terms  of  my  decision  are  as  follows  : — 

1st. — That  His  Highness  Syud  Majid  be  declared  ruler  of  Zanzibar 
and  the  African  dominions  of  His  late  Highness  Syud  Saeed. 

2nd. — That  the  ruler  of  Zanzibar  pay  annually  to  the  ruler  of 
Muscat  a  subsidy  of  40,000  crowns. 

3rd. — That  His  Highness  Syud  Majid  pay  to  His  Highness  Syud 
Thowaynee  the  arrears  of  subsidy  for  two  years,  or  80,000  crowns. 

I  am  satisfied  that  these  terms  are  just  and  honourable  to  both  of  you ; 
and  as  you  have  deliberately  and  solemnly  accepted  my  arbitration,  I 
shall  expect  that  you  will  cheerfully  and  faithfully  abide  by  them,  and 
that  they  will  be  carried  out  without  unnecessary  delay. 

The  annual  payment  of  40,000  crowns  is  not  to  be  understood  as 
a  recognition  of  the  dependence  of  Zanzibar  upon  Muscat,  neither  is  it 
to  be  considered  as  merely  personal  between  your  Highness  and  your 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LIX. 

Muscat. 


23£  TK KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

PERSIAN  brother  Syud  Majid.  It  is  to  extend  to  your  respective  successors,  and 
GULF.  is  to  be  held  to  be  a  final  and  permanent  arrangement,  compensating'the 
Ho.  LIX.  ruler  of  Muscat  for  the  abandonment  of  all  claims  upon  Zanzibar  and 
adjusting  the  inequality  between  the  two  inheritances  derived  from  your 
father  His  late  Highness  Syud  Saeed,  the  venerated  friend  of  the  British 
Government,  which  two  inheritances  are  to  be  henceforward  distinct 
and  separate. 

I  am  your  Highnesses 

Fort  "William  1  Sincere  Friend  and  well  wisher, 


j/ ..,.-..•.'. 


1 


The  2nd  April  1861.         )  (Signed)         Canning. 


To  His  Exalted  Excellency   Loed  Canning,    Governor   General  of  India, 

&c,  &c,  &c. 

In  the  name  of  the  Great  God  ! 

After  Compliments. — At  a  most  propitious  and  favourable  time  we 
were  honoured  with  the  receipt  of  your  esteemed  letter  and  were  highly 
gratified  with  its  contents.  What  your  Excellency  has  stated  is  most 
satisfactory  to  us,  more  especially  as  regards  your  award  betwixt  us  and 
our  brother  Majid.  We  heartily  accept  the  same,  and  are  at  a  loss 
how  to  express  our  regret  for  having  occasioned  you  so  much  trouble, 
and  our  appreciation  of  the  kindness  which  has  been  manifested  towards 
us  in  this  matter.  We  thank  God  for  your  efforts  on  our  behalf,  praying 
also  that  your  good  will  may  be  rewarded  and  that  you  may  never  cease 
to  be  our  support.  We  further  pray  that  our  sincere  affection  may 
always  be  towards  the  Great  (British)  Government  and  that  it  may 
increase  continually  :  moreover,  that  your  exalted  affection  and  noble 
solicitude  may  always  be  exercised  towards  us,  and  that  we  may  never 
be  deprived  thereof.  As  regards  our  brother  Majid,  we  pray  God  during 
our  life  time  he  may  never  experience  any  thing  from  us  but  kindness 
and  hearty  good.  will.  Furthermore,  we  rely  implicitly  on  your  arbitra- 
tion between  us  (being  carried  out) . 

What  your  exalted  Excellency  may  require  in  any  way  from  your 
attached  friend,  a  hint  alone  will  suffice  for  its  accomplishment,  and 
we  shall  feel  honoured  in  executing  it. 


TREATIES;    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


233 


We  pray  finally  that  you  may  be  preserved  to  the  highest  honours  PERSIAN 

and  in  the  most  perfect  health.     We  send  you  the  salutation  of  peace  as  GULF. 

the  best  conclusion.  Nos-  LIX 

From  your  truly  sincere  friend,  the  servant  of  God,  who  confides  &LX» 

in  him  as  the  Giver  of  all  good.  Muscat. 
(Sd.)        Thowaynee  bin  Saeed  bin  Sultan. 

Uh  of  Eb-Kaada  1277. 
Voth  Mag  1861. 


No.  LX. 

Convention  between  the  British  Government  and  His  Highness  Syud  Thowaynee 
bin  Saeed  bin  Sultan,  the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  for  the  extension  of  the 
Electric  Telegraph  through  the  dominions  subject  to  the  sovereignty  of  His 
Highness  in  Arabia  and  Mekran. 

Article  1. 

That  the  British  Government  shall  be  at  liberty  to  construct  one 
or  more  Telegraphic  lines,  and  to  erect  Telegraph  Stations,  in  any 
portion  of  territory  subject  to  the  sovereignty  of  His  Highness,  both  in 
Arabia  and  Mekran,  which  shall  be  most  convenient  to  them. 

Article  2. 

That  the  cost  of  materials,  landing  charges,  labour,  housing,  provi- 
sions, &c.,  &c,  shall  be  paid  by  the  British  Government,  who  will  make 
any  arrangement  they  consider  most  convenient  regarding  their  own 
supplies,  labour,  &c,  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  undertaking  that  no  impedi- 
ment of  any  sort  shall  be  thrown  in  their  way  in  collecting  them;  on  the 
contrary,  that  every  protection  and  assistance  shall  be  given  on  his  part. 

Article  3. 

That  His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  shall  afford  protection 
to  the  best  of  his  ability  to  the  lines  of  Telegraph,  the  Telegraph 
Stations,  and  the  persons  employed  in  their  construction  and  main- 
tenance. 

vol.  vii.  2  g 


284 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

NcLX. 

Muscat. 


Article  4. 

Should  any  disagreements  arise  in  the  possessions  of  the  Sultan  of 
Muscat,  situate  near  Arabia,  between  the  Telegraph  officials  and  the 
subjects  of  His  Highness,  the  said  disagreements  shall  be  referred  to  the 
British  Political  Officer  at  Muscat,  if  they  cannot  be  satisfactorily 
settled  on  the  spot. 

Article  5. 

In  like  manner,  should  any  disagreements  arise  in  the  possessions  of 
the  Sultan  of  Muscat,  situate  in  Mekran,  between  the  Telegraph  officials 
and  the  subjects  of  His  Highness,  the  said  disagreements  shall  be 
referred  to  the  Assistant  British  Political  Officer  at  Gwadur,  if  they 
cannot  be  satisfactorily  settled  on  the  spot. 


Article  6. 
This  Convention,  together  with  any  supplementary  Articles  that  may 
hereafter  thereunto  be  added,  is  to  be  considered  dependent  for  completion 
and  effect  upon  the  approval  of  the  British  Government. 

Done  at  Muscat  this  nineteenth  day  of  January  in  the  year  of  Christ 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-five,  corresponding  with  the  twentieth 
day  of  the  month  Shaban  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and 
eighty-one,  day  of  the  week  Thursday. 

(Signed)         Herbert  Disbrowe,  Lieut.  Colonel, 

II.  B.  M.'s  Pol.  Agent  at  Muscat, 
on  the  part  of  the  British  Govt. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 


234  a 


No.  LXA. 

Articles  of  Agreement  agreed  to  before  Lieutenant-Colonel  Lewis  Pelly,  . 
Her  Britannic  Majesty's  Political  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  and 
Lieutenant-Colonel  Herbert  Disbrowe,  Her  Britannic  Majesty's  Political 
Agent  at  Birka,  Muscat,  by  His  Highness  Syed  Thoweynee  bin  Saeed  bin 
Sultan,  tbe  Sultan  of  Muscat, — under  date  this  17th  day  of  November  1864. 

Article  1. 
My  ancient  and  faithful  ally,  the  British  Government,  is  at  liberty 
to  construct  one  or  more  lines  of  telegraphic  communication  anywhere 
within  the  territories  appertaining  to  the  State  of  Muscat. 

Article  2. 
The  British  Government  is  further  at  liberty  to  construct  one  or 
more  lines  of  telegraphic  communication  in  any  territories  which  I  may 
bold  in  lease  from  the  Shah  of  Persia. 

Article  3. 

I    engage,   for  myself,  my  heirs,  and  successors,  to  respect  and 

abstain   from  all   and   every    interference   with   telegraphic   operations 

carried   on  by  the  British   Government  in  or  near  the  territories  of 

Muscat. 

Article  4. 

And  in  the  event  (which  God  forbid)  of  any  of  my  subjects  or 
dependants  committing  an  act  of  aggression  or  trespass  on  the  said 
telegraphic  lines  and  stations,  or  other  telegraphic  material,  I  will 
immediately  punish  the  offender,  and  proceed  to  afford  full  redress  upon 
the  same  being  brought  to  my  notice. 

Article  5. 
Nothing  in  these  Articles  shall  be  held  as  conferring  any  dominion 
or  sovereign  right  on  the  part  of  the  British  Government  over  the 
territory  of  Muscat  through  which  the  line  may  pass,  neither  of  any 
additional  dominion  or  right  on  my  part  as  Sultan  of  Muscat  over 
territory  which  I  may  hold  in  lease  from  the  Shah  of  Persia. 

Article  6. 

In  like  manner,  nothing  in  these  Articles  shall  be  held  as  invalidat- 
ing or  derogating  from  the  title  of  the  British  Government  to  the 
station  of  Bassadore,  that  station  having  been  freely  granted  to  the 
British  Government  by  my  late  illustrious  father,  of  blessed  memory, 
the  late  Imaum  Syed  Saeed  bin  Sultan,  on  behalf  of  himself,  his  heirs, 
and  successors. 

VOL.   VII.,   PAGE   234. 


No.  LXA 

Muscat. 


234$ 


TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   8UNNUD8. 


PKK8IAN 
GULF. 

No.  LS.A. 


No.  LXB. 


AETICLE   7. 

Nothing  in  these  Articles  shall  be  held  as  invalidating  any  Article 
of  any  Treaty  entered  into  by  myself  or  forefathers  with  our  ancient  and 
faithful  ally,  the  British  Government,  from  the  year  1798  downwards. 

Dated  Birka,  Muscat,  17th  November  1864.  Signed  in  our  pre- 
sence by  Syed  Thoweynee  bin  Saeed,  Sultan  of  Muscat,  this  17th  day 
of  November  1864,  and  sealed  in  our  presence  by  His  Highness's 
Minister,  Hajee  Ahmed,  at  Muscat,  this  18th  day  of  November  1864. 

(Sd.)         Lewis  Pelly,  Lieut.-Col., 

H.  B.M.'s  Poltl.  Resdt.,  Persian  Gulf. 

(Sd.)         Herbert  Disbrowe,  Lieut.-Col., 

H.  B.  M.'s  Poltl.  Agent,  Muscat. 


Seal. 


Agreement  of  the  Imaum  of  Muscat  relative  to  the  slave-trade,  Zanzibar,  dated 

May  6th,  1850. 

From — Sxun  Saeed,  Sultan  of  Muscat. 
To — The  British  Consul  and  Agent. 

After  compliments, — Your  excellent  letter  has  reached,  and  your 
friend  understood  all  you  have  mentioned;  and,  with  reference  to  the 
people  of  that  quarter,  from  Sarga  Manara  to  Tenghe,  you  say  you  wish 
permission  for  the  ships-of-war  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  England 
to  enter  the  creeks,  rivers,  and  harbours  of  those  who  deal  with  the  slave 
hunters. 

My  dear  friend,  we  and  all  belonging  to  us,  even  our  countries,  are 
at  the  disposal  of  Her  Majesty,  and  should  the  men-of-war  of  Her 
Majesty  the  Queen  of  England  require  to  enter  the  creeks,  rivers,  and 
ports,  we  are  willing  they  should  enter  ;  we  object  not,  and  all  ships  or 
vessels  found  in  those  places  to  whomsoever  belonging,  if  engaged  in  the 
slave-trade,  may  be  seized,  and  all  barracoons  or  places  erected  for  carry- 
ing on  the  slave-trade  may  be  burned  or  destroyed.  We  have  no  wish 
to  the  contrary  of  yours,  and  with  respect  to  the  banian,  we  will  send 
and  have  him  seized.  Whatever  you  require  of  us  we  are  ready.  The 
sign  is  with  you. 

Dated  23rd  Jamadel  Akier  1266,  equivalent  to  the  6th  May  1850. 


L.  S. 


(Sd.) 


ELHAKIR  EL  FAKIR  SAEED. 


Note. — In  the  above,  the  clerical  errors  contained  in  the  translation  given,  or  the 
Admiralty  instructions,  are  corrected,  and  one  sentence  slightly  modified  otherwise 
identical.— (Signed)  John  Kirk, 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

No.  LXI. 


235 


Translation  of  a  Tbeaty  of  Peace  between  His  Highness  Syud  Saeed  bin  . 
Sultan,  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  and  Syud  Humood,  the  Chief  of  Sohar. 

Praise  be  to  Him  who  has  caused  peace  to  be  the  means  of  adjust- 
ing the  affairs  of  mankind,  and  who  is  the  Promoter  of  friendship  in 
every  class  of  life. 

The  object  of  writing  this  paper  and  these  words  of  truth  is,  that 
peace  has  been  established  between  His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat, 
Syud  Saeed,  the  son  of  Syud  Sultan,  and  the  Chief  of  Sohar,  the  Honour- 
able Syud  Humood,  the  son  of  Syud  Azan,  through  the  mediation  of 
Captain  Hennell,  the  British  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  this  17th 
day  of  Showal  a.  h.  1255,  corresponding  with  the  23rd  December 
a.  d.  1839,  upon  the  following  conditions  : — « 


PERSIAN 
GULF. 

No.  LXI. 

Muscat. 
{Sohar.) 


Article  1. 

That  from  this  day  there  shall  be  a  perfect,  lasting,  and  established 
peace  between  the  two  contracting  parties. 


Article  2. 

That  the  subjects  of  the  two  contracting  parties  shall  carry  on  a 
free  intercourse  with  each  other's  territory  for  purposes  of  trade  without 
hinderance  or  molestation. 

Article  3. 

Whenever  subjects  of  either  of  the  two  contracting  parties  remove 
voluntarily  from  the  territories  of  the  one  and  take  up  their  residence 
in  those  of  the  other,  no  blame  shall  attach  to  the  ruler  of  the  territory 
in  which  they  settle,  and  moreover  it  shall  not  be  incumbent  upon  him 
to  cause  them  to  return  to  their  original  country  unless  he  thinks  proper 
to  do  so. 

Article  4. 

That  neither  of  the  two  contracting  parties  shall  commit  any  sort 
of  aggression  upon  the  territories  of  the  other,  neither  openly  nor 
secretly,  and  shall  not  excite  others  to  do  so. 


236 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


PERSIAN 
GULP. 

No.  LXI. 

Unseat. 
(Sohar.) 


Article  5. 
In  the  event  of  either  of  the  two  contracting  parties  proceeding  to 
punish  any  rebellious  person  among  his  own  subjects,  the  other  shall  not 
assist  or  support  such  rebel  either  openly  or  secretly,  nor  shall  encourage 
him  in  his  rebellion  by  word  or  by  letter. 


Article  6. 

As  the  district  of  Roostak,  which  belongs  to  Syud  Humood  bin 
Azan  is  surrounded  by  the  territory  of  His  Highness  Syud  Saeed  bin 
Sultan,  the  communication  and  road  between  the  aforesaid  district  and 
the  other  territories  of  Syud  Humood  shall  not  be  interrupted  or  closed. 

■    Article  7. 

In  the  event  of  an  enemy  arising  against  Syud  Humood  and  making 
war  upon  him,  His  Highness  Syud  Saeed  is  to  support  him  in  every  way 
to  the  utmost  of  his  power  and  ability. 

These  are  the  conditions  upon  which  this  engagement  has  been 
made  on  both  sides  and  with  the  consent  of  both  parties,  and  to  this  the 
Almighty  is  a  witness. 

Dated  Muscat,  the  Yttli  Showal  1255,  a.  ii.,  corresponding  with  the 
IZrd  December  a.  d.  1839. 


The  Seal  of 

Stud  Humood 

bin  Azan. 


The  Seal  of 
Syud  Saeed 
bin  Sultan 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


237 


No-  LXII. 

Muscat. 
(Sohar.) 


No.   LXII.  PERSIAN 

Translation  of  an  Engagement  entered  into  by  Stud  Syf  bin  Humood,  Chief '__ 

of  Sonar,  for  the  abolition  of  the  African  slave  trade  in  his  ports. 

It  having  been  intimated  to  me  by  Major  Hennell,  the  Resident  in 
the  Persian  Gulf,  that  certain  conventions  have  lately  been  entered  into 
by  the  Ottoman  Porte  and  other  powers  with  the  British  Government 
for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  exportation  of  slaves  from  the  coast 
of  Africa  and  elsewhere,  and  it  having,  moreover,  been  explained  to  me 
that,  in  order  to  the  full  attainment  of  the  objects  contemplated  by  the 
aforesaid  Conventions,  the  concurrence  and  co-operation  of  the  Chiefs  of 
the  several  ports  situated  on  the  Arabian  coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf  are 
required,  accordingly  I,  Syud  Syf  bin  Humood,  Chief  of  Sohar,  with 
a  view  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and 
the  British  Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of 
slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my  vessels 
and  those  belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependants,  such  prohibition  to 
take  effect  from  the  29th  Rujut  1265,  or  the  21st  June  a.  d.  1849. 

And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the  British 
Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  to  my 
subjects  or  dependants,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave  trade, 
they  may  detain  and  search  them,  and  in  case  of  their  rinding  that  any 
of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  the  engagement  by  the  exportation 
of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa,  or  elsewhere,  upon  any  pretext  what- 
ever, they  (the  Government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  confiscate  the  same. 

Bated  this  20th  day  of  Jemmadeeood  Akhir  a.  h.  1265,  or  22nd  day 
of  May  1819. 


L.  S. 


Syud  Syf  bin  Humood. 


Approved  by  the  Government  of  Bombay  on  4th  August  1849. 


MARITIME  TRIBES. 

The  so-called  maritime  Chiefs  of  the  Persian  Gulf  with  whom  the 
British  Government  have  concluded  Treaties  are  the  Joasmee  Chief  of 
Ras-ool-Khyma  and  Shargah,  the  Chief  of  the  Beniyas  tribe  of  Abootha- 
bee  or  Boo  Debaye,  the  Chief  of  the  Boo  Filasa  tribe  of  Debaye  a  branch 
of  the  Beniyas,  and  the  Chiefs  of  Amalgavine  and  Ejman.  The  posses- 
sions of  these  Chiefs  extend  from  Ras-ool-Khyma  along  the  coast  west- 
ward beyond  the  Island  of  Bahrein.  They  all  pay  tribute  to  the  Waha- 
bee  Chief  of  Nejd,  but  are  really  independent. 

The  Joasmees,  who  have  occupied  the  Province  of  Seer  from  the 
earliest  times,  carried  on  a  vigorous  and  profitable  trade  by  sea,  till,  in 
1805,  they  succumbed  to  the  influence  of  the  Wahabees  and  were  drawn 
into  the  piratical  projects  of  that  turbulent  sect.  Under  their  influence 
the  Joasmees  plundered  two  British  vessels  and  treated  the  Commanders 
with  great  cruelty.  An  expedition  was  sent  to  the  Persian  Gulf 
to  punish  them  for  this  aggression  and  to  co-operate  with  the  Imam  of 
Muscat,  who  was  then  at  war  with  them.  The  expedition  resulted  in  the 
conclusion  of  a  Treaty  (No.  LXIII.)  on  6th  February  1806,  binding  the 
Joasmees  to  respect  the  flag  and  property  of  the  British  and  to  assist 
vessels  touching  on  their  coast.  This  Treaty  appears  to  have  been  con- 
cluded without  reference  to  the  Wahabees. 

The  spread  of  the  Wahabees  in  Oman  soon  threatened  the  Imam 
of  Muscat  with  destruction,  and  the  British  Government  determined  to 
support  him  and  to  destroy  the  piratical  fleets  as  the  only  means  of  pre- 
serving the  peace  of  the  Gulf.  A  strong  force  was  despatched  in  1809, 
which  took  Ras-ool-Khyma,  Linga,  Luft,  and  Shinas,  and  destroyed  the 
boats  of  the  pirates.  No  Treaty  could  at  this  time  be  concluded  with  the 
Joasmees,  whose  government  had  been  completely  overthrown  by  the 
Wahabees,  nor  were  any  permanent  measures  taken  to  secure  the  advant- 
ages gained  in  1809 ;  consequently  piracy  soon  re-appeared.  In  1814 
the  Joasmees  professed  a  desire  to  be  at  peace  with  the  British  Govern- 
ment, provided  they  were  left  at  liberty  to  make  war  on  the  neighbouring 
Arab  tribes.    They  even  expressed  themselves  ready  to  abstain  from 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  239 

molesting-  their  Arab  neighbours  if  the  British  Government  would  gua-  MARITIME 
rantee  them  protection  from  the  vengeance  of  the  Wahabee  Chief.  But  TRIBES. 
they  were  quite  unable  to  make  good  their  professions.  Even  after  the 
negotiation  of  preliminary  Articles  of  peace  with  the  Resident  at  Bushire, 
the  Joasmees  attacked  and  plundered  British  vessels.  Other  tribes  were 
soon  drawn  under  the  Wahabee  influence,  and  piracy  increased  beyond 
endurance.  An  expedition  under  Sir  W.  Grant  Keir  was  therefore  des- 
patched to  the  Persian  Gulf  in  1819  for  the  purpose  of  completely  crush- 
ing them.  Ras-ool-Khyma  was  taken  on  9th  December,  and  engagements 
(No.  LXIV.)  were  made  with  the  Arab  Chiefs  preliminary  to  the  conclu- 
sion of  a  general  Treaty  (No.  LXV).  The  object  of  the  preliminary 
engagements  was  to  include  all  matters  of  a  temporary  or  individual 
character,  so  as  to  reserve  the  general  Treaty  exclusively  for  arrangements 
of  a  permanent  nature  common  to  all  the  Arab  Chiefs  who  might  be 
disposed  to  subscribe  it. 

By  the  9th  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  1820  the  carrying  off  of  slaves 
from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  and  the  transporting  them  in 
vessels,  was  declared  to  be  plunder  and  piracy.  This  was  not  interpreted 
as  forbidding  traffic  in  slaves,  but  as  prohibiting  kidnapping  only. 
A  very  extensive  trade  in  slaves  was  carried  on  from  the  ports  of 
the  Red  Sea  and  Persian  Gulf  with  Kattywar,  Kutch,  and  the  native 
States  on  the  west  coast  of  India,  which,  under  the  interpretation 
put  on  the  Treaty  of  1820,  the  British  Government  had  no  power 
to  interfere  with.  In  April  1838,  under  instructions  from  Govern- 
ment, the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf  obtained  from  the  maritime  Chiefs 
of  Ras-ool-Khymah,  Ejman,  Debaye,  and  Aboothabee  an  Agreement 
(No.  LX  VI.)  giving  to  British  cruizers  the  right  to  detain  and  search 
vessels  suspected  of  being  employed  in  carrying  off  slaves,  and  to  confis- 
cate the  vessels  if  found  so  employed.  In  the  following  year  the  Chiefs 
of  Ras-ool-Khyma,  Debaye,  Aboothabee,  and  Amalgavine  entered  into 
an  Agreement  (No.  LXVII.)  of  three  Articles ;  the  first  and  second  of 
these  Articles  gave  to  the  British  Government  the  right  to  search  and 
confiscate  slave  vessels  found  beyond  a  line  from  Cape  Delgado,  on  the 
African  coast,  passing  two  degrees  east  of  Socotra,  and  ending  at  Cape 
Guadel,  on  the  Mekran  coast,  unless  driven  beyond  that  line  by  stress 
of  weather  or  other  necessity.     By  the  third  Article  the  sale  of  persons 


240  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

MARITIME  of  the  Somalee  tribe  was  declared  to  be  piracy.  The  same  Chiefs  and 
TRIBES.  aig0  the  Chiefs  of  Ejman  and  Bahrein  entered  into  Engagements* 
(No.  LXVIII.)  in  1847,  binding  themselves  to  prohibit,  from  and  after 
10th  December  1847,  the  exportation  of  slaves  from  the  African  coast,  or 
elsewhere,  in  vessels  belonging  to  themselves  or  their  subjects,  and 
authorizing  British  cruizers  to  confiscate  vessels  found  engaged  in  the 
forbidden  traffic. 

The  Treaty  concluded  with  the  maritime  Arab  Chiefs  in  1820  did 
not  limit  the  right  of  the  Chiefs  to  carry  on  acknowledged  war  with  each 
other  by  sea,  that  is  to  say,  war  proclaimed  and  avowed  by  one  Chief 
upon  another.  Ail  other  hostile  aggressions,  however,  were  declared  to  be 
piratical.  But  under  the  name  of  acknowledged  war,  many  acts  of 
piracy  were  committed,  especially  during  the  season  of  the  pearl  fishery. 
The  Chiefs  were  therefore  induced,  in  1835,  to  bind  themselves  by  a  mari- 
time truce,  not,  under  any  circumstances,  to  engage  in  hostilities  by  sea  for 
a  period  of  six  months,  on  the  understanding  that  the  British  Govern- 
ment would  not  interfere  with  their  wars  by  land.  The  effects  of  this 
truce  were  so  marked  that  the  Chiefs  were  easily  persuaded  in  the  follow- 
ing year,  and  again  in  1837  to  renew  it  for  eight  months.  Thereafter  it 
was  renewed  annually  till  1843,  when  it  was  prolonged  (No.  LXIX.)  for 
ten  years.  On  the  expiry  of  the  ten  years'  truce  in  1853,  a  Treaty 
(No.  LXX.)  of  perpetual  peace  was  concluded,  which  provided  that 
there  should  be  a  complete  cessation  of  hostilities  at  sea  between  the 
subjects  of  the  subscribing  parties ;  that  in  the  event  of  aggressions  on 
any  one  by  sea,  the  injured  tribe  should  not  retaliate,  but  refer  the  mat- 
ter to  the  British  authorities  in  the  Persian  Gulf;  and  that  the  British 
Government  should  watch  over  the  peace  of  the  Gulf  and  ensure  at  all 
times  the  due  observance  of  the  Treaty. 

In  1864  the  maritime  Chiefs  bound  themselves  (No.  LXXI.)  to 
prevent  their  subjects  from  interfering  with  the  telegraphic  operations  in 
or  near  their  territories. 

*  An  Act  of  Parliament  12  and  13  Vic.  Chap.  LXXXIV.  was  passed  to  give  effect  to 
these  engagements.    See  Appendix. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  241 

No.    LXIII.  MARITIME 

TRIBES. 
Coulnamah  or  Agreement  between  Sheikh  Abdulla  bin  Ceoosh,  on  the  part  of ■ 

Sheikh-ul  Mus  Sheikh  Ameer  Sultan  bin  Suggue,  Bin  Kashid,  Joasmee,    No'  I'XIII. 

and  Captain  David  Seton,  on  the  part  of  the  Honourable  East  India     Joasmees. 

Company.     In  Bunder  Abbass,  this  6th  day  ef  February  1806. 

Article  1. 

There  shall  be  peace  between  the  Honourable  East  India  Company 
and  Sultan  bin  Suggur,  Joasmee,  and  the  whole  of  his  dependants  and 
subjects  on  the  shores  of  Arabia  and  Persia,  and  they  shall  respect  the 
flag  and  property  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company,  and  their  sub- 
jects wherever  and  in  whatever  it  may  be,  and  the  same  the  Honourable 
East  India  Company  towards  the  Joasmee. 

Article  2. 

Should  the  Joasmee  infringe  the  above,  they  shall  be  liable  in  the 
sum  of  dollars  30,000,  and  on  this  condition  Captain  David  Seton  agrees 
to  receive  from  Ameer  Sultan  bin  Suggur  the  Brig  now  laying  at 
Muscat,  and  to  drop  the  claims  to  the  cargo  guns,  &c,  of  the  said 
vessel  and  the  Shannon. 

Article  3. 

Whatever  British  property  shall  be  found  in  the  Sorie  fleet  shall 
be  restored. 

Article  4. 

Should  any  British  vessel  touch  on  the  coasts  of  the  Joasmee  for 
wood  or  water,  or  be  forced  on  shore  by  stress  of  weather,  or  any 
other  cause,  the  Joasmee  shall  assist  and  protect  the  said  vessel  and 
property,  and  permit  it  to  be  disposed  of  or  carried  away,  as  their  owners 
shall  see  fit,  without  claim  or  demand. 

Article  5. 

Should  Johood  compel  the  Joasmee  to  infringe  this  peace,  they 
shall  give  three  months'  previous  notice  in  all  places. 

vol.  vii.  2  h 


242  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

MARITIME  Article  6. 

When  the  above  is   confirmed  and  ratified   by  both   parties,  the 

Noe.  LXIII    Joagmee  gh^l  frequent  the  English  ports  from  Surat  to  Bengal  as  before. 
k  LXIV. 

Preliminary.  (Signed)  DAVID  SETON. 

(Sealed)         Abdullah  bin  Croosh. 

Signed,  sealed,  and  confirmed. 

Sultan  Bin  Suggur. 

Approved  and  sanctioned  by  the  Governor  General  in  Council  on 
29th  April  1806. 


No.  LXIV. 

Translation  of  the  preliminary  Treaty  with  Sultan  bin  Suggitb. 
In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate ! 

Know  all  men  that  Sultan  bin  Suggur  has  been  in  the  presence 
of  General  Sir  William  Grant  Keir,  and  there  have  passed  between 
them  the  following  stipulations  : — 

Article  1. 

Sultan  bin  Suggur  shall  surrender  to  the  General  towers,  guns, 
and  vessels  which  are  in  Shargah,  Imam,  Umin-ul  Gyuyn,  and  their 
dependencies.  The  General  will  leave  the  boats  which  are  for  the  pearl 
fishery  and  fishing  boats,  and  the  remainder  of  the  vessels  shall  be  at  the 
disposal  of  the  General. 

Article  2. 

Sultan  bin  Suggur  shall  give  up  all  the  Indian  prisoners  if  any  such 
are  in  his  possession. 

Article  3. 

The  General  will  not  allow  the  troops  to  enter  the  towns  to  lay 
them  waste. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


243 


Article  4. 
After  the  execution  of  these  engagements,  Sultan  bin  Suggur  shall 


MARITIME 
TRIBES. 


be  admitted  to  the  same  terms  of  peace  as  the  remainder  of  the  friendly   No.^LXIV. 

("  or  pacificated")    Arabs.  Preliminary. 

On  these  conditions  there  is  a  cessation  of  hostilities  between  the 
General  and  Sultan  bin  Suggur  and  his  followers,  with  the  exception 
that  their  boats  are  not  to  go  to  sea. 

Bone  at  Basal  Khyma  on  the  twentieth  of  Rabee-ul-Awul,  in  the 
year  1235,  corresponding  to  the  sixth  of  January  one  thousand  eight  hun- 
dred and  twenty. 


L.  S. 


L.  S. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 

Sultan  bin  Suggur 
with  his  own  hand. 


Copy  of  the  Articles  entered  into  with  Sultan  bin  Suggur.     Wit- 
ness my  hand  and  seal. 


L.  S. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


Translation  of  the  preliminary  Tbeaty  with  Hassun-bin  Rahmah. 

In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate ! 

Know  all  men  that  Hassun  bin  Rahmah  has  been  in  the  presence 
of  General  Sir  William  Grant  Keir,  and  there  have  passed  between  them 
the  following  stipulations  :— 

Article  1. 

The  town  of  Rasal  Khyma  and  Maharra,  and  the  towers  which  are 
in  the  date  groves  near  the  town,  shall  remain  in  the  hands  of  the  British 
Government. 


MARITIME 
TRIHKS. 


'2  |  i  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

Article  2. 

If  any  of  the  vessels  of   Hassun  bin  Rahmah  are  in  Shargah  or 

No.  LXIV.    Umin-ul  Gyuyn  or  Imam,  or  any  other  of  the  places  to  which  the  Gen- 

Prtliminary.  eral  shall  go  with  the  force,  they  shall  be  surrendered  to  the  General,  and 

the  General  will  leave  those  which  are  for  the  pearl  fishery  and  fishing 

boats. 

Article  3. 

Hassun  bin  Rahmah  shall  give  up  all  the  Indian  prisoners  if  any 
such  are  in  his  possession. 

Article  4. 

After  the  execution  of  these  engagements,  Hassun  bin  Rahmah 
shall  be  admitted  to  the  terms  of  the  general  Treaty  with  the  friendly 
(literally  the  pacificated)  Arabs.     End  of  the  Articles. 

Issued  at  Basal  Khyma  in  the  forenoon  of  Saturday,  the  twenty- 
second  of  the  month  of  Rahe-ul-Awul,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one 
thousand  ttco  hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  eighth  of 
January  1820. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


L. 

S. 

L. 

s. 

The  signature  of  Hassun  bin  Rahmah 


Copy  of  the  Articles  between  the  General  and  Hossun  bin  Rahmah. 
Witness  my  hand  and  seal. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNTJDS.  245 

Tbanslation  of  the  preliminary  Treaty  with  the  Sheikh  of  Duhey.  MARITIME 

In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate !  TRIBES. 

Know  all  men  that  Mahomed  bin  Haza  bin  Zaal,  a  minor,  accom-  lxiv. 

panied  by  Ahmed  bin  Futeiss,  has  been  in  the  presence  of   General  Sir  Preliminary, 
William  Grant  Keir,  and  there  have  passed  between  them  the  following 
stipulations : — 

Article  1. 

The  people  of  Dubey  shall  surrender  to  the  General  the  vessels 
which  are  in  Dubey  and  its  dependencies  and  the  guns  which  are  in  the 
town  and  in  the  towers.  The  General  will  leave  the  boats  which  are  for 
the  pearl  fishery  and  fishing  boats. 

Article  2. 

The  people  of  Dubey  shall  give  up  all  the  Indian  prisoners  if  any 
such  are  in  their  possession. 

Article  3. 

The  General  will  not  allow  the  troops  to  enter  the  town  to  lay  it 
waste,  and  further,  as  a  mark  of  consideration  towards  His  Highness  the 
Imam  Saeed  bin  Sultan  on  the  part  of  the  General,  he  will  not  demolish 
the  fort  and  towers. 

Article  4. 

After  the  execution  of  these  engagements,  Mahomed  bin  Haza  bin 
Zaal  and  his  followers  shall  be  admitted  to  the  same  terms  of  peace  as 
the  remainder  of  the  friendly  (literally  the  "  pacificated")  Arabs. 

On  these  conditions  there  is  a  cessation  of  hostilities  between  the 
British  and  Mahomed  bin  Haza  bin  Zaal  and  his  followers,  with  the 
exception  that  their  boats  are  not  to  go  to  sea. 

Done  at  Basal  Khyma  on  the  2$rd  of  the  month  of  Rabe-ul-Awul, 
in  the  year  1235,  corresponding  to  the  9th  of  January  1820. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


210 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


MARITIME 

TRinr.s. 

No.  LXIV. 
Preliminary. 


Seal  of 
Ahmed  Futeis. 


Witnessed  by  the  signature  of  Sheikh  Hamza  bin  Mahomed  bin 
Zubu  al  Moyzzine,  Sheikh  of  Kishme,  with  his  own  hand. 

Copy  of  the  Articles  between  the  General  and  Mahomed  bin  Haza 
bin  Zaal. 

"Witness  my  hand  and  seal. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


Thanslatios  of  the  preliminary  Tbeatt  with  Sheikh  Shahbout,  of  Abou 

Dabyee. 

In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate ! 

Know  all  men  that  Sheikh  Shahbout  bin  Dhyab  al  Talahij  has  been 
in  the  presence  of  General  Sir  William  Grant  Keir,  and  there  have 
passed  between  them  the  following  stipulations  : — 


Article  1. 

If  in  Abou  Dabyee  or  any  other  of  the  places  belonging  to  Sheikh 
Shahbout  there  are  any  of  the  vessels  of  the  piratical  powers  which 
have  been  attached  or  may  be  hereafter  attached  by  the  General  during 
the  present  war  against  the  pirates,  he  shall  deliver  such  vessels  to  the 
General. 


TREATIES;   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


247 


Article  2. 


MAKITIME 


Sheikh  Shahbout  shall  be  admitted  to  the  terms  of  the  sreneral     1RIBES- 


Treaty  with  the  friendly  Arabs.  No.  LXIV. 

Bone  at  Basal  Khyma  on  the  twenty-fifth   of  the  Rabee-ul-Awul,  in  Preliminary, 
the  year  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the 
eleventh  of  January  1820. 


(Signed)    W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


(Signed)     Shahbout. 


Copy  of  the  Articles  between  the  General  and  Sheikh  Shahbout. 
Witness  my  hand  and  seal. 

(Signed)     W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


Tbanslation  of  the  preliminary  Tbeatt  with  Hassun  bin  All 
In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate ! 
Know  all  men  that   Hassun  bin  Ali  has  been  in  the  presence  of 

General  Sir  William  Grant  Keir,  and  there  have  passed  between  them 

the  following  stipulations  : — 

Article  1. 

If  any  of  the  vessels  of  Hassun  bin  Ali  are  in  Shargah,  or  Umul 
Gyuyn,  or  Imam,  or  Abou  Dabyee,  or  any  other  of  the  places  to  which 
the  General  shall  go  with  the  force,  such  vessels  shall  be  surrendered  to 
the  General,  and  the  General  will  leave  those  which  are  for  the  pearl 
fishery  and  fishing  boats. 


248 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


MARITIME 
THINKS. 


Article  2. 

Hassun  bin  Ali  shall  give  up  all  the  Indian  prisoners  if  any  such 
No.  LXIV.   are  in  his  possession. 
Preliminary.  ARTICLE   3. 

After  this  Hassun  bin  Ali  shall  be  admitted  to  the  terms  of  the 
general  Treaty  with  the  friendly  (literally  the  "  pacificated")  Arabs. 
End  of  the  Articles. 

Issued  at  Basal  Khyma  in  the  forenoon  of  Saturday,  the  twenty- 
ninth  of  the  month  of  Rabe-ul-Awul,  in  the  year  one  thousand  two  hundred 
and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  15th  of  January  1820. 


(Signed)        W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


(Signed)        Hassun  bin  Ali. 


Copy  of  the  Articles  entered  into  between  the  General  and  Hassun 
bin  Ali  in  the  forenoon  of  Saturday,  the  twenty-ninth  of  Rabe-ul-Awul, 
in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  thirty-five, 
corresponding  to  the  15th  of  January  1820. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal. 


(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 
Major  General. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


249 


No.  LXV. 

Tbanslation  of  the  general  Tbeaty  with  the  Arab  Tribes  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 

In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate  ! 

Praise  be  to  God,  who  hath  ordained  peace  to  be  a  blessing  to  his 

creatures.     There   is   established   a  lasting   peace  between   the   British 

Government  and  the  Arab  tribes,  who  are  parties  to  this  contract,  on 

the  following  conditions : — 

Article  1. 

There  shall  be  a  cessation  of  plunder  and  piracy  by  land  and  sea  on 
the  part  of  the  Arabs,  who  are  parties  to  this  contract,  for  ever. 

Article  2. 

If  any  individual  of  the  people  of  the  Arabs  contracting  shall  attack 
any  that  pass  by  land  or  sea  of  any  nation  whatsoever,  in  the  way  of 
plunder  and  piracy  and  not  of  acknowledged  war,  he  shall  be  accounted 
an  enemy  of  all  mankind  and  shall  be  held  to  have  forfeited  both  life  and 
goods.  And  acknowledged  war  is  that  which  is  proclaimed,  avowed,  and 
ordered  by  government  against  government;  and  the  killing  of  men  and 
taking  of  goods  without  proclamation,  avowal,  and  the  order  of  a  govern- 
ment, is  plunder  and  piracy. 

Article  3. 

The  friendly  (literally  the  pacificated)  Arabs  shall  carry  by  land  and 
sea  a  red  flag,  with  or  without  letters  in  it,  at  their 
option,  and  this  shall  be  in  a  border  of  white,  the 
breadth  of  the  white  in  the  border  being  equal  to  the 
breadth  of  the  red,  as  represented  in  the  margin, 
(the  whole  forming  the  flag  known  in  the  British 
Navy  by  the  title  of  white  pierced  red,)  and  this 
shall  be  the  flag  of  the  friendly  Arabs,  and  they 
shall  use  it  and  no  other. 

Article  4. 

The  pacificated  tribes  shall  all  of  them  continue  in  their  former 
relations,  with  the  exception  that  they  shall  be  at  peace  with  the  British 
Government,  and  shall  not  fight  with  each  other,  and  the  flag  shall  be  a 
symbol  of  this  only  and  of  nothing  further. 

VOL.    VII.  2    i 


MARITIME 
TRIBES. 

No.  LXV. 

General. 


250 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


MARITIME 
TRII'.l.s. 

No.  LXV. 

General. 


Article  5. 

The  vessels  of  the  friendly  Arabs  shall  all  of  them  have  in  their 
possession  a  paper  (Register)  signed  with  the  signature  of  their  Chief, 
in  which  shall  be  the  name  of  the  vessel,  its  length,  its  breadth,  and  how 
many  Karahs  it  holds.  And  they  shall  also  have  in  their  possession 
another  writing  (Port  Clearance)  signed  with  the  signature  of  their 
Chief,  in  which  shall  be  the  name  of  the  owner,  the  name  of  the 
Nacodah,  the  number  of  men,  the  number  of  arms,  from  whence  sailed, 
at  what  time,  and  to  what  port  bound.  And  if  a  British  or  other  vessel 
meets  them,  they  shall  produce  the  Register  and  the  Clearance. 

Article  6. 

The  friendly  Arabs,  if  they  choose,  shall  send  an  envoy  to  the  British 
Residency  in  the  Persian  Gulf  with  the  necessary  accompaniments,  and 
he  shall  remain  there  for  the  transaction  of  their  business  with  the  Resi- 
dency ;  and  the  British  Government,  if  it  chooses,  shall  send  an  envoy 
also  to  them  in  like  manner ;  and  the  envoy  shall  add  his  signature  to 
the  signature  of  the  Chief  in  the  paper  (Register)  of  their  vessels^ 
which  contains  the  length  of  the  vessel,  its  breadth,  and  tonnage ;  the 
signature  of  the  envoy  to  be  renewed  every  year.  Also  all  such  envoys 
shall  be  at  the  expense  of  their  own  party. 

Article  7. 
If  any  tribe,  or  others,  shall  not  desist  from  plunder  and  piracy, 
the  friendly  Arabs  shall  act  against  them  according  to  their  ability  and 
circumstances,  and  an  arrangement  for  this  purpose  shall  take  place 
between  the  friendly  Arabs  and  the  British  at  the  time  when  such  plun- 
der and  piracy  shall  occur. 

Article  8. 

The  putting  men  to  death  after  they  have  given  up  their  arms,  is  an 
act  of  piracy  and  not  of  acknowledged  war  ;  and  if  any  tribe  shall  put 
to  death  any  persons,  either  Mahomedans  or  others,  after  they  have 
given  up  their  arms,  such  tribe  shall  be  held  to  have  broken  the  peace; 
and  the  friendly  Arabs  shall  act  against  them  in  conjunction  with  the 
British,  and,  God  willing,  the  war  against  them  shall  not  cease  until  the 
surrender  of  those  who  performed  the  act  and  of  those  who  ordered  it. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


251 


Article  9.  maritime 

TRIRFS 

The  carrying  off  of  slaves,  men,  women,  or  children  from  the  coasts  . ___ 

of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  and  the  transporting1  them  in  vessels,  is  plunder    No.  LXV. 
and  piracy,  and  the  friendly  Arabs  shall  do  nothing  of  this  nature.  General. 

Article  10. 

The  vessels  of  the  friendly  Arabs,  bearing  their  flag  above  described, 
shall  enter  into  all  the  British  ports  and  into  the  ports  of  the  allies  of 
the  British  so  far  as  they  shall  be  able  to  effect  it ;  aud  they  shall  buy 
and  sell  therein,  and  if  any  shall  attack  them,  the  British  Government 
shall  take  notice  of  it. 

Article  11. 

These  conditions  aforesaid  shall  be  common  to  all  tribes  and  persons, 
who  shall  hereafter  adhere  thereto  in  the  same  manner  as  to  those  who 
adhere  to  them  at  the  time  present.     End  of  the  Articles. 

Issued  at  Ras-ool-Khyma,  in  triplicate,  at  mid-day,  on  Saturday,  the 
twenty -second  of  the  month  of  Rabe-ul-Awul,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira 
one  thousand  two  hundred  and  thirty -Jive,  corresponding  to  the  eighth  of 
January  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  tioenty,  and  signed  by  the  con- 
tracting parties  at  the  places  and  times  under  written. 

Signed  at  Ras-ool-Khyma  at  the  time  of  issue  by 

(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keir, 

Major  General. 


(Signed)  Hassun  bin  Rahmaii, 

Sheikh  of  Hatt  and  Falna,  formerly  of 
Ras-ool-Khyma. 

(Signed)         Razib  bin  Ahmed, 

Sheikh  of  Jourat  al  Kamra. 

(An  exact  Translation) 
(Signed)         J.  P.  Thompson,  Captain, 
ltth  Light  Dragoons  and  Interpreter. 


L. 

S. 

L. 

s. 

L. 

s. 

252 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 


MARITIME  Signed  at  Ras-ool-Khyma,   on  Tuesday,  the  twenty-fifth  of   the 

TRIPES,     month  of  Rabe-ul-Awul,   in   the    year  of  the    Hegira    one    thousand 
No.  LXV.    two  hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  eleventh  of  January 

General.       1820. 


(Signed)         Shakbout, 
Sheikh  of  Abooshabee. 


Signed  at  Ras-ool-Khyma,  at  mid-day,  on  Saturday,  the  twenty- 
ninth  of  the  month  Rabe-ul-Awul,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand 
two  hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  fifteenth  of  January 
1820. 


(Signed)  Hassun  bin  Ali, 

Sheikh  of  Zyah. 


The  seal  is  Captain  Thompson's,  as  Sheikh  Hassun  bin  Ali  had 
not  a  seal  at  the  time  of  signature. 

Copy  of  the  general  Treaty  with  the  friendly  (literally  the  "  pacifi- 
cated")  Arabs,  with  the  signatures  attached  to  it,  up  to  the  fifteenth  day 
of  January  1820  inclusive.     Given  under  my  hand  and  seal. 


(Signed)         W.  GraNt  Keir, 

Major  General. 

(Signed)         T.  P.  Thompson,  Captain, 
llth  Light  Dragoons,  and  Interpreter. 


Ratified  by  theG  oevrnor  General  in  Council  on  2nd  April  1820. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


253 


Signed  for  Mahomed  bin  Haza   bin  Zaal,  Sheikh  of  Debaye,    a  MARITIME 

minor,  at  Shargah,  on  Friday,  the  twelfth  of  the  month  of  Rubee-oos-  TRIBES. 

Sanee,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  thirty-  No.  LXV. 

five,  corresponding  to  the  twenty-eighth  of  January  1820.  General. 


(Signed)         Saeed  btn  Syf, 
Uncle  of  Sheikh  Mahomed. 


Signed  at  Shargah,  at  mid-day,  on  Friday,  the  nineteenth  of  the 
month  of  Rubee-oos-Sanee,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two 
hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  fourth  of  February  1820. 


(Signed)         Sultan  bin  Suggur, 

Chief  of  Shargah. 


Signed,  at  Shargah,  by  the  Vakeel  on  the  part  of  the  Sheikhs 
Suleman  bin  Ahmed  and  Abdoolla  bin  Ahmed,  in  his  quality  of  Vakeel 
to  the  Sheikhs  aforesaid,  on  Saturday,  the  twentieth  of  the  month  of 
Rubee-oos-Sanee,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred 
and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  5th  of  February  1820. 

(Signed)     Syud  Abdool  Jabel  bin  Syud  Yas, 

Vakeel  of  Sheikh  Suleman  bin  Ahmed  and 
Sheikh  Abdoolla  bin  Ahmed,  of  the  family 

of  Khalifa,  Sheikhs  of  Bahrein. 

Signed  and  accepted  by  Suleman  bin  Ahmed,  of  the  house  of  Kha- 
lifa, at  Bahrein,  on  the  ninth  of  Jemmadee-ool-Awul,  in  the  year  of  the 
Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the 
twenty-third  of  February  1820. 


254 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


MARITIME  Signed  and  accepted  by  Abdoolla  bin  Ahmed,  of  the  house  of  Kha- 

TRIBES.  ijfa^  a^  Bahrein,  on  the  ninth  of  Jemmadee-ool-Awul,  in  the  year  of   the 

s  -  i.w  [legira  one  khoaMkdi#o  tuufoed  and  thirty-five,  coweqwnding  to  tBe 

*  LXYi.  twenty -third  of  February  1820. 

Start  Trade. 


Signed  at  Faleia,  at  noon,  on  Wednesday,  the  twenty-ninth  of  the 
month  of  Jemadee-ool- Awul,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two 
hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  fifteenth  of  March  1820. 


(Signed)         Rashed  bin  Hamid, 

Chief  of  Ejman. 


Signed  at  Faleia,  at  noon,  on  Wednesday,  the  twenty-ninth  of  the 
month  of  Jemmadee-ool-Awul,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two 
hundred  and  thirty-five,  corresponding  to  the  fifteenth  of  March  1820. 


(Signed)         Abdoolla  bin  Rashid, 

Chief  of  Amalgavine. 

(Signed)         W.  Grant  Keie, 

Major  General. 


No.  LXVI. 

Abticle  of  Agbeement  entered  into  by  Sheikh   Sultan  bin  Suggtjb,  dated 
Shargah,  the  22nd  Mohurrum  a.  h.  1254,  or  17th  April  a.  d.  1838. 

In  the  event  of  vessels  connected  with  my  ports,  or  belonging  to 
my  subjects,  coming  under  the  suspicion  of  being  employed  in  the 
carrying  off  (literally  stealing)  and  embarkation  of  slaves,  men,  women, 
or  children,  I,  Sultan  bin  Suggur,  Sheikh  of  the  Joasmee  Tribe,  do  hereby 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS;    AND    SUNNUDS.  255 

agree  to  their  being  detained  and  searched,  whenever  and  wherever  they  MARITIME 
may  be  fallen  in  with  on  the  seas,  by  the  cruizers  of  the  British  Gov-     TRIBES, 
ernment ;  and  further  that   upon  its  being  ascertained  that  the  crews    Nos.  LXV I 
have  carried  off  (literally  "  stolen")  and  embarked  slaves,  their  vessels     &  LXV11- 
shall  be  liable  to  seizure  and  confiscation  by  the  aforesaid  cruizers.  Slave  Trade. 


Sealed  by 

Sultan  bin 

Sugoue. 


Sealed  by  Sultan  bin  Suggur. 


Similar  agreements  signed  by  Sheikh  Eashed  bin  Hamid,  of  Ejman ;  Sheikh 
Muktoom  bin  Bctye,  of  Debaye ;  Sheikh  Khuleefa  bin  Shakbout,  of 
Aboothabee. 


No.  LXVII. 

Translation  of  an  Agreement   entered  into  by  SnEiKH  Sultan  bin  Suggur, 
Chief  of  Eas-ool-Kliymah,  dated  off  Eas-ool-Khymah,  3rd  July  1839. 

I,  Sultan  bin  Suggur,  Sheikh  of  the  Joasmee  Tribe,  do  hereby 
declare  that  I  bind  and  pledge  myself  to  the  British  Government  in  the 
following  engagements  : — 

Article  1. 

That  the  government  cruizers,  whenever  they  may  meet  any  vessel 
belonging  to  myself  or  my  subjects  beyond  direct  line  drawn  from  Cape 
Delgado,  passing  two  degrees  seaward  of  the  Island  of  Socotra,  and  end- 
ing at  Cape  Guadel,  and  shall  suspect  that  such  vessel  is  engaged  in  the 
slave  trade,  the  said  cruizers  are  permitted  to  detain  and  search  it. 

Article  2. 

Should  it  on  examination  be  proved  that  any  vessel  belonging 
to  myself  or  my  subjects  is  carrying  slaves,  whether  men,  women, 
or  children,   for  sale  beyond  the  aforesaid  line,  then   the  government 


2 50  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

MARITIME  iTiiizers   shall  seize  and  confiscate  such  vessel  and  her  cargo.     But  if 
TRIBES.     tije  aforesaid  vessel  shall  pass  beyond  the  aforesaid  line  owing  to  stress 
No*  LXVH  of  weather,  or  other  case  of  necessity  not  under  control,  then  she  shall 
A  LXVIII.   not  ijg  geized. 

Slat*  Trade.  ARTICLE   3. 

As  the  the  selling  of  males  and  females,  whether  grown  up  or  young, 
who  are  "  Hoor"  or  free,  is  contrary  to  the  Mahomedan  religion,  and 
whereas  the  Soomalee  tribe  is  included  in  the  "Hoor"  or  free,  I, 
Sultan  bin  Suggur,  do  hereby  agree  that  the  sale  of  males  and  females, 
whether  young  or  old,  of  the  Soomalee  tribe,  shall  be  considered  as 
piracy,  and  that  after  four  months  from  this  date,  all  those  of  my  people 
convicted  of  being  concerned  in  such  an  act  shall  be  punished  the  same 
as  pirates. 


Seal  of 

Sultan  bin 

Suggub. 


Note. — A  similar  agreement  to  the  above  was  entered  into  by  Sheikh  Khu- 
leefa  bin  Shakbout  on  the  1st  July  1839,  and  by  Sheikh  Muktoom,  of  Debaye, 
and  Sheikh  Abdoola  bin  Hashed,  of  Amalgavine,  on  the  2nd  of  the  same  month. 


No.  LXVIII. 

Translate  of  an  Engagement  entered  into  by  Sheikh  Sultan  bin  Suggub,  Chief 
of  Kas-ool-Khymah  and  Shargah,  for  the  abolition  of  the  African  slave  trade 
in  his  ports. 

It  having  been  intimated  to  me  by  Major  Hennell,  the  Resident  in 
the  Persian  Gulf,  that  certain  conventions  have  lately  been  entered  into  by 
His  Highness  the  Imam  of  Muscat  and  other  powers  with  the  British  Gov- 
ernment for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  exportation  of  slaves  from  the 
African  coast  and  elsewhere,  and  it  having,  moreover,  been  explained  to 
me  that,  in  order  to  the  full  attainment  of  the  objects  contemplated  by 
the  aforesaid  conventions,  the  concurrence  and  co-operation  of  the  Chiefs 
of  the  several  ports  situated  on  the  Arabian  coast  of  the  Persian  Gulf 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  257 

are   required,  accordingly  I,  Sheikh  Sultan  bin  Suggur,  Chief  of  the  MARITIME 
Joasmee   tribe,   with    a   view   to    strengthen    the   bonds   of  friendship     TRIBES. 
existing  between  me  and  the  British  Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  No.  LXVIII. 
prohibit  the  exportation  of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  and  else-  slave  Trade. 
where  on  board  of  my  vessels  and  those  belonging  to  my  subjects  or 
dependants ;  such  prohibition  to  take  effect  from  the  1st  day  of  Mohur- 
rum  a.  h.  1264,  (or  10th  December  a.  d.  1847.) 

And  I  do  further  consent  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the  British 
Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  to  my 
subjects  or  dependants,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  slave  trade,  they 
may  detain  and  search  them ;  and  in  case  of  their  finding  that  any  of 
the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the  exportation 
of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa,  or  elsewhere,  upon  any  pretext 
whatever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  confiscate 
the  same. 

Dated  this  \&th  day  of  Jemmadee-ool-Awul  a.  h.  1263,  or  30^  day 
of  April  a.  d.  1847. 


(Signed)     Sheikh  Sultan  bin  Suggur. 


Deb  aye. — Sheikh  Muktoom's  Engagement  is  dated  14th  Jemmadee- 
ool-Awul  1263,  or  30th  April  1847. 

Ejman. — Sheikh  Abdool  Azeez's  Engagement  is  dated  15th  Jemma- 
dee-ool-Awul 1263,  or  1st  May  1847. 

Amalgavine. — Sheikh  Abdoolla  bin  Rashed's  Engagement  is  dated 
15th  Jemmadee-ool-Awul  1263,  or  1st  May  1847. 

Aboothabee. — Sheikh  Saeedbin  Tahnooir's  Engagement  is  dated  17th 
Jemmadee-ool-Awul  1263,  or  3rd  May  1847. 

Bahrein. — Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Khuleefa's  Engagement  is  dated 
22nd  Jemmadee-ool-Awul  1263,  or  8th  May  1847. 

vol.  vii.  2  k 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

MAUiriME  No.   LXIX. 

ll:1!:L>       fWKm    i   I  in.u;:inn    tm.v  for  Ion  jmn  agreed  upon  by  the  Chiefs  of  the  Am  - 
No.  LXIX.  bian  coast,  under  tho  mediation  of  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  dated 

-"        ,  1st  June  1843. 

IV»  year  t 

trmce.  We,  whose  seals  are  hereunto  affixed,  viz.,  Sultan  bin  Suggur,  Chief 

of  the  Joasmce  Tribe,  Khuleefa  bin  Shakbout,  Chief  of  the  Beniyas, 
Muktoom  bin  Butye,  Chief  of  the  Boo  Falasa,  Abdoollah  bin  Rashed, 
Chief  of  Amalgavine,  Abdool  Azeez  bin  Rashed,  Chief  of  Ejmanee,  being 
fully  impressed  with  a  sense  of  the  evil  consequences  arising  from  our 
subjects  and  dependants  being  prevented  carrying  on  the  pearl  fishery 
without  interruption  on  the  banks,  owing  to  the  various  feuds  existing 
amongst  ourselves,  and,  moreover,  duly  appreciating  the  general  advantage 
to  be  derived  from  the  establishment  of  a  truce,  do  hereby  agree  to 
bind  ourselves  down  to  observe  the  following  conditions  :— 

Article  1. 

That  from  the  1st  June  a.  d.  1843  (the  corresponding  Mahomedan 
date  2nd  Jemmadee-ool-Awul  Hegira  1259),  there  shall  be  a  cessation 
of  hostilities  at  sea  between  our  respective  subjects  and  dependants,  and 
that  from  the  above  date  until  the  termination  of  the  month  of  May 
A.  d.  1853,  an  inviolable  truce  shall  be  established,  during  which  period 
our  several  claims  upon  each  other  shall  rest  in  abeyance. 

Article  2. 

That  in  the  event  of  any  of  our  subjects  or  dependants  committing 
any  acts  of  aggression  at  sea  upon  those  of  any  of  the  parties  to  this 
agreement,  we  will  immediately  afford  full  redress  upon  the  same  being 
brought  to  our  notice. 

Article  3. 

That  in  the  event  of  any  acts  of  aggression  being  committed  at  sea 
upon  any  of  our  subjects  or  dependants,  we  will  not  proceed  immediately 
to  retaliate,  but  will  inform  the  British  Resident  or  the  Commodore 
at  Bassidore,  who  will  forthwith  take  the  necessary  steps  for  obtaining 
reparation  for  the  injury  inflicted,  provided  that  its  occurrence  can  be 
satisfactorily  proved. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


259 


Article  4. 
That  on  the  termination  of  the  month  of  May  1853,  by  God's  bless- 
ing, we  will  endeavour  to  arrange  either  an  extension  of  this  truce,  or  a 
firm  and  lasting  peace ;  but  in  the  event  of  our  being  unable  to  come  to 
a  satisfactory  adjustment  regarding  our  respective  claims,  we  hereby  bind 
ourselves  to  give  notice,  on  or  about  the  above  date,  to  the  British  Resi- 
dent, of  our  intention  to  renew  hostilities  after  the  expiration  of  the  term 
now  fixed  upon  for  this  truce,  viz,,  the  end  of  the  month  of  May  1853. 

Signed  as  in  the  preamble. 


MARITIME 
TRIBES. 

Nos.  LXIX 
&  LXX. 

Perpetual 
Truce. 


No.  LXX. 

Teeaty  of  Peace  in  perpetuity  agreed  upon  by  the  Chiefs  of  the  Arabian  coast 
in  behalf  of  themselves,  their  heirs  and  successors,  under  the  mediation  of 
the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf. 

We,  whose  seals  are  hereunto  affixed,  Sheikh  Sultan  bin  Suggur, 
Chief  of  Ras-ool-Khyma,  Sheikh  Saeed  bin  Tahnoon,  Chief  of  Aboo- 
thabee,  Sheikh  Saeed  bin  Butye,  Chief  of  Debaye,  Sheikh  Hamid 
bin  Rashed,  Chief  of  Ejman,  Sheikh  Abdoolla  bin  Rashed,  Chief  of 
Amalgavine,  having  experienced  for  a  series  of  years  the  benefits  and 
advantages  resulting  from  a  maritime  truce  contracted  amongst  ourselves 
under  the  mediation  of  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf  and  renewed 
from  time  to  time  up  to  the  present  period,  and  being  fully  impressed, 
therefore,  with  a  sense  of  the  evil  consequence  formerly  arising  from 
the  prosecution  of  our  feuds  at  sea,  whereby  our  subjects  and  dependants 
were  prevented  from  carrying  on  the  pearl  fishery  in  security,  and  were 
exposed  to  interruption  and  molestation  when  passing  on  their  lawful 
occasions,  accordingly,  we,  as  aforesaid,  have  determined,  for  ourselves, 
our  heirs  and  successors,  to  conclude  together  a  lasting  and  inviolable 
peace  from  this  time  forth  in  perpetuity,  and  do  hereby  agree  to  bind 
ourselves  down  to  observe  the  following  conditions  :— 

Article  1. 
That  from  this  date,  viz.,  25th  Rujjub  1269,  4th  May  1853,  and 
hereafter,  there  shall  be  a  complete  cessation  of  hostilities  at  sea  between 
our  respective  subjects  and  dependants,  and  a  perfect  maritime  trace  shall 
endure  between  ourselves  and  between  our  successors,  respectively,  for 
evermore. 


260 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


MARITIME 
TRIBES. 


Perpetual 
Truce. 


Article  2. 

That  in  the  event  (which  God  forbid)  of  any  of  our  subjects  or 
Na  LXX.    dependants  committing  an  act  of  aggression  at  sea  upon  the  lives  or  pro- 
perty of  those  of  any  of  the  parties  to  this  agreement,  we  will  immediately 
punish  the  assailants  and  proceed  to  afford  full  redress  upon  the  same 
being  brought  to  our  notice. 

Article  3. 

That  in  the  event  of  an  act  of  aggression  being  committed  at  sea  by 
any  of  those  who  are  subscribers  with  us  to  this  engagement  upon  any 
of  our  subjects  or  dependants,  we  will  not  proceed  immediately  to  reta- 
liate, but  will  inform  the  British  Resident  or  the  Commodore  at  Bas- 
sidore,  who  will  forthwith  take  the  necessary  steps  for  obtaining  repara- 
tion for  the  injury  inflicted,  provided  that  its  occurrence  can  be  satis- 
factorily proved. 

We  further  agree  that  the  maintenance  of  the  peace  now  concluded 
amongst  us  shall  be  watched  over  by  the  British  Government,  who  will 
take  steps  to  ensure  at  all  times  the  due  observance  of  the  above  Articles, 
and  God  of  this  is  the  best  witness  and  guarantee. 


L. 

S. 

L. 

s. 

(Signed)        Abdoolla  bin  Hashed, 

Chief  of  Amalgavine. 
„  Hamed  bin  Hashed, 

Chief  of  Ejman. 
„  Saeed  bin  Butye, 

Chief  of  Debage. 
„  Saeed  bin  Tahnoon, 

Chief  of  the  Beniyas. 
„  Sultan  bin  Suggur, 

Chief  of  the  Joasmees. 


Approved  by  the  Governor  General  in  Council  on  24th  August  1853. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


261 


No.  LXXI. 

Additional  Articles  for  the  protection  of  the  Telegraph  line  and  stations,  agreed 
to  before  Lieutenant  Colonel  Lewis  Pelly,  Acting  Political  Eesident, 
Persian  Gulf,  and  appended  to  the  Treaty  of  Peace  of  the  4th  May  1853. 

Whereas,  under  date  25th  Rujjub  1269  (4th  May  1853),  we,  Chief  of 
the  Joasmees,  Chief  of  the  Beniyas,  Chief  of  Amalgavine,  Chief  of 
Ejman,  Chief  of  Debaye,  did  agree  to  a  perpetual  Treaty  of  Peace  at  sea, 
and  whereby  our  vessels  have  been  respected  and  our  commerce  increased ; 
and  whereas  the  British  Government,  in  the  further  interests  of  commerce 
and  of  the  general  peace,  are  preparing  telegraphic  lines  and  stations  at 
various  points  in  or  near  the  Persian  Gulf,  we  do  hereby  engage  for 
ourselves,  our  heirs  and  successors,  to  respect  and  abstain  from  all  and 
every  interference  with  the  said  telegraphic  operations  that  may  be 
carried  on  by  the  said  British  Government  in  or  near  our  territory. 

And  in  the  event  (which  God  forbid)  of  any  of  our  subjects  or 
dependents  committing  an  act  of  aggression  or  trespass  on  the  said 
telegraphic  lines  and  stations  or  other  telegraphic  material,  we  will 
immediately  punish  the  offender  and  proceed  to  afford  full  redress  upon 
the  same  being  brought  to  our  notice. 

The  telegraphic  line  being  intended  for  the  common  good,  our 
subjects  and  dependents  shall  be  permitted  to  send  messages  by  the 
Telegraph  at  such  rates  of  payment  as  may  be  paid  by  British  subjects. 


MARITIME 
TRIBES. 

No.  LXXI. 

Telegraph. 


BAHREIN. 

The  Island  of  Bahrein,  owing  to  the  richness  of  its  pearl  fisheries, 
was  long  a  field  of  contention  between  the  different  powers  that  towards 
the  end  of  last  century  strove  for  supremacy  in  the  Persian  Gulf.  In 
the  year  1799,  after  having  often  changed  masters,  it  was  conquered  by 
the  Uttoobee  tribe,  by  whom  it  has  ever  since  been  held  under  allegiance 
at  one  time  to  Muscat  and  afterwards  successively  to  the  Wahabees,  to 
Turkey  and  to  Persia,  and  now  in  independence. 

In  1820,  after  the  capture  of  Ras-ool-Khyma  by  the  expedition  sent 
against  the  piratical  tribes  in  the  Gulf,  the  two  Chiefs,  Abdoolla  bin 
Ahmed  and  Suleiman  bin  Ahmed,  who  then  ruled  Bahrein  conjointly, 
signed  a  preliminary  engagement  (No.  LXXII.)  not  to  permit  in 
Bahrein  the  sale  of  property  procured  by  plunder  and  piracy,  and  to  re- 
store all  Indian  prisoners  then  in  their  possession.  They  also  subscribed 
the  general  Treaty  (No.  LXV.)  for  the  pacification  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 

The  Chiefs  of  Bahrein  were  not  parties  to  any  of  the  agreements 
concluded  after  1820  with  the  Arab  Chiefs  except  the  engagement 
(No.  LXVIII.)  in  1847  for  the  suppression  of  the  slave  trade.  This  was 
signed  on  8th  May  1847  by  Mahomed  bin  Khuleefa.  This  Chief  was 
the  grandson  of  Suleiman  bin  Ahmed,  who  had  signed  the  general  Treaty 
in  1820.  Suleiman  died  in  1825,  and  his  son  Khuleefa,  who  had  succeeded 
to  his  share  in  the  government,  died  in  1834.  Mahomed  bin  Khuleefa 
for  some  years  was  kept  out  of  power  by  his  grand-uncle  Abdoolla  bin 
Ahmed,  but  in  1843  he  succeeded  not  only  in  recovering  his  rights,  but 
in  expelling  Abdoolla  bin  Ahmed  from  Bahrein.  The  latter,  who  found 
refuge  in  Demam,  made  several  unsuccessful  attempts  with  the  help  of  the 
Wahabees  and  the"  Chief  of  Koweit,  to  recover  his  power.  He  died  in 
1848,  but  his  son  Mahomed  bin  Abdoolla  continued  the  feud.  His 
warlike  preparations  and  his  piracies  so  endangered  the  peace  of  the  Gulf, 
that  in  1859  he  was  declared  a  public  enemy  and  expelled  from  Demam 
by  a  British  force.  No  sooner  was  this  done,  than  Mahomed  bin 
Khuleefa  of  Bahrein  commenced  to  levy  forceable  imposts  on  Wahabee 
vessels  and  to  carry  off  their  property.     On  being  remonstrated  with, 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  263 

he  ostensibly  put  himself  under  allegiance  first  to  Persia  and  then  to  BAHREIN. 
Turkey,  The  policy  of  the  British  Government,  however,  as  guardians  of  No.  LXXII. 
the  general  tranquillity  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  required  that  Bahrein  should 
be  considered  independent.  Early  in  the  year  1861,  therefore,  when  the 
Chief  of  Bahrein,  in  violation  of  his  Treaty  engagements,  again  block- 
aded the  Wahabee  ports,  he  was  forced  by  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf 
to  withdraw  the  blockade,  and  was  required  to  conclude  a  perpetual  Treaty 
(No.  LXXIII.)  of  peace  and  friendship,  binding  himself  to  abstain  from 
war,  piracy,  and  slavery  by  sea  on  condition  of  protection  against  similar 
aggressions,  and  to  permit  all  British  subjects  to  trade  with  Bahrein  on 
payment  of  an  ad  valorem  duty  of  5  per  cent,  on  their  goods. 


No.  LXXII. 
Tbanslation  of  the  preliminary  Treaty  with  the  Sheikhs  of  Bahrein. 
In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  compassionate ! 

Know  all  men,  there  hath  come  into  the  presence  of  General  Sir 
William  Grant  Keir  the  Saeed  Abdool  Jalil,  Vakeel  on  the  part  of  the 
Sheikhs  Suleiman  bin  Ahmed  and  Abdoolla  bin  Ahmed,  and  there  have 
passed  between  the  General  and  the  said  Abdool  Jalil,  on  the  part  of  the 
above  named,  the  following  stipulations  : — 

Article  1. 

That  the  Sheikhs  shall  not  permit  from  henceforth,  in  Bahrein  or 
its  dependencies,  the  sale  of  any  commodities  which  have  been  procured 
by  means  of  plunder  and  piracy,  nor  allow  their  people  to  sell  any  thing 
of  any  kind  whatsoever  to  such  persons  as  may  be  engaged  in  the  practice 
of  plunder  and  piracy ;  and  if  any  of  their  people  shall  act  contrary  hereto, 
it  shall  be  equivalent  to  an  act  of  piracy  on  the  part  of  such  individuals. 

Article  2. 
That  they  shall  deliver  up  all  the  Indian  prisoners  who  may  be  in 
their  possession. 


£64  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

uaiirkin.  Article  3. 

No..  LXXII  The  Sheikhs  Suleiman  bin  Ahmed  and  Abdoolla  bin  Ahmed  shall 

A  LXXIII.    Ijc  admitted  to  the  terms  of  the  general  Treaty  with  the  friendly  Arabs. 
End  of  the  Articles. 

Issued  at  Shargah  in  triplicate,  on  Saturday,  the  twentieth  of  the 
month  of  Rabe-ool-Thany ,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two 
hundred  and  thirty-Jive,  corresponding  to  the  fifth  of  February  one  thou- 
sand eight  hundred  and  twenty. 

(Signed)         W.  G.  Keir, 

Major  General. 


L.  S. 


The  above  Articles  accepted  by  me  in  quality  of  Vakeel  of  the 
Sheiks  named  above. 

(Signed)        Saeed  Abdal  Jalil  bin  Saeed  Yasal  Tabatabay. 


No.  LXXIII. 

Teems  of  a  friendly  Convention  entered  into  between  Sheikh  Mahomed  Bin 
Khuleefa,  independent  ruler  of  Bahrein,  on  the  part  of  himself  and  succes- 
sors, and  Captain  Felix  Jones,  Her  Majesty's  Indian  Navy,  Political  Kesi- 
dent  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty  in  the  Gulf  of  Persia,  on  the  part  of  the  Bri- 
tish Government. 

Preliminary. — Considering  the  tribe  disorders  which  arise  and  are 
perpetuated  from  maritime  aggressions  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  I,  Sheikh 
Mahomed  Bin  Khuleefa,  independent  ruler  of  Bahrein,  on  my  own  part 
and  on  that  of  my  heirs  and  successors,  in  the  presence  of  the  Chiefs 
and  elders  who  are  witnesses  to  this  document,  do  subscribe  and  agree  to 
a  perpetual  Treaty  of  peace  and  friendship  with  the  British  Government, 
having  for  its  object  the  advancement  of  trade  and  the  security  of  all 
classes  of  people  navigating  or  residing  upon  the  coasts  of  this  sea  :— 

Article  1. 

I  recognize  as  valid  and  in  force  all  former  Treaties  and  Conventions 
agreed  to  between  the  Chiefs  of  Bahrein  and  the  British  Government, 
either  direct  or  through  the  mediation  of  its  representatives  in  this  Gulf. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  265 

Article  2.  Bahrein: 

I  agree  to  abstain  from  all  maritime  aggressions  of  every  descrip-  No.  LXXIII. 
tion,  from  the  prosecution  of  war,  piracy  and  slavery  by  sea,  so  long  as 
I  receive  the  support  of  the  British  Government  in  the  maintenance  of 
the  security  of  my  own  possessions  against  similar  aggressions  directed 
against  them  by  the  Chiefs  and  tribes  of  this  Gulf. 

Article  8. 
In  order  that  the  above  engagements  may  be  fulfilled,  I  agree  to 
make  known  all  aggressions  and  depredations  which  may  be  designed, 
or  have  place  at  sea,  against  myself,  territories,  or  subjects,  as  early  as 
possible,  to  the  British  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  as  the  arbitrator 
in  such  cases,  promising  that  no  act  of  aggression  or  retaliation  shall 
be  committed  at  sea  by  Bahrein,  or  in  the  name  of  Bahrein,  by  myself 
or  others  under  me,  on  other  tribes  without  his  consent  or  that  of  the 
British  Government,  if  it  should  be  necessary  to  procure  it.  And  the 
British  Resident  engages  that  he  will  forthwith  take  the  necessary  steps 
for  obtaining  reparation  for  every  injury  proved  to  have  been  inflicted, 
or  in  course  of  infliction  by  sea  upon  Bahrein,  or  upon  its  dependencies 
in  this  Gulf.  In  like  manner,  I,  Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Khuleefa,  will 
afford  full  redress  for  all  maritime  offences,  which  in  justice  can  be 
charged  against  my  subjects,  or  myself,  as  the  ruler  of  Bahrein. 

Article  4. 
British  subjects  of  every  denomination,  it  is  understood,  may  reside 
in,  and  carry  on  their  lawful  trade  in  the  territories  of  Bahrein,  their  goods 
being  subject  only  to  an  ad  valorem  duty  of  5  per  cent,  in  cash  or  in  kind. 
This  amount  once  paid  shall  not  be  demanded  again  on  the  same  goods 
if  exported  from  Bahrein  to  other  places ;  and  in  respect  to  the  treat- 
ment of  British  subjects  and  dependants,  they  shall  receive  the  treatment 
and  consideration  of  the  subjects  and  dependants  of  the  most  favoured 
people.  All  offences  which  they  may  commit,  or  which  may  be  committed 
against  them,  shall  be  reserved  for  the  decision  of  the  British  Resident, 
provided  the  British  Agent  located  at  Bahrein  shall  fail  to  adjust  them 
satisfactorily.  In  like  manner,  the  British  Resident  will  use  his  good 
offices  for  the  welfare  of  the  subjects  of  Bahrein  in  the  ports  of  the  mari- 
time Arab  tribes  of  this  Gulf  in  alliance  with  the  British  Government. 
VOL.  vii.  2  I 


m 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SUNNUDS. 


uaii rein.  Article  5. 

No  LXXIII.  Those  Articles  of  alliance  shall  have  effect  from  the  date  of  ratifi- 

cation or  approval  by  the  British  Government. 

Done  at  Bahrein  this  twentieth  day  of  Zilkad,  in  the  year  of  the 
Hegira  1277,  corresponding  with  the  thirty -first  day  of  May  1861. 


Signature  and  Seal  of  Felix  Jones, 
Political  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf 


Seal  of  Sheikh 

Mahomed, 

Ruler  of  Bahrein. 


Seal  of  Sheikh 

Ali  bin  Khuleefa, 

Brother  of  the  above. 


Seal  of  Sheikh 

Hamid  bin  Mahomed, 

Cousin  of  Sheikh 

Mahomed. 


8 

a 

Seal  of  Sheikh  Ahmed 

1 

bin  Mubarek,  Cousin 

§ 

of  Sheikh  Mahomed. 

a 

<u 

o 

Seal  of  Sheikh  Khuleefa 

E 

bin  Mahomed  Cousin 

w 

of  Sheikh  Mahomed. 

Approved  by  His  Excellency  the  Governor  General  in  Council  on 
the  9th  October  1861,  and  ratified  by  the  Government  of  Bombay  on 
25th  February  1862. 


PART    III. 

TREATIES,  ENGAGEMENTS,  AND  SUNNUDS 


RELATING   TO   THE 


ARABIAN  AND  AFRICAN  COASTS. 


ADEN. 


On  the  expulsion  of  the  Turks  in  1630,  the  greater  part  of  Southern 
Arabia  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Imams  of  Senna.  In  1735  the  latter 
were  in  turn  expelled  from  Aden  and  other  districts  by  the  native  Arab 
tribes  who  assumed  independence. 

Abclalees  {Lahej). — Aden,  Lahej,  and  some  villages  to  the  north  of 
Aden,  with  the  country  round  them,  were  occupied  by  the  Abdalee  tribe. 

The  first  political  intercourse  with  the  Chiefs  of  Aden  took  place 
in  1799,  when  a  naval  force  was  sent  from  Great  Britain  with  a  detach- 
ment of  troops  from  India  to  occupy  the  Island  of  Perim  and  prevent 
all  communication  of  the  French  in  Egypt  with  the  Indian  Ocean  by 
way  of  the  Red  Sea.  The  Island  of  Perim  was  found  unsuitable  for 
troops,  and  the  Sultan  of  Lahej,  Ahmed  bin  Abdool  Kureem,  received  the 
detachment  for  some  time  at  Aden.  He  proposed  to  enter  into  an 
alliance  and  to  grant  Aden  as  a  permanent  station,  but  the  offer  was 
declined.  A  Treaty  (No.  LXXIV.),  however,  was  concluded  with  the 
Sultan  in  1802  by  Admiral  Sir  Home  Popham,  who  was  instructed  to 
enter  into  political  and  commercial  alliances  with  the  Chiefs  on  the 
Arabian  Coast  of  the  Red  Sea. 

From  that  time  there  was  little  or  no  intercourse  with  Aden  till 
1837,  when  attention  was  drawn  to  the  plunder  and  maltreatment  of  the 
crews  of  British  vessels  wrecked  on  the  Aden  Coast.  The  most  notable 
case  was  the  plunder  of  the   Deria  Dowlut,  the  crew  of   which  were 


268  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

ADEN,  stripped  and  most -barbarously  treated.  Captain  Haines,  who  was  then 
employed  in  the  survey  of  the  Arabian  Coast,  was  instructed  to  demand 
satisfaction.  He  was  at  the  same  time  to  endeavour  to  purchase  Aden 
as  a  coaling  depot  for  the  steamers  plying  between  India  and  the  Red 
Sea.  The  Sultan  Mahsin,  who  had  succeeded  his  uncle  Sultan  Ahmed  in 
1827,  at  first  denied  all  participation  in  the  plunder,  but  finding  the 
British  Commissioner  firm  in  his  demands,  he  eventually  consented  to 
give  up  part  of  the  property,  and  paid  compensation  for  the  rest.  A 
draft  Treaty  for  the  cession  of  Aden  was  laid  before  the  Sultan,  to  which 
he  verbally  gave  his  consent  and  promised  formally  to  agree  after  con- 
sulting his  Chiefs.  In  this  draft  the  amount  of  compensation  to  be  paid 
for  Aden  was  left  undetermined,  but  it  was  afterwards  arranged  that  an 
annual  payment  of  8,700  crowns  should  be  made.  On  22nd  January 
1838  Sultan  Mahsin  sent  a  letter  under  his  seal,*  engaging,  after  two 
months,  to  make  over  Aden,  but  stipulating  that  the  Sultan's  authority 
over  his  people  in  Aden  should  be  maintained  after  the  cession.  To  the 
continuance  of  the  Sultan's  jurisdiction  the  British  Agent  objected. 
The  Sultan  replied  that  he  was  willing  to  abide  by  the  terms  first  offered, 
but  if  these  were  not  accepted,  his  letter  of  22nd  January  should  be 
returned  to  him.  Negotiations  were  at  this  stage  when  a  plot  was  laid  by 
Ahmed,  the  Sultan's  son,  to  seize  the  Agent  and  rob  him  of  his  papers. 
Delivery  of  the  property  stolen  from  the  wreck  of  the  Deria  Dowlut'was 
also  refused ;  preparations  were  therefore  made  to  coerce  the  Sultan.  On 
19th  January  1839  Aden  was  bombarded  and  takon,  and  the  Sultan  and 
his  family  fled  to  Lahej.  On  2nd  February  peace  (No.  LXXV.)  was 
made  in  the  Sultan's  name  by  his  son-in-law,  and  on  18th  June  the 
Sultan  himself  signed  a  Bond  (No.  LXXVI.)  engaging  to  maintain 
peace  and  friendship  with  the  British  Government,  who  agreed  to  pay 

*  At  pages  282  and  283  of  a  Collection  of  Treaties  published  by  Mr.  Hughes  Thomas 
in  1851  under  the  authority  of  the  Government  of  Bombay,  an  extract  from  a  letter  of  the 
Sultan  of  Lahej,  dated  25rd  January  1 838,  is  given,  which  purports  to  complete  and  conclude 
the  transaction  for  the  transfer  of  Aden  to  the  British  Government.  The  facts,  however, 
are,  as  stated  in  the  text,  that  in  the  sequel  of  the  letter  the  Sultan  desired  that  the 
negotiations  should  be  broken  ofr  if  his  jurisdiction  in  Aden  were  not  admitted;  and  the 
bargain,  owing  to  the  subsequent  course  of  events,  was  never  concluded.  The  title  of  the 
British  Government  to  Aden  rests  exclusively  on  conquest,  and  not  on  purchase. 


TREATIES^   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  269   . 

him  and  his   heirs  6,500  German  crowns  a  year,  and  likewise  to  pay  the       ADEN. 

stipends  which  the  Sultan  was   bound  to  give  to  the  Foudhelee,  YafFaee, 

Hooshabee,  and  Ameer  tribes.     Peace,  however,  was  soon  after  broken, 

by  an  unsuccessful  attempt  which    Sultan   Mahsin   made  in  November 

1839   to  retake   Aden,  and  the  payments  were  therefore  stopped.     A 

second  attack  made  in  May  1840  was  also  unsuccessful,  and  the  repulse  of  a 

third  attack  in  July  of  the  same  year  completely  disheartened  the  Arab3 

for  a  time.     In  1843  Sultan  Mahsin  came  to  Aden  and  sued  for  peace. 

An   engagement    (No.  LXXVII.)  was  made   on  11th   February    1843, 

which   the  British  Government  considered  in  the  light  of  an  agreement 

to  be  observed  between  the  Political  Agent  and  the  Sultan,  but  not  of  a 

Treaty  to  be  formally  ratified.     In  February  1844  a  monthly  stipend 

of  541  crowns  was  restored  to  the    Sultan  with  a  year's  arrears,   and 

before  paying  it,  another  agreement   (No.  LXXVIII.)    was  taken  from 

him,  binding  him  faithfully  to  observe  his  engagements. 

Sultan  Mahsin,  Chief  of  the  Abdalee  tribe,  died  on  30th  November 
1847,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Ahmed,  who  died  on  18th  January 
1849,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  brother  Ali  Mahsin.  Shortly  after  his 
accession,  a  Treaty  (No.  LXXIX.)  of  peace,  friendship,  and  commerce 
which  was  under  negoeiation  with  his  predecessor  was  concluded  with 
him.  Among  its  other  provisions  this  Treaty  stipulated  for  the  restora-r 
tion  of  the  -  monthly  stipend  which  had  been  stopped  in  consequence 
of  the  share  taken  by  Sultan  Mahsin  in  an  attack  on  Aden  in  August 
1846. 

Ali  Mahsin,  Sultan  of  Lahej,  died  on  7th  April  1863.  His  son 
Foodhel  Ali  Mahsin  was  elected  by  the  tribes  and  elders  to  succeed  him 
in  the  government.  The  stipend  enjoyed  by  his  father  has  been  con- 
tinued to  him. 

Foodhelees. — The  Sultans  of  Lahej  had  been  in  the  habit  of  paying 
annually  sums  of  money  to  the  neighbouring  tribes  through  whose 
territory  the  trade  of  the  country  passed,  and  these  payments  were 
continued  by  the  British  Government  on  condition  of  the  Chiefs  remain- 
ing in  friendly  alliance.  From  the  weakness  of  the  character  of  Ali 
Mahsin,  through  whom  it  was  the  early  policy  of  the  Agent  to  transact 
all  business  with  the  Arabs  of  Aden,  the  neighbouring  tribes  ventured 
for  some  years  to  perpetrate  a  series  of  atrocities  upon  individual  British 
Officers  and  others,  which  the  Sultan  was  quite  unable  to  prevent  or 


270  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

ADEN,  punish.  His  efforts,  indeed,  to  procure  compliance  with  the  demands  of 
~  the  British  Government  for  satisfaction  for  these  outrages  brought  on 
him  the  hostility  of  his  rivals  the  Foodhelee  tribe,  who  had  sheltered  some 
of  the  murderers,  and  who  endeavoured  to  stir  up  some  of  the  neighbour- 
ing tribes  to  hostility  with  the  British.  The  Foodhelees,  with  whom  an 
engagement  (No.  LXXX.)  was  concluded  after  the  capture  of  Aden, 
are  one  of  the  most  powerful,  fanatical,  and  warlike  tribes  near  Aden. 
Their  possessions  lie  immediately  to  the  east  of  that  Settlement.  The 
stipend  of  the  Foodhelee  Chief  was  stopped  till  he  should  expel  the  crimi- 
nal who  had  taken  refuge  with  him.  This  he  did,  and  on  the  restoration 
of  his  stipend,  he  voluntarily  signed  an  agreement  (No.  LXXXI.)  to 
protect  the  roads  from  Aden  through  his  territory.  The  powerlessness 
of  the  Sultan  of  Lahej,  however,  to  prevent  or  punish  these  crimes  led 
to  a  change  in  the  policy  of  dealing  with  the  tribes,  and  to  the  com- 
mencement of  intercourse  with  the  Chiefs  direct  instead  of  through  the 
Sultan  of  Lahej. 

Akrabees. — The  Akrabee  tribe  are  a  sub-division  of  the  Abdalces, 
who,  under  Sheikh  Mehdi,  threw  off  allegiance  to  Abdool  Kureem  of 
Lahej  and  became  independent.  Their  residence  is  at  Bir  Ahmed  and 
the  harbour  of  Little  Aden.  An  engagement  (No.  LXXXII.)  was  con- 
cluded with  them  after  the  capture  of  Aden.  In  1857  the  Chief  of  the 
Akrabee  tribe  renewed  (No.  LXXXIII.)  his  profession  of  peace  and  good 
will.  In  1863  an  agreement  (No.  LXXXIV.)  was  made  with  him,  in 
which,  for  an  immediate  payment  of  3,000  dollars  and  a  monthly 
stipend  of  30  dollars,  he  engaged  not  to  sell,  mortgage,  or  give  for  occu- 
pation, save  to  the  British  Government,  any  portion  of  the  Peninsula 
of  Little  Aden. 

Oulakees. — This  tribe  occupies  the  coast  from  the  borders  of  Hud- 
ramat  westwards  about  fifty-five  miles,  and  about  two  hundred  miles 
inland.  The  tribe  is  divided  into  two  sections,  the  upper  and  the  lower 
Oulakee,  each  under  an  independent  Chief.  In  1855  an  engagement 
(No.  LXXXV.)  was  made  with  them  for  the  prohibition  of  slavery. 

Other  Tribes. — After  the  conquest  of  Aden,  the  efforts  of  the  Poli- 
tical Agent  were  chiefly  directed  to  the  establishment  of  friendly 
relations  with  the  Arab  tribes  in  the  neighbourhood,  with  several  of 
whom,  the  Hooshabees,  Yaffaees,  Subeihees,  and  others,  engagements 
(Nos.  LXXXVI.  to  XCIII.)  were  concluded. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  271 

The  following  is  a  list  of  Aden  Chiefs  who  receive  stipends  from  the      ADEN. 


British  Government : — 


Names. 

Annual  amount 
of  Stipends. 

Sultan  Ahmed  bin  Abdoolla  Foodhelee,  of  Foodhelee  tribe         

Sultan  Foodhel  Ali  Mahsin  of  Lahej,  of  £he  Abdalee  tribe 

Sheikb  Abdool  Babadoor  Mehdi,  Akrabee  Chief  ... 

Sultan  Obaid  bin  Yehia,  of  the  Hooshabee  tribe... 

Sheikh  Salleh,  of  the  Allowee  tribe 

Sultan  Mahomed  Syud,  of  the  Ameer  tribe 

Sultan  Ali  Ghoolab,  of  the  YafFaee  tribe  ... 

Sheikh  Widjedeen  D'bene    .  • 

Sheikh  Allidulla  Rugaee,  of  the  Subeihce  tribe 

Rs.  A.    P. 

782  15    0 

14,119  IS     0 

782     15     0 

1,409     6     2 

130     7  11 

108  11   11 

543  11    11 

91     5     7 

26     1     7 

No.  LXXIV. 

Abdahea 
(LdhejJ. 


No.  LXXIV. 

His  Excellency  the  Most  Noble  the  Marquis  Wellesley,  Knight  of 
the  Most  Illustrious  Order  of  St.  Patrick,  one  of  His  Majesty's  Most 
Honourable  Privy  Councillors  over  all  the  British  Possessions  in  the  East 
Indies,  being  desirous  of  entering  into  a  Treaty  of  amity  and  commerce 
with  Sultan  Ahmed  Abdool  Kureem,  Sultan  of  Aden  and  its  dependen- 
cies, has  named,  on  his  part,  Sir  Home  Popham,  Knight  of  the  Most 
Sovereign  Order  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem,  and  Ambassador  to  the  States 
of  Arabia ;  and  the  said  Sultan  has  named  Ahmed  Basaib,  Prince  of  Aden, 
who  having  both  met,  and  being  satisfied  with  each  other's  powers,  have 
agreed  to  the  following  Articles  for  the  mutual  benefit  of  their  respective 
nations,  but  subject  to  the  final  ratification  of  His  Excellency  the  Most 
Noble  the  Governor  General  of  India : — ■ 


Article  1. 

That  there  shall  be  a  commercial  union  between  the  Honourable  the 
East  India  Company,  or  such  British  subjects  as  may  be  authorized  by 
the  Governor  General  of  India,  and  the  subjects  of  Sultan  Ahmed 
Abdool  Kureem. 


272  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

ADEN.  Article  2. 


No.  LXXiv.  The  Sultan  agrees  to  consider  the  ports  of  Aden  as  open  for  the 

Abdaleea     reception  of  all  goods  brought  on  British  ships,  which  goods  or  merchan- 

(Lahfj).     dizc  are  to  pay  a  duty  of  two  per  cent,  and  no  more,  for  the  space  of  ten 

years,  on  the  invoice  or  manifest  of  the  goods,  and  no  other  charges 

whatever  are  to  be  exacted  for  anchorage,  weighing,  or  custom-house 

fees,  by  the  Sultan  or  any  of  his  Officers. 

Article  3. 

After  the  aforesaid  term  of  ten  years  is  expired,  then  the  duties  are 
to  be  raised  to  three  per  cent,  and  never  to  be  made  higher  by  the  Sultan, 
his  heirs  and  successors,  on  pain  of  forfeiting  the  friendship  and  commer- 
cial intercourse  of  the  British  nation.  The  Sultan  also  binds  himself 
not  to  make  any  other  charges  whatever,  of  anchorage,  weighing,  or  cus- 
tom-house fees,  under  the  penalty  before  mentioned. 

Article  4. 

The  same  duties  of  two  per  cent,  for  the  first  ten  years,  and  three 
per  cent,  for  ever  after,  are  also  to  be  paid  on  all  goods  exported  from 
Aden,  which  are  the  produce  of  the  Sultan's  territories,  or  the  country 
surrounding  them  ;  and  no  other  charges  or  demands  whatever  are  to  be 
made  on  those  goods  by  the  Sultan  or  any  of  his  Officers. 

Article  5. 
If,  however,  any  goods  are  purchased  by  the  Honourable  the  Company, 
or  any  British  subjects  in  the  town  or  the  port  of  Aden,  the  produce  of 
Africa,  Abyssinia,  or  any  other  country,  not  in  the  possession  of  the 
Sultan,  then  no  duty  is  to  be  paid,  as  it  is  to  be  considered  that  such 
goods  have  paid  a  duty  on  their  first  being  landed,  and  consequently  the 
Sultan  agrees  that  they  shall  not  pay  duty  a  second  time. 

Article  6. 
The  British  subjects  who  use  the  ports  of  Aden  shall   have  the  pri- 
vilege of  transacting  their  own  business,  and  not  be  obliged  to  commit  it 
to  the  arrangement  of  any  other  person,  nor  forced  to  use  any  broker 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  273 

or  interpreter  whatever,  unless  they  shall  please  to  do  so ;  and  then  such      ADEN. 


broker  or  interpreter  to  be  a  person  of  their  own  choice,  and  not  subject  No.  LXXIV. 
to  any  control  on  the  part  of  the  Sultan.  Abdalees 


(Lahef). 


Article  7. 

It  shall  be  lawful  and  free  for  the  subjects  of  the  British  nation  to 
make  over  their  property  to  whomsoever  they  please,  without  any  control, 
either  in  health  or  in  sickness ;  and  if  any  person,  being  a  British  subject, 
should  die  suddenly  and  without  a  will,  then  the  whole  of  his  property, 
after  paying  his  just  debts  to  the  subjects  of  the  Sultan,  is  to  be  vested 
in  trust  in  the  hands  of  the  British  Resident,  to  be  transmitted  by  him  to 
the  Supreme  Government,  or  any  other  Presidency,  for  the  benefit  of  his 
family  and  his  lawful  heirs. 

Article  8. 

That  no  dispute  may  hereafter  arise  about  the  person  claiming  the 
protection  of  the  British  flag,  whether  European  or  Native,  a  Register 
shall  be  kept  of  all  the  British  subjects  residing  at  Aden,  where  every 
person  having  a  certificate  from  either  of  the  Presidencies  in  India  shall, 
by  that  certificate,  be  registered  in  the  Offioe  of  the  Cadi  and  the  British 
Resident,  and  if  he  fails  to  register  himself,  he  shall  not  be  entitled  to 
the  benefits  contained  in  the  seventh  Article. 

Article  9. 

The  benefit  resulting  from  the  seventh  Article  is  to  be  considered  as 
extending  to  any  travelling  merchants,  or  supra  cargoes,  being  subjects 
of  the  British  Government,  and  the  crews  of  all  the  ships  navigating 
under  the  British  flag,  upon  a  certificate  being  produced  from  the  Com- 
mander of  such  ships  to  which  they  belonged  at  the  time  of  making  a 
will,  or  dying  without  one. 

Article  10. 

The  Sultan  binds  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  to  give  every 

assistance  in  his  power  to  recover  the  debts  due  from  any  of  his  subjects 

to  the  British  subjects  ;  and  that  after  three  months  from  the  time  that 

any  British  subject  shall  send  his  demand  to  the  Cadi  for  his  assistance 

vol.  vii.  2  ?n 


i;i  TKF.ATIKS,    F,NC\i;KMI:NTS,    AND    STJNNUDS. 

ADBN.      and  prove  a  just  debt,  that  then,  if  it  is  not  paid,  the  Cadi  shall,  have  the 

\     1.XX1V.  power  to  order  the  property  of  the  debtor  to  be  seized  and  sold  for  the 

— —        benefit  of  the  creditor ;  but  if  the  person  owing  the  debt  to  the  British 

(Ln^rf)      SVLtyeet  nas  no  property,  then  the  Cadi  shall  confine  him  in  gaol  till  some 

arrangement  is  made  which  is  satisfactory  to  the  British  Government. 

Article  11. 

If  any  disputes  arise  between  registered  British  subjects,  they  are 
to  be  referred  to  the  British  Resident,  who  is  to  give  his  award  according 
to  the  best  of  his  judgment,  founded  on  the  laws  of  his  own  country. 
This  award  to  be  final  in  any  case  not  exceeding  two  thousand  dollars  ; 
but  above  that  sum  it  is  to  be  subject  to  an  appeal  in  the  different  Presi- 
dencies of  India.  If,  however,  either  party  refuses  to  comply  with  this 
award,  then  the  Sultan  is  to  give  power  to  the  Cadi  to  imprison  the 
party,  according  to  the  request  of  the  Resident.  This  Article  is  intro- 
duced for  the  purpose  of  establishing  the  most  perfect  regularity  and 
harmony  between  the  registered  subjects  of  the  British  nation  and  those 

of  the  Sultan. 

Article  12. 

All  disputes  between  the  subjects  of  the  Sultan  and  those  of  the 
British  nation  are  to  be  settled  by  the  established  laws  of  the  country. 

Article  13. 

The  Sultan  agrees,  for  the  consideration  of  dollars,  to   give 

over  a  piece  of  ground  on  the  west  side  of  the  town,  of  yards  by 

yards,  for  the  use  and  purpose  of  the  British  nation,  on  which 
the  Company  may  erect  any  house  or  building,  and  completely  wall  it  in, 
if  it  shall  be  judged  necessary  to  do  so ;  and  the  Sultan  agrees  to  prevent 
any  building  whatever  from  being  made  within  twenty  yards  in  front 
of  the  said  Company's  wall,  or  fifteen  yards  on  either  side. 

Article  14. 
The  British  nation  not  to  be  subject  to  any  indignities,  and  to  have 
free  permission  to  enter  the  town  by  any  gate  or  direction,  and  ride, 
or  use,  without  the   least  molestation  whatever,  either  horse,  mule,  ass, 
or  any  other  beast  which  they  may  think  proper. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  275 

Article  15.  ADEN. 

If  any  soldier  or  British  subject,  not  being-  a  Mahomedan,  should  Nos  lxxiv^ 
desert  and  go  to  the  Cadi  or  other  Officer  of  Government  and  offer  to    &  lxxv. 
embrace  the  Mussulman  religion,  then  the  Cadi  is  to  make  a  report  to  the     Ahdalee 
Resident,  that  he  may  claim  him  as  a  British  subject ;   but  if  no  claim  is      {Lahej). 
made  after  the  expiration  of  three  days  from  the  time  the  report  is  made 
by  the  Cadi,  or  other  Officer,  he  is  to  act  as  he  pleases  with  the  person  who 
so  deserts  from  his  own  country. 

Article  16. 
The  Sultan  to  give  over  a  piece  of  ground  as  a  public  burying  place 
for  all  the   British  subjects  who  may  die  in  the  territories  of  the  Sultan, 
and  no  charge  to  be  made  for  the  interment  of  any  person  except  such 
as  shall  be  agreed  on  for  those  who  assist  in  the  funeral. 

Article  17. 

Any  other  Articles  which  may  be  proposed  by  either  of  the  parties 
and  mutually  agreed  on  may  be  hereafter  entered  in  this  Treaty,  and  the 
Ambassador  on  the  part  of  the  British  Government  is  ready  to  convey  any 
further  proposition  from  the  Sultan  to  the  Governor  General,  or  enter 
into  a  contract  for  the  purchase  of  any  quantity  of  coffee,  or  the  deli- 
very of  any  British  goods,  on  the  prices  which  may  be  mutually  agreed  on. 

The  above-written  seventeen  Articles  of  Treaty,  having  been  read 

and  maturely  considered  by  the  plenipotentiaries  on  both  sides  and  the 

Sultan,  the  Sidtan  has  put  his  hand  and  seal  to  a  true  copy  in  Arabic, 

and  the  British  Ambassador  has   set  his  hand  and  seal  to  this  English 

copy,  on  board  of  His  Majesty's  Ship  the  Ranney  in  Aden  Roads  this 

6th  day  of  September  1802. 

(Signed)         Home  Popham. 


No.  LXXV. 

Copy  of  a  Treaty  of  friendship  between  the  Abdallees  and  English  signed  by- 
Sultan  M.  Houssain's  accredited  Agent  and  son-in-law. 

Bismillah  Rehmaan  Rehim  Bemenet  Alia ! 

From  this  day  and  the  future,  Syud  M.  Houssain  bin  West  bin 
Hamed  Suffrain  gives  this  promise  to  Commander  Haines,  gentleman, 
on  his  own  head,  in  the  presence  of  God,  that  there  shall  be  friendship, 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

ADEN,      and  peace  and  every  thing  good  between  the  English  and  Abdalees.     I 

is    i.wv.   promise  no  wrong  or  instiM  >liall  bedonej  bul  it  shall  be  peace  and  the 

,,"77        British   Government  agree  to  the  same.     Sultan  M.  Houssain  and  all 

Abdalees  ° 

LLahrj).     interior  Sultans  agree  to  this,  and  I  am  responsible,  all  those  even  on  the 

roads  to  the  interior  shall  be  kept  from  molesting  any  one  by  me,  as  they 

were  when  Sultan  M.  Houssain  possessed  Aden.     This  is  agreed  upon 

between  me  and  Commander  Haines  on  the  part  of  government,  and 

I  promise  to  do  even  more  than  I  have  hitherto  done,  please  God.     I 

require  respect  from  Commander  Haines  in  return,  and  more  than  before 

if  possible. 

(Signed)     Sytjd  M.  Houssain  West. 

17th  Zilkadah,      -)  „  Hassan  Cateef. 


,} 


2nd  February  1839.   J  „  S.  B.  Haines. 


Copt  of  a  Tbeaty  between  Sultan  M.  Houssain  and  his  children  and  the  English 
through  his  accredited  Agent. 

This  Treaty  is  formed  between  Syud  Mahomed  Houssain  and  Has- 
sun  Cateef  on  account  of  the  Sultan  of  Lahej  and  Commander  Haines, 
the  Agent  to  the  Government. 

On  the  word  and  promise  of  Sultan  M.  Houssain,  I  promise  that 
no  insult  or  molestation  shall  take  place  on  the  road,  or  between  the 
English  and  my  people,  and  that  all  shall  be  peace  and  quietness ;  and  I 
agree  that  between  my  people  and  your  people  there  shall  be  no  differ- 
ence or  oppression,  and  that  the  English  agree  that  all  shall  be  peace,  and 
that  all  merchants  shall  be  free  to  trade  without  oppression. 

The  witnesses  to  this  are — 

Rashed  Abdoolla. 
Hadjee  M.  Houssain. 
Shah  Montee. 
Hadjee  Jaffer. 

(Signed)     Syud  M.  Houssain  bin  West. 
„  Houssain  bin  Abdoolla  Cateef. 

Uh  February  1839.  „  S.  B.  Haines. 


Approved  by  the  Bombay  Government  on  23rd  February  1839. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  277 

NO.   LXXVI.  ADEN. 


Tbanslation  of  a  Bond  entered  into  by  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  and  Lis  No.  LXXVI. 

sons  Sultan  Ahmed  Af .  Houssain  Fudthel,  Ali,  Abdoolla,  and  Fudthel,         

with  Commander  Haines,  the  Political  Agent  at  Aden. 

{Lahej). 

Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  and  his  sons  named  above  agree,  with 
a  view  to  the  tranquillity  of  their  territory,  the  protection  of  the  poor 
and  weak,  the  security  of  their  tribe,  and  the  safety  of  the  roads,  that 
the  Sultan  shall  be  answerable  for  any  outrages  committed  by  his  people 
on  the  roads,  and  that  they  shall  not  offer  any  opposition  to  the  British 
Government ;  that  the  interests  of  both  shall  be  identical.  The  claim 
for  the  stipends  due  to  Foodheli,  Yaffaee,  Hooshabee,  and  Ameer  tribes 
shall  be  upon  the  British  Government.  Sultan  M.  Houssain  and  his 
children,  in  perpetuity,  and  from  generation  to  generation,  shall  receive 
from  the  British  Government  a  stipend  of  6,500  dollars  annually,  to 
begin  from  the  month  of  Zilkad  Hegira  1254  (January,  February  1839). 
The  land  from  Khoor  Muksa  to  Lahej,  as  far  as  it  is  known  to  belong 
to  the  Abdallee  tribe,  is  under  the  authority  of  the  Sultan.  In  case 
of  any  attacks  upon  Lahej  or  the  Abdallee  tribe,  or  upon  Aden  or 
the  British  troops,  we  (the  Sultan)  and  the  British  shall  make  a  common 
cause.  Any  of  our  subjects  entering  Aden  must  be  obedient  to  the 
British  laws,  and  any  of  the  British  subjects,  when  in  Lahej,  must 
submit  to  our  authority.  If  I  (the  Sultan)  or  my  children  proceed  to 
and  from  Aden,  we  shall  not  be  liable  to  any  customs. 

Bated  Tuesday,  6th  Rubeeoosanee  Hegira  1255,  18^  June  1839. 


Seal  of 

M.  Houssain 

Fudthel. 


"Witnesses : 

(Signed)         Jaffer,  Vakeel  of  Commander  Haines. 
„  Hassan  Abdoolla  Ali  Cateef. 

„  Abdool  Suffer  bin. 

„  Abdoolla  Rubee. 

„  Ali  be  Abdoolla. 

„  Ali  Ahmed. 

Ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India 
on  the  24th  of  October  1839. 

(Signed)         T.  H.  Maddock, 

Offg.  Secy,  to  the  Govt,  of  India, 
with  the  Governor  General. 


278  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

ADEN.  No.  LXXVII. 


No.  LXXVII.  iphifl  Xbbatt  is  made  by  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel,  his  heirs  and  successors, 
A'.'i'iUes  the  tribes    of  the  Azeibee  and  Sellamee,  on  their  visit  to  Aden  on  Saturday, 

(Lakej).  the  27th  day  of  Shar  el  Hadjel  Haram  1258. 

Being-  anxious  to  make  peace  with  the  British  Government,  Captain 
Stafford  Bettesworth  Haines,  in  the  name  of  the  British  Government,  has 
given  his  consent  and  has  made  peace  with  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel 
and  his  adherents,  and  on  this  Treaty  has  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel 
placed  his  seal,  and  Captain  Stafford  Bettesworth  Haines,  on  the  part 
of  the  British  Government,  has  set  his  seal.  Inasmuch  as  peace  is  good 
and  desirable  for  both  parties,  the  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  of  Lahej, 
in  the  name  of  himself,  heirs,  successors,  and  the  tribes  of  Sellamee  and 
Azeibee,  and  Captain  Stafford  Bettesworth  Haines,  on  the  part  of  Her 
Most  Gracious  Majesty  Queen  Victoria  1st,  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland, 
have  made  this  holy  agreement,  that  between  the  two  governments  shall 
exist  a  firm  and  lasting  friendship  that  shall  never  be  broken  from  the 
beginning  unto  the  end  of  all  things,  and  to  this  agreement  God  is 
witness. 

Article  1. 

In  consideration  of  the  respect  due  to  the  British  Government, 
Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  agrees  to  restore  the  lands  and  property  of  all 
kinds  belonging  to  the  late  Hassan  Abdoolla  Khuteeb,  Agent  to  the 
British  at  Lahej,  after  such  property  shall  be  proven.  But  the  Sultan 
M.  Houssain  expects  in  return  that  certain  revenue  and  territorial 
books  styled  Deiras,  said  to  be  in  the  possession  of  the  Khuteeb  family, 
should  be  restored  to  the  government  of  Lahej,  and  then  their  per- 
sons shall  be  safe,  should  they  wish  to  go  inland. 


Article  2. 

The  Sultan  will,  on  the  same  consideration,  and  has,  in  the  pre- 
sence of  witnesses,  settled  all  claims  made  by  Shumaiel,  the  Jew,  and  he 
will  also  attend  to  all  claims  that  may  be  brought  against  him  during 
his  fifteen  days'  residence  in  Aden, 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  279 

Article  3.  ADEN. 


Such  transit  duties  as  shall  be  hereafter  specified  shall  be  exacted  No.  LXXVII. 
by  the  Sultan,  who  binds  himself  not  to  exceed   them.     The   Sultan     Abdalees 
will  also,  by  every  means  in  his  power,  facilitate  the  intercourse  of  mer-      {Lahej). 
chants,  and  he  shall  in  return  be  empowered  to  levy  a  moderate  export 
duty. 

Article  4. 

The  Sultan  engages  to  permit  British  subjects  to  visit  Lahej  for 
commercial  purposes  and  to  protect  them,  allowing  toleration  of  religion, 
with  the  exception  of  burning  the  dead. 

Article  5. 

Should  any  British  subject  become  amenable  to  the  law,  he  is  to  be 
made  over  to  the  authorities  at  Aden,  and  in  like  manner  are  the  subjects 
of  the  Sultan,  to  be  made  over  to  his  jurisdiction. 

Article  6. 

The  bridge  at  Khore  Muksa  is  English  property,  and  as  such  shall 
be  kept  in  order  by  them ;  but  should  it  be  proved  that  it  is  destroyed 
by  the  followers  of  the  Sultan,  he  shall  repair  it. 

Article  7. 

The  Sultan  binds  himself,  as  far  as  he  can,  to  keep  the  roads  clear 
of  plundering  parties  and  to  protect  all  merchandize  passing  through 
his  territories. 

Article  8. 

British  subjects  may,  with  the  permission  of  the  Sultan,  hold  in 
tenure  land  at  Lahej,  subject  to  the  laws  of  the  country,  and  in  like 
manner  may  the  ryots  of  the  Sultan  hold  property  in  Aden  subject  to 
the  British  laws. 

Aeticle  9. 

Such  articles  as  the  Sultan  may  require  for  his  own  family  shall 
pass  Aden  free  of  duty,  and  in  like  manner  all  presents  and  all  govern- 
ment property  shall  pass  the  territories  of  the  Sultan  free  from  transit 
duty. 


AlH'.N. 


280  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

Article  10. 

No*  LXXVII  With  regard  to  the  stipend  of  the  Sultan,  it  entirely  rests  with 

L  LXXVIII.  Captain  Haines  and  the   British  Government.     The    Sultan    considers 

AhdaL*     the  British  his  true  friends,  and  likewise  the   British  look  upon  the 

{Lakej).      Sultan  of  Lahej  as  their  friends. 

This  Treaty  is  concluded  on  the  11th  day  of  Shar  Mohurrum  liar  am 
Ashoor,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1258,  11th  February  1843. 


Seal. 


Seal. 


(Signed)     S.  B.  Haines,  Captain,  I.  N.,  Sfc, 

Political  Agent,  Aden. 


No.  LXXVIII. 

The  following  further  Bond  was  entered  into  by  the  Sultan  of  Lahej  on  the 
20th  February  1844,  previous  to  the  renewal  by  government  of  payment  of 
his  monthly  stipend  of  five  hundred  and  forty-one  German  crowns,  which 
had  been  stopped  in  consequence  of  his  having  broken  his  former  engage- 
ments. 

Article  1. 

The  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India  having  been 
graciously  pleased  to  grant  to  me  a  monthly  salary  of  541  German 
crowns,  so  long  as  I  continue  to  act  honestly  and  amicably  towards  the 
British,  in  every  respect  adhering  to  the  terms  of  my  late  Bond,  dated 
11th  February  1843,  especially  sworn  and  delivered  to  Stafford  Bettes- 
worth  Haines,  Esq.,  Captain  in  the  Indian  Navy,  and  Political  Agent 
at  Aden. 

Article  2. 

I  hereby  solemnly  attest  the  religious  sincerity  thereof,  and  more- 
over declare  that  in  all  things  relating  to  the  peace,  progress,  and  prosperity 
of  Aden,   I  will  use  every  effort  to  avert  calamity,  and  lend  my  utmost 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  281 

aid  to  support  the  interests  of  the  British  flag ;  and   I  will  conform  in       ADEN. 


all  intention  and  purpose  to  the  Articles  specified  in  my  late  Bond  dated  No.LXXVllI. 
11th  February  1843.  ^~e. 

Article  3.  (Lahef). 

I  further  bind  myself  by  oath,  that  should  any  breach  of  faith,  or 
trespass  on  the  aforesaid  Bond,  either  as  concerning  myself,  children, 
Chiefs,  or  any  other  person  or  persons  of  my  tribe,  or  those  in  my  pay, 
or  any  individual  whomsoever  in  any  way  or  by  any  means  connected 
with  my  government  or  under  my  jurisdiction,  or  should  one  or  any  of  the 
aforesaid  persons  be  in  any  manner  convicted  of  having  been  privy  to  or 
accessary  to^  such  breach  of  faith,  or  trespass  on  the  Treaty,  or  of  com- 
mitting any  act  of  plunder  whatever  on  the  roads  leading  into  Aden 
from  the  interior,  to  take  the  whole  responsibility  on  myself  and  to  be 
answerable  to  the  British ;  and  if  I  or  other  above  mentioned,  either 
openly  or  by  secret  machination,  protect  any  offender,  and  do  not  render 
entire  satisfaction  to  the  British,  I  freely  and  solemnly  swear  to  relin- 
quish all  claim  to  the  salary  granted  by  the  Right  Honourable  the 
Governor  General  of  India  and  declare  myself  perjured  before  all  men. 

Article  4. 

I  further  swear  that,  if  I  do  not  strictly  abide  henceforth  by  the 
Bond  dated  11th  February  1843  and  the  above-mentioned  conditions,  all 
claim  I  may  have  on  the  kindness,  friendship,  and  generosity  of  the 
British  Government  is  rendered  null ;  and  consequently,  for  any  breach 
of  truth  or  aggression  on  my  part  for  the  future,  I  render  myself  open 
to  the  severest  retribution. 

Dated  the  20 tk  February  1844. 

(Signed)         Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudthel. 


Seal 

of  the 

Sultan. 


S.  B.  Haines,  Captain,  I.  N., 
and  Political  Agent  at  Aden. 


vol.-  vn.  2  n 


2*2 


A  I' IN. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDSv 

No.  LXXIX.      . 


.s<».  I. XXIX.  »£«0  gecure  commercial  advantages  with  friendly  intercourse,  good  will,  and  a  lasting 
AbJalees  peace  to  both  powers,  this  Treaty  is  made,  agreed  to,  sealed  and  signed  by 

{Lahej).  those  possessing  full  power  and  authority,  viz.,  Sjultan  Ali  Ibn  M.  Houssain 

Fcdthkl,  for  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  also  for  the  Azzabee  and  Sala- 
mee  tribes,  and  all  other  tribes  and  divisions  of  tribes  under  his  government, 
authority,  or  control,  and  Stafford  Betteswokth  Haines,  Esq.,  Captain  in 
the  Indian  Navy,  and  Political  Agent,  Aden,  being  invested  with  full  power 
bo  to  do  from  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India,  but  it 
must  be  subject  to  the  final  ratification  of  the  Government  of  India. 

Inasmuch  as  peace  and  commercial  intercourse  and  prosperity  is 
good  and  desirable  among-  all  nations,  and  particularly  advantageous  to 
the  powers  above  named,  the  Sultan  Ali  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  of  Lahej, 
in  the  name  of  himself,  heirs,  successors,  and  all  tribes  under  his  govern- 
ment, control,  and  authority,  and  Captain  Stafford  Bettesworth  Haines, 
on  the  part  of  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India,  make 
this  agreement,  that  between  the  two  governments  shall  exist  a  firm 
and  lasting  friendship  which  shall  never  be  broken,  and  both  parties  agree 
to  and  ratify,  under  seal  and  signature,  the  following  Articles  : — 


Article  1. 

In  consideration  of  the  respect  due  to  the  British  Government,  Sul- 
tan Ali  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  binds  himself  to  secure  to  the  rightful  owners 
all  ground,  household  or  other  property  that  may  be  within  the  limits  of 
his  territory  belonging  to  the  British  subjects  of  Aden,  and  that  their 
persons  or  agents  shall  he  safe  and  respected,  should  they  proceed  inland 
to  look  after  and  collect  the  rente  of  such  property,  or  for  any  other 
correct  purpose. 

Article  2. 

Sultan  Ali  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  engages  to  permit  British  subjects 
and  all  inhabitants  of  Aden  to  visit  Lahej  or  any  part  of  his  territory, 
for  either  commercial  purposes  or  pleasure  excursions ;  he  will  ensure  them 
protection,  and  full  toleration  of  religion,  with  the  exception  of  burning 
the  dead. 


I 


tkeaties,  engagement!!,  and  sunnuds. 
Article  3. 


283 


ADEN. 


Should  any  British  subject  become  amenable  to  the  law,  he  is  to  be  No.  LXXIX. 


made  over  for  trial  and  punishment  to  the  authorities  at  Aden. 

AltTICLE  4. 

British  subjects  may,  with  the  permission  of  the  Sultan  of  Lahej, 
hold  in  tenure  land  at  Lahej  or  other  towns,  or  villages  in  his  terri- 
tory, subject  to  his  law,  and  in  like  manner  may  the  ryots  of  the  Sultan 
of  Lahej  hold  property  in  Aden,  subject  to  Bx-itish  law  and  jurisdiction. 

Article  5. 

The  bridge  of  Khore  Muksa,  and  the  plain  between  it  and  the 
Mountains  of  Aden  forming-  the  Isthmus,  is  British  property,  and  no 
farther  north. 

Article  6. 

Sultan  Ali  M'Houssain  Fudthel  binds  himself  to  keep  the  roads  lead- 
ing to  Aden  clear  of  plundering  parties,  and  to  protect  all  merchandize 
passing  through  his  territory,  punishing,  if  in  his  power,  all  who  plunder, 
molest,  or  injure  others. 

Article  7. 

• 

Such  articles  as  the  Sultan  of  Lahej  may  personally  require  for 
his  own  household  shall  pass  Aden  free  of  all  custom  duty,  and  in  like 
manner  all  government  property  shall  pass  the  territories  of  the  Sultan 
free  from  transit  duty. 

The  Sultan  of  Lahej  binds  himself  to  levy  only  the  following 
transit  duties  within  his  territory  upon  all  goods  passing  into  Aden  from 
the  hills,  viz.,  belonging  to  British  subjects  : — ■ 


"Wheat 

... 

.     2 

per  cent. 

upon  inland  value. 

Jowari 

... 

.     2 

>> 

>>               >> 

Flour 

.     2 

a 

))               )> 

Ghee 

... 

.     2 

>) 

>>               )> 

Grass  and  fruits  of  all  kinds  . . 

.     2 

>> 

>>               >} 

Honey 

... 

.     2 

)> 

})               » 

Fooah 

... 

.     2 

>> 

)>               >t 

Dholl 

...                  .  • 

.     2 

>} 

>)               n 

Abdalees 
{Lahej). 


:m 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


ADEN. 


NaLWiX 

Abdalee* 
(Lahef). 


Free  of  duty,  being  the  growth  of  the  Abdalee 
territory, 


Senna 

Gums,  Frankincense,  &c 
Worruss 
Coffee 
Khaut 
Vegetables 
Wood 

Grass  and  kirby  . 
and  2  per  cent,  upon  all  articles  not  enumerated. 

Articles  passing  out  from  Aden  into  his  territory, 

Outub  Cotton 

Snuff 

Pepper 

White  and  cotton  cloths 

Iron  lead     ... 

Hookahs     ... 

Dates 
and  2  per  cent,  on  all  articles  not  enumerated  above. 


2  per  cent,  upon  inland  value. 
*      >>  >)  >> 

"         )>  it  » 

"      »  »  )> 

~       ii  11  it 


...     2 

per  cent. 

...     2 

)> 

...     2 

>> 

...     2 

)> 

...     2 

>> 

...     2 

>) 

...     2 

» 

Article  8. 
Sultan  Ali  M.Houssain  Fudthel  binds  himself  to  encourage  the  growth 
of  all  kinds  of  European  and  Native  vegetables  for  the  Aden  market. 


Article  9. 
Sultan  Ali  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  most  solemnly  attests  the  religious 
sincerity  of  this  agreement,  and  moreover  declares  that  in  all  things 
relating  to  the  peace,  progress,  and  prosperity  of  Aden,  he  will  lend  his 
utmost  aid  to  support  the  interest  of  the  British,  and  will  listen  to,  and, 
if  possible,  attend  to  the  advice  of,  the  British  Government  representative 
in  Aden  in  all  matters. 

Article  10. 
Sultan  Ali  M.  Houssain  Fudthel  further  binds  himself  by  oath,  that 
should  any  breach  of  faith,  or  trespass  on  the  aforesaid  Bond,  either  as 
concerning  himself,  children,  relatives,  Chiefs,  or  any  other  person  or 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  285  a 


No.    LXXIX^.  ADEN, 

LAHEJ. 
Teems  of  Convention  entered  into  between  Sultan  Fadiiil  bin  Maiisin  Abdulla,  — 

on  the  one  band,   and  Lieutenant-Colonel  W.   L.    Merew ether,   on  the 

part  of  Her  Majesty's  Indian  Government,  on  the  otber,  this  7tb  day  of 

March  1867,  in  regard  to  an  aqueduct  to  be  made  between  Sheik  Othman 

and  Aden,  and,  if  necessary,  from  a  more  distant  point,  for  the  purpose  of 

supplying  the  Garrison  and  Town  of  Aden  with  a  sufficiency  of  fresh  water. 

Article  1. 

The  work  of  the  aqueduct  to  be  entirely  carried  out  by  the  British 

Government,  and  in  the  first  instance  everything  to  make  the  scheme 

complete,   including  camels  for  the  Persian  wheels,  to  be  given  by  the 

British  Government. 

Article  2. 

When  the  aqueduct  has  been  finished  and  it  has  been  put  into 
complete  working  order,  its  future  maintenance  to  rest  with  the  Sultan 
of  Lahej,  cost  of  repairs  and  renewal  of  stock  being  paid  for  by  him  out 
of  his  share  of  the  profits  realized  by  sale  of  the  water. 

Article  3. 

The  works  at  Sheik  Othman   or  at  Dhurub,  if  the  aqueduct  is 

extended  to  the  latter  place,  as  well  as  the  whole  line  of  aqueduct  from 

those  places  to  Aden,  to  be  watched  and  protected  by  the  Sultan  of 

Lahej. 

Article  4. 

The  remains  of  the  old  aqueduct  to  be  given  free  for  use  in  the 
construction  of  the  new  work.     In  return  for  the  use  of  the  water  and 

what  he  binds  himself  to  perform,  the  Sultan 
*  Sale  price,  l  rupee  per  ioo     of  Lanej    to  receive   half   of    the   amount* 

realized  by  the  sale  of  the  water  in  Aden; 
account  to  be  rendered  and  amount  to  be  paid  over  monthly. 

Article  5. 

Repairs,  when  necessary,  to  be  executed  through  the  Resident,  who 
will  then,  before  payment  of  monthly  profits  to  the  Sultan  of  Lahej, 
deduct  the  whole,  or  a  portion,  of  the  cost  thereof,  as  he  deems  right. 

VOL.  VII.,  PAGE  285. 


285  4  treaties,  engagements,  and  sonnuds. 

aden,  Article  6. 

T  A 11 RJ 

A  good  road,  45  feet  broad,  clear  and  level,  to  be  made  by  the 


No.  LXXIX A.  Suitan  of  Lahej  out  of  the  profits  from  the  Khore  Muksa  to  Sheik 
Othman  and  on  to  Dhnrub  if  the  aqueduct  be  extended  there.  The 
road  may  be  made  under  the  direction  of  the  Resident,  who  will  recover 
the  cost  in  the  same  manner  as  for  repairs. 

Article  7. 

The  British  Government  to  make  a  similar  road  from  the  Khore 
Muksa  into  Aden. 

Article  8. 

The  above  to  be  binding  on  Sultan   Fadhil  bin   Mahsin  Abdulla, 
Sultan  of  Lahej,  and  his  successors. 

(Sd.)         Fadhil  bin  Mahsin, 

Sultan  of  Lahej. 

„  W.  L.  Merewether,  Lient.-CoL, 

Resident,  Aden. 


Seal. 


(Signed)         S.  B.  Haines,  Captain,  I.  N., 

Political  Agent. 


Ratified  by  the  Most  Noble  the  Governor   General  of  India  on  the 

30th  October  1849. 

(Signed)         H.  M.  Elliot, 

Secy,  to  the  Govt,  of  India, 

with  the  Govr.  Genl. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  285 

persons  of  his  tribe,  or  those  in  authority  under  him,  or  in  his  pay,  or  by       ADEN", 
any  means  connected  with  this  government,   or  under  his  jurisdiction,   No  lxxix 
or  should  one  or  any  one  of  the  aforesaid  persons  be  in  any  manner  con-        

J  r  J  Abdalees 

victed  of  having  been  privy  to  or  accessory  to  such  breach  of  faith,  or  (Lahef) 
trespass  on  the  Treaty,  or  of  committing  any  act  of  plunder  on  the  roads 
leading  to  Aden  through  his  territory,  to  take  the  whole  responsibility  on 
himself  and  to  be  answerable  to  the  British  Government.  Further,  if  he, 
or  any  other  above  mentioned,  either  openly  or  by  secret  machination, 
protect  any  offender,  and  do  not  render  entire  satisfaction  to  the  British, 
and  for  any  breach  of  the  above  Articles,  he  freely  and  solemnly  swears 
to  relinquish  all  claims  to  the  salary  (hereafter  mentioned)  granted  by 
the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India  and  declares  himself 
a  perjured  man. 

Article  11. 

Stafford  Battesworth  Haines,  Captain  in  the  Indian  Navy,  and 
Political  Agent  at  Aden,  being  duly  authorized,  does  hereby  solemnly 
promise,  in  the  name  of  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  of 
India,  to  pay  to  Sultan  AH  M.  Houssain  Fudthel,  his  heirs  and  successors, 
the  sum  of  five  hundred  and  forty-one  German  crowns  per  month,  so 
long  as  he  or  they  continue  to  act  with  sincerity,  truth,  and  friendship 
towards  the  British,  and  in  every  respect  strictly  adhering  to  the  terms 
of  this  Treaty. 

This  Treaty  is  concluded  and  agreed  to  this  seventh  day  of  March,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty -nine. 

In  witness  whereof  we  have  set  our  seal  and  signature. 


2S0  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

ADEN.  No.   LXXX. 

No.  LXXX-  Translation  of  a  Bond  from  Sultan  Ahmed  Bin  Abdoolla  Foodhelee. 

Sultan  Ahmed  bin  Abdoolla  Foodhelee,  his  brothers  Saleh,  Nasir,  and 
Fudl,  and  his  cousius,  do  hereby  agree,  that  they  enter  into  an  agreement 
■with  their  tribe,  and  those  dependent  upon  them  and  those  upon  the 
latter,  as  before  arranged  with  Commander  Haines,  who  agrees  to  pay  to 
these   people   the  stipend    which    they    used   to   receive   from  Sultan 
M.  Houssain  Fudl  Abdalee.     The  agreement  which  has  passed  between 
them  (the  Sultan  and    Commander  Haines)    is,  that  whatever  belongs 
to  the    Sultans   of  Abdalee,    former   and    succeeding,    and   to    those  of 
Foodhelee,  former  and  succeeding,  shall  be  theirs ;   that  the  Abdalee  shall 
be  responsible,  as  stipulated,  for  all  injuries  or  outrages  perpetrated  in 
Lahej,  its  vicinity,  or  within  its  limits,    or   in   Aden,   its   roads,    or   its 
limits ;  and  the  above  Sultan  Ahmed,  for  all  acts  of  excess  on  the  part  of 
any  of  the  Foodhelee,  their  clans,   or  those   dependent  upon  them.     In 
case   Sultan  Ahmed  afford  any  assistance  to  any  other  Sultan  or  tribe, 
this  agreement  shall  be   null  and  void.     Our   (Sultan   Ahmed's)    hand 
and  Sultan  M.  Houssain's  hand  is  one  and  the  same.     Our  friends  and 
his   friends   are   identical.      If   any   of  the    above    tribe    commit    any 
plunder  or  depredation  on  the  roads  or  in  Lahej,  the  Bond  that  we  pos- 
sess shall  be  null,   until  we  shall  recover    and   restore  the  plundered 
property.    Should  any  assault  or  murder  be  committed  in  Lahej  or  Aden, 
or  on  their  roads,  and  should  the  act  be  brought  home  to  any  of  the 
Foodhelee  or  their  tribe,  he  shall  be   seized  and  is  to  be  considered  an 
offender.     This   Bond  is  always  binding,  and  shall  never  become  a  dead 
letter.     We  shall  draw  the  settled  stipend  every  six  months,  and  whenever 
there  shall  be  any  pressure  of  necessity,  Government  shall  pay  us   a  part 
(intermediately).      The  payment  is   to  commence  from  the   month  of 
Zilkad  Hegira  1254  (January,  February  1839).    Whatever  is  fixed  for  the 
above  people  shall  be  received  by  them  through  us  or  Sultan  M.  Hous- 
sain or  his  children.     These  are  the  stipulations  agreed  to  by  Sultan 
Ahmed  Foodhelee,  and  which  are   mediated  by  Salim  bin  Sheikh  and 
Syud  bin  Sulah,  who  are  the  Vakeels  of  Sultan  Ahmed.     This  agree- 
ment is  consented  to  on  Monday,    the   26th  day  of  Rubbee-ool-Akhir 
Hegira    1255   (8th   July   1839).     The  half-yearly  allowance  which  we 


/ 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  287 

shall  receive   from  government  is  182£  Cooroosh,  half  of  which  is  91£.       ADEN. 


The  provisions  which  the  above  people  are  accustomed  to   receive  must   N03.  LXXX 
be  given  to  them  at  Lahej  through  the  Sultan  or  his  children.  &  LXXXI. 

(Signed)         Sultan  Ahmed  bin.  Foodheiee*. 

Abdool  bin  Ahmed  Foodhelee. 
"Witnesses : 

Moolla  Jaffer,  Vakeel  of  Commander  Haines. 
Ali  bin  Abdoolla  Ahmed. 
Salim  bin  Nasir,  Arab. 
Cazee  Abdool  Ruzak  bin  Ali. 


No.  LXXXI. 


Seal  of  Ahmed 

bin  Abdoolla,  the 

Foodhelee. 


An  honourable  Bond  and  a  great  wi-iting  ! 

I,  whose  name  and  seal  are  set  herein,  have  covenanted  to  the  beloved 
Alowi  bin  Zain  Alaidroos  upon  peace  and  friendship  between  us  and 
the  Governor,  William  Coghlan  Sahib,  the  ruler  of  Aden,  and  also 
upon  the  safety  of  the  road  and  security  of  the  poor  from  Lahej  to 
Aden.  I  am  responsible  for  every  sedition  that  may  take  place  on 
the  road  on  the  part  of  all  the  Foodhelee  tribes,  either  inhabitants  of  the 
hills  or  coast.  I  am  answerable  for  it  for  all  what  goes  to  them  on  the 
roads  of  Ibian  and  Aden.  Whatever  plunder  may  take  place  upon  our 
subjects  on  the  coast,  I  will  call  upon  Syud  Alowi,  and  the  Governor 
of  Aden  has  the  interposition. 

If  God  should  decree  a  quarrel  between  the  Foodhelee  and  the 
Abdalees,  each  would  know  his  own  friend,  and  the  English  should  not 
interfere  amongst  Arabs.  Each  would  go  on  according  .to  his  rule  and 
covenant,  and  if  any  one  should  try  to  make  mischief  betwixt  us  (Food- 
helee and  English),  the  saying  of  such  enemies  must  not  be  listened  to. 


288 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


.     ADEN.  The  Governor  of   Aden  should  abolish  the  invention  which  they 

Nob.  LXXXI  nave  established  at  the  gate  of  Aden  upon  the  poor  of  our  subjects  and 

&  LXXXII.   others ;  for   the  sake   of  the   good   condition   of  the  needy,  we  and  the 

jj^ifeei     English  are  friends  upon  sincerity  and  good  will  between  them  and  us, 

and  protection  for  our  said  friends  (subjects) . 

I  have  covenanted  to  the  beloved  Alowi  and  he  will  covenant  on  my 
behalf  to  the  Governor,  William  Coghlan. 

In  the  presence  of 

Saleh  bin  Abdoolla. 
Nasir  bin  Abdoolla. 

FoODHEL  BIN  ABDOOLLA. 

Ali  bin  Ahmed  Azab. 


No.  LXXXII. 


Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  entered  into,  on  the  4th  February  1839,  by 
Sultan  Hydra  bin  Mehdi,  of  the  Akrabees,  and  Sheikh  Abdool  Kukeem 
bin  Sallah  Mehdi,  Sheikh  Fcdthel  bin  Hydea  bin  Ahmed,  of  Sela, 
Akrabee  Chiefs,  with  Commander  Haines,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on  behalf 
of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company. 

Between  the  British  and  Akrabees  there  shall  be  peace  and  lasting 
friendship.  Aden,  belonging  to  the  English,  and  the  Akrabee  tribe, 
shall  be  at  peace  and  firm  friends.  If  the  subjects  of  either  wish  to 
have  free  intercourse  in  each  other's  territory,  they  shall  be  welcome,  and 
receive  neither  molestation  nor  insult. 

If  the  English  wish  to  enter  the  Akrabee  territory  they  shall  be 
respected  and  received  with  kindness,  for  they  are  friends.  If  any 
disturbance  should  take  place  between  the  subjects  of  either  country, 
the  culprit,  if  English,  is  to  be  given  over  to  the  laws  of  Aden ;  if 
Akrabee,  to  the  laws  of  the  Sultan,  for  punishment. 

In  witness  of  the  agreement,  in  the  presence  of  God. 

Dated  Aden,  the  Uh  February  1839. 

(Signed)         Sultan  Hydra  bin  Mehdi. 


Witnesses  : 
(Signed) 


Sytjd  Alooe. 
Rashed  Abdoolla. 
Jaffer  bin  Moolla  Abool. 
S.  B.  Haines. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  289 

No.   LXXXIII.  ADEN. 


Praise  be  to  God,  who  is  worthy  of  Praise  !  No.LXXXIII. 

Attestation  and  agreement  from  the  Sheikh  Abdoolla  Bahaidarah  -Mrabees. 
Mehdi  and  all  the  elders  of  the  Akrabees  whose  names  are  set  below : 
we  have  covenanted  with  His  Excellency  the  Governor,  William  Coghlan 
Sahib,  ruler  of  Aden,  upon  everlasting  sincerity  and  the  repelling  of 
sedition  in  their  (own)  limits,  and  upon  purity  of  friendship.  We  will 
do  all  in  our  power  (agreeably  to  friendship)  to  protect  (the  interest)  the 
English  government  and  its  subjects,  and  if  any  of  the  English  wish  to 
come  out  to  Bir  Ahmed  for  recreation,  they  must  inform  us,  and  upon  us 
rests  the  (their)  perfect  reverence  and  protection ;  any  want  the  Governor 
may  require,  we  are  (his)  soldiers  day  or  night.  Our  country  and  our 
property  are  in  the  service  of  the  British  Government,  and  may  our  Lord 
continue  the  friendship.  Ultimately  we  have  covenanted  according  to 
what  we  have  explained  above,  and  we  beg  God  to  confirm  us  in  the  ful- 
filment of  the  faithful  covenants. 

This  is  done  on  the  l%th  of  Shaban  1273,  \Wi  April  1857. 

(Signed)        Abdoolla  Bahaidarah  Mehdi. 

„  Saleh  Bahaidarah  Mehdi. 

„  Abd  Al  Kureem  Silaii  Meiidi. 

„  Hadj  Obaid  Ali  Yehia. 

„  Ali  bin  Ahmed  Ali. 

Witnessed  by 

Syud  Mahomed  bin  Zain  Allaidroos. 
Syud  Aidroos  bin  Zain  Alaidroos. 
Sheikh  Ali  im  Ahmed  Baabdallah  Azab. 
In  presence  of 

(Signed)        Allowi  im  Zain  Alaidroos. 


vol,  VII. 


290  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    STTNNTTDS. 

aim,n  No.  LXXXIV. 

N.>. LXX XI V.  Praise  be  to  God  alone  ! 

~  Tlio  object  of  writing  tbis  lawful  Bond  is,  that  it  is  hereby  cove- 

nanted and  agreed  betwixt  Sheikh  Abdoolla  Bahaidarah  Mehdi,  Chief  of 
the  Akrabee  tribe,  on  the  one  part,  and  Brigadier  William  Marcus  Coghlan, 
Governor  of  Aden,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  England,  on 
the  other  part,  that  the  said  Sheikh  Abdoolla  Bahaidarah  Mehdi  doth 
pledge  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  by  this  agreement  never  to  sell, 
mortgage,  or  give  for  occupation,  save  to  the  British  Government,  any  por- 
tion of  the  Peninsula  called  Jibbel  Ihsau,  including  the  Khore  of  Bir  Ahmed, 
Alghadeer,  Bundar,  Fogum,  and  all  the  intermediate  coast  and  inlets. 

In  consideration  of  which  act  of  friendship,  the  said  Sheikh  Abdoolla 
Bahaidarah  Mehdi  has  received  from  Brigadier  William  Marcus 
Coghlan,  Governor  of  Aden,  an  immediate  payment  of  three  thousand 
(3,000)  dollars,  and  shall  also  receive  from  the  said  Brigadier  Coghlan 
or  his  successors  a  future  monthly  subsidy  of  thirty  (30)  dollars,  it 
being  understood  that  this  stipend  imposes  an  obligation  on  the  part  of 
Sheikh  Abdoollah  Bahaidarah  Mehdi,  his  heirs  and  successors,  to 
protect  all  traders  and  British  subjects  who  pass  through  or  reside  in  the 
Akrabee  territory,  and  also  for  preserving  terms  of  peace  and  friendship 
betwixt  the  Akrabee  tribe  and  the  Governor  of  Aden,  representing  the 
Government  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  England. 

In  token  of  this  honourable  engagement,  the  Brigadier  William 
Marcus  Coghlan  and  Sheikh  Abdoolla  Bahaidarah  Mehdi  do  severally 
affix  their  hand  and  seal  at  Aden  on  Friday,  the  twenty-third  day  of 
January,  in  the  year  of  Christ  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty- 
three,  corresponding  with  the  third  day  of  Shaban  in  the  year  of  the 
Hcgira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  seventy-nine. 

(Signed)         Abdoolla  Bahaidarah  Mehdi, 
„  W.  M.  Coghlan,  Brigadier, 

Political  Resident,  Aden, 
In  presence  of 

(Signed)         Mahomed  Bahaidarah. 
„  Allowi  bin  Zain  Alaidroos. 

„  Aidroos  bin  Zain. 

„  H.  Rassam, 

Assistant  Political  Resident,  Aden, 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

No.  LXXXV. 


291 


Witnessed  by  Syud 
Mahomed  bin  Abder 
Rahman  el  Tifferi. 


i 


*     Signatures. 
C  Snlfcan  Manasir  bin  Boo   Bekr   bin  Mehdi, 
the   Oulaki,  done   at    Hour,   dated    14th 
October  1855. 
Sultan  Aboo    Bekr  bin  Abdoolla  bin  Mehdi 
(^      the  Oulaki ;    same  date  and  place. 

f  Similar  engagements  entered  into  by  Ali 
Mahomed  Zaid,  elder  of  the  Habr  Ger- 
hagis,  tribe  of  Soomalees,  at  Mait ;  done 
the  5th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with 
the  17th  October  1855. 
Hirsee  Ali  Mahomed,  elder  of  the  Habr 
Gerhagis,  tribe  of  Soomalees,  at  Mait; 
done  the  5th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding 
with  the  17th  October  1855. 

Mahmood  Mahomed,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at  Hais ; 
5th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  17th  October  1855. 

Aboo  Bekr  bin  Mahomed,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at 
Racooda;  done  the  5th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  the  17th 
October  1855. 


Witnessed  by  Omar 
bin  Ahmed  bin  Syud 
Ba-Shitioh. 


-: 


I 


ADEN. 


In  the  name  of  the  Most  Merciful  God,  and  Him  we  implore. 

The  reason  of  writing  this  Bond  is,  that  influenced  by  motives  of 
humanity  and  by  a  desire  to  conform  to  the  principles  on  which  the 
great  English  government  is  conducted,  we  lend  a  willing  ear  to  the 
proposals  of  our  sincere  friend  Brigadier  W.  M.  Coghlan,  Governor 
of  Aden,  that  we  shall  covenant  with  him  and  with  each  other  to  abolish 
and  prohibit  the  exportation  of.  slaves  from  any  part  of  Africa  to  any 
other  place  in  Africa  or  Asia  or  elsewhere  under  our  authority. 

We  whose  names  and  seals  are  set  to  this  Bond  do  therefore  in  the 
sight  of  God  and  of  men  solemnly  proclaim  our  intentions  to  prohibit 
the  exportation  of  slaves  from  Africa  by  every  means  in  our  power ;  wo 
will  export  none  ourselves,  nor  will  we  permit  our  subjects  to  do  so,  and 
any  vessel  found  carrying  slaves  shall  be  seized  and  confiscated  and  the 
slaves  shall  be  released. 


Peace. 


No.  LXXXV. 
Oulakees. 


Petty  Tribe*. 


292  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   STJNNUDS. 

ADEN.  Abdoo  Omar,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at  Unkor ;  done  the 

Nos.  LXXXV  ^tu  ^ay  °^  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  the  18th  October  1855. 
ALXXXU.  Ali  Ahmed,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at  Unkor;  done  the  6th 

Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  the  18th  October  1855. 

Hassun  Yousef,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at  Kurrum ;  done 
the  6th  day  of  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  the  18th  October  1855. 
Mahomed  Leban,  Chief  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at  Kurrum ;  done 
the  6th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  the  18th  October  1855. 

Yousef  Othman,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe,  at  Ain  Tarad ;  done 
the  7th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  with  the  19th  October  1855. 

Ahmed  Aboo  Bekr  Mahomed  Leban,  elder  of  the  Habr  Taljala  tribe, 
at  Ain  Tarad;  done  the  7th  Suffer  1272,  corresponding  wTith  19th  Octo- 
ber 1855.  

No.  LXXXVI. 
Copt  of  a  Tbeatt  of  friendship  and  peace  between  the  English  and  Hazzabee  Tribe. 

Bismillah  Rehman  Rehim  Bemenet  Alia ! 

Tin's  agreement  is  between  tlfe  Hazzabees  for  peace.  On  the  part  of 
Sheikh  Abdoolla  Hazzaab,  Sheikh  Hamed  bin  Abdoolla  Hazzeel  Mukee 
Hazzabee,  and  Commander  Haines,  the  English  Agent,  on  the  part  of 
government.  We  are  now  friends,  and  promise  peace  and  friendship, 
great  and  lasting  friendship,  and  that  our  hearts  and  wishes  are  one. 

Further,  that  there  shall  be  peace  and  friendship  with  Aden,  and  that 
any  of  our  subjects  or  the  subjects  of  Britain  pass  into  each  other's  territory; 
neither  party  shall  be  insulted,  or  injured ;  we  are  one.  If  the  subjects  of 
either  do  wrong,  they  are  to  be  given  over  for  punishment  by  their  own  laws. 

In  the  presence  of 

(Signed)     Syud  Alooe  bin  Hydkoss  Ali  bin 

BOOKEETER  RaSHID  ABDOOLLA. 

„  Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Abdoolla 

15th  Zilkadeh,    ")  Huzzeeb  Mukee  Hazzabee. 


..} 


3UI  January  1839.  )  (Signed)     S.  B.  Haines. 


Tbanslation  of  a  Bond  entered  into  by  Sultan  Maneh  bin  Sulam  of  the 
Hooshabee,  and  his  son  Sulam  bin  Maneh,  of  the  Hooshabee. 

Sultan  Maneh  bin  Sulam  of  the  Hooshabee,  and  his  son  Sulam  bin 
Maneh,  of  the  Hooshabee,  declare  of  their  own  accord  that  they  enter  into 
an  agreement  with  all  those  under  them,  belonging  to  Hooshabee,  their 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNIDS.  293 

clans,  and  all  those  dependent  upon  them,  the  Chief  of  M.  Haroorooluwa-       ADN\ 


jeer,  and  the  whole  Hooshabee,  as  before  arranged  with  Commander  No.  LXXXVI. 
Haines,  Governor  of  Aden,  who  sincerely  agrees  to  pay  the  allowances  re-  p  ,f~ZTh 
ceived  by  them  from  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudl  Abdalee.    What  has  been 
arranged  between  them  (Commander  Haines  and  the  Sultan)  is  that  what- 
ever belongs  to  the  Sultans  of  Abdalee,  former  and  succeeding,  and  to  those 
of  the  Hooshabee,  former  and  succeeding,  shall  be  theirs  respectively. 

The  Abdalee  shall  be  responsible,  as  is  agreed  upon,  for  all  outrages 
committed  in  Lahej,  its  neighbourhood,  or  within  its  limits,  or  in  Aden, 
its  roads,  or  within  its  boundaries,  and  Maneh  bin  Sulam  for  those  perpetra- 
ted by  the  Hooshabee,  their  clans,  or  those  subject  to  them.  In  case  Maneh 
render  any  assistance  to  any  other  Sultan  or  tribe,  this  Bond  is  to  be  con- 
sidered null  and  void.  Our  (Sultan  Maneb/s)  hand  is  the  same  as  that 
of  Sultan  M.  Houssain  Fudl,  and  our  friend  is  identical  with  Sultan 
M.  Houssain.  In  the  event  of  any  plunder  by  any  of  the  above  tribes  on 
the  roads  or  in  Lahej,  the  Bond  which  we  have  shall  be  considered  null 
until  we  make  restitution  of  whatever  may  be  carried  away.  Should  any 
one  commit  an  assault  or  murder  in  Lahej  or  Aden,  or  on  the  roads,  and 
should  such  person  be  proved  to  be  one  of  the  Hooshabee  or  of  their 
clans,  he  shall  be  seized  and  considered  an  offender.  This  Bond  is  bind- 
ing and  lasting.  We  shall  receive  our  allowance  from  government  every 
six  months,  or  a  part,  if  necessary,  after  two  months.  This  is  to  com- 
mence from  the  month  of  Zilkad  Hegira  1254  (January,  February  1839)* 
The  above  people  shall  receive  the  allowance  fixed  for  them  through  us, 
or  the  Sultan  (M.  Houssain),  or  his  children.  These  are  the  stipulations 
agreed  upon  by  Sultan  Maneh  bin  Sulam  and  Sulam  bin  Maneh,  and 
which  are  mediated  by  Abee  M.  Houssain  bin  Wugees  bin  Kassim 
Suffeean,  who  is  Vakeel  of  the  Hooshabee.  These  points  are  agreed  to 
on  Friday,  the  2nd  Rubee-oo-sanee,  Hegira  1255  (14th  June  1839). 
The  allowance  fixed  for  the  Hooshabee  is  628  Cooroosh  Fransa  per 
annum,  half  of  which  is  314  Cooroosh. 

Witnesses : 

M.  Houssain  Wugees  Suffeean  Jaffek,  Translator. 
Kazee  Abdool  Ruzak  bin  All 
Ali  bin  Abdoolla  All 


I'.l  I  I  1. ! .  v  I  1 1-.-.     I  \«.  \<  MOMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

ADEN.  No.  LXXXVII. 


No.LXXXVII  Engagement  of  friendship  and  peace  entered  into,  on  the  12th  February  1839, 

Pett~TriU*  ky  Sheikh  Ausel  mn  Hydee  bin  Ahmed  Musaidee,  of  a  district  of  the 

Yaffaccs,  and  tho  accredited  Agent  from  the  ancient   Chieftain  Sultan  Ali 

Ghalib,   of  the  Yaffaecs,  with  Commander  Haines,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on 

behalf  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company. 

We  agree  that  there  shall  be  peace  and  friendship  between  us,  and 
that  the  English  at  Aden  shall  be  at  peace  with  us.  Should  the  subjects 
of  either  country  enter  the  other's  territory,  they  shall  not  be  molested 
or  insulted,  but  be  considered  as  friends. 

If  Kafelas  from  the  Yaffaee  district  wish  to  enter  Aden  by  the  Gar 
Wallah  territory  for  trade,  they  shall  not  be  molested,  but  the  property 
respected  by  both  parties,  and  the  owners  allowed  free  intercourse  and 
barter.     They  may  export  from  Aden,  and  they  shall  be  respected. 

Dated  Aden,  the  21st  February  1839. 

(Signed)         Sheikh  Hasil  bin  Hadee  bin  Ahmed. 

Witness  : 
(Signed)         Ali  Abdoolla  Syud  Alooe. 


Litebal  Tbanslation  of  a  Treaty  concluded  by  Sultan  Ali  Ghalib  and  his  son 
Ahmed  bin  Ali  Ghalib,  of  the  tribe  of  Yaffaee  al  Efefee. 


In  the  name  of  God,  the  merciful,  the  clement 


We  faithfully  agree,  on  the  part  of  ourselves  and  those  who  are 
subordinate  to  them,  those  of  the  tribe  of  Yaffaee  and  those  who  are 
dependent  on  them,  and  of  the  tribe  of  Mureedea  and  Sayeedeh  and 
those  dependent  on  them,  and  for  Commander  Haines,  Governor  of 
Aden,  for  all  and  every  belonging  to  them,  on  Sultan  Moohsum  Fuzil 
Obaid  Ali,  Commander  Haines,  Governor  of  Aden,  and  representative 
of  the  Company,  and  in  the  manner  that  went,  the  Sultan  Obaid  Ali, 
past  and  future,  and  those  of  the  tribe  who  are  gone  and  are  coming, 
that  they  shall  possess  their  own  property,  and  that  whatever  they  have 
shall  be  theirs,  and  whatever  loss  is   occasioned  to   them  in   Lahej    or 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  295 

round  about  it,  or  in  its  environs,  or  in  Aden,  or  on  the  road  of  Aden,  are  ADEN, 
included  in  the  same  Treaty  concluded  by  Obaid  AH,  and  if  any  injury  No.LXXXVIl 
is  occasioned  by  the  tribe  of  Yaffaee  or  by  its  dependants  Ali  Ghalib  vMvTribet 
shall  be  responsible,  and  if  at  any  time  Ali  Ghalib  will  render  assistance 
to  any  one  of  the  Sultans,  or  any  one  of  the  other  tribes,  the  Treaty 
confirmed  by  God  will  be  violated  between  us  and  him,  and  our  hand 
and  the  hand  of  Sultan  Moohsum  shall  be  as  one,  and  our  friends  and  the 
friends  of  the  Sultan  shall  be  the  same.  If  any  of  the  above  shall  be 
plundered  on  the  road  of  Lahej,  the  Treaty  will  be  infringed ;  and  if  any 
thing  which  we  have  is  broken  or  taken  away,  and  if  any  one  makes  war 
in  Lahej,  or  kills  any  one  in  Lahej,  or  in  Aden,  or  on  the  road  of  Aden, 
and  it  shall  be  known  that  that  man  is  of  the  tribe  of  Yaffaee  or  one  of  its 
dependants,  he  (Sultan  Ali  Ghalib)  will  be  responsible.  This  Treaty 
of  God  which  we  have  will  never  become  old,  but  be  always  held  to  be 
new.  We  shall  take  what  is  agreed  upon  every  six  months,  commencing 
the  1st  Zilkad  1254  Hegira  (18th  January  1839),  and  what  is  agreed 
upon  will  be  taken  by  us,  or  by  the  Sultan,  or  by  his  son.  This  is  what 
has  been  agreed  upon  and  settled  by  Sultan  Ali  Ghalib  and  his  son 
Ahmed  bin  Ali  Ghalib,  and  has  been  agreed  to  by  their  representatives 
Hasil  bin  Ahmed  bin  Hadee  and  Hyder  bin  Ahmed,  who  have  been  sent 
by  them,  and  they  are  the  representatives  of  Ali  Ghalib,  and  this  is  con- 
cluded this  25th  day  of  Rubbee-ool-awul  1255  Hegira  (8th  June  1839). 

Witnesses  : 

(Signed)        Syed  Mahomed  bin  Zein  bin  Boobukurs. 

„  Kazee  Abdool  Ruza  bin  Ali  Saad  bin  Musuood. 

„  Hasil  bin  Ahmed  bin  Wadee,  of  the  tribe  of  Mooredee, 

Vakeels  of  Ali  Ghalib. 

„  Mahomed  Ali  Yehia. 

„  Jaffer  Moonshee,  of  the  Company's  Government. 

„  Hyder  bin  Ahmed  Yaffaee,  Vakeel  of  Ali  Ghalib. 


290 


ADEN. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

No.  LXXXVIII. 


No.          Engagement  entered  into,  on  the  19th  February  1839,  by  Sheikh  Mahomed  Syud 

:  \WV11I.  Musaideb,  and  Sheikh  Jwas  Abdoolla,  Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Ahmed, 

Sheikh  Koiei,  of  the  Musaidee  territory  of  the  Subeihees,  and  Commander 

Haines,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on  behalf  of  the  Honoubable  East  India 

Company. 

Between  us  there  shall  be  friendship  and  lasting  peace ;  our  wishes 
shall  be  one  of  kindness.  Aden  shall  be  at  peace  with  us,  and  the 
subjects  of  both  countries  shall  be  at  peace.  No  molestation  or  insult 
shall  be  offered  in  their  intercourse  with  each  other. 


Dated  19 th  February  1839. 


Signed  by  the  Chieftains. 


Witnesses  : 
(Signed)      Abdool  Russook,  Cazee  of  Aden. 
Jaffer  bin  Moolla  Abool. 


Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  entered  into,  on  the  20th  February  1839,  by 
Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Am  Busalee,  of  the  Southern  Sub-division  of  the 
Subeihee,  with  Commander  Haines,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on  behalf  of  the 

HONOUBABLE  EAST  INDIA  COMPANY. 

Between  us  there  shall  be  lasting  friendship  and  peace,  and  we  agree 
to  it  in  the  presence  of  God.     Our  friendship  shall  be  as  one. 

There  shall  be  peace  with  Aden,  and  the  subjects  of  my  tribe  and 
the  subjects  of  the  British  shall  have  free  intercourse,  and  not  be  molested 
or  insulted  in  either^  territory. 

Any  breach  of  this  Treaty,  or  of  the  roads  to  the  Red  Sea  being 
infested  with  robbers,  shall  be  on  the  head  of  Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Ali, 
and  he  will  be  answerable  that  no  Kafelas  shall  be  molested.  This 
Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Ali  not  only  promises  in  his  own  district,  but 
in  that  of  the  tribe  of  Artefee,  whom  he  also  controls. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  297 

If  property,  either  from  Aden  or  from  the  Subee  territory,  wishes      ADEN", 
to  pass  through  the  other  territory,  it  shall  be  respected  and  protected ;         Nos 
and  for  any  infringement  Sheikh  Mahomed  Busalee  shall  be  answerable.  LXXXVlir, 


Dated  20M  February  1839. 


LXXXIX 

&XC. 

(Signed)         Sheikh  Mahomed  bin  Ali  Busalee. 
Witnesses  :  VeU*  THbes- 

(Signed)         Syud  Alooe. 

„  Ali  bin  Abdoolla. 

„  Sheikh  Arsel  Musaidee. 

(Signed)         S.  B.  Haines. 


No.  LXXXIX. 

Copy  of  a  Treaty  between  Syud  Mahomed  Jaffeb  bin  Sytjd  Hydboos,  Chief  of 
Waheet  and  all  under  him,  and  Commander  Haines,  Agent  of  Government. 

We  agree  to  lasting  peace  and  friendship. 

Aden  is  open  for  our  free  intercourse  and  friendship,  and  so  is  our 

country  to  each  other,  and  both  parties  agree  there  shall  be  no  oppression 

or  insult. 

(Signed)         Syud  Mahomed  Jaffer  bin  Syud  Hydroos. 

Dated  2nd  February  1839. 


No.  XC. 

Engagement  entered  into,  on  the  18th  February  1839,  between  Sheikh  Jwas  bin 
Sallaam  el  Abbadee  and  his  tribe  with  Commander  Haines,  of  the  Indian 
Navy,  on  behalf  of  the  Honoubable  East  India  Company. 

Between  our  respective  territory  there  shall  be  peace  and  friendship, 
and  Aden  shall  be  at  peace  with  the  Abbadees. 

A  free  intercourse  for  barter  shall  be  permitted  without  insult  or 
oppression ;  and  in  proof  of  the  faith  of  this,  Sheikh  Jwas  bin  Sallaam 
agrees  that  his  people  shall  not  molest  or  plunder  on  the  roads  leading  to 
Aden,  and  if  any  such  misdemeanor  occurs,  he  will  be  answerable. 

Dated  YbtK  February  1839. 

(Signed)         Jwas  bin  Sallaam  el  Abbadee. 
Witness : 

(Signed)        Syud  Alooe. 

(Signed)         S.  B.  Haines. 

vol.  vh.  2  p 


Petty  Tribes. 


298  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

ADEN.  NO.   XCI. 

Nc*.XCI     Engagement  of  peace  and  friendship  entered  into,  on  the  18th  February  1839,  by 
&  XCII.  Sheikh  Mehdi  bin  Ali  Zababee  with  Commander  Haines,  of  the  Indian 

Navy,  on  behalf  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company. 
Between  us  and  our  countries  there  shall  be  peace  and  friendship ; 
it  shall  be  lasting ;  our  interest  shall  be  one. 

We  agree  that  Aden  and  the  English  shall  be  at  peace  with  my 
tribe,  and  that  the  subjects  of  either  may  enter  the  other's  territory,  and 
shall  neither  be  oppressed  nor  insulted,  but  treated  with  friendship.  This 
we  promise  on  both  sides. 

"Whoever  may  enter  Aden  of  Sheikh  Mehdi's  tribe  shall  be  respected 
and  allowed  free  intercourse,  attending,  of  course,  to  the  laws. 

If  robbery  on  the  roads  takes  place,  either  by  Sheikh  Mehdi's  tribe 
or  any  other  within  his  district,  he  will  be  responsible. 

Dated  the  \Uh  February  1839. 

(Signed)         Sheikh  Mehdi  bin  Ali. 
Witnesses  : 
(Signed)  M.  Houssain  Shah  Montee. 

„  Syud  Alooe. 

(Signed)         S.  B.  Haines. 


No.  XCII. 

Engagement  entered  into,  on  the  18th  February  1839,  by  the  Sheikh  of  Zaidee, 
Sheikh  Sallah  Ammoidee,  with  Commander  Haines,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on 
behalf  of  the  Honoubable  East  India  Company. 

Between  our  respective  countries  there  shall  be  peace  and  friendship, 
and  Aden  be  at  peace  with  us.  The  subjects  of  either  may  enter  the 
other's  territory  without  being  subject  to  insult  or  oppression,  merely  at- 
tending to  the  laws. 

Bated  18^  February  1839. 

(Signed)         Sheikh  Sallah  Ammoidee. 
Witness : 
(Signed)        Abdool  Russook,  Cazee. 

(Signed)        S.  B.  Haines. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  299 

NO.   XCIII.  ADEN. 


Engagement  of  friendship  and  peace  entered  into,  on  the  10th  March  1839,  by    No.  XCIII. 

Aottn  bin  Yoosoof  Shebzebee,  with  Captain  Haines,  of  the  Indian  Navy,   „^    ~. 

__  '  ■"   Petty  Tribes. 

on  behalf  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company. 

This  paper  is  my  witness,  and  is  written  by  Sheikh  Kasim  bin  Syud 
Sherzebee,  and  the  interpretation  is  good.  I  am  a  friend,  and  a  great 
friend  with  the  English ;  it  is  true  and  permanent  friendship.  I  trust  in 
God  that  it  will  never  be  otherwise,  and  that  nothing  wrong  shall  ever 
take  place,  not  even  the  slightest  insult.  My  people  shall  enter  your 
territory,  and  yours  mine,  as  friends.  Whatever  the  English  please  shall 
be  done,  and  there  shall  never  be  two  words.  I  will  always  act  upon 
your  seal,  whatever  it  may  be.  Our  friendship  is  known  to  God,  and  He 
is  witness  to  it. 

Bated  \Mh  March  1839. 

(Signed)         Aoun  bin  Yoosoof  Sherzebee. 

Witnesses : 
(Signed)         Syud  Alooe  bin  Zein  bin  Sub-Hydroos. 
„  Jaffer  Hadee  Sheikh  Othman. 

(Signed)         S.  B.  Haines, 

Political  Agent. 


SENNA. 

/     ///  PI  affair's  I  it  dory  of  Yemen  and  Papers  in  the  Foreign  Office. 

About  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century,  the  English  obtained 
a  Firman  from  the  Governor  of  Mokha  for  the  establishment  of  a  factory, 
and  permission  to  trade  on  payment  of  a  duty  on  goods}  not  exceeding 
3  per  cent.  This  deed  was  confirmed  by  the  Turkish  Pasha  of  Yemen. 
About  the  same  time  the  Dutch  established  a  factory  at  Mokha,  which 
was  then  the  great  depot  for  the  trade  of  Southern  Arabia,  and  a  cen- 
tury later  a  factory  was  also  opened  by  the  French.  After  the  expulsion 
of  the  Turks  in  1630,  the  whole  of  Yemen  came  under  the  government 
of  the  Imams  of  Senna ;  but  at  the  time  of  Carsten  Neibuhr's  visit  to 
Senna  in  1763,  the  Native  Arab  tribes  of  the  Provinces  of  Aden,  Aboo 
Areesh,  Taez,  and  others  had  thrown  off  allegiance  to  the  Imams.  In 
1799,  when  the  British  Government  took  measures  to  oppose  the  expected 
invasion  of  India  by  the  French,  and  to  revive  the  lost  trade  of  the  Red 
Sea,  Dr.  Pringle  was  deputed  to  Senna  with  presents  from  the  Governor 
General,  and  obtained  from  the  Imam  Ali  Munsoor  orders  to  the  Governors 
of  Mokha,  Hodeida,  and  Lohaia  to  give  every  facility  to  trade.  Two 
years  afterwards  an  effort  was  made  by  Sir  Home  Popham,  who  had  been 
constituted  Ambassador  to  the  States  of  Arabia,  to  negotiate  a  commer- 
cial Treaty  with  Senna ;  but  he  was  insulted  by  the  Governor  of  Mokha, 
and  the  terms  of  the  proposed  Treaty  were  rejected  by  the  Imam. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  present  century,  Imam  Ali  Munsoor  suffered 
severely  at  the  hands  of  the  Wahabees,  who  overran  and  wrested  from 
him  some  of  the  best  districts  of  his  dominions.  In  1816,  however, 
Mahomed  Ali  Pasha,  after  he  had  destroyed  the  Wahabee  power,  restored 
these  districts  to  Ahmed,  the  son  and  successor  of  Imam  Ali  Munsoor,  in 
consideration  of  an  annual  tribute  of  one  hundred  thousand  dollars. 
Ahmed  was  succeeded  in  1817  by  his  son  Abdoolla,  who  was  unable  to 
retain  the  provinces  which  had  been  restored  to  his  father. 

In  1817,  in  consequence  of  a  dispute  in  which  an  Arab  had  been 
temporarily  detained  at  the  factory  at  Mokha,  the  Residency  was 
attacked  and  plundered,  and  a  British  Officer  was  dragged  before  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  oOl 

Governor,  by  whom  he  was  subjected  to  the  most  brutal  insults.  After  SENNA. 
some  delay  a  British  squadron  was  sent  to  demand  satisfaction  for  this  ~ 
outrage.  On  26th  December  1820  the  fort  of  Mokha  was  taken,  and 
shortly  afterwards  a  public  apology  was  made  for  the  insult  offered  to  the 
British  Government,  and  a  Treaty  (No.  XCIV.)  was  signed  by  the  Imam 
of  Senna  and  his  Council,  defining  the  rights  to  be  enjoyed  by  British 
subjects,  and  reducing  the  export  duty  on  trade  to  2£  per  cent. 
This  Treaty  was  framed  in  the  most  slovenly  and  discreditable  way, 
and  it  was  afterwards  discovered  that  serious  discrepancies  existed 
between  the  English  version  and  the  Arabic  counterpart.  The 
Imam  refused  to  allow  any  modification.  To  preserve  friendly  relations, 
the  British  Government  yielded  every  point,  except  one  in  the  sixth 
Article.  The  clause  in  the  English  version  of  that  Article,  which  stipu- 
lated that  the  servants  of  the  factory  should  be  amenable  only  to  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Resident,  was  altogether  omitted  in  the  Arabic.  The 
Imam  was  informed  that  all  other  points  were  conceded,  but  that  if  he 
attempted  to  seize  or  punish  any  person,  of  whatever  nation,  in  the  ex- 
clusive employment  of  the  Resident,  the  Resident  would  withdraw,  and 
such  further  measures  would  be  adopted  as  might  seem  to  the  British 
Government  to  be  expedient. 

In  1840  a  commercial  Treaty  was  concluded  with  the  Governor 
of  Mokha  by  Captain  Moresby,  similar  to  that  concluded  in  the  same 
year  with  the  Chief  of  Zaila."*  Shortly  afterwards  the  British  flag  was 
cut  down,  and  the  duties  levied  from  British  subjects  were  raised  to  9 
per  cent.  As  Mokha  had  by  this  time  fallen  under  the  government 
of  the  Sublime  Porte,  it  was  doubtful  whether  Sheriff  Hossein  had  any 
right  to  conclude  a  Treaty  as  a  principal.  The  British  Government 
also  objected  to  certain  exclusive  clauses  in  the  Treaty,  which  were  directed 
against  the  trade  of  other  European  nations.  The  dispute  was  amicably 
adjusted  through  Her  Majesty's  Ambassador  at  Constantinople. 

Of  late  years  the  country  of  Senna  has  fallen  into  absolute  an- 
archy. In  1832  Mokha  and  all  the  sea  coast  fell  under  the  suzerainty  of 
the  Turks.  It  was  afterwards  recovered  for  a  time,  but  again  finally  lost 
in  1848.  Ali  Munsoor,  who  succeeded  his  father  as  Imam  of  Senna  in 
1834,  was  deposed  three  years  after.     But  he  again  succeeded  to  power  in 

*  Sec  below,  Zaila. 


SOS  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

SENNA.  181  A,  on  the  death  of  his  uncle,  only  to  be  again  deposed  in  1845  by  Ma- 
No.  XCIV.  homed  Yehia,  a  distant  relative  of  the  family.  Mahomed  Yehia,  in  1849, 
swore  allegiance  to  the  Porte,  and  agreed  to  hold  Senna  as  a  vassal  of  the 
Sultan,  paying  to  him  half  the  revenues  and  receiving  a  Turkish  garrison 
in  his  capital.  This  so  incensed  the  inhabitants,  that  they  rose  upon  the 
Turks,  massacred  them,  and  reinstated  Ali  Munsoor,  who  ordered  Maho- 
med Yehia  to  be  put  to  death.  Within  a  few  months  Imam  Ali  Munsoor 
fell  into  the  hands  of  Ghalib,  the  son  of  Mahomed  Yehia.  The  people 
of  Senna,  however,  refused  to  acknowledge  the  authority  of  Ghalib,  and 
elected  a  Governor  from  among  their  own  body.  For  some  time  Ghalib 
lived  a  profligate  drunkard  in  an  obscure  village  a  few  miles  from  Senna, 
till  1858,  when  he  was  recalled  and  reinstated  in  the  government  with 
only  nominal  power.  During  the  internal  revolutions  in  Senna  and  the 
desultory  warfare  with  the  Turks,  the  Imams  repeatedly  endeavoured  to 
enlist  the  aid  and  advice  of  the  British  Government  in  their  cause. 
A  rigid  abstinence,  however,  was  maintained  from  all  interference  in  their 
affairs. 


No.  XCIV. 
Tbeaty  concluded  with  the  Imam  of  Senna  on  15th  January  1821. 

In  explanation  of  the  Articles  which  were  settled  between  the  Umeer 
Futtuh-oolla,  the  Agent  for  the  Imam  Mehdi,  the  Chief  of  Senna, 
the  City  of  Sam,  and  between  the  Agent  of  the  English  Government, 
Agha  Mr.  Bruce  Khan,  in  the  year  1236,  and  from  the  birth  of 
Jesus  1821  :— 

English  Version.  Translation  of  the  Arabic 

Counterpart. 

Article  1.  Article  1. 

That  the  Resident  shall  have  a  That  the  Resident  (Vakeel)  who 
guard  of  the  same  strength  as  is  may  be  stationed  on  the  part  of  the 
allowed  at  Bagdad,  Bussorah,  and     English  Government  at  the  port  of 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


303 


Bushire,  of  thirty  men,  to  support     Mokha  shall   have  with  him   {lit.      SENNA. 


his  respectability. 
(Signed) 


there    shall   be   with   him)    thirty 

Military  from  out  of  their  army, 

Wm.  Bruce,  like  the    Residents    (Vakeels)    at 

Govt.  Agent.       Busrah,  Bagdad,  and   Ubooshuhur 

(Busheer.) 

It  is  finished  besides  this. 

Signed  by  six  witnesses. 


No.  XCIV. 


Article  2. 

That  the  Resident  shall  be  exempt 
from  all  compliances  degrading  to 
the  character  of  the  representative 
of  the  British  Government;  that 
he  shall  have  full  liberty  to  ride  on 
horseback  when  and  where  he 
pleases;  have  free  ingress  and 
egress  to  all  the  gates  of  Mokha, 
amongst  others  of  Sheikh  Shadeley, 
from  which  Europeans  have  hitherto 
been  excluded  for  some  years  past ; 
and  shall  have  all  the  same  liberty 
and  freedom  they  have  at  Bushire, 
Bussorah,  Bagdad,  and  Muscat. 


(Signed) 


Wm.  Bruce, 
Govt.  Agent. 


Article  2. 

That  the  Resident  (Vakeel)  who 
may  be  stationed  in  the  factory  on 
the  part  of  the  British  Government 
shall  have  {lit.  there  shall  be  to 
him)  respect,  attention,  dignity, 
and  character  near  the  Governor; 
and  those  who  are  dependants  of 
the  British  Government  may  ride 
on  horse,  &c,  and  they  may  ride  in 
any  other  mode  as  they  may  feel  in- 
clined. He  may  go  out  of  the  cities 
and  into  the  cities  for  pleasure,  re- 
freshing his  spirits ;  and  he  may  go 
out  through  the  whole  of  the  gates, 
especially  out  of  the  Shadullee.  He 
may  go  out  mounted  on  horses,  &c, 
and  he  may  enter  mounted,  being  in- 
dependent in  his  own  mind  (mean- 
ing as  he  pleases) .  It  is  necessary 
that  there  shall  not  be  any  to  hin- 
der him,  nor  any  person  shall  say  a 
word  to  him ;  and  to  him  (there  shall 
be)  respect  as  at  the  other  ports, 
Bagdad,  Busrah,  Ubooshuhur,  and 
the  port  of  Muscat, 


304 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


SENNA. 
N«.  XCIV. 


Article  3. 
A  piece  of  ground  to  be  allotted 
for  a  cemetery ;  and  none  of  those 
under  the  British  Government  and 
flag  to  be  spoken  to  or  insulted  on 
account  of  their  religion. 


(Signed) 


Wm.  Bruce, 
Govt.  Agent 


Article  4. 
The  Resident  to  have  free  permis- 
sion to  proceed  to  Senna  and  com- 
municate with  His  Highness  the 
Imam,  whenever  he  may  deem  it 
necessary  to  do  so;  the  Dola  on 
these  occasions  furnishing  a  guard 
or  escort  if  it  should  be  deemed 
requisite. 

(Signed)    "Wm.  Bruce, 

Govt.  Agent. 


Article  5. 
That  the  anchorage  duty  of  (400 
G.  C.)  four  hundred  German  crowns 
shall  henceforth   cease   on   British 


It  is  finished  besides  this. 

Signed  by  the  six  members  of  the 
MoJcha  Council. 

Article  3. 

The  dead  of  the  English,  that  the 
Almighty  and  Supreme  God  orders 
their  souls  to  be  snatched  away, 
there  shall  be  a  place  appointed 
and  set  apart  for  them  that  they 
may  bury  their  dead  in  it ;  no  one 
shall  say  to  them,  "  the  practice  of 
your  '  sect  is  such  or  such/  it  is 
not  good." 

It  is  finished  besides  this. 

Signed  by  the  six  members. 

Article  4. 

The  Agent  (Vakeel)  of  the 
English  Government  who  is  sta- 
tioned at  the  port  of  Mokha,  if 
it  should  please  his  mind  to  go 
out,  he  may  go  out  to  Senna  to 
His  Highness  the  Imam  Mehdi 
for  recreation  of  the  mind.  No 
one  shall  hinder  him,  and  the  Ha- 
kim of  Mokha  shall  grant  of  his 
own  army  an  escort  for  a  safeguard 
on  the  road,  and  there  is  nothing 
contrary  to  him. 

It  is  finished  besides  this. 

Signed  by  the  six  members. 

Article  5. 
The  merchant  ships    which  are 
dependent  on  the  English  Govern- 
ment, there  was  a  custom  that  they 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


305 


ships,  which  has  hitherto  been 
levied  on  all  merchant  ships  when 
they  landed  cargoes.  Hereafter  no 
duty  on  this  account  shall  be  paid, 
whether  cargo  is  landed  or  not,  the 
same  as  His  Majesty's  ships  and 
the  Honourable  Company's  vessels 
of  war. 


(Signed) 


Wm.  Bruce, 
Govt.  Agent. 


Article  6. 

All  subjects  of  the  British  Gov- 
ernment trading  to  Mokha,  and 
particularly  the  merchants  of  Surat, 
shall  do  so  under  the  protection  of 
the  British  flag,  (if  of  the  Islam 
faith,  and  wish  to  settle  their  dis- 
putes according  to  the  Mahomedan 
Sharah,  they  shall  be  at  liberty  to 
do  so,  a  person  on  the  part  of  the 
Resident  attending,)  and  all  differ- 
ences among  themselves  shall  be 
decided  by  the  Resident;  in  the 
event  of  any  of  the  Imam's  sub- 
jects being  concerned  in  the  dispute, 
by  an  Agent  on  the  part  of  the 
Resident  (or  himself  if  he  pleases) 
and  the  Governor  conjointly  ;  if  the 
Imam's  subject  is  wrong,  the  Gov- 
ernor shall  pimish  him ;  if  on  the 
vol.  vn. 


should  pay  400  rials  as  anchorage 
duty ;  but  from  this  day  it  ceases  ;  " 
there  is  nothing  (leviable)  on  them ; 
their  situation  is  that  of  the  gov- 
ernment vessels  and  the  King's 
ships.  If  its  cargo  should  be 
brought  on  shore  there  is  nothing 
(leviable)  on  them  of  the  400  rials. 
This  affair  was  discussed  and  fixed 
without  being  referred  to  Senna, 
on  the  condition  of  the  cessation 
of  hostilities  and  the  removal  of 
the  blockade  of  the  port. 
It  is  finished  besides  this. 

Signed  by  the  six  members. 

Article  6. 

That  all  merchants  who  are  the 
dependants  of  the  English  Gov- 
ernment, under  their  protection  and 
under  their  flag,  may  transact  their 
affairs  (trade)  at  the  Bunder  of 
Mokha,  especially  the  natives  of 
Surat.  If  there  be  Mussulmen 
among  them,  and  disputes  should 
happen  between  them,  and  any  of 
them  may  desire  (to  have)  the  law 
(Mussulman),  no  opposition  is  to 
be  made  to  them  (meaning  to  their 
wishes) . 

Whenever  there  may  be  (any 
dispute)  between  the  people  ("  Ju- 
maut")  of  Resident,  and  the  sub- 
jects of  Mokha,  a  person  may  come 
(be  present)  on  the  part  of  the 
Resident  before  the  Hakim  of 
22 


SENNA. 
No.  XCIV. 


Ti;  KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


B1VMA. 
Na  XCIV. 


contrary,  the  Resident.  Also  that 
all  the  dependants  of  the  factory  of 
every  denomination,  from  broker 
downwards,  shall  be  wholly  under 
the  protection  of  the  British  flag 
and  control  of  the  Resident,  who 
shall  alone  possess  the  power  of 
punishing  them  and  redressing  all 
complaints  against  them. 

This  sixth  Article  has  been  ex- 
pressly admitted  by  separate  grant 
to  Captain  Bruce  by  His  Highness 
the  Imam. 


(Signed) 


Wm.  Bruce, 

Govt.  Agent. 


Mokha,  who  will  observe  in  what 
manner  the  wrong  has  been  com- 
mitted, and  by  whom.  If  the  na- 
tive of  the  country  be  in  the  wrong, 
the  Hakim  of  Mokha  is  to  punish 
him,  but  if  the  crime  or  wrong 
should  have  been  committed  by  the 
English  military  ("Uskur"),  then 
the  Resident  is  to  punish  them. 

This  Article,  the  sixth,  is?  one  of 
the  two  which  were  referred  to 
the  Imam  Mehdi  for  his  con- 
sideration, and  the  Shrureef's  an- 
swer having  arrived,  was  (given 
into)  the  hands  of  Mr.  Bruce,  a 
copy  being  retained  by  the  Umeer 
Putteh-oolla ;  and  on  receipt  of  the 
answer,  there  was  an  argument  be- 
tween Mr.  Bruce  and  the  Umeer 
Futteh-oolla,  the  (substance  of) 
\yhich  is  written  above. 


Article  7. 

That  the  export  duty  on  the  Bri- 
tish trade  shall  be  hereafter  2£  per 
cent.,  the  same  as  the  French,  and 
not  3^  as  hitherto,  and  that  the 
import  duty  shall  be  the  same  to 
the  English  and  all  their  subjects, 
and  no  more  shall  be  levied  than 
2J  per  cent,  upon  imports  and 
exports. 

This  Article  is  expressly  granted 
by  separate  Firman  from  His  High- 


Article  7. 

In  regard  to  duties  on  what  is 
exported  from  the  port  of  Mokha, 
two  dollars  and  a  quarter  shall  be 
paid  on  one  hundred,  as  the  French, 
who  pay  two  dollars  and  a  quarter 
on  the  hundred,  and  the  imports 
into  the  port  of  Mokha  shall  be 
like  that  for  the  English  govern- 
ment and  for  the  English  mer- 
chants. 

This  seventh  Article  is  (one)  of 
the  two  Articles  which  were  referred 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


307 


ness   as   a   particular  mark   of  his 
friendship  to  the  British  nation. 

(Signed)     Wm.  Bruce, 

Govt.  Agent. 

Mokha,  ") 

\hth  January  1821.     ) 

(True  copy) 

(Signed)     Win.  Bruce, 

Govt.  Agent. 

Signed  and  sealed  by  Umeer 
Futteh-oolla  and  all  the  members  of 
the  Mokha  Council  to  each  separate 
Article ;  as  also  by  Captain  Bruce. 

Approved. 

(Signed)     John  Kish  Lumley, 
Copt,   of  H.   M.'s  Ship 
"  Topaze"  and  Senior 
Officer. 


for  the  consideration  and  decision 
of  His  Highness  the  Shureef 
Medhi,  and  to  which  the  answer 
returned  by  the  Shurreef  was  as 
follows : — 

"  We  have  reduced  the  duties 
three  quarters  of  a  dollar  per  cent, 
out  of  three  dollars,  and  this  is  upon 
all  goods  imported  into  the  port  in 
the  name  of  the  English  Sirkar  and 
their  merchants;  there  is  not  (to 
be)  more  (required)  from  them  than 
two  and  a  quarter  dollars  per  cent., 
alone,  both  upon  goods  imported 
and  on  goods  exported,  and  this  is 
as  a  mark  of  our  regard  and  respect 
for  the  said  two  (the  English  gov- 
ernment and  their  merchants),  and 
for  the  preservation  of  the  inter- 
course and  friendship  between  us 
both,  as  was  (the  case)  with  those 
who  existed  before  us  (in  former 
times) . 

"Dated  Rubbee-oo-sanee  1236  of 
five  Ilegira  a.  d.  1821)." 


SENNA. 
No.  XCIV. 


Signed  b//  the  six  members. 


MACULLA  AND  SIIUHUR. 

Maculla  and  Shuhur  are  the  two  principal  slave  ports  on  the 
southern  coast  of  Arabia.  The  slaves  from  Zanzibar  and  the  Somali 
and  Donkali  coasts  were  annually  brought  there.  On  14th  May  1863, 
Brigadier  Coghlan,  the  Political  Resident  at  Aden,  concluded  an  En- 
gagement (No.  XCV.)  with  Nukeeb  Silah  bin  Mahomed  of  Maculla 
and  Nukeeb  Ali  Najee  of  Shuhur  in  which  they  agreed  to  abolish  and 
prohibit  the  export  and  import  of  slaves. 


No.  XCV. 
Ik  the  name  of  the  Most  Merciful  God,  and  Him  we  implore. 

The  reason  of  writing  this  Bond  is  that  influenced  by  motives  of 
humanity  and  by  a  desire  to  conform  to  the  principles  on  which  the 
great  English  Government  is  conducted,  we  lend  a  willing  ear  to  the 
proposals  of  our  sincere  friend,  Brigadier  William  Marcus  Coghlan, 
Governor  of  Aden ;  that  we  shall  covenant  with  him  to  abolish  and  pro- 
hibit the  export  or  import  of  slaves  from  or  to  any  part  of  our  territory 
to  any  other  place  in  Africa,  or  in  Asia,  or  elsewhere. 

Therefore  I,  whose  name  and  seal  are  set  to  this  Bond,  do  in  the 
sight  of  God  and  of  men  solemnly  proclaim  my  determination  to  pro- 
hibit the  export  or  import  of  slaves  by  every  means  in  my  power.  I  will 
neither  export  nor  import  any  myself,  nor  will  I  permit  any  subjects  to 
do  so ;  and  any  vessel  belonging  to  my  subjects  found  carrying  slaves 
shall  be  seized  and  confiscated  by  me  or  by  any  ship  belonging  to  Her 
Majesty  the  Queen  of  England,  and  the  slaves  shall  be  released.     Peace. 


SHUHUR. 
No.  XCV. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  309 

This  covenant  is  to  have  effect  at  the  expiration  of  one  year  from   MACULLA 
this  date.     Peace.  AND 

(Signed)         Silah  Mahomed. 

„  W.  M.  Cogiilan, 

Political  Resident,  Aden, 
At  Macnlla,  Ut/i  May  1863. 

Witnesses : 
(Signed)         Omar  ba  Salim  Kaisan. 
„  H.  Rassam, 

Assistant  Political  Resident. 

Bated  Woth  Ahee  AlcTcada  1279. 

A  precisely  similar  Engagement  was  concluded  on  the  same  date 
with  Ali  bin  Najee,  the  Nukeeb  of  Shuhur. 


Approved  and  ratified  by  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  on 
29th  June  1863. 


SHOA. 

In  1840,  Sahela  Selassie,  King  of  Shoa  in  southern  Abyssinia, 
expressed  a  desire  to  cultivate  the  friendship  of  the  British  Government 
and  wrote  to  the  Government  of  Bombay  asking  to  be  furnished  with 
guns  and  warlike  stores.  Shoa  was  then  one  of  the  most  powerful  and 
important  provinces  in  Abyssinia.  It  is  inhabited  by  the  Galla  tribe. 
At  the  time  when  Sahela  Selassie  made  these  advances,  the  steam  navi- 
gation of  the  Red  Sea  had  given  an  exaggerated  importance  to  the  trade 
of  Abyssinia.  It  was  therefore  determined  to  send  a  mission  to  the 
Court  of  Shoa,  with  which  country  the  French  also  appeared  anxious  to 
establish  friendly  connections.  A  commercial  Treaty  (XCVI.)  was  con- 
cluded with  the  King  on  15th  November  1841. 


No.  XCVI. 

Treaty  of  amity  and  commerce  made  and  concluded  between  His  Majesty  Sahela. 
Selassie,  King  of  Shoa,  Efat  and  the  Galla,  on  the  one  part,  and  Captain 
William  Cobnwallis  Hakbis,  under  the  authority  of  His  Excellency  the 
Governor  of  Bombay,  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  Her  Most  Gracious 
Majesty  Victobia,  Queen  of  Great  Britain,  Ireland,  and  the  Indies,  on  the 
other  part. 

Whereas  commerce  is  a  source  of  great  wealth  and  prosperity  to  all 
those  nations  who  are  firmly  united  in  the  bonds  of  reciprocal  friendship, 
and  whereas  the  conclusion  of  a  Treaty  of  perpetual  amity  and  com- 
merce betwixt  Shoa  and  Great  Britain,  which  has  already  been  desired 
by  their  respective  Sovereigns,  would  tend  to  the  mutual  advantage  of 
both  nations,  and  whereas  tokens  of  amity  and  good  will  have  been 
mutually  exchanged  between  His  Majesty  of  Shoa  and  Her  Britannic 
Majesty,  and  whereas  it  is  desirable  that  the  Articles  and  conditions 
should  be  specified,  whereupon  the  desired  commercial  intercourse  betwixt 
the  two  nations  should  be  conducted  :  Now  it  is  hereby  declared,  done, 
and  agreed  as  follows  : — 

Article  1. 

That  a  firm,  free,  and  lasting  friendship  shall  subsist  between  His 
Majesty  Sahela  Selassie,  King  of  Shoa,  Efat,  and  the  Galla,  and  His  lineal 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  311 

successors,  and  between  Her  Most  Gracious  Majesty  Victoria,  Queen  of      SHOA. 
Great  Britain,  Ireland,  and  India,  and  Her  lineal  successors.  "7:    XCVI 

Article  2. 
That  for  the  purpose  of  preserving  and  maintaining  the  friendly  re- 
lations subsisting  between  the  two  nations,  His  Majesty  of  Shoa  and 
His  lineal  successors  shall  receive  and  cherish  any  ambassador  or  envoy 
whom  Her  Britannic  Majesty  and  Her  lineal  successors  may  see  fit  to 
appoint,  and  shall  preserve  inviolate  all  his  peculiar  rights  and  privileges. 

Article  3. 
That  for  the  like  purpose,  Her  Britannic  Majesty  and  Her  lineal 
successors  shall  in  the  same  manner  receive  and  cherish  any  ambassador 
or  envoy  whom  His  Majesty  of  Shoa  and  His  lineal  successors  may  see 
fit  to  appoint,  and  shall  equally  preserve  inviolate  all  His  peculiar  rights 
and  privileges. 

Article  4. 

That  under  the  following  conditions  a  commercial  intercourse  be 
allowed  and  encouraged  betwixt  the  subjects  of  Shoa  and  the  countries 
beyond  that  kingdom  and  the  subjects  of  Great  Britain. 

Article  5. 
That  an  import  duty  of  five  per  cent.,  and  no  more,  shall  be  levied 
and  received  by  His  Majesty  of  Shoa  and  His  lineal  successors  upon  all 
British  goods  and  merchandize  imported  into  the  kingdom,  whether  for 
sale  therein,  or  in  the  countries,  beyond. 

Article  6. 

That  this  import  duty  of  five  per  cent,  shall  be  assessed  upon  the 
current  value  of  the  merchandize  at  the  market  place  of  Alio  Amba,  and 
shall  be  paid  either  in  kind  or  in  specie  at  the  option  of  the  merchant. 

Article  7. 
That  the  said  import  duty  having  been  first  duly  discharged,  the 
merchant  shall  be  at  full  liberty  either  to  dispose  of  his  goods  within, 
the  territories  of  Shoa,  without  prohibition  to  the  buyer,  or  to  convey 
them  elsewhere  without  restraint  or  molestation. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNTJDS. 

SHOA.  Article  8. 

No.  XCVL  That  British  merchants  shall  be  at  liberty  to  purchase  within  the 

territories  of  Shoa  all  such  commodities  as  they  may  think  proper,  whe- 
ther the  produce,  of  those  territories,  or  imported  from  the  countries 
beyond  them,  and  export  the  same  without  the  payment  of  any  duty 
whatsoever. 

Article  9. 

That  the  goods  and  merchandize  of  all  subjects  of  Shoa  who  may 
visit  Great  Britain  shall  in  like  manner  be  liable  to  no  greater  duties 
than  are  already  levied,  or  may  hereafter  be  levied,  upon  the  immediate 
subjects  of  Great  Britain. 

Article  10. 

That  in  view  to  the  augmentation  and  promotion  of  commerce 
lxjtween  Shoa  and  Great  Britain  His  Majesty  of  Shoa  and  His  lineal 
successors  shall  encourage  all  merchants  to  bring  the  produce  of  the 
interior  of  Africa  through  the  dominions  of  Shoa,  and  especially  such 
articles  as  are  best  suited  to  the  British  market. 

Article  11. 

That  with  a  like  view,  Her  Britannic  Majesty  and  Her  lenial  suc- 
cessors will  encourage  British  merchants  to  import  into  Shoa  such 
articles  as  will  prove  most  acceptable  within  the  same. 

Article  12. 

That  for  the  better  security  of  merchants  and  their  property,  His 
Majesty  of  Shoa  and  His  lineal  successors,  and  Her  Britannic  Majesty 
and  Her  lineal  successors,  will,  respectively,  to  the  utmost  of  their  power, 
endeavour  to  keep  open  and  secure  the  avenues  of  approach  betwixt 
the  sea  coast  and  Abyssinia. 

Article  13. 

That  with  a  view  to  the  promotion  and  encouragement  of  reciprocal 
intercourse  between  the  respective  subjects  of  the  two  nations,  no  hinder- 
ance  or  molestation  be  offered  to  British  travellers,  whether  residing 
witliin  the  territories  of  Shoa,  or  visiting  the  countries  beyond. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


313 


Article  14.  .  SHOA. 

That  the  effects  of  such  travellers,  not  intended  for  sale,  shall  be    No.  XCVI. 
liable  to  no  duty  of  any  sort,  and  shall  in  every  respect  be  held  personal 
and  inviolable. 

Article  15. 

That  in  like  manner,  no  subject  of  Shoa  shall  meet  with  any  hinder- 
ance  or  obstruction  whilst  residing  in  any  part  of  the  dominions  of  Her 
Most  Gracious  Majesty  Queen  Victoria,  nor  shall  he  be  prevented  from 
proceeding  beyond  them  at  pleasure. 


Article  16. 

And,  lastly,  that  a  strict  reciprocal  observance  of  all  the  foregoing 
Articles  and  conditions  shall  be  regarded  as  a  proof  of  the  continued 
desire  on  the  part  of  both  the  contracting  Sovereigns  for  a  lasting  and 
permanent  friendship. 

Made  and  concluded  at  Angollallah,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of 
Shoa}  on  the  tenth  day  of  the  month  Hedar  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  thirty-four  of  the  Abyssinian  aera,  corresponding  with  the  sixteenth 
day  of  November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
forty-one,  being  the  twenty-ninth  of  the  reign  of  His  Majesty  Sahela 
Selassie  and  the  fifth  of  Her  Majesty  Queen  Victoria. 

(Signed)         W.  C.  Harris. 


(Signed)     Sahela  Selassie, 


Who  is  King 

of  Shoa,  Efat,  and 

the  Galla. 


VOL.   VII. 


lr 


ZAILA  AND  TAJOWRA. 

In  1839,  after  the  capture  of  Aden,  it  was  deemed  necessary  to 
secure  command  of  the  harbours  of  Zaila  and  Tajowra  on  the  Donkali 
coast.  These  ports  are  on  the  African  coast,  nearly  opposite  to  Aden, 
and  are  the  principal  outlets  of  the  trade  of  Southern  Abyssinia. 
Tajowra  is  a  dependency  of  Zaila,  and  both  places  were  subject  to  the 
Imams  of  Senna,  but  during  the  revolutions  at  Senna,  the  Chiefs  of 
Zaila  and  Tajowra  had  assumed  independence.  A  Treaty  (No.  XCVII.) 
was  concluded  with  the  Chief  of  Tajowra  on  the  19th  August  1840,  by 
which  the  Mussa  Islands  were  ceded  to  the  British  Government,  and  in 
September  1840  a  Treaty  (No.  XOVIII.)  of  the  same  tenor  was  signed  by 
the  Sultan  of  Zaila,  who  ceded  the  Island  of  Aubad.  The  British  Gov- 
ernment suggested  a  modification  of  these  Treaties  and  the  omission  of 
all  clauses  of  an  exclusive  nature  directed  against  the  trade  of  other 
nations,  but  owing  to  the  distracted  state  of  Yemen  and  its  dependencies, 
the  alteration  of  the  Treaties  was  not  effected.  Zaila  and  Tajowra  sub- 
sequently fell  under  the  Government  of  the  Turks. 


No.  XCVII. 

Commebcial  Treaty  entered  into  between  Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohttmmed,  of 
Tajowra,  and  Captain  Bobeet  Mobesby,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on  the  part  of 
the  Honoubable  East  India  Company. 

It  being  advantageous  to  both  parties  to  enter  into  a  Treaty  of 
peace  and  commerce,  and  that  a  mutual  good  understanding  should 
exist  between  each  other,  more  especially  so,  since  Aden  has  become  a 
British  port,  we,  Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed  and  Captain  Robert 
Moresby,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  (being  fully  authorized  so  to  do,)  agree 
to  the  following  capitulations  and  Articles  : — 

Article  1. 
That  friendship  and  peace  shall  be  lasting  between  the  State  of 
Tajowra  and  its  dependencies  and  the  British  Government. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  315 

Article  2.  ZAJla 

AND 
That  the  English  nation,  and  all  vessels  lawfully  sailing  under  the   tajowra 

British  flag,  having  merchandise  of  any  description  on  board,  shall  be  — : r  T(%VTf 

respected  and  permitted,  without  the  slightest  prejudice  or  molestation 

to  their  persons  or  effects,  to  enter  and   trade   in   the  port  of,  and  all 

ports  under  the  Government  of  Tajowra,  paying  a  duty  of  five  per  cent. 

upon  all  produce.     The  subjects  of  the  Sultan  of  Tajowra  shall  also  be 

permitted  the  same  privileges  at  all  British  ports. 


Article  3. 

The  port  of  Tajowra  and  the  adjacent  ports,  under  the  Government 
of  Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed,  are  to  be  open  for  the  introduction 
and  reception  of  all  goods  brought  in  ships  or  vessels  lawfully  trading 
under  the  British  flag ;  further,  the  Sultan  of  Tajowra  will  endeavour 
all  in  his  power  to  introduce  British  produce  into  the  interior  States 
of  Eiffatt,  Shoa,  and  Abyssinia,  and  in  return  the  Authorities  at 
Aden  will  endeavour  to  encourage  interior  export  trade  through 
Tajowra. 

Article  4. 

Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed,  of  Tajowra,  engages  at  all  times 
to  respect  and  regard  the  friendly  advice  of  any  authorized  person 
belonging  to  the  British  Government,  and  agrees  not  to  enter  into  any 
other  Treaty  or  Bond  with  any  other  European  nation  or  person  without, 
in  the  first  instance,  bringing  the  subject  to  the  notice  of  the  Govern- 
ment Authorities  at  Aden,  so  that  the  same  may  in  no  ways  prove  detri- 
mental to  his  friends,  the  English,  or  their  commerce.  In  return  for 
these  conditions,  the  British  Government  will  observe  the  interests  of 
the  State  of  Tajowra,  and  do  all  in  their  power  to  assist  in  improving 
their  commercial  resources. 

Article  5. 

Any  subject  of  either  power  having  committed  crime  or  offence  is 
to  receive  sentence  awarded  by  their  own  Laws  and  Regulations. 


.110  treaties,  enciaok.mexts,  and  sunnuds. 

zaii.v  Article  6. 

Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed,  of  Tajowra,  engages  to  protect 
and  respect  any  British  subject  residing  in  his  territories,  provided  the 
sanction  of  his  Government  be  previously  obtained,  the  British  guaran- 
teeing the  same  privilege  to  the  people  of  Tajowra  and  its  dependencies. 


No.  XCVII. 


Article  7. 

In  entering  into  any  Bond  or  Treaty,  or  trading  with  either  Euro- 
pean or  other  powers,  Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed  engages  that  no 
Bond  or  Treaty  shall  be  acceded  to  or  acquiesced  in  by  him  which  will, 
either  at  the  present  or  at  any  future  period,  prove  detrimental  or  injuri- 
ous to  the  interests  of  the  British,  either  in  a  political  or  commercial 
point  of  view,  and  in  return  for  such  agreement,  the  English  promise 
that  they  will  act  in  no  manner  which  may  have  an  evil  tendency 
towards  the  States  of  Tajowra. 

Article  8. 

We,  Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed  and  Captain  Robert  Moresby, 
of  the  Indian  Navy,  having  met,  and  being  mutually  satisfied  with  each 
others  powers,  have  ratified  the  above  Articles  for  the  benefit  of  both 
powers. 

In  witness  whereof  we,  this  V&th  day  of  August,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty,  corresponding  with  the  22nd 
day  of  Jemmadi-el-Akhar,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two 
hundred  and  fifty-six,  have  attached  our  seals  and  signatures. 


Tbanslation  of  the  Deed  of  Sale  of  the  Island  called  Mussa,  granted  by 
Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed  to  the  British  Government. 

In  the  name  of  the  Most  Merciful  God ! 

The  virtue  of  this  writing  is,  that  I,  Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohum- 
med, Governor  of  Tajowra,  I,  for  myself  and  posterity,  bargained  and 
granted  the  Island  called  "  Mussa "  to  the  British  Government  for  ten 
bags  of  rice.  I  agreed  to  and  sold  the  said  Island  for  the  said  quantity 
of  rice,   and  it  is  belonging   and  pertaining  to  British  Government. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUD.S.  317 

In  the  presence  of  the  undersigned  witnesses,  and  God  is  also  witness      ZAILA 
between  us,   this  22nd  Jemmadi-el-Akhar,  in   the  year  one  thousand        AND 
two  hundred  and  fifty-six  (1256)  Hegira,  or  19th  day  of  August  1840.      TAJ0WRA- 

Nos.  XCVII 

(Signed)         Sultan  Mahomed  bin  Mohummed.    &  xcviii. 
Witnesses :  • 

(Signed)         Bemtha  eben  Mahomed,  Minister. 
„  Aboobacker  Murjan. 

„  Shomakee  bin  All 

„  Hajee  Abdool  Russool, 

British  Agent  at  Mocha. 

„  Robert  Moresby,  Captain,  I.  N., 

Commanding  H.  C.'s  Steam  Frigate  "  SesostrisJ" 

The  \Uh  August  1840. 


No.  XCVIII. 

Commercial  Treaty  entered  into  between  Syud  Mahomed  Bae,  Governor  of 
Zaila,  for  himself  and  posterity,  and  Captain  Moeesby,  of  the  Indian  Navy, 
on  the  part  of  the  Hon oue able  East  India  Company. 

It  being  advantageous  to  both  parties  to  enter  into  a  Treaty  of 
peace  and  commerce,  and  that  lasting  friendship  and  good  will  should 
exist  between  each  other,  we,  Syud  Mahomed  Bar,  Governor  of  Zaila, 
and  Captain  Robert  Moresby,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on  account  of  the 
Honourable  East  India  Company  being  fully  authorized  to  do  so,  agree 
to  the  following  capitulations  and  Articles  :— 

Article  1. 

That  the  English  nation  and  all  vessels,  ships  and  boats  lawfully 
sailing  under  the  British  flag,  commanded  by  European  or  Native  sub- 
jects of  the  English,  having  merchandize  of  any  description,  shall  be 
respected  and  permitted,  without  the  slightest  prejudice  or  molestation 
to  their  persons  or  effects,  to  enter  and  trade  in  the  port  of  Zaila  and 
all  other  ports  under  the  Governor  of  Zaila,  paying  a  duty  of  5  per  cent, 
upon  all  produce.  The  subjects  of  the  Governor  of  Zaila  shall  also  pay 
the  same  duty  in  all  English  ports. 


318  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

zaila  Article  2. 

and  rjr^Q  Governor  of  Zaila  will  endeavour  all  in  his  power  to  introduce 

British  property  and  merchandize  into  the  interior  State  of  Zaila,  and 

No.  XCVIII.  engages  at  all  times  to  protect,  respect  and  regard  the  person  or  persons 

of  English  and  their  subjects  and  friendly  advice  of  any  authorized  person 

or  Agent  belonging  to  the  British  Government,  who  while  at  Zaila  to 

be  respected  and  regarded.     The  English  on  their  part  allow  the  same 

to  be  done  in  their  port  of  Aden,  or  elsewhere,  and  to  assist  the  trade 

from  Zaila. 

Article  3. 

The  Governor  of  Zaila  engages  not  to  enter  into  any  Treaty  or 
Bond  with  any  other  European  nation  or  person,  or  allow  other  Euro- 
peans to  settle  in  his  territories,  or  pass  through  in  any  numbers,  without 
bringing  the  subject,  in  the  first  instance,  to  the  notice  of  the  British 
Government  at  Aden,  so  that  the  same  may  be  in  no  manner  detrimental 
to  his  friends  the  English  or  their  commerce,  in  return  for  which  the 
English  will  do  all  in  their  power  to  assist  the  Governor  of  Zaila  in 
improving  his  commercial  resources. 

Article  4. 

Any  subjects  of  either  power  having  committed  crime  or  offence  are 

to  be  punished  by  their   own  laws  and   customs   of  the  countries  they 

belong  to.  • 

Article  5. 

Syud  Mahomed  Bar  makes  over  the  Island  called  Aubad  near  Zaila 
to  the  English  Government  for  the  harbour  of  their  ships  and  vessels 
without  any  prohibition  whatever. 

We,  Syud  Mahomed  Bar,  Governor  of  Zaila,  and  Captain  Robert 

Moresby,  of  the  Indian  Navy,  on  the  part  of  the  English  Government 

of  India,  do  ratify  and  agree  to  keep  faithfully  the  above  Articles  that 

peace  and  friendship  may  be  lasting  between  us  :    In  witness  whereof  we 

have  set  our  names  and  seals. 

(Signed)         B.  Moresby,  Captain, 

Commanding  II.  C.'s  Steam  Frigate  "  Sesostris" 


MOKHA, 

The  2>rd  September  1840 


! 


SOMALEES. 

The  Ilabr  Owul. — In  1827  a  British  vessel  trading  at  Berbera  was 
attacked  and  plundered  by  the  Habr  Owul  tribe  of  Somalees.  Berbera 
is  a  port  to  the  east  of  Zaila  and  Tajowra  and  nearly  opposite  to  Aden. 
In  consequence  of  unhealthy  winds  it  is  deserted  for  six  months  every 
year.  During  the  rest  of  the  year  it  is  visited  by  caravans  of  different 
tribes  from  the  interior  of  Africa.  A  vessel  of  war  was  sent  to  punish 
the  tribe  for  the  outrage  which  they  had  committed.  On  6th  February 
1827  a  Treaty  of  peace  and  commerce  (No.  XCIX.)  was  signed  by  the 
elders  of  the  tribe. 

An  expedition  was  sent  in  1854-  to  explore  the  country  between 
Berbera  and  Zanzibar.  On  the  18th  of  April  1855  the  party  were 
suddenly  attacked  by  Somalees  of  the  El  Moosa  tribe;  two  British 
Officers  were  wounded,  one  was  killed,  and  the  entire  property  of  the 
expedition  was  carried  off.  A  demand  was  at  once  made  on  the  Habr 
Owul  tribe  for  the  surrender  and  punishment  of  the  chief  offenders  and 
the  demand  was  enforced  by  the  blockade  of  Berbera.  The  elders  of 
the  tribe  did  their  best  to  comply  with  the  demand,  but  were  unable  to 
apprehend  the  actual  murderers,  who  took  refuge  in  the  interior.  The 
British  Government  at  last  consented  to  withdraw  the  blockade  on  the 
Somalees  binding  themselves  by  a  Treaty  (No.  C.)  to  use  their  utmost 
endeavour  to  deliver  up  the  murderers,  to  allow  free  trade  with  their 
territories,  to  abolish  traffic  in  slaves,  and  to  treat  with  respect  any 
British  Agent  who  might  be  deputed  to  see  that  the  conditions  of  the 
Treaty  were  observed. 

Other  Tribes. — In  1855  the  elders  of  the  Habr  Gerhagis  and 
the  Habr  Taljala  tribes  of  Somalees  entered  into  an  Engagement 
(No.  LXXXV.)  with  the  Political  Resident  at  Aden  to  prohibit  the 
slave  trade. 


I  I  TO&TOS,   ES&ACEMEX1S,  AKD  STSSTISS. 

stTOLLLEKS.  No.   XC1 X . 


&•  XCUL    inms  of  Hiiiniiiif  a*d  iimiiii  uair  btUuia  J.  J.  Gaums  Barare*, 
Bsa,  c  b-  Cfcfteht  of  H»  Britannic  Majwlya  Skip  Tamar,  re]*eMtnsr  the 
i  Korlham  Africa,  aid  the  Shak*  of  the  tribe  of  Habr  OnL 


Asncxx  1. 

It  is  agreed  that  fiat  lienceforth  these  shall  be  peace  and  friend- 

ship  between  the  subjects  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  England  and 

the  Shafts  of  the  Habr  Oral  tribe  and  their  men,  and  all  other  in. 

of  the  coast  of  Africa  over  which  they  have  authority  and 


Akhtjlb  2. 
It  k  agreed  that  any  vessels  bearing-  the  English  flag  which  may 
come  to  the  port  of  Berbera,  (or  any  other  port  under  the  authority  of 
the  Shafts  of  the  Habr  Owul  tribe,)  for  the  jmrpore  of  trafe  shall  not  be 
mnhjitul  or  injured,  but  shall  receive  every  protection  and  support  from 
the  said  Sheiks,  that  they  shall  be  at  liberty  to  enter  into  any  trade 
they  may  think  fit  to  choose,  and  that  they  shall  be  at  liberty  to  depart 
from  the  said  port  at  their  plcaimie  without  impediment,  injury,  or 


AjmcLE  3. 

It  is  agieed  that  in  like  manner  any  vessels  or  persons  belonging  to 

the  said  Sheiks  of  Habr  Owul  tribe  which  shall  come  into  any  post 

•to  His  Majesty  the  King  of  r^nglandshaB  receive  protection  and 

I  be  treated  in  all  respects  the  same  as  other  vessels  or  persons 

trailing  to  those  ports. 

AlTSCLE  4. 

It  is  agreed  that  as  an  equivalent  for  the  value  of  the  British  Brig 
Mmmmme  and  her  cargo,  which  was  plundered  in  the  port  of  Berbera, 
there  shall  be  paid  by  the  said  Sheiks  of  the  Habr  Owul  tribe  to  the 
said  Captain  X.  J.  Gordon  Bremer,  c.  b.,  or  to  some  person  duly  autho- 
rncd  by  him  to  reeerre  it,  the  sum  of  fifteen  thousand  Sparush  Hollars, 
or  produce  to  the  same  amount,  in  three  equal  payments,  that  is  to  sav, 
five  thousand  Dollars,  or  produce  to  that  amount,  this  year  1827  and  of 
the  Hegira  1242,  and  the  same  sum  in  each  of  the  two  following  years, 
that  is  to  say,  on  or  before  the  conclusion  of  the  trading  season  in  the 
of  April,  or  two  hundredth  day  of  the  Xowrox. 


TMMXTfm,  KSGAGKMEXTt,  AID   SOnTTDS.  feg] 

AtTLCLE  5.  SOU  JXEES. 

Two  Lascars  belonging  to  the  British  Brig  Marianne  having  been    rttIai" 
killed  when  the  raid  vessel  was  plundered  and  destroyed,  the  Sheiks  «f       AC 
the  Habr  Owul  tribe  do  hereby  agree  to  pay  the  earn  of 
Dollars  for  the  support  of  the  families  of  the  nuudeied  men,  n  muling 
to  the  Mahomedan  law  in  sneh  eases. 

Confirmed  and  tealtd  at  Berber*,  in  Africa,  vn  tie&i  dm$  of February 

in  tie  year  o/onr  Lord  Jen*  CkrUt  1827  and  of  tie  Begirt  1242,  tie  9ti 

dan  of  tie  moon  Bnjnb. 

v.:.  J.  J.  Gobdov  Bmzmex, 


JL  £.  Bagsold, 


Witness :  PU.  Agent,  WUmet*. 

Shttbmasjlly  Ali  Sauleh. 
(Signed)  by  Ismail  GeQa  for  himself,  and  Omar  Kadim  Hussin 
Ban  and  Ismail  Goled,  Sheiks  of  Habr  Ownl  tribe. 


Approved  by  the  Bombay  Government  on  10th  Hay  1S27. 

Xo.  C. 

AancxES  of  peace  and  friendship  eosrisded  belneea  the  Hair  Chnd  tribe  ef 
fiwilrri  an  the  one  part,  sad  Bsxsimsn  WnuiM  ILlsccs  Coonx**,  PeB- 
tieal  TteaJdrnt  at  Aden,  on  behalf  of  the  Hoxocxasxs  East  Ism*.  Coxr ajtt, 
on  the  other. 

Whereas  on  the  19th  of  April  1S55,  corirsponding  with  the  1st  of 

Shaban  1271,  a  treaeherons  attack  and  murder  was  perpetrated  at  the 

port  of  Berbera  by  a  party  of  the  Habr  Ownl  tribe  upon  a  party  of 

British  Officers  about  to  travel  in  that  country,  with  the  ^■■■fii  and 

under  the  protection  of  the  elders  of  the  tribe,  in  nomcqnrmc  of  which 

outrage  certain  demands  were  made  by  the  Government  of  India  and 

enforced  by  a  blockade  of  the   Habr  Ownl  coast,  and  wlsaeaa  it  has 

become  apparent  that  the  said  tribe  has  fulfilled  those  conditions  to  the 

utmost  of  its  ability  and  has  prayed  to  be  relieved  from  the  blockade: 

Therefore  it  is  agreed — 

Ajmcii  1. 

That  the  elders  of  the  Habr  Owul  will  use  their  best  endeavours  to 

deliver  up  Ou  Ali,  the  murderer  of  lieutenant  Stroyan. 

vol.  Tit  2  t 


szz  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

soma  lei  Article  2. 


No.  C.  That  until  this  be  accomplished,  the  sub-tribe  Esa  Moosa,  which 

now  shelters,  and  any  other  tribe  which  may  hereafter  shelter,  harbour, 
or  protect  him,  the  said  Ou  Ali,  shall  be  debarred  from  coming  to  Aden. 

Article  3. 

That  all  vessels  sailing  under  the  British  flag  shall  have  free  per- 
mission to  trade  at  the  port  of  Berbera,  or  at  any  other  place  in  the 
territories  of  the  Habr  Owul,  and  that  all  British  subjects  shall  enjoy 
perfect  safety  in  every  part  of  the  said  territories,  and  shall  be  permitted 
to  trade  or  travel  there  under  the  protection  of  the  elders  of  the  tribe. 
In  like  manner  shall  the  members  of  the  Habr  Owul  tribe  enjoy  similar 
privileges  at  Aden  or  any  other  part  of  the  British  possessions. 

Article  4. 

The  traffic  in  slaves  throughout  the  Habr  Owul  territories,  including 
the  port  of  Berbera,  shall  cease  for  ever,  and  any  slave  or  slaves  who, 
contrary  to  this  engagement,  shall  be  introduced  into  the  said  terri- 
tories shall  be  delivered  up  to  the  British,  and  the  Commander  of  any 
vessel  of  Her  Majesty's  or  the  Honourable  East  India  Company's  Navy 
shall  have  the  power  of  demanding  the  surrender  of  such  slave  or  slaves, 
and  of  supporting  the  demand  by  force  of  arms  if  necessary. 

Article  5. 

The  Political  Resident  at  Aden  shall  have  the  power  to  send  an 
Agent  to  reside  at  Berbera  during  the  season  of  the  fair,  should  he  deem 
such  a  course  necessary,  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  are 
observed,  and  such  Agent  shall  be  treated  with  the  respect  and  consider- 
ation due  to  the  representative  of  the  British  Government. 

Article  6. 

That  on  a  solemn  promise  being  given  by  the  elders  of  the  Habr 
Owul  faithfully  to  abide  by  the  Articles  of  this  Agreement  and  to  cause 
the  rest  of  the  tribe  to  do  so  likewise,  and  to  deliver  up  to  the  Political 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  323  a 

No.   C  A.  SOMALIS. 

Engagement  concluded  between  Lieutenant-Colonel  W.  L.  Mekewethetc,  c.  b., 
Political  Resident,  Aden,  and  Sultan  Mahmood  bin  Yoqsoof,  Chief  of  the 
Mejerteyu  tribe  of  Somalis  and  elders  of  the  said  tribe. 

Influenced  by  motives  of  humanity  and  by  a  desire  to  conform  to 
the  priuciples  on  which  the  great  Euglish  Government  is  conducted, 
we  lend  a  willing  ear  to  the  proposals  of  our  friend,  Lieutenant-Colonel 
William  Lockyer  Merewether,  c.  B.,  Political  Resident  at  Aden,  that  we 
should  covenant  with  him  and  each  other  to  abolish  and  prohibit  the 
exportation  of  slaves  from  any  one  part  of  Africa  to  any  other  place  in 
Africa  or  Asia  or  elsewhere  under  our  authority.  We  whose  names  and 
seals  are  set  to  this  bond,  as  therefore  in  the  sight  of  God  and  of  men, 
solemnly  proclaim  our  intention  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  slaves 
from  Africa  by  every  means  in  our  power  :  we  will  export  none  ourselves, 
nor  permit  our  subjects  to  do  so,  and  any  vessel  found  carrying  slaves 
shall  be  seized  and  confiscated  and  the  slaves  shall  be  released. 

Signed  this  twentieth  day  of  February  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  sixty-six  (4th  of  the  month  Shawal  1282)  at  Bunder  Mareea. 

(Sd.)         Sultan  Mahmood  Yoosoof. 
Witness  to  the  above. 

(Sd.)         Moosa  bin  Yoosoof  Othman. 

„  Samunter  Othman. 

„  Adress  Mahmood. 

(Sd.)         W.  L.  Merewether,  Lieut. -Col., 

Voltl.  Resident,  Aden. 


TOL.    VII.,   PAGK   323. 


irk. 

(1.) 

;> 

(2.) 

» 

(3.) 

)> 

(4.) 

a 

(5.) 

» 

(6.) 

a 

(7.) 

}> 

(8.) 

>> 

(9.) 

>> 

(10.) 

} 

} 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  323 

Resident  at  Aden  any  party  who  may  violate  it,  the  blockade  of  the  SOMA  LEES. 
Habr  Owul  coast  shall  be  raised,   and  perpetual  friendship  shall  exist       No>  c 
between  the  British  and  the  Habr  Owul. 

Done  at  Berbera  this  seventh  day  of  November  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  and  fifty -six  of  the  Christian  era,  corresponding  with  the  eighth 
day  of  Rubee-ool-Awul  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  seventy-two  of  the 
Hegira. 

Mahomed  Arraleh, 

Ahmed  Ali  Bookeri        ^  Ayal  Yoonus. 

Noor  Farrah, 

Ahmed  Ghalid, 

Mahomed  Wais,  ^  Ayal  Ahmed. 

Muggan  Mahomed, 

robblie  hassah,  ""j 

Ateyah  Hilder,  >  Mahahil. 

Farrah  Benin,  J 

Awadth  Shermarki,        ...Ayal Hamood. 

Signed  in  my  presence  at  Berbera  on  the  7th  November  1856. 

(Signed)     R.  L.  Playfair, 
Assistant  Political  Resident,  Aden. 
(Signed)       W.  M.  Coghlan, 

Political  Resident. 

Aden,  9th  November  1856. 

Ratified  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  General  in  Council, 
at  Fort  William,  this  twenty-third  day  of  January  1857. 

(Signed)     Canning. 
„        Geo.  Anson. 
„        J.  Dorin. 
„        J.  Low. 
„        J.  P.  Grant. 
„        B.  Peacock. 
By  order, 
(Signed)     G.  F.  Edmonstone, 
Secretary  to  the  Government  of  India, 


ZANZIBAR. 

The  Island  of  Zanzibar  and  the  greater  part  of  the  eastern  coast  of 
Africa  were  conquered  by  the  Portuguese  in  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth 
century.  Driven  to  despair  by  the  tyranny  of  their  rulers  the  inhabitants 
of  Mombassa,  in  1698,  invited  the  assistance  of  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  who 
expelled  the  Portuguese  and  put  many  of  them  to  the  sword.  It  was 
not  till  1784,  however,  in  the  time  of  Ahmed  bin  Saeed,  that  the  Muscat 
Arabs  established  a  permanent  footing  in  the  Island  of  Zanzibar,  and  even 
for  many  years  afterwards  till  the  accession  of  Syud  Saeed  in  1807  the 
subjection  of  Zanzibar  was  little  more  than  nominal. 

In  1746  the  people  of  Mombassa  threw  off  allegiance  to  Muscat, 
elected  Sheikh  Ahmed  as  their  Sultan,  and  maintained  their  independence 
till  1823,  when  fearing  the  aggression  of  the  Imam,  Soleiman  bin  AH, 
the  Sultan  of  Mombassa,  with  the  consent  of  the  people  put  himself  under 
British  protection.  On  7th  February  1824  a  Convention  was  concluded 
with  him,  by  which  the  port  of  Mombassa  and  its  dependencies,  including 
the  Island  of  Pemba  and  the  coast  between  Melinda  and  the  river 
Pangani  were  placed  under  the  protectorate  of  Great  Britain.  This 
engagement,  however,  was  not  ratified,  and  in  1828  the  Imam  of  Muscat 
sent  a  force  against  Mombassa  which  surrendered  to  him. 

The  Zanzibar  dominions  extend  from  Cape  Delgado  about  1,100 
miles  northward  along  the  coast.  In  1844  Syud  Saeed  of  Muscat 
appointed  his  son  Syud  Khaleed  as  his  deputy  and  successor  in  Zanzibar 
and  his  son  Syud  Thowaynee  in  Muscat.  Syud  Khaleed  died  in  1854, 
and  the  Imam  appointed  a  younger  son  Syud  Majeed  to  succeed  him. 
On  the  Imam's  death  in  1857,  Syud  Thowaynee,  being  ruler  of  Muscat 
laid  claim  to  Zanzibar.  He  concluded  an  engagement,  however,  with 
his  brother  Syud  Majeed,  by  which  the  latter  was  left  in  possession  of 
the  African  dominions,  subject  to  an  annual  payment  of  40,000  crowns. 
A  dispute  soon  arose  regarding  the  nature  of  this  payment  and  whether 
it  implied  the  dependence  of  Zanzibar  on  Muscat.  War  was  threatened 
but  both  parties  were  persuaded  to  refer  the  question  to  the  arbi- 
tration of  the  Governor   General  of  India  and   to   abide   by  his  deci- 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  325 

sion.  A  Commission  was  appointed  to  investigate  the  case.  On  the  ZANZIBAR, 
evidence  obtained  by  this  Commission,  Lord  Canning-  gave  an  award  NoTciT" 
(No.  CI.)  to  which  both  parties  agreed,  viz.,  that  Syud  Majeed  should 
be  declared  ruler  of  Zanzibar  and  the  African  dominions  of  the  late 
Syud  Saeed  and  be  subject  to  an  annual  payment,  with  arrears,  of  40,000 
crowns  in  perpetuity  to  Muscat,  which  payment  was  not  to  be  consi- 
dered as  implying  the  dependence  of  Zanzibar  on  Muscat. 

The  Sultan  of  Zanzibar  is  of  course  bound  by  those  Articles  of  the 
Treaties  concluded  with  his  late  father  which  refer  to  Zanzibar.  He  has 
recently  prohibited  the  transport  of  slaves  from  one  port  in  his  dominions 
to  another  during  the  slave  season,  that  is,  from  1st  January  to  30th 
April  in  each  year. 


No.  CI. 

Letter  to  His  Highness  Syud  Majeed  bin  Saeed,  of  Zanzibar. 

Beloved  and  Esteemed  Friend, — I  address  your  Highness  on  the 
subject  of  the  unhappy  differences  which  have  arisen  between  yourself 
and  your  Highness'  brother  the  Imam  of  Muscat,  and  for  the  settlement 
of  which  your  Highness  has  engaged  to  accept  the  arbitration  of  the 
Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India. 

Having  regard  to  the  friendly  relations  which  have  always  existed 
between  the  Government  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  and  the  Govern- 
ment of  Oman  and  Zanzibar,  and  desiring  to  prevent  war  between 
kinsmen,  I  accepted  the  charge  of  arbitration  between  you,  and  in  order 
to  obtain  the  fullest  knowledge  of  all  the  points  in  dispute,  I  directed 
the  Government  of  Bombay  to  send  an  Officer  to  Muscat  and  Zanzibar 
to  make  the  necessary  enquiries.  Brigadier  Coghlan  was  selected  for  this 
purpose,  an  Officer  in  whose  judgment,  intelligence,  and  impartiality  the 
Government  of  India  reposes  the  utmost  confidence. 

Brigadier  Coghlan  has  submitted  a  full  and  clear  report  of  all  the 
questions  at  issue  between  your  Highness  and  your  brother. 

I  have  given  my  most  careful  attention  to  each  of  these  questions. 

The  terms  of  my  decision  are  as  follows  : — 

1st. — That  His  Highness  Syud  Majeed  be  declared  ruler  of  Zanzibar 
and  the  African  dominions  of  His  late  Highness  Syud  Saeed. 


326  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

ZANZIBAR.  2nd. — That   the   ruler  of  Zanzibar   pay  annually   to   the   ruler  of 

No.  CL      Muscat  a  subsidy  of  40,000  crowns. 

3rd. — That  His  Highness  Syud  Majeed  pay  to  His  Highness  Syud 
Thowaynee  the  arrears  of  subsidy  for  two  years  or  80,000  crowns. 

I  am  satisfied  that  these  terms  are  just  and  honourable  to  both  of 
you ;  and  as  you  have  deliberately  and  solemnly  accepted  my  arbitration, 
I  shall  expect  that  you  will  cheerfully  and  faithfully  abide  by  them,  and 
that  they  will  be  carried  out  without  unnecessary  delay. 

The  annual  payment  of  40,000  crowns  is  not  to  be  understood  as  a 

recognition  of  the  dependence  of  Zanzibar  upon  Muscat,  neither  is  it 

to  be  considered  as  merely  personal  between  your  Highness  and  your 

brother  Syud  Thowaynee.     It  is  to  extend  to  your  respective  successors, 

and  is  to  be  held  to  be  a  final  and  permanent  arrangement,  compensating 

the  ruler  of  Muscat  for  the  abandonment  of  all  claims  upon  Zanzibar 

and  adjusting  the  inequality  between  the  two  inheritances  derived  from 

your  father,  His  late  Highness  Syud  Saeed,  the  venerated  friend  of  the 

British   Government,  which  two  inheritances   are  to  be  henceforward 

distinct  and  separate. 

I  am, 

Your  Highness* 

Fort  William,  ")  Sincere  friend  and  well  wisher, 

The  2nd  April  1861.     )  (Signed)         Canning. 


Tbanslation  of  an  Arabic  letter  from  His  Highness  Stud  Majeed  bin  Saeed, 
Sultan  of  Zanzibar,  to  Lieutenant  Colonel  C.  P.  Higby,  Her  Majesty's 
Consul  at  Zanzibar,  dated  Zanzibar,  the  19th  day  of  the  month  of  Zilhej,  in 
the  year  1277  Hegira,  corresponding  to  the  29th  June  1861. 

After  Compliments, — I  desire  to  inform  you  that  I  have  been  very 
much  gratified  by  the  receipt  of  the  letters  from  His  Lordship  the 
Governor  General  of  India  and  His  Excellency  the  Governor  of  Bombay, 
conveying  to  me  the  intelligence  of  the  settlement  of  the  disputes  which 
existed  between  myself  and  my  brother  Thowaynee  bin  Saeed.  And, 
regarding  the  decision,  that  I  shall  pay  to  my  brother  Thowaynee  the 
sum  of  40,000  crowns  annually,  and  also  the  sum  of  80,000  crowns  on 
account   of   arrears  for  two  years,    I  agree  to  pay  these  sums,  and  I 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  327 

accept  and  am  satisfied  with  the  terms  of  the  decision,  and  they  are  ZANZIBAR. 


binding-  on  me,  and  it  is  the  desire  of  the  British  Government  (Javabel  NoTciT 
Sircar)  that  each  of  us,  that  is,  myself  and  my  brother  Thowaynee, 
shall  be  independent  of  each  other  in  his  own  dominions  and  Sultan  over 
his  own  subjects,  that  is  to  say,  that  Zanzibar  and  the  Islands  (Pemba 
and  Monfea),  and  the  dominions  on  the  continent  of  Africa  dependent 
upon  it,  shall  be  subject  to  me,  and  that  Muscat  and  its  dependencies, 
with  the  land  of  Oman,  shall  be  subject  to  my  brother  Thowaynee  bin 
Saeed,  and  that  we  should  dwell  in  peace  and  friendly  alliance  the  one 
with  the  other,  as  is  customary  between  brothers.  I  pray  that  it  may 
be  so,  if  it  please  God.  I  feel  very  much  obliged  to  the  British  Govern- 
ment for  all  its  kindness  and  favour,  and  for  having*  averted  from  my 
dominions  disorders  and  hostilities.  During  my  life-time  I  shall  never 
forget  the  kindness  which  it  has  shown  to  me.  And  now  what  I  desire 
from  you  is  this,  that  you  will  mention  to  His  Lordship  the  Governor 
General  of  India  that  he  should  kindly  determine  that  the  payment  of 
the  40,000  crowns  per  annum  to  my  brother  Thowaynee  shall  be  settled 
as  follows,  viz.,  that  20,000  crowns  shall  be  due  and  payable  each  year 
at  the  "  Monsim,"  (about  April,  when  the  south-west  monsoon  sets  in,) 
and  that  the  other  20,000  crowns  shall  be  due  and  payable  each  year 
at  the  **  Daman,"  (about  September,  October,  when  the  annual  accounts 
are  made  up,  and  the  revenue  from  the  customs  is  paid,)  in  like  manner 
as  I  before  agreed  to  do  when  I  made  the  arrangement,  through  my 
cousin  Mahomed  bin  Salim,  to  pay  40,000  crowns  annually  to  Muscat. 

And  respecting  the  80,000  crowns,  arrears  for  two  years,  that  it 
shall  be  paid  as  soon  as  I  can  possibly  do  so. 

This  I  desire,  in  order  that  there  may  be  no  ground  of  dispute 
hereafter. 

This  is  what  I  wish  for  from  the  friendship  of  the  Government. 

And  for  whatsoever  you  may  desire  from  me  the  sign  is  with  you. 

From  the  confiding  slave  in  God's  mercy,  Majeed  bin  Saeed. 

Written  on  the  \Wi  day  of  the  month  of  Zilhej,  in  the  year  1277 
of  the  Hegira,  corresponding  to  the  29th  June  a.  d.  1861. 


Ho.  CI. 


323  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

ZANZIBAR.  From  the  Sultau  of  Zanzibar,  to  the  Eight  Honourable  the  Governor  General, 
dated  Zilhej  a.  h.  1267,  corresponding  with  25th  June  1861. 

After  usual  Compliments, — My  chief  object  in  addressing*  this 
friendly  letter  to  your  Excellency  is  to  enquire  after  your  health.  May 
the  Almighty  always  protect  your  Excellency  from  all  evils.  As  to 
myself,  who  am  under  great  obligations  to  your  Excellency,  I  beg  to 
state  that  by  the  grace  of  God,  and  under  your  auspices,  I  am  in  the 
enjoyment  of  good  health.  I  offer  my  prayers  to  the  Almighty  for  your 
long  life  and  for  the  destruction  of  your  enemies.  Your  Excellency's 
kind  letter  reached  me  at  an  auspicious  time,  and  I  have  become  fully 
acquainted  with  its  contents.  When  I  referred  to  your  Excellency  for 
settlement  the  dispute  which  long  existed  between  myself  and  my  bro- 
ther Syud  Thowaynee  bin  Saeed,  I  made  up  my  mind  to  act  up  to  any 
award  which  you  might  pass  on  the  case.  I  agree,  as  directed  by  your 
Excellency,  to  pay  to  my  said  brother  the  sum  of  40,000  crowns  annually, 
and  80,000  crowns  on  account  of  arrears  for  the  last  two  years. 

Considering  me  as  a  sincere  friend,  your  Excellency  will  not,  I 
hope,  forget  me,  and  I  will  cheerfully  execute  any  commissions  which 
shall  be  entrusted  to  me  by  your  Excellency. 


To  His  Highness  Syud  bin  Saeed,  Sultan  of  Zanzibar. 

Beloved  and  Esteemed  Friend, — I  have  received  with  much  satis- 
faction your  friendly  letter  dated  15th  Zilhej  a.  h.  1277.  I  am  grati- 
fied to  learn  that  my  award  for  the  settlement  of  the  disputes  which 
long  existed  between  yourself  and  your  brother  Syud  Thowaynee  bin 
Saeed,  the  ruler  of  Muscat,  has  given  satisfaction  to  your  Highness. 

The  terms  of  the  arbitration  will  be  fulfilled  if  the  sum  of  40,060 
crowns,  payable  to  your  brother  annually,  be  paid  by  two  instalments, 
viz.,  the  first  at  the  Monsim  and  the  second  at  the  Daman. 

I  beg  to  express  the  high  consideration  I  entertain  of  your  High- 
ness, and  to  subscribe  myself. 

Your  Highness*  sincere  friend, 

The  22nd  August  1861.  (Signed)         Canning. 


SUPPLEMENT 


CONTAINING 


VARIOUS  TREATIES  AND  ENGAGEMENTS  CONCLUDED 


SUMUDS    ISSUED    SINCE    THIS    COLLECTION   WAS    COMMENCED. 


VOL.   VII.  2  t 


JYNTEAH  AND  COSSYAH  HILL  TRIBES. 

{Vol.  I.,  pages  82—120.) 

Agreements  have  been  concluded  with  the  Chiefs  of  the  following  States  in  the 
Jynteah  and  Cossyah  Hills : — Nusteng,  Moleem  and  Khyrim,  Lungree  and 
Mahram. 

Nusteng. — Moot  Sing,  the  Rajah  of  this  petty  State,  expressed  a 
desire  to  enter  into  an  engagement  defining  the  conditions  of  his  subor- 
dination to  the  British  Government.  He  died,  however,  before  the 
engagement  was  concluded.  Dun  Sing  was  elected  his  successor,  and  he 
was  recognized  by  the  British  Government  and  received  the  title  of 
Rajah  Bahadoor  on  his  signing  an  engagement  (No.  CII.)  of  allegiance 
and  fidelity. 

Moleem  and  Khyrim. — In  1862  it  was  deemed  expedient  to  estab- 
lish a  military  cantonment  and  sanitarium  at  Shillong,  in  the  Moleem 
country,  instead  of  at  Cherra  Poonjee.  The  Rajah  of  Moleem  was  bound 
by  his  engagements*  to  give  up  whatever  lands  might  be  required  for 
such  purposes ;  still  it  was  considered  expedient  to  grant  him  compen- 
sation, which  he  desired  should  take  the  form  of  a  cession  of  lands  of 
equal  value  south  and  east  of  the  River  Oomean  or  Bogapanee.  The 
subjection  of  British  subjects  to  the  rule  of  a  Native  Chief,  however, 
being  deemed  objectionable,  the  Rajah  was  required  to  cede  (No.  CIII.) 
all  his  sovereign  and  personal  rights  in  the  land  for  a  sum  of 
Rupees  2,000,  and  the  rights  of  the  private  proprietors  were  bought  up 
for  Rupees  6,325  and  an  annual  payment  of  Rupees  108. 

Rajah  Rabon  Sing,  of  Khyrim,  having  an  interest  in  some  portions 
of  the  land  conjointly  with  the  Rajah  of  Moleem,  was  also  required  to 
sign  the  Deed  of  Sale. 

Lungree. — The  Chief  of  Lungree  died  in  December  1862.  His 
elected  successor,  Oomit,  was  recognized  by  the  British  Government  and 
received  the  title  of  Rajah  on  his  signing  an  engagement  (No.  CIV.) 
of  submission  and  fidelity. 

*  See  Vol.  L,  page  102. 


332 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


JYNTEAH 

ASH 

COSSTAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No.  CI  I. 


Mahram. — In  October  1864,  Oo  Sai  Sing  was  elected  Chief  of  Mah- 
ram  in  succession  to  Oo  Sep  Sing.  He  was  recognized  by  the  British 
Government  on  his  signing  the  usual  engagement  (No.  CV.)  of  alle- 
giance and  submission. 


No.  CII. 

Translation  of  the  Agreement  entered  into  by  Dun  Singh,  Rajah  of  Nusteng, 
with  the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Cherra  Poonjee,  in  the  Cossyah  Hills. 

I,  Dun  Singh,  Rajah,  son  of  Oola  Beang  Koonwur,  of  Nusteng,  in 
the  Cossyah  Hills,  having  been  appointed  ruler  of  Nusteng,  do  hereby 
agree  and  promise  to  conduct  myself  agreeably  to  the  following  Rules  :- — 

Article  1. 

I  consider  myself  under  the  general  control  and  authority  of  the 
Political  Officer  at  Cherra  Poonjee.  All  disputes  between  myself  and 
Chieftains  of  other  Cossyah  States  shall  be  referred  for  trial  and  decision 
to  the  British  Court. 


Article  2. 

I  shall  always  reside  in  the  Nusteng  ilaka,  and  decide  without  par- 
tiality, in  open  Durbar,  with  the  assistance  of  my  Muntrees,  Sirdars  and 
elders,  according  to  the  ancient  and  established  customs  of  the  country, 
all  civil  suits  and  criminal  cases  occurring  there  that  are  beyond  the 
cognizance  of  the  Police  in  which  only  the  people  of  that  ilaka  may  be 
concerned.  All  cases  in  which  Europeans  and  inhabitants  of  the  plains, 
or  of  other  Cossyah  States,  are  parties,  are  to  be  tried  by  the  Political 
Officer  at  Cherra  Poonjee. 

Article  3. 

I  shall  obey  all  orders  issued  to  me  by  the  Political  Officer  at  Cherra 
Poonjee,  and  make  over,  on  demand,  to  the  local  Authorities,  all  refugees 
and  civil  and  political  offenders  coming  to,  or  residing  in,  my  ilaka. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


333 


Article  4. 

I  shall  furnish  full  information  regarding  my  State  and  its  inhabi- 
tants whenever  I  may  be  required  to  do  so  by  Government  Officers.  I 
shall  always  endeavour  to  promote  the  welfare  and  happiness  of  my  sub- 
jects, give  every  help  and  protection  in  my  power  to  Government  Officers " 
and  travellers  passing  though  my  country,  or  to  settlers  residing  there ; 
and  use  my  best  endeavours  to  facilitate  free  intercourse  and  trade 
between  the  people  of  my  country  and  British  subjects  and  the  people  of 
other  Cossyah  States. 

Article  5. 

The  British  Government  reserves  to  itself  the  right  of  establishing 
military  and  civil  sanataria,  cantonments  and  posts,  in  any  part  of  my 
ilaka  where  they  may  be  required,  full  compensation  being  given  for  the 
lands  thus  occupied  for  these  or  other  government  purposes,  and  of 
opening  roads  in  any  direction  through  the  country,  in  which  matter  I 
must  render  my  utmost  assistance  when  requisite. 

Bated  Z2nd  July  1862,  corresjionding  with  1th  Srawun  1269  B.  S, 


JYNTEAH 

ANT> 

COSSYAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No.  on. 

Nusteng. 


Sunnud  conferring  the  title  of  Rajah  Bahadoor  upon  Dun  Singh,  the  elected 
ruler  of  Nusteng,  dated  the  26th  January  1863. 

Whereas  you  have  been  elected  to  be  ruler  of  Nusteng,  I  do  hereby 
confer  upon  you  the  title  of  Rajah  Bahadoor  on  condition  of  your  faith- 
fully and  fully  observing  the  conditions  specified  in  the  agreement 
made  with  you  on  22nd  July  1862,  corresponding  with  7th  Srawun 
1269  B.  S.  . 

(Signed)         Elgin  and  Kincardine. 


ITEM,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


JVNTKMl 

AXD 

COSMAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No  CHI. 

IMeem. 


No.  CIII. 

Whereas  it  was  stipulated  in  the  Agreement  entered  into  by  me, 
Melay  Sing,  Rajah  of  Moleem,  under  date  19th  March  1861,  with  the 
British  Government,  that  the  right  of  establishing  civil  and  military 
'  sanitaria,  posts,  and  cantonments  within  my  country  should  remain 
with  the  British  Government;  whereas  Lieutenant-Colonel  J.  C.  Haugh- 
ton,  Agent  to  the  Governor  General,  North-East  Frontier,  under  the 
instructions  of  the  said  government,  has  selected,  for  the  purpose  of 
civil  and  military  sanitaria,  &c,  the  land  hereinafter  described,  I 
hereby  renounce,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  my  Muntrees  and  the 
Heads  of  my  people,  all  sovereign  and  personal  rights  therein  to  Her 
Majesty  the  Queen  of  England  and  the  British  Government.  It  is, 
however,  stipulated,  should  the  proprietors  of  any  of  the  land  within 
the  limits  hereinafter  described  be  unwilling  to  sell  or  part  with  their 
land  to  the  British  Government,  the  said  persons  shall  continue  fully  to 
enjoy  the  same  without  impost  or  taxation  as  heretofore,  but  that  in  all 
other  respects  the  jurisdiction  and  sovereignty  of  Her  Majesty  the 
Queen  of  England  and  of  the  British  Government  and  the  Officers  of 
Government  duly  appointed  shall  extend  over  the  said  land  and  over  all 
persons  residing  thereon  and  to  all  offences  committed  therewithin  :— 

Boundary. — The  boundary  of  the  lands  of  Oo  Don  Sena  to  the 
south  and  east  of  the  Oom  Ding  Poon  stream  which  have  been  pur- 
chased ;  the  boundary  of  the  lands  of  Ka  Stang  Rapsang,  south  of  the 
stream  south  of  the  Oom  Ding  Poon  adjoining  the  village  of  Sadoo  which 
have  been  purchased.  The  boundary  of  the  lands  of  Oo  Bat  Khaobakee 
touching  the  Oom  Ding  Poon  stream  which  have  been  purchased.  The 
boundary  of  the  lands  of  Ka  Doke  adjoining  the  last  named  which  have 
been  purchased ;  the  boundary  of  the  land  of  Sooakfi  adjoining  the  last 
named  which  have  been  purchased ;  the  boundary  of  the  Shillong  lands 
which  have  been  purchased,  from  which  point  the  boundary  will  follow 
the  north  and  west  sides  of  the  present  government  roads  till  the  bound- 
ary of  the  lands  of  Borjon  Muntree,  which  have  been  purchased,  is  met ; 
it  will  then  follow  the  boundary  of  the  said  Borjon's  land  till  the  bound- 
ary of  the  said  land  again  meets  the  government  road  now  existing, 
which  it  will  follow  till  the  boundary  of  the  Raj  lands  purchased  are  met. 
It  will   follow   the  boundary   of  the   Raj    lands   till  that   dividing   the 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


335 


AND 

COSSYAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No.  CI  1 1. 

Moleem. 


Longdo  lands  of  Nongseh  from  the  Raj  land  and   the  land  purchased    JYNTEAH 

from  Oo  Reang-Karpang  of  Nongseh  and  will  go  between  the  two  last 

on  the  east  side  of  a  hill  by  a  path  till  the  boundary  stone  of  the  Longdo 

of  Nongseh  at  the  head  of  a  water-course  is  met.     It  will  then  follow 

that  water-course  to  the  junction  of  it  with  the  Oom  Soorpee,  leaving  the 

hill  with  the  Longdo  jungle  of  fir  trees  on  it  to  the  left  or  north  and 

west  side.     The  boundary  will  then  cross  the  Oom  Soorpee  River  and 

ascend  by  a  ravine  opposite  inclining   somewhat  to  the  right  hand  to 

monumental  stones  (Mowshin  Ram),  near  one  of  which  a  peg  and  pile 

of  stones  is  placed.     The  boundary  will  then  descend  the  hill  backwards 

towards  the  point  of  Youdoe  Hill,  that  is,  the  hill  on  which  the  Youdoe 

Bazar  is  held,  to  a  pile  of  stones  and  a  peg  not  far  from  the  government 

road  which   it  crosses  and   not  far  from  the  Oom  Soorpee  River.     The 

boundary  thence  turns  north-east  by  ascending  the  hollow  to  the  ridge 

which  divides  the  water-flow,  on  which  is  a  mark,  to  the  hollow  to  the 

north-east,  which  it  follows  by  the  water  to  the  Oom  Kra  River,  leaving 

the  Youdoe  Bazar  hill   and  the   village  of  Mao  Kra  on  the  left  hand. 

The  boundary  thence  turns  eastward,  following  the  base  of  the  hills  and 

excluding  all  cultivation  in  the  plains,  including  within  it  the  hill  lands 

given  to  the  government  by  Oo  Beh  till  the  lands  of  Oo  Dor  given  to 

government  are  met,  whence  the  boundary,  in  the  same  way,  follows  the 

base  of  the  hills  excluding  the  cultivation  in  the  plains  till  the  River 

Poinding  Neyam  is  met.     Opposite  a  cave  at  the  mouth   of  this  stream, 

when  it  enters  the  plain,  a  peg  and  pile  of  stone  is  met.     The  boundary 

thence  follows  the  same  stream  to  its  head  in  the  rice  lands  of  Oo  Beh 

aforesaid,  thence  it  follows  the  foot  of  the  hills,  leaving  the  village  of 

Limera  to  the  left  or  east  side,  and  excluding  the  rice  cultivation  of  Oo 

Beh,  but  including  the  hill  land  given  by  him  to  government,  till  it 

reaches  the  head  of  the  said  rice  cultivation,  where  it  turns  sharply  to  the 

left  or  east  between  two  hills  till  it  reaches  the  banks  of  the  stream  Oom 

Pongteng  Kom,  the  downward  course  of  which  it  follows  till  the  junction 

of  the  same  water,  now  called  Oom  Soorpee,  with  the  Oom  Jussaci  is 

reached.     This  river  is  the  boundary  till  its  source  is  reached  from  a  pile 

of   stones,  near  which,  marking  the  boundary  of  land  purchased  from 

Oo  Don  Sena,  the  boundary  crosses  over  south-westerly  to  the  point 

where  the  Oom  Shillong  makes  a  bend,  at  that  point  stones  have  been 


336 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


JYXTEAH 

AKD 

006SYAH 
HILL 

IK1BES. 

No.  cm. 


placed  opposite  ten  fir  and  five  oak  trees  on  the  spur  of  a  hill.  The 
boundary  then  follows  the  Oom  Shillong  till  the  boundary  of  Oo  Don 
Sena's  land  is  met,  which  it  follows  the  point  from  whence  it 
started  is  reached.  I  agree  that  the  government,  or  the  possessor  of  the 
land  within  named,  as  well  as  the  Shillong  lands,  shall  have  the  joint 
right  of  turning  off  all  water  adjoining  the  said  land  for  use,  subject  to 
such  rules  as  the  government  may  prescribe.  I  promise  also,  as  far  as 
in  me  lies,  to  preserve  the  sacred  groves  whereon  the  water  supply  is 
dependant,  and  to  punish  any  of  my  subjects  found  cutting  the  trees  of 
the  said  groves  and  to  deliver  up  for  punishment  any  British  subject 
found  so  offending. 

(Signed)     Melay  Sing  Rajah  +  His  mark. 
Lormiet  Montang  +  His  mark. 
Shillong, 
The  10/A  December  1863. 


,1 


Witness  : 
(Signed)         U.  Joymonee, 

Interpreter. 


Before  me,  this  18th  December  1863,  explained  in  Cossyah  and 

signed. 

(Signed)        J.  C.  Haughton. 


"Witnesses  present  not  called  on  to  sign,  being  unable  to  write. 


Oo  Ram,  Muntree. 

Oo  Son a        „ 

Oo  Jee  „ 

Oo  Don  Sena,  Muntree. 

Rajah  Singh  Koonwer. 

Kunrace,  of  Khyrim. 


Oo  Don  Koonwur. 
Oo  Jon  Sirdar. 
Purbut,  Interpreter. 
Tama  Koonwur. 
Alop  Koonwur. 


I,  Melay  Sing,  having,  on  behalf  of  myself  and  my  Muntrees, 
and  all  others  concerned,  ceded  the  Raj  rights  and  title  in  the  land  at 
Shillong,  known  as  the  Shillong  lands ;  the  Raj  lands  south  of  the  Oom 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


337 


Soorpee,  known  as  the  Kurkontong  Nongseh  land ;  the  land  near  Youdoe,  JYNTEAH 
known  as  the  Shillong  Labang  land ;  hereby  renounce  all  right  and  title 
thereto,  resigning  the  same  to  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  England  with 
the  trees,  water,  and  all  things  thereon  or  therein,  and  hereby  ac- 
knowledge to  have  received,  in  full  satisfaction  therefor,  the  sum  of 
Rupees  2,000  (two  thousand)  from  Lieutenant-Colonel  Haughton, 
Governor  General's  Agent,  North-East  Frontier. 


AND 

COSSYAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No.  CIII. 

Moleem. 


(Signed)         Melay  Sing  His  mark. 

„  Rajah  Rabon  Sing  His  mark. 


Youdoe, 
The  Stk  December  1863. 


Rajah  Rabon  hereby  acknowledges  to  have  ceded  all  right  on  part 
of  himself  and  his  people. 

(Signed)         J.  C.  Haughton, 

Witness :  Offg.  Govr.  Gent's  Agent,  N.  E.  F. 

(Signed)     U.  Joymoonee,  Sree  Arradiiun  Doss, 


Interpreter. 


Mohurir. 


Present : 

(Signed) 

Oo  Ram,  Muntree. 

» 

Oo  Jee            „ 

)> 

Oo  Soobah      „ 

i> 

Oo  Sonah        „ 

» 

Oo  Raimon    „ 

» 

Oo  Bamon      „ 

a 

Oo  Mooik  Longskoe. 

a 

Oo  Sonkha  Longdo. 

1 


^Moleem  Poonjee. 


Khyrim  Poonjee. 


1 


J 


(Signed)        J.  C.  Haughton, 
Offg.  Govr.  Gent.'s  Agent,  N.  E.  F. 


VOL.   VII. 


%  K 


338 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   STJNNUDS. 


.1  VST  F.  A II 

>YAH 
HILL 

TRl 

No.  CIV. 

I.  II II  M 


No.  CIV. 
Engagement  executed  by  the  Chief  of  Lungree. 
I,  Oomit  Sing,  having  succeeded  to  the  Raj  of  Lungree  on  the  death 
of  Soonder  Sing,  my  uncle,  late  Rajah,  according  to  the  custom  of  the 
country,  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Chiefs  and  elders,  and  also  with 
the  sanction  of  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India,  promise  to 
be  faithful  in  allegiance  to  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  England,  her 
Heirs  and  Successors,  and  I  bind  myself  to  the  following  Articles  : — 

Abticle  1. 
That  I  shall  consider  myself  under  the  general  control  and  authority 
of  the  Deputy  Commissioner  in  the  Cossyah  and  Jynteah  Hills,  or  such 
other  Officer  as  may  be  from  time  to  time  appointed  by  government,  to 
whom  I  shall  refer  all  disputes  between  myself  and  the  Chieftains  of 
other  Cossyah  States,  and  that  I  clearly  understand,  I  hold  my  appoint- 
ment under  authority  from  the  British  Government,  which  reserves  to 
itself  the  right  of  removing  me  from  office,  and  appointing  another 
Chieftain  in  my  stead,  if  I  should  fail  to  give  satisfaction  to  the 
British  Government  and  the  people  of  the  district. 

Article  2. 
That  I  shall  reside  in  the  Lungree  district,  and  decide  in  open 
Durbar,  with  the  assistance  of  the  Muntrees,  Sirdars,  and  the  elders, 
according  to  ancient  and  established  custom  of  the  country,  all  civil 
and  criminal  cases,  not  of  a  heinous  nature,  in  which  the  inhabitants 
of  the  said  district  only  are  concerned.  I  agree  to  refer  to  the  Deputy 
Commissioner  in  the  Cossyah  and  Jynteah  Hills,  or  other  Officer  ap- 
pointed for  the  purpose  by  government,  all  cases,  civil  or  criminal,  in 
which  Europeans  or  other  foreigners,  including  the  inhabitants  of  the 
plains,  are  concerned  j  also  all  cases  in  which  inhabitants  of  other  Cossyah 
States  are  concerned,  and  all  heinous  criminal  cases. 

Article  3. 
That  I  shall  obey  all  orders  issued  to  me  by  the  Deputy  or  other 
Officer  appointed  to  the  charge  of  the  Hill  districts,  and  make  over,  on 
demand,  to  the  local  Authorities,  all  refugees,  and  civil  and  political 
offenders,  coming  to,  or  residing  in,  the  Lungree  district. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 


339 


Article  4. 
That  I  shall  furnish  full  information  regarding  the  Lungree  dis- 
trict and  its  inhabitants  whenever  I  may  be  required  to  do  so  by  gov- 
ernment Officers,  will  render  every  assistance  in  developing  the  re- 
sources of  the  country,  will  give  every  help  and  protection  in  my  power 
to  Government  Officials  and  travellers  passing  through  the  country,  or 
to  settlers  residing  there,  and  will  use  my  best  endeavours  to  facilitate 
free  intercourse  and  trade  between  the  people  of  the  country  and  the 
British  subjects  and  the  people  of  other  Cossyah  States. 

Article  5. 
The  British  Government  shall  have  the  right  of  establishing  military 
and  civil  sanataria,  cantonments,  and  posts,  in  any  part  of  the  Lungree 
district  where  they  may  be  required.  I  agree  to  give  all  lands  required 
for  such  purposes,  the  possessors,  where  the  land  does  not  belong  to  the 
Raj,  being  duly  compensated  therefor. 

Article  6. 
Lastly,  I,  my  heirs  and  successors,  will  abide  by  the  terms  of  the 
agreement  entered  into  with  the  government  by  the  late  Rajah  on 
the  22nd  September  1859,  by  which  he  ceded,  in  consideration  of  re- 
ceiving half  the  profits,  all  his  mineral  rights,  except  those  connected 
with  the  limestone  tracts,  leased  to  the  late  Mr.  Henry  Inglis  up  to 
1283  B.  S.,  and  all  the  waste  lands  not  paying  revenue,  which  are  not 
being  brought  into  cultivation  by  the  people  of  Lungree,  and  by  which 
being  brought  into  cultivation  they  will  not  be  sufferers. 

Bated  Cherra  Poonjee,  %hth  January  1864. 

Seal  and  mark  of 
Oomit  Sing, 

Rajah  of  Lungree. 
Witnessed  by 

J.  B.  Shadwell, 

Assistant  Commissioner  in  charge. 

©  Mark  of  Scidee,  Muntree,  of  Lauring. 

0  Mark  of  Oowan,  Muntree,  of  Lauring. 

zfz  Mark  of  Oosam,  Muntree,  of  Lauring. 

ru.  Mark  of  Oo  Ramsing,  Muntree,  of  Lauring. 


JYNTEAH 

AND 

COSSYAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No.  CIV. 

Lungree. 


a  n 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 


JTNTEAH 

COSSYAH 

HILL 

TRIBES. 

Not.  CIV 
ACV. 

Lmmyrte  4' 
Mainm. 


Sealed  and  signed  in  my  presence  on  the  25th  day  of  January 
1864,  when  it  was  explained  to  the  Rajah  that  a  Sunnud  and  Khillut 
would  be  forwarded  by  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General. 

(Signed)         J.  B.  Shadwell, 
Assistant  Commissioner  in  charge. 


Sunxud  conferring  the  title  of  "  Rajah"  upon  Oomit  Sing,  the  Chief  of  Lungree. 

Whereas  you  have  been  elected  to  be  ruler  of  Lungree,  I  do  hereby 

confer  upon  you  the  title  of  Rajah   on  condition  of  your  faithfully  and 

fully  observing  the  conditions  specified  in  the  agreement  made  with  you 

on  the  25th  January  1864. 

(Signed)         John  Lawrence. 
Bated  1th  June  1864. 


No.  CV. 
Engagement  executed  by  the  Rajah  of  Mahram. 
I,  Oo  Sai  Sing,  resident  of  Mahram,  according  to  the  custom  of 
country,  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Chiefs  and  elders  of  Mahram, 
being  the  lawful  heir  and  successor  to  the  late  Oo  Sep  Sing,  Dhollah 
Rajah  of  Mahram,  in  anticipation  of  being  duly  created,  under  the 
orders  of  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India,  Dhollah  Rajah  of 
Mahram,  do  hereby  promise  to  be  faithful  in  allegiance  to  Her  Majesty 
the  Queen  of  Great  Britain  and  its  dependencies,  Her  heirs  and  succes- 
sors, and  I  bind  myself  to  the  following  Articles : — 

Article  1. 
I  consider  myself  under  the  general  control  and  authority  of  the 
Deputy  Commissioner  in  the  Cossyah  and  Jynteah  Hills,  or  such  other 
Officer  as  may  be  from  time  to  time  appointed  by  government,  and  I 
will  refer  all  disputes  between  myself  and  the  Chieftains  of  other  Cossyah 
States  to  the  Deputy  Commissioner  aforesaid,  and  I  clearly  understand 
that  I  hold  my  appointment  under  authority  from  the  British  Govern- 
ment, which  reserves  to  itself  the  right  of  removing  me  from  office  and 
appointing  another  Chieftain  in  my  stead,  if  I  should  fail  to  give  satisfac- 
tion to  the  British  Government  or  to  the  people  of  Mahram. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND  SXJNNUDS. 


341 


Article  2. 
I  agree  to  reside  in  the  Mahram  district,  and  promise  to  decide,  in 
open  Durbar,  with  the  assistance  of  the  Muntrees,  Sirdars,  and  the  elders, 
according  to  ancient  and  established  custom  of  the  country,  all  civil  and 
criminal  cases,  not  of  a  heinous  nature,  in  which  the  inhabitants  of  the 
said  country  only  are  concerned.  I  agree  to  refer  to  the  Deputy 
Commissioner  in  the  Cossyah  and  Jynteah  Hills,  or  to  any  other  Officer 
appointed  by  government  for  the  purpose,  all  cases,  civil  and  criminal,  in 
which  Europeans  or  other  foreigners,  including  the  inhabitants  of  the 
plains,  are  concerned,  as  also  all  cases  in  which  subjects  of  other  Cossyah 
States  are  concerned,  and  all  heinous  criminal  cases. 

Article  3. 

I  bind  myself  to  obey  all  orders  issued  by  the  Deputy  Commissioner 

or  other  Officer  appointed  to  the  charge  of  the  Hill  districts,  and  to  make 

over,  on  demand,  to  the  duly  constituted  Authorities  all  refugees  and 

civil   and  political  offenders  coming  to,   or  residing  in,  the  Mahram 

district. 

Article  4. 

I  also  agree  to  supply  full  information  regarding  the  Mahram 
district  and  its  inhabitants  whenever  I  may  be  required  so  to  do  by  the 
Officers  of  government.  I  will  also  render  assistance  in  developing  the 
resources  of  the  country,  and  I  will  give  aid  and  protection  to  Govern- 
ment Officials  and  travellers  passing  through  Mahram  as  also  to  settlers 
residing  therein,  and  will  use  my  best  endeavours  to  facilitate  free  inter- 
course and  trade  between  the  people  of  the  country  under  me  and  British 
subjects  and  people  of  other  Cossyah  States. 

Article  5. 
The  British  Government  will  have  the  right  of  establishing  military 
and  civil  sanataria,  cantonments,  and  posts,  in  any  part  of  the  Mahram 
district  under  my  control,  and  I  agree  to  give  all  lands  required  for  such 
purposes  on  the  understanding,  when  the  land  or  lands  do  not  belong  to 
the  Raj,  that  the  proprietors  shall  receive  compensation. 

Article  6. 
Lastly,  I  bind  myself,  my  heirs  and  successors,  to  the  terms  of  the 
agreement  entered  into  with  the  government  of  British  India  by  the  late 


JYNTEAH 

AND 

COSSYAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

No.  CV. 

Mahram. 


Ml 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


JYXTFAH  Rajah  Oo  Sep  Sing  on  the  22nd  September  1859,  by  which  he  ceded,  in 
consideration  of  receiving  half  the  profits  all  his  mineral  rights  (except 
those  connected  with  the  Mahram  tracts  leased  to  the  late  Mr.  Henry 
Inglis  up  to  1283  B.  S.),  and  all  the  waste  lands  not  paying  revenue 
which  are  not  being  brought  under  cultivation  by  the  people  of  Mahram, 
and  by  which  they  will  not  be  sufferers. 
Bated  Youdce  (fifth)  Uh  October  1864. 

0  Oo  Sai  Singh,  Rajah, 


COSSVAH 

HILL 
TRIBES. 

NaCV. 

Mahram, 


Witnessed  by 
Grish  Chunder  Bose. 

»/  Mark  of  Ram  Sing,  Muntree. 

IS  Mark  of  Oo  Sugi,  „ 

3  Mark  of  W.  Tar,  „ 

|  Mark  of  W.  Sar  Sing,  Gooshtee. 

rri  Mark  of  Suntoo,  „ 


His  Seal  and  mark. 


I  Mark  of  Tor  Sai,  Muntree. 
>5>  Mark  of  W.  Sona,       „ 
O   Mark  of  W.  Saih,       „ 
m,  Mark  of  U.  Ram,  Gooshtee. 
1T£  Mark  of  Khalaet  Vasued. 


Signed  and  sealed  in  my  presence  the  5th  day  of  October  1864, 
when  it  was  explained  to  the  Rajah  that  a  Sunnud  and  Khillut  would 
be  furnished  on  receipt  of  the  orders  of  government. 

(Signed)         H.  S.  Bivar, 
Depy.  Commr.,  Cossyah  and  Jynteah  Hills. 


Sunnud  confirming  the  election  of  Oo  Sai  Sing  to  be  Eajah  of  Mahram. 
Whereas  you  have  been  elected  by  the  chief  men  and  people  of 
Mahram  to  succeed  the  late  Rajah  Oo  Sep  Sing  in  the  Chieftaincy, 
I  hereby  recognize  and  confirm  your  election  to  be  Rajah  of  Mahram. 

Be  assured  that  so  long  as  you  remain  faithful  in  your  allegiance 
to  the  British  Crown,  and  fully  and  faithfully  fulfil  your  engagements 
with  the  British  Government,  the  State  of  Mahram  will  remain  to  you 
in  undisturbed  possession. 

(Signed)        John  Lawrence. 

Dated  Uh  December  1864. 


ASSAM.  Assam. 

{Vol.  /.,  pages  126—141.)  N°'  CVI* 

The  Abors. — In  the  end  of  1861  the  Meyong  Abors  attacked  and 
plundered  a  village  in  British  territory.  Preparations  were  being  made 
to  take  permanent  military  command  of  the  Abor  country  on  the 
border  of  the  Assam  valley,  when  the  tribe  expressed  a  desire  to  renew 
friendly  relations,  and  begged  that  their  offences  might  be  overlooked. 
On  the  5th  November  1862,  an  agreement  (No.  CVI.)  was  made 
with  them  binding  them  to  respect  British  territory.  The  same  en- 
gagement was  subscribed  on  16th  January  1863  by  the  Kebang  Abors. 

On  8th  November  1862  a  similar  engagment  (No.  CVII.)  was 
concluded  with  the  Abors  of  the  Dihang  Dibang  Doars. 


No.  CVI. 

Whereas  it  is  expedient  to  adopt  measures  for  maintaining  the  integ- 
rity of  the  British  territory  in  the  District  of  Luckhimpoor,  Upper 
Assam,  on  the  Meyong  Abor  Frontier,  and  for  preserving  peace  and 
tranquillity,  and  whereas  by  virtue  of  a  letter  No.  11  of  11th  October 
1862,  from  the  Officiating  Commissioner  of  Assam,  transmitting  orders 
from  the  Government  of  Bengal,  conveyed  in  a  letter  No.  265  T.,  dated 
8th  August  1862,  from  the  Officiating  Junior  Secretary  to  the  Govern- 
ment of  Bengal,  the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Luckhimpoor  has  been 
authorized  to  proceed  in  this  matter,  an  Engagement  to  the  following 
effect  has  been  entered  into  with  the  Meyong  Abors  this  5th  day  of 
November,  a.  d.  1862,  at  Camp  Lalee  Mookh  : — 

Article  1. 

Offences  committed  by  the  Meyong  Abors  in  a  time  of  hostility 
towards  the  British  Government,  and  for  which  the  assembled  heads  of 
villages  have  sued  for  pardon,  are  overlooked  and  peace  is  re-established. 


:;m  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

ASSAM.  Article  2. 


I  i  The  limit  of  the  British  territory,  which  extends  to  the  foot  of 

Abort.       the  hills,  is  recognized  by  the  Meyong  Abors,  who  hereby  engage  to 
respect  it. 

Article  8. 

The  British  Government  will  take  up  positions  on  the  frontier  in 
the  plains,  will  establish  stations,  post  guards,  or  construct  forts,  or 
open  roads,  as  may  be  deemed  expedient,  and  the  Meyong  Abors  will 
not  take  umbrage  at  such  arrangements,  or  have  any  voice  in  such 
matters. 

Article  4. 

The  Meyong  Abors  recognize  all  persons  residing  in  the  plains  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  Meyong  Hills  as  British  subjects. 

Article  5. 

The  Meyong  Abors  engage  not  to  molest  or  to  cross  the  frontier  for 
the  purpose  of  molesting  residents  in  the  British  territory. 

Article  6. 

The  communication  across  the  frontier  will  be  free  both  for  the 
Meyong  Abors  and  for  any  persons,  British  subjects,  going  to  the  Meyong 
villages  for  the  purpose  of  trading  or  other  friendly  dealings. 

Article  7. 

The  Meyong  Abors  shall  have  access  to  markets  and  places  of  trade 
which  they  may  think  fit  to  resort  to ;  and  on  such  occasions  they  engage 
not  to  come  armed  with  their  spears  and  bows  and  arrows,  but  merely  to 
carry  their  daos. 

Article  8. 
Any  Meyong   Abors  desiring  to   settle   in,  or  occupy  lands  in  the 
British  territory  engage  to  pay  such  revenue  to   government  as  may  be 
fixed  upon  by  the   Deputy  Commissioner  j  the  demand,   in   the  first 
instance,  to  be  light. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  345 

Article  9.  ASSAM. 

The  Meyong  Abors  engage  not  to  cultivate  opium  in  the  British     No.  CVI. 
territory,  or  to  import  it. 

Article  10. 

In  event  of  any  grievance  arising,  or  any  dispute  taking  place  be- 
tween the  Meyong  Abors  and  the  British  territory,  the  Abors  will  refrain 
from  taking  the  law  into  their  own  hands,  but  they  will  appeal  to  the 
Deputy  Commissioner  for  redress  and  abide  by  his  decision. 

Article  11. 

To  enable  the  Meyong  Abors  of  the  eight  khels  or  communities, 
who  submit  to  this  engagement,  to  keep  up  a  Police  for  preventing  any 
marauders  from  resorting  to  the  plains  for  sinister  purposes,  and  to  en- 
able them  to  take  measures  for  arresting  any  offenders,  the  Deputy  Com- 
missioner, on  behalf  of  the  British  Government,  agrees  that  the  commu- 
nities referred  to  shall  receive  yearly  the  following  articles  :— 

100  iron  hoes  (one  hundred). 
30  maunds  of  salt  (thirty). 
80  bottles  of  rum  (eighty). 

2  seers  of  Abkaree  opium  (two). 

2  maunds  of  tobacco  (two). 

Article  12. 

The  articles  referred  to  above,  which  will  be  delivered  for  the  first 
year  on  the  signing  of  this  engagement,  will  hereafter  be  delivered  from 
year  to  year  to  the  representatives  of  the  eight  khels  or  communities  of 
the  Meyong  Abors  as  aforesaid  on  their  meeting  the  Deputy  Commis- 
sioner at  Lalee  Mookh,  or  at  any  other  convenient  place  on  the  Meyong 
Doar  side. 

Article  13. 

On  the  occasion  of  meeting  the  Deputy  Commissioner,  the  Meyong 
Abors,  in  earnest  of  their  continued  friendly  feeling,  engage  to  make  a 
tribute  offering  of  a  mithun,  pigs,  and  fowls,  in  exchange  for  which  they 
will  obtain  usual  suitable  acknowledgments. 

VOL.  vii.  v  2  w 


ASSAM 


346 


treaties,  engagements,  and  stjnnuds. 
Article  14. 


In  event  of  Meyong  Abors  infringing  or  failing  to  act  up  to  any  of 
the  provisions  of  this  engagement,  it  will  be  considered  null  and  void 
and  will  no  longer  have  effect. 


Article  15. 

The  original  of  this  engagement,  which  is  drawn  up  in  English, 
will  remain  with  the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Luckhimpoor,  Upper 
Assam,  and  a  counterpart  or  copy  will  be  furnished  to  the  subscribing 
Meyong  Abors. 

Article  16. 

In  ratification  of  the  above  engagement  contained  in  fifteen  para- 
graphs, the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Luckhimpoor,  Assam,  on  behalf 
of  the  British  Government,  puts  his  hand  and  seal,  and  the  recognized 
headmen  or  Chiefs  of  the  eight  khels  or  communities  of  the  Meyong 
Abors  affix  their  signatures  or  marks,  this  5th  day  of  November  a.  d. 
1862. 


Signed)         H.  S.  Bivar,  Major, 
Depy.  Commr.,  1st  Class,  Luckhimpoor, 
and  Agent,  Govr.  Genl,  North-East  Frontier. 


On  behalf    of    the     community    of 
Munkoo. 


Lomiur   Gham,  his  mark    X 
Taukoor       „ 
Yabang        „  >f 

Chapeur       „  fj 

iTaying 


On  behalf  of  the  community  of  Ram- 
kong. 


PoorudingGham,  his  mark 

Azragi 
Kakoh 

KolinS 

Goling 
^Daling 


X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


347 


On    behalf    of     the     community  of 
Bokoonsr. 


'"Moozung  Gham,  his  mark 
Sootam 
Gandal 
Bidoo 

Takoor 

■ 

^Yaleng 


x 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 


r»    u  t.  u»  r  _t.  •_      r-  t»  j        ( Kerie    Gham,  his  mark  x 

On  behalf  of  the  community  of  Padam-  \  ' 

neh.  J  Taddang      „  „  X 

(.Tuttoo  ,,  „  X 


On  behalf  of  the  community  of  Kemi...  < 


"Tassee     Gham,  his  mark    X 

Somuing  „  „  X 

Takokh  „  „  x 

Taneeh  „  „  x 

Takoom  „  „  x 

Takor  „  ,,  x 

Loling  „  „  x 

Lomeh  „  „  x 


On  behalf  of  the  village  of  Lekang 


On  behalf  of  the  village  of  Galong 


Basing     Gham,   his   mark  X 

["Taming   Gham,   his  mark  X 

j  Takir            „             „  x 

1  Tussif          „            „  x 

l^Dookang      „            „  x 


A_vt.ii>    fn      rti  c  t   _  f  Looking  Gham,   his  mark     X 

On  behalf  of  the  village  of  Ledoom  . . .  -J        .     ° 

(.Taying         „  „  X 


A  precisely  similar  agreement  was  concluded  with  the  Kebang  Abors  on  16th 
January  1863.  The  articles  annually  given  to  them  are  thirty  maunds  of  salt- 
forty  bottles  of  rum,  four  maunds  of  tobacco  or  Rupees  28  for  tobacco,  twenty- 
eight  iron  hoes,  and  two  seers  of  opium. 


ASSAM. 
No.  CVI. 


348  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

No.  CVII. 

.v    evil.  Whereas,   with  a  view  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  the  British 

territory  and  to  preserve  peace  and  tranquillity  in  the  District  of 
Luckhimpoor,  Upper  Assam,  in  the  frontier  bordering  on  the  "  Padoo," 
the  "  Meyboh,"  the  "  Silookh,"  the  "  Bompon/'  and  the  "  Bor  Abor  " 
Hills,  it  is  expedient  to  adopt  certain  measures,  and  whereas  that  the 
policy  enjoined  under  a  letter  from  the  Officiating  Commissioner  of  Assam, 
No.  11  of  the  11th  October,  conveying  the  orders  of  the  Government  of 
Bengal  in  a  letter  No.  265  T,  dated  8th  August  1862,  might  with 
advantage  be  adopted  towards  the  Abor  clans  aforesaid,  pursuant  thereto, 
at  a  meeting  between  the  representatives  of  the  Abor  communities 
named,  and  the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Luckhimpoor,  Upper  Assam, 
at  Camp  Dihang  Dibang  Mookh,  on  the  8th  day  of  November  a.  d. 
1862,  the  following  engagement  was  entered  into: — 

Artcile  1. 

The  British  territory  which  extends  to  the  foot  of  the  hills  will  be 
respected  by  the  Abors  of  the  communities  named  in  the  preamble. 

Article  2. 

The  Abors  hereby  recognize  all  persons  residing  in  the  plains  to  be 
British  subjects. 

Article  3. 

The  Abors  engage  to  take  measures  for  preventing  any  parties  from 
amongst  their  clansmen  from  molesting  residents  in  the  British  territory. 

Article  4. 

The  British  Government  may  take  up  positions  in  the  frontier,  in 
the  plains,  may  establish  stations,  post  guards,  or  construct  forts,  or 
open  roads,  as  may  be  deemed  expedient,  and  the  Abors  will  not  take 
umbrage  at  such  arrangements  or  have  any  voice  in  such  matters. 

Article  5. 
The  communication  across  the  frontier  will  be  free  for  the  Abors 
and  for  residents  in  the  British  territory  going  to  the  Abor  villages  for 
the  purpose  of  trade  or  other  friendly  objects. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  349 

Article  6.  ASSAM. 


The  Abors  shall  have  access,  as  heretofore,  to  markets  and  places  of    n0.  CVIL 
trade  in  the  British  territory  they  may  think  fit  to   resort  to ;  but  when 
trading,  they,  the  Abors,  engage  not  to  come  armed  with  their  spear, 
bows,  and  arrows,  but  merely  to  carry  their  daos. 

Article  7. 
Any  Abors   settling  or  occupying  lands  in  the  British  territory 
engage  to  such  revenue  to  government  as  may  be  fixed  upon ;    the 
demand,  in  the  first  instance,  to  be  light. 

Article  8. 

The  Abors  engage  not  to  cultivate  opium  in  the  British  territory 

or  to  import  it. 

Article  9. 

In  event  of  the  Abors  having  any  grievance,  or  in  case  of  any 
dispute  arising  between  them  and  British  subjects,  the  Abors  will  refrain 
from  taking  the  law  into  their  own  hands ;  but  they  will  in  all  cases 
appeal  to  the  Deputy  Commissioner  and  abide  by  his  decision. 

Article  10. 
To  enable  the  Abors  of  the  clans  or  communities  mentioned  in  the 
preamble  to  keep  a  Police  for  preventing  any  marauders  from  resorting 
to  the  plains  for  sinister  purposes,  and  to  enable  them  to  take  measures 
for  arresting  any  offenders,  the  Deputy  Commissioner,  on  behalf  of  the 
British  Government,  undertakes  that  the  Abor  communities  referred  to 
shall  receive  yearly  the  following  articles : — 

One  hundred  iron  hoes. 
Forty  maunds  of  salt. 
One  hundred  bottles  of  ram. 
Two  maunds  of  tobacco. 

Article  11. 
The  articles  referred  to  above,  which  will  be  delivered  for  the  first 
year  on  the  signing  of  this  engagement,  will  hereafter  be  delivered  from 
year  to  year  to  the  representatives  of  the  communities  or  clans  named 
in  the  preamble. 


NaCVlI. 


350  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 

Article  12. 

On  the  occasion  of  the  yearly  meeting  of  the  Deputy  Commissioner 
and  the  Abors,  the  usual  exchange  of  offerings  and  presents  will  take 
place. 

Article  13. 

In  event  of  the  Abors  failing  to  act  up  to  the  provisions  of  this 
engagement,  it  will  be  null  and  void. 

Article  14. 

The  original  of  this  engagement,  which  is  drawn  up  in  English, 
will  remain  with  the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Luckhimpoor,  Upper 
Assam,  and  a  counterpart  or  copy  will  be  furnished  to  the  representatives 
of  the  Abor  communities  aforesaid. 

Article  15. 

In  ratification  of  the  above  engagement  contained  in  fourteen  para- 
graphs, the  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Luckhimpoor,  Upper  Assam,  puts 
his  hand  and  seal,  and  the  representatives  of  the  Abor  communities  affix 
their  marks  or  signatures,  this  eighth  day  of  November  J.862. 

(Signed)         H.  S.  Bivar, 

Deputy  Commissioner. 


On  behalf  of  Meyboh 

On  behalf  of  Padoo  

On  behalf  of  Silookh       

On  behalf  of  Bomjeon 

On  behalf  of  the  Bor  Abors 

On  behalf  of  the  Bor  Silookh  Abors 

On  behalf  of  Toomkoo  Padoo  Abors 


Popang  Ghana,  his  mark 

Toomkur       „         „ 

Moskokh       „         „ 

Joloong         „         „ 

Junbang       „        „ 

Karmood,  son  of  Onoo  Gham,  his 

mark  x 

Meyong  Gham,  his  mark  x 


BHOOTAN. 

{Vol.  L,  pages  142—150.) 

The  Districts  of  Bhootan  between  the  hills  and  the  British  frontier 

are  known  as  the  Doars,  and  take  their  names  from  the  different  passes 

which  lead  through  the  hills  into  Bhootan.    Besides  the  Kooreapara  Doar, 

formerly  governed  by  the  Twang  Raiah,  who 
Bengal  Doabs.  .    J  &  J  s      J     ' 

„,      d  v  v  +  was  immediately  dependent  on  Lassa,  there 

2.  Zamerkote.  are  in  all  eighteen*  Doars,   eleven   on  the 

4.  Lukhee.  Bengal  frontier  and  seven  on   the   frontier 

g  g"^  of  Assam.     Over  the  Bengal  Doars,  which 

7.  Bara.  extend  from  the  Teesta,  on  the  eastern  boun- 

9.  Reepoo.  dary  of  Sikhim,  to  the  Monas,  the  Bootiahs 

1*    SghSinef66*  have  for  lonS  7ears  held  sovereign  dominion ; 

and  previous  to  the  annexation  of  Assam  bv 
Assam  DoAsa.  *    •     ,      -,  , 

Kamroop  Doars.  the   Bntlsh    Government  during   the  first 

12.    Ghnrkola.  Burmese  war,  the  Bootiahs  had  also  wrested 

li     Chappagoree.  {oxa    of  the    Assam  Doars   from  the    Native 

15.  Cbappakhamar.  government,  while   the    other    three    were 

16.  Bijnee.  . 

held  on  a  sort  of  joint  tenure  by  the  Bootiahs 

and  Assamese.  How  long  this  state  of  things 

17.  Booree  Gooma.  .  ° 

18.  Knlling.  had  existed  is  not  precisely   known.     The 

Bootiahs  paid  to  the  Assam  government  for  the  Doars  a  tribute  of 
Rupees  3,049,  partly  in  money  and  partly  in  goods ;  and  after  the  an- 
nexation of  Assam,  the  tribute  was  paid  to  the  British  Government,  who 
also  continued  the  system  of  joint  occupation  of  the  three  Doars  of 
Kooreapara,  Booree  Gooma,  and  Kulling,  holding  them  for  four  months 
every  year,  and  making  them  over  to  Bhootan  for  the  other  eight  months. 
In  1828  the  Bootiahs  began  the  long  series  of  outrages  on  the 
British  frontier,  which  has  ended  in  the  annexation  of  all  the  Doars. 
The  first  attack  was  on  Chatgaree,  in  the  Durrung  Zillah,  by  freebooters 
from  the  Booree  Gooma  Doar,  and  was  followed  by  the  occupation  of 
the  Doar  by  the  British  Government  till  31st  July  1834,  when  it  was 
restored  on  evidence  being  given,  afterwards  ascertained  to  be  false,  of 


352  Ti.l.ATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

BHOOTAN.  the  death  of  the  leader  of  the  freebooters.  In  May  1835  an  attaek  was 
~  made  on  Nowgong,  in  Zillah  Kamroop,  from  the  Bijnee  Doar,  and  in 
November  of  the  same  year  another  incursion  was  made  into  the  Durrung 
District  from  the  Kulling  Doar. 

Two  months  afterwards,  in  January  1836,  another  daring  in- 
cursion attended  with  loss  of  life  and  property  was  made  from  the 
Banska  Doar  into  the  Kamroop  District,  headed  by  an  influential  Talook- 
dar,  who  took  refuge  with  the  Dewangiri  Rajah ;  thereupon  the  Banska 
Doar  was  temporarily  occupied.  The  Dewangiri  Rajah  did  not  surrender 
the  offenders  till  after  he  had  been  defeated  in  battle  :  eventually,  at  the 
humble  entreaty  of  the  Bootiahs,  the  Doar  was  restored. 

The  unsatisfactory  state  of  affairs  on  the  frontier  determined 
government  to  send  a  friendly  mission  to  the  Bhootan  Court,  and,  if 
practicable,  to  Lassa :  Captain  Pemberton  was  appointed  envoy.  Besides 
procuring  information  and  statistics  of  the  nature  and  resources  of  the 
country,  and  its  political  relations  with  Nepal  and  China,  the  chief 
object  of  the  mission  was  to  establish  our  frontier  relations  with  Bhootan 
on  an  improved  footing,  and  to  provide  for  the  punctual  payment  of  the 
tribute  which  had  fallen  into  arrears  to  the  extent  of  about  Rupees  45,500. 
This  object  was  to  be  secured,  if  possible,  by  inducing  the  Bhootan 
government  to  make  over  the  Doars  to  the  management  of  the  British 
Government  in  consideration  of  such  annual  payment  as  might  be 
agreed  upon,  or  by  the  commutation  of  tribute  to  a  cession  of  land. 
Subsidiary  to  this  political  object  was  the  improvement  of  commercial 
intercourse  with  Bhootan.  The  mission  reached  Poonakha  on  1st  April 
1838,  where  it  was  well  received ;  but  Captain  Pemberton  utterly  failed 
in  coming  to  any  satisfactory  understanding  with  the  Bhootan  government. 
The  country  was  suffering  from  the  effects  of  a  recent  revolution.  The 
new  Deb  Rajah,  who  had  a  short  time  previously  succeeded  to  office  by 
the  deposition  of  his  predecessor,  was  scarcely  established  in  power,  and 
the  deposed  Deb  still  held  possession  of  Tassisudon.  The  Paro  Pillo, 
who  governed  the  Bengal  Doars,  and  the  Tongso  Pillo,  who  governed 
the  Doars  of  Assam,  had  established  themselves  in  positions  of  virtual 
independence,  while  the  latter  had  considerably  strengthened  his  authority 
by  inducing  the  priesthood  to.  recognize  in  his  son  the  regeneration 
of  the  Dhurm  Rajah. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  35$ 

Under  these  circumstances  the  mission  withdrew  on   9th   May,  UIIOOTAN. 
and  the  British   Government  had  no  course  left  but  to  take  its^own 
measures  for  the  protection  of  the  frontier. 

In  the  mean  time  outrages  on  the  frontier  did  not  cease.  In  1839 
the  Bootiahs  carried  off  twelve  British  subjects,  some  of  whom  they 
murdered.  The  aggressions  were  committed  less  from  the  Western  Doars 
under  the  Paro  Pillo  than  from  the  Eastern  under  the  Tongso  Pillo,  and 
the  Kooreapara  Doar  under  the  Twang  Rajah,  an  immediate  dependent 
on  the  government  of  Lassa;  a  distinction  in  the  policy  pursued  towards 
the  frontier  Governors  of  Bhootan  was  therefore  deemed  necessary.  In 
October  1839  the  Kulling,  Booree  Gooma,  and  Kooreapara  Doars  were 
attached,  and  the  Bhootan  government  were  informed  that  they  would 
not  be  given  up  till  the  kidnapped  subjects  of  the  British  Government 
were  released,  all  arrears  of  tribute  paid,  and  till  the  British  Government 
were  satisfied  that  the  Central  government  in  Bhootan  were  able  to  con- 
trol their  frontier  Officers. 

The  deputation  of  another  mission  was  suggested  in  1841.  The 
Deb  Rajah  was  believed  to  be  willing  to  farm  all  his  Doars  to  the 
British  Government;  but  as  Bhootan  was  at  the  time  in  a  state  of 
anarchy,  no  good  result  could  be  expected  from  further  negotiation.  A 
letter  was  therefore  addressed  to  the  Deb  Rajah  on  the  14th  of  June, 
warning  him  that,  should  the  country  continue  much  longer  in  a  state 
of  anarchy  and  our  frontier  be  violated,  the  British  Government  would 
be  compelled  to  occupy  the  remaining  Doars.  This  letter  produced  no 
effect ;  and  as  the  measures  already  taken  had  been  approved  by  the 
Court  of  Directors,  the  Agent  to  the  Governor  General  was  authorized, 
on  6th  September  1841,  to  attach  the  remaining  Assam  Doars  as  he 
might  see  to  be  proper  and  expedient. 

The  occupation  of  the  three  Doars  in  1839  had  been  confessedly 
only  temporary ;  but  as  the  demands  of  the  British  Government  had 
not  been  complied  with  up  to  September  1841,  and  the  possible  restora- 
tion of  the  Doars  to  Bhootan  prevented  the  repopulation  and  improve- 
ment of  the  districts,  the  Agent  to  the  Governor  General  suggested 
that  the  permanent  annexation  of  the  districts  should  be  proclaimed, 
and  that  a  share  of  the  net  revenues  from  one-third  to  one-half  should 
be  allowed  to  the  Bhootan  government.  The  permanent  annexation  of 
the  Doars  was  agreed  to,  not  only  on  grounds  of  policy  and  humanity, 

VOL.   VII.  2  x 


354 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND    SUNNUDS. 


BHOOTAN.  but  also  on  the  ground  that  the  tenure  on  which  the  Doars  had  been  held 
by  the  Bootiahs  for  a  certain  portion  of  each  year  gave  them  no  title  to 
claim  them  as  their  own  territory.  The  right  of  supremacy,  it  was 
asserted,  had  remained  with  the  rulers  of  Assam,  by  whom  the  use  of  the 
Doars  for  certain  months  of  the  year  had  been  granted  to  the  Bootiahs 
as  the  price  of  their  forbearance  from  plundering;  and  all  that  the 
Bootiahs  had  any  pretension  to  was  an  equivalent  for  the  value  of  the 
Doars  to  them  previous  to  their  resumption.  This  compensation 
was  to  be  given  on  condition  of  abstinence  from  all  marauding 
encroachments  on  British  territory,  on  a  calculation  of  the  average 
profit  which  the  Bootiahs  had  derived  from  the  Doars  for  a  period 
of  five  or  ten  years  before  their  attachment.  No  data,  however, 
existed  on  which  to  base  such  a  calculation,  and  on  8th  March  1843, 
Government  agreed  to  pay  to  the  Bootiahs  one-third  of  the  net 
revenues.  At  first  the  Bhootan  Durbar  refused  to  accept  it,  and  the 
Deb  and  Dhurm  Rajahs,  and  the  Tongso  Pillo,  in  September  1843,  sent 
a  deputation  to  Calcutta  to  demand  the  restoration  of  the  Doars.  This 
deputation  departed  without  attaining  its  object,  and  eventually  the 
Bhootan  government  accepted  the  arrangement.  The  first  payment  made 
to  Bhootan  was  Rupees  8,334  only  on  the  Assam  Doars,  exclusive  of  a  pay- 
ment of  Rupees  5,000  on  the  Kooreapara  Doar  under  a  separate  engage- 
ment.* This  sum  of  Rupees  8,334  was  calculated  to  be  one-third  of  the 
net  revenues  as  they  stood  in  1844,  viz. : — 


Rs.    A.    P 

Booree  Gooma 

• .  •         ...          •••          • 

.       4,989     2     8 

Kulling     . . . 

.. 

.       1,752     8     0 

Banska 

...         ...          ...          • 

.     15,622     7     5 

Ghurkola  ... 

. .          ...          ...          • 

726     8     0 

Bijnee 

... 

.       1,109  10     3 

Chappagoree 

... 

.       1,830     2     0 

Chappakhamar 

..         ...         ««• 

Total  . 

73     0     7 

.     26,104     6  11 

The  net  revenue  of  Kooreapara  in  the  same  year  was  Rupees 
12,450-14-7,  but  as  the  Bootiahs  were  not  content  with  one-third  of  this 
sum,  Rupees  5,000  were  paid,  and  the  payment  on  the  Assam  Doars 


*  See  Vol.  1.,  pages  143  and  145. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  355 

was  afterwards   raised   to   Rupees   10,000,  making  the  annual  payment  BHOOTAN. 
Rupees  15,000  in  all,  viz.,  Rupees  5,000   for  the  Kooreapara  Doar,  and 
Rupees  10,000  for  the  other  Assam  Doars. 

In  1855  two  Rajahs  from  Bhootan,  one  an  uncle  of  the  Dhurm 
Rajah  and  the  other  the  Jadow  or  Dewangiri  Rajah,  also  a  relative  of 
the  Dhurm  Rajah,  were  deputed  to  Gowhatty  to  demand  an  increase  of 
the  share  of  the  revenues  of  the  Doars ;  they  were  unsuccessful,  and  on 
their  return  to  Bhootan  they  took  occasion  to  commit  several  outrages  in 
the  Banska  Doar,  chiefly  on  the  persons  and  property  of  government 
Officials.  They  plundered  property  to  the  value  of  Rupees  2,868,  and  tor- 
tured people  to  make  them  disclose  their  treasures.  At  the  same  time 
several  incursions  were  made  by  Bootiahs  from  the  hills,  which  were 
instigated  by  the  Dewangiri  Rajah,  who  was  also  the  receiver  of  the 
stolen  property.  At  this  time  the  Dhurm  Rajah  was  powerless  in 
Bhootan.  He  had  been  deprived  of  his  seals  by  rebellious  Soobahs,  and 
was  anxious  to  put  himself  under  the  protection  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment. The  British  Government,  of  course,  declined  to  interfere  in  the 
internal  disputes  of  Bhootan,  but  a  demand  was  made  on  the  Deb  and 
Dhurm  Rajahs  and  the  Tongso  Pillo  or  Penlow,  the  Chief  Bootiah 
Authority  on  the  Eastern  Frontier,  for  the  surrender  of  those  who 
had  violated  BriL.  .territory,  and  orders  were  given  to  close  the 
passes  from  the  hills  to  the  Doars  if  this  demand  should  not  be  promptly 
complied  with,  or  if  any  more  outrages  were  committed.  The 
Dewangiri  Rajah,  however,  was  removed  from  office  by  the  Deb  Rajah, 
and  the  Tongso  Pillo,  his  brother,  was  fined  double  the  amount  of  the 
property  stolen.  Under  these  circumstances,  the  passes  were  re-opened ; 
and  government  limited  its  further  demand  to  the  recovery  of  an 
equivalent  for  the  property  stolen,  the  value  of  which  (Rupees  2,868) 
was  deducted  from  the  Bootiah  share  of  the  revenue  of  the  Doars. 

The  Tongso  Pillo  then  addressed  a  threatening  letter  to  the  British 
Frontier  Officers,  demanding  the  payment  of  half  the  fine  inflicted  on  him 
by  the  Deb  Rajah  and  the  surrender  of  some  of  the  Bootiah  offenders,  who 
had  been  seized  by  the  British  Officers  and  were  under  trial.  It  was  also 
reported  that  the  Dewangiri  Rajah  was  building  forts,  opening  roads,  and 
apparently  preparing  to  harass  our  frontier.  Precautions  were  at  once  taken 
for  the  protection  of  the  frontier,  and  the  permanent  annexation  of  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUD9. 

bhootan.  Bengal  Doars  was  not  only  threatened  but  was  ordered  in  the  event  of 
""  any  repetition  of  aggressive  movements  on  the  part  of  Bhootan.  The  Deb 
Rajah  was  informed  that  although  he  might  be  ostensibly  well  disposed 
toward  the  British  Government,  yet  if  he  was  unable  or  unwilling,  or 
remiss  in  his  endeavours,  to  restrain  his  subordinate  Chiefs,  it  could  not  be 
permitted  that,  for  this  want  of  power,  or  want  of  will,  or  want  of  energy, 
the  subjects  of  the  British  Government  should  suffer,  and  that  he  must 
share  in  the  penalty  due  to  the  delinquencies  of  those  who  owned  his 
authority,  and  for  whose  acts  of  aggression  on  British  territory  he  must 
be  considered  responsible. 

The  Dhurm  and  Deb  Rajahs,  the  Tongso  Pillo  and  the  Dewangir 
Rajah,  all  apologized  for  their  previous  misconduct.  Meanwhile,  however, 
another  outrage  had  been  committed  in  the  Gowalpara  District.  Arung 
Sing,  the  hereditary  Zemindar  of  the  Gooma  Doar,  who  had  taken  refuge 
in  British  territory  from  a  cruel  imprisonment,  was  carried  off  from  his 
residence  in  Mouza  Pettah  by  a  party  of  armed  Bootiahs.  A  demand 
was  made  on  the  Bhootan  government  for  the  punishment  of  the  offenders, 
and  an  apology  for  the  acts  of  their  dependants.  This  demand  was  accom- 
panied with  a  warning  that  if  atonement  were  not  made  for  this  new 
aggression,  the  Government  of  India  would  hold  itself  free  to  take  per- 
manent possession  of  the  Bengal  Doars.  On  the  other  hand,  if  full  satis- 
faction should  be  offered  for  the  aggression  committed  in  carrying  off  Arung 
Sing,  correspondence  with  the  Tongso  Pillo  was  to  be  resumed,  and  the 
Bootiah  share  of  the  Doar  revenue  was  to  be  raised  to  Rupees  12,000. 

No  reply  to  the  remonstrance  was  received  from  the  Dhurm  Rajah 
at  all,  while  that  of  the  Deb  Rajah,  not  only  in  the  case  of  Arung  Sing, 
but  in  answer  to  the  demand  for  the  surrender  of  parties  charged  with 
dacoity  and  the  murder  of  a  British  subject  at  Shaftabari,  in  Rungpore, 
was  evasive  and  unsatisfactory.  Further  outrages  also  were  reported : 
A  British  merchant,  named  Saligram  Asaval,  who  had  gone  to  Myna- 
goree  to  trade,  was  seized,  and  his  release  was  refused.  Two  men  also, 
with  their  wives,  were  forcibly  carried  away  from  Cooch  Behar.  A 
corps  of  observation  was  moved  to  the  frontier,  but  before  putting  into 
execution  the  threatened  annexation  of  the  Doars,  the  Government  of 
India  desired  to  have  full  information  on  the  political  condition  of 
Bhootan,  in  regard  to  which  their  information  was  curiously  imperfect. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS.  357 

The  enquiries  made  by  the  Bengal  Government  established  the  impres-  BHOOTAN. 
sion  that  the  Central  government  of  Bhootan  at  Tassisudon  does,  under  ~~ 
ordinary  circumstances,  exercise  an  effective  control  over  the  subordinate 
provincial  Governors  or  Soobahs,  but  that  the  degree  of  control  varies 
with  the  state  of  parties  at  Court,  and  had  of  late  been  weakened  by 
contentions  for  the  office  of  Deb  Rajah.  It  was  reported  that  the  Deb 
Rajah,  a  usurper,  had  recently  died,  and  been  succeeded  by  a  new  ruler 
with  the  entire  consent  of  the  party  of  the  Dhurm  Rajah,  a  change 
which  was  considered  to  be  favorable  to  the  cause  of  good  order  on  the 
frontier,  where  the  authority  was  divided  between  the  Tongso  Pillo  in 
the  Eastern  Doars,  the  Paro  Pillo  in  the  Western,  and  the  Deb  Rajah 
himself  in  the  Central  Doars,  each  Doar,  however,  being  directly  under 
a  Soobah  or  local  Governor.  Under  these  circumstances,  having  regard 
to  the  change  which  had  taken  place  in  the  persons  composing  the  gov- 
ernment of  Bhootan,  and  apparently  in  the  temper  of  those  authorities, 
it  was  determined  not  to  proceed  at  once  to  coercion,  but  to  make  one 
more  demand  on  the  Dhurm  and  Deb  Rajahs,  with  the  warning  that,  if 
the  demand  should  fail  of  success,  the  Government  of  India  would  take 
measures  at  its  own  pleasure  for  enforcing  it.  The  measures  suggested 
were  the  seizure  in  permanent  possession  of  the  tract  of  country  which 
the  Bhootan  government  held  on  this  side  of  the  Teesta,  which  was  ceded 
to  them  more  than  seventy  years  ago,  and  was  held  by  the  British  Govern- 
ment in  farm ;  and  if  this  did  not  prove  sufficient,  the  occupation  and 
retention  of  the  Julpesh  District  beyond  the  Teesta,  but  not  reaching  to 
the  Doars. 

The  outbreak  of  the  mutinies  prevented  the  execution  of  these 
measures.  But  on  15th  April  1859,  the  Bengal  Government  submitted 
a  list  of  the  aggressions  committed  by  the  Bootiahs  since  1857  :  it 
showed  a  total  of  thirty-three  cases,  in  which  45  persons  had  been  carried 
off  by  the  Bootiahs,  of  whom  27  had  been  released,  1  had  made  his 
escape,  and  17  remained  in  captivity.  In  one  case  the  Bootiahs  had  also 
carried  off  property  to  the  value  of  Rupees  20,936.  With  reference  to 
these  occurrences,  the  Governor  General  in  Council  decided  that  the  time 
for  coercion  had  arrived.  The  territory  known  as  the  Ambarree  Falla- 
cottah,  on  this  side  the  Teesta,  which  was  held  in  farm  from  Bhootan, 
was  taken  possession  of;  a  letter  was  addressed  to  the  Deb  Rajah,  stating 


35S  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

BHOOTAN.  categorically  the  circumstances  of  each  case  of  outrage,  and  requiring  not 

only  the  restoration  of  captives,  but  the  punishment  of  the  guilty  parties, 

and  informing  the  Rajah  that  the  territory  would  not  be  given  back 
till  full  reparation  should  be  made. 

In  the  mean  time  the  outrages  in  British  territory  and  the  terri- 
tories of  the  Rajahs  of  Cooch  Behar  and  Sikhim  had  not  ceased.  The 
marauders  in  these  fresh  dacoities  belonged  chiefly  to  the  Balka,  Sediee, 
and  Cheerung  Doars.  During  the  negotiations  with  Sikhim  at  the  close 
of  the  Sikhim  war,  the  Bhootan  government  repeatedly  attempted  to  pro- 
cure, through  the  Superintendent  of  Darjeeling  and  through  the  envoy 
to  Sikhim,  the  payment  of  the  rent  of  Ambaree  Fallacottah,  and  after 
the  conclusion  of  the  Sikhim  Treaty,  the  Bhootan  Authorities  had  been 
threatening  Sikhim,  on  the  pretence  that  it  was  owing  to  the  rupture 
between  the  British  Government  and  Sikhim  that  the  Ambaree  Falla- 
cottah rents  had  been  withheld.  The  Deb  Rajah,  however,  was  informed 
that  the  stoppage  of  the  rents  was  owing  solely  to  the  refusal  of  the 
Bhootan  government  to  comply  with  the  just  demands  of  the  British 
Government.  But  as  it  was  doubtful  whether,  in  consequence  of  the 
usurpations  of  the  frontier  Governors,  the  letters  to  the  Central  gov- 
ernment of  Bhootan  were  not  intercepted,  the  Government  of  Bengal 
proposed  to  send  a  mission  to  Bhootan  and  permanently  to  locate  a  Bri- 
tish Agent  at  the  Court  of  the  Deb  Rajah. 

The  Government  of  India,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of 
State  in  Council,  determined  that  a  mission  should  be  sent  to  explain 
what  the  demands  of  the  British  Government  were  and  what  would  be 
done  if  they  were  not  conceded,  and  also  to  make  our  engagement  with 
Sikhim  clearly  understood  to  the  Bootiahs.  But  the  expediency  or  other- 
wise of  placing  an  Agent  in  Bhootan  was  to  be  left  for  consideration 
after  the  result  of  the  mission  was  known. 

A  messenger  was  despatched  with  a  letter  to  the  Deb  and  Dhurm 
Rajahs,  informing  them  of  the  intention  to  send  an  envoy  and  enquir- 
ing by  what  route  the  Bhootan  government  would  wish  him  to  proceed. 
On  11th  October  1862,  the  Government  of  Bengal  urged  that  the 
mission  should  start  not  later  than  the  25th  of  December  1862,  and 
should  proceed  from  Darjeeling  across  the  Teesta  into  Bhootan,  and 
march  direct   by  the  best    and   shortest   route   to   Tassisudon   or  to 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  359 

Poonakha,  if  the  Durbar  had  not  left  its  winter  quarters  by  the  time  BHOOTAN. 
the  mission  arrived  there.  They  suggested  that  another  special  mes-  "" 
senger  should  be  sent  to  announce  the  appointment  of  the  envoy  by 
name  and  the  route  by  which  he  would  march.  But  as  the  selection  of 
the  route  of  the  mission  had  been  left  to  the  Deb  and  Dhurm  Rajahs, 
the  Governor  General  in  Council  resolved  to  await  the  answer  to  be 
brought  by  the  special  messenger.  He  arrived  towards  the  end  of  1862 
with  an  evasive  letter  from  the  Deb  Rajah,  who  expressed  himself  ready 
to  receive  the  Agent  to  the  Governor  General,  to  converse  about  the 
Assam  Doars ;  asked  for  payment  of  the  Ambaree  Fallacottah  rents ; 
intimated  that  the  Dhurm  Rajah  was  averse  to  an  interview,  and  that 
Zinkaffs  would  be  deputed  to  adjust  the  disputes  when  the  season  would 
permit. 

With  reference  to  this,  the  Bengal  Government  urged  that,  instead 
of  waiting  for  the  Zinkaffs,  the  mission  should  be  dispatched  at  once, 
as  it  was  impossible  for  the  questions  in  dispute  to  be  settled  satisfac- 
torily in  any  other  way.  But  the  Governor  General  was  of  opinion 
that  as  the  Bhootan  government  had  been  asked  to  point  out  the  route 
which  the  mission  to  Bhootan  was  to  follow,  it  would  not  be  advisable 
at  so  late  a  period  in  the  cool  season  to  raise  a  new  question  by  selecting 
a  route  without  waiting  for  the  formal  reply  from  the  Bhootan  rulers. 

Up  to  the  19th  March  1863  nothing  more  was  heard  of  the  pro- 
mised deputation  of  the  Zinkaffs,  and  as  the  messengers  who  had,  as 
usual,  come  down  to  receive  their  share  of  the  revenues  of  the  Assam 
Doars,  knew  nothing  of  any  intention  on  the  part  of  the  Bhootan  gov- 
ernment to  send  the  deputation,  it  was  finally  determined  that  the  envoy 
should  proceed  from  Darjeeling  after  the  rains  of  1863,  furnished  with 
instructions,  which  were  approved  by  Her  Majesty's  Government,  and 
with  a  Draft  Treaty  which  he  was  to  negotiate. 

Before  the  mission  commenced  their  journey,  information  was  received 
of  the  outbreak  of  a  revolution  in  Bhootan,  headed  by  the  Soobah  of 
Poonakha,  who  was  supported  by  the  Tongso  Pillo,  the  Soobahs  of  East 
Bhootan,  and  the  Dalimkote  Soobah,  and  some  of  the  western  Chiefs, 
to  overthrow  the  Deb  Rajah,  whose  cause  was  espoused  by  the  Paro  Pillo, 
the  Soobah  of  Tassisudon,  and  a  few  of  the  western  Soobahs.  The 
revolution  was  successful,  and  as  the  envoy  reported  that  he  did  not 


MO  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

hiiootan.  think  that  any  serious  difficulties  would  be  placed  in  the  way  of  the 
~  mission,  and  that  the  Soobah  of  Dalimkote  had  promised  to  give  all  the 
assistance  in  his  power  on  the  way  to  Tassisudon,  the  mission  was,  on 
21st  December  1863,  authorized  to  start  on  their  journey.  The  envoy 
reached  Poonakha  on  the  13th  of  March,  where  he  found  the  Deb  and 
Dhurm  Rajahs  were  puppets  in  the  hands  of  the  Tongso  Pillo,  the 
successful  head  of  the  late  insurrection.  By  this  man,  who  refused 
to  treat  except  on  condition  of  the  restoration  of  the  Assam  Doars 
the  mission  were  subjected  to  gross  outrage  and  insult ;  with  difficulty 
they  obtained  permission  to  return  after  the  envoy  had  signed  under 
compulsion  an  agreement  that  the  British  Government  would  re-adjust 
the  whole  boundary  between  the  two  countries,  restore  the  Assam  Doars, 
deliver  up  all  run-away  slaves  and  political  offenders  who  had  taken 
refuge  in  British  territory,  and  consent  to  be  punished  by  the  Bhootan 
and  Cooch  Behar  governments  acting  together  if  they  ever  made 
encroachments  on  Bhootan.  The  envoy  resolved  to  sign  this  document 
after  considering  in  concert  with  the  other  Officers  of  the  mission  and 
rejecting  as  more  embarrassing  to  government  every  other  course  which 
appeared  open  to  him. 

The  engagement  which  had  been  extorted  from  the  envoy  was  at 
once  repudiated  by  the  British  Government,  and  as  a  punishment  for 
the  outrageous  treatment  to  which  the  mission  had  been  subjected 
the  Ambaree  Fallacottah  was  declared  (No.  CVIIL)  to  be  permanently 
annexed  to  the  British  dominions,  and  the  payment  of  revenue  to  Bhootan 
from  the  Assam  Doars  was  stopped  for  ever,  and  the  Bhootan  government 
were  informed  that  if  the  demands  of  the  British  Government  were  not 
complied  with  by  1st  September  1864,  such  further  measures  would  be 
taken  to  enforce  these  demands  as  might  appear  to  be  necessary.  No 
steps  having  been  taken  within  the  time  specified  to  comply  with  these 
demands,  the  Bengal  Doars  were  permanently  annexed  (No.  CIX.)  to 
the  British  territories,,  and  the  districts  were  occupied  in  force  by  British 
troops. 


No.  CVIII. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  361 

No.   CVIII.  BHOOTAN. 

Khureeta  to  His  Highness  the  Deb  Rajah, — (dated  Simla,  the  9th  June  1864.) 

You  are  well  aware  that  for  many  years  past  wanton  outrages  have 
been  committed  by  your  subjects  within  the  territories  of  the  British 
Government  and  within  the  territories  of  the  Rajahs  of  Sikkim  and 
Cooch  Behar,  who  are  under  British  protection.  "  Men,  women,  and 
children  have  been  kidnapped  and  sold  into  slavery;  some  have  been 
put  to  death ;  others  have  been  cruelly  wounded ;  and  much  valuable 
property  has  been  carried  off  or  destroyed.  These  outrages,  it  is  well 
known,  are  not  the  act  of  individual  criminals,  who  set  the  laws  of 
Bhootan  at  defiance ;  they  are  perpetrated  with  the  knowledge  and  at  the 
instigation  of  some  of  the  leading  Chiefs  of  Bhootan.  Over  a  period  of 
thirty-six  years  these  aggressions  have  extended.  Many  remonstrances 
have  been  in  vain  addressed  to  the  Bhootan  government,  and  the  British 
Government  has  been  compelled,  in  its  own  defence  and  the  defence  of 
its  protected  and  subordinate  allies,  to  have  recourse  to  measures  of  retri- 
bution. In  1828  and  1836  the  British  Government  were  most  re- 
luctantly forced  to  occupy  the  Booree  Gooma  and  the  Banska  Doars,  but 
these  districts  were  subsequently  restored  to  the  Bhootan  government  in 
the  hope  that  the  Bhootan  government  would  fulfil  the  offices  of  friend- 
ship towards  their  neighbour  by  restraining  their  subjects  from  the  com- 
mission of  such  aggressions  for  the  future. 

This  hope  proved  illusory,  and  after  the  British  Government  had 

in  vain  endeavoured  to  secure  a  better  understanding  with  the  Bhootan 

government    by   means   of  a  friendly 

BS?khamar'        mission,   it  became  necessary  in  1841 

Booree  Gooma.         to  annex  permanently  to  the  British 
Kulling.  l  ' 

dominions    the    seven*   Assam  Doars, 

a  measure  which,  it  was  believed,  would  convince  the  Bhootan  government 
that  British  territory  cannot  with  impunity  be  persistently  and  wantonly 
violated.  Nevertheless,  the  British  Government,  willing  to  believe  in 
the  friendship  of  your  government,  and  careful  only  to  secure  an  undis- 
turbed frontier  and  to  live  at  peace  with  the  people  of  Bhootan,  paid  to 
your  government  annually  a  sum  of  Rs.  10,000  from  the  revenues  of 
these  Doars. 

vol.  vii.  2  y 


*  Ghurkola. 
Banska. 
Cliappagoonee. 


362  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

BIKX>  But  even  this  moderation  on  the  part  of  the  British  Government, 

S  t  \  in.  Qiia  sign  of  its  anxiety  above  all  things  for  peace,  was  misunderstood. 
Outrages  did  not  cease.  Precautions  had  to  be  taken  for  the  defence 
of  the  British  Frontier,  and  not  only  the  Deb  and  Dhurma  Rajahs,  but 
the  local  Governors  on  the  frontier,  particularly  the  Tongso  Pillo,  had 
to  be  distinctly  warned  that,  unless  these  insults  to  the  British  Govern- 
ment were  put  a  slop  to,  the  British  Government  would  have  no  alter- 
native but  to  resort  to  further  measures  of  retribution. 

These  warnings  were  ineffectual ;  it  is  unnecessary  to  repeat  the  nu- 
merous acts  of  aggression  to  which  the  British  Government  patiently 
submitted,  and  the  further  remonstrancs  which  were  addressed  to  your 
government  before  they  carried  their  threats  into  execution  by  the  stop- 
page of  the  rent  of  Rupees  2,000  a  year  for  the  Ambaree  Fallacottah,  which 
the  British  Government  held  in  farm.  Of  the  reasons  which  forced  the 
British  Government  to  this  measure,  your  government  were  duly  in- 
formed, and  you  were  warned  that  the  rents  of  Ambaree  Fallacottah  would 
not  be  paid  until  full  reparation  should  be  made,  captives  released,  and 
the  guilty  parties  punished.  These  measures  also  proved  ineffectual;  and 
as  the  British  Government  were  unwilling  to  be  committed  to  a  course 
of  retributive  coercion,  it  was  deteraiined  to  make  one  effort  more  by 
■  peaceful  negotiation  and  the  dispatch  of  a  friendly  mission  to  explain 
fully  the  demands  of  the  British  Government  and  to  put  the  relations 
of  the  two  governments  on  a  satisfactory  footing.  Of  this  intention 
the  Bhootan  government  were  informed  in  1862  by  a  special  messenger, 
who  carried  letters  to  the  Deb  and  Dhurma  Rajahs,  and  by  more  recent 
letters  addressed  to  you  by  the  Honourable  the  Lieutenant  Governor  of 
Bengal.  The  mission,  under  the  conduct  of  the  Honourable  Ashley  Eden, 
a  high  functionary  of  the  British  Government  and  my  envoy  and 
plenipotentiary,  reached  your  Court  at  Ponaka  on  13th  March  1864. 
Mr.  Eden  was  the  bearer  of  a  Draft  Treaty  which  he  was  instructed  to 
negotiate  with  you.  The  terms  of  that  Treaty  were  so  just  and  reason- 
able, and  so  favorable  to  the  best  interests  of  both  governments,  that  I 
did  not  anticipate  its  rejection,  more  especially  as  Mr.  Eden  had  full 
discretion  to  modify  any  of  the  details  not  inconsistent  with  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  Treaty  to  meet  the  wishes  of  the  Bhootan  government.  It 
was,  of  course,  optional  with  you  to  accept  or  reject  this  Treaty  in  whole 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  3G3 

or  in  part,  and  had  you  received  my  envoy  in  the  manner  suited  to  his  BHOOTAN. 

rank  as  my  representative,  and  as  by  the  usages  of  nations  he  ought  to    Ko.  CVIH 

have  been  received,  but  declared  your  inability  to  accede  to  the  demands* 

of  the  British  Government,  this  rejection  of  my  proposals,  however  much 

to  be  regretted  as  forcing  the  British  Government  to  coercive  measures 

for  the  protection  of  the  persons  and  property  of  its  subjects,  would  not 

in  itself  have  been  an  offence. 

But  you  are  aware  that  not  only  have  the  just  demands  of  the  Bri- 
tish Government  been  refused,  but  they  have  been  refused  in  a  manner 
disgraceful  to  yourself  and  to  your  Durbar  and  insulting  to  the  British 
Government.  Not  only  has  the  envoy  deputed  to  your  Court  not  been 
received  with  the  dignity  due  to  his  rank;  he  has  not  even  received  that 
protection  from  personal  insult  and  violence  which  is  extended  to  an 
envoy  by  the  laws  of  all  nations  save  the  most  barbarous.  By  the 
Tongso  Pillo  and  his  coadjutors  in  Council  the  letter  addressed  to  you  on 
the  part  of  the  British  Government  has  been  treated  with  contumely ; 
my  envoy  was  publicly  insulted  and  derided  in  your  own  presence,  and 
has  been  compelled  under  threats  of  personal  violence  to  sign  an  engage- 
ment agreeing"  to  restore  the  Assam  Doars. 

This  engagement  I  entirely  repudiate,  not  only  because  it  was  be- 
yond Mr.  Eden's  instructions  to  agree  to  any  such  terms,  but  because  the 
engagement  was  extorted  from  him  by  personal  violence  and  threats  of 
imprisonment.  The  treatment  to  which  the  mission  which  was  deputed 
to  your  Court  to  remove  all  causes  of  dispute  by  peaceful  negotiation  was 
subjected,  has  been  so  disgraceful,  that  the  British  Government  cannot 
allow  the  government  of  Bhootan  to  go  unpunished. 

I  am  aware  that  your  authority  has  been  usurped  by  the  Tongso 
Pillo  and  other  Chiefs,  but  it  cannot  be  permitted  that,  for  the  insubordi- 
nation of  your  Chiefs  and  the  internal  distractions  which  weaken  the 
government  of  Bhootan,  the  subjects  of  the  British  Government  should 
suffer  and  the  envoy  of  the  British  Government  should  be  insulted  anil 
maltreated. 

I  therefore  inform  you  that  the  district  of  Ambaree  Fallacottah, 
heretofore  held  in  rent  from  the  Bhootan  government,  is  permanently 
annexed  to  the  British  dominions,  and  that  all  payments  of  rent  from 
that   district   and  of  revenues  from   the  Assam   Doars   to  the  Bhootan 


£64  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

n  II OOTAN.  government  have  ceased  for  ever.  You  have  been  informed  both  in  writ- 
No*.  CVIII  mg  and  by  my  envoy  that  all  British  subjects  of  Cooch  Behar  and  Sikkim, 
&  CIX.  *bf  whom  there  are  said  to  be  more  than  three  hundred,  who  are  now  held 
captive  by  your  Chiefs  and  in  your  monasteries,  or  are  detained  in 
Bhootan  against  their  will,  must  be  released,  and  that  the  property  which 
has  been  carried  off  from  British  territory,  or  Cooch  Behar,  or  Sikkim 
within  the  last  five  years,  must  be  restored.  I  now  warn  you  that,  unless 
these  demands  are  fully  complied  with  by  the  1st  day  of  September  next, 
that  is,  three  months  from  this  date,  I  shall  take  such  further  measures 
to  enforce  these  demands  as  may  seem  to  me  to  be  necessary. 

(Signed)         John  Lawrence. 


The  same  to  the  Dhurm  Kajah. 

No.  CIX. 
PROCLAMATION. 


FOREIGN  DEPARTMENT. 
POLITICAL. 

Fort  William,  the  \%th  November  1864. 

For  many  years  past  outrages  have  been  committed  by  subjects  of 
the  Bhootan  government  within  British  territory,  and  in  the  territories 
of  the  Rajahs  of  Sikkim  and  Cooch  Behar.  In  these  outrages  property 
has  been  plundered  and  destroyed,  lives  have  been  taken,  and  many  in- 
nocent persons  have  been  carried  into  and  are  still  held  in  captivity. 

The  British  Government,  ever  sincerely  desirous  of  maintaining 
friendly  relations  with  neighbouring  States,  and  specially  mindful  of  the 
obligations  imposed  on  it  by  the  Treaty  of  1774,  has  endeavoured  from 
time  to  time  by  conciliatory  remonstrance  to  induce  the  government  of 
Bhootan  to  punish  the  perpetrators  of  these  crimes,  to  restore  the  plun- 
dered property,  and  to  liberate  the  captives.  But  such  remonstrances 
have  never  been  successful,  and,  even  when  followed  by  serious  warning, 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SFNNUDS.  365 

have  failed  to  produce  any  satisfactory  result.     The  British  Government  BHOOTAN. 
has  been  frequently  deceived  by  vague  assurances  and  promises  for  the     No.  CIX. 
future,  but  no  property  has  ever  been  restored,  no  captive  liberated,  no 
offender  punished,  and  the  outrages  have  continued. 

In  1863  the  Government  of  India,  being  averse  to  the  adoption  of 
extreme  measures  for  the  protection  of  its  subjects  and  dependent  allies, 
despatched  a  special  mission  to  the  Bhootan  Court,  charged  with  pro- 
posals of  a  conciliatory  character,  but  instructed  to  demand  the  surrender 
of  all  captives,  the  restoration  of  plundered  property,  and  security  for 
the  future  peace  of  the  frontier. 

This  pacific  overture  was  insolently  rejected  by  the  Government  of 
Bhootan.  Not  only  were  restitution  for  the  past  and  security  for  the 
future  refused,  but  the  British  envoy  was  insulted  in  open  Durbar,  and 
compelled,  as  the  only  means  of  ensuring  the  safe  return  of  the  mission, 
to  sign  a  document  which  the  Government  of  India  could  only  instantly 
repudiate. 

For  this  insult  the  Governor  General  in  Council  determined  to 
withhold  for  ever  the  annual  payments  previously  made  to  the  Bhootan 
government  on  account  of  the  revenues  of  the  Assam  Doars  and  Am- 
baree  Fallacottah,  which  had  long  been  in  the  occupation  of  the  British 
Government,  and  annexed  those  districts  permanently  to  British  terri- 
tory. At  the  same  time,  still  anxious  to  avoid  an  open  rupture,  the  Gov- 
ernor General  in  Council  addressed  a  letter  to  the  Deb  and  Dhurma 
Rajahs,  formally  demanding  that  all  captives  detained  in  Bhootan  against 
their  will  should  be  released,  and  that  all  property  carried  off  during  the 
last  five  years  should  be  restored. 

To  this  demand  the  government  of  Bhootan  has  returned  an  evasive 
reply,  from  which  can  be  gathered  no  hope  that  the  just  requisitions  of 
the  Government  of  India  will  ever  be  complied  with,  or  that  the  secu- 
rity of  the  frontier  can  be  provided  for  otherwise  than  by  depriving  the 
government  of  Bhootan  and  its  subjects  of  the  means  and  opportunity  of 
future  aggression. 

The  Governor  General  in  Council  has  therefore  reluctantly  resolved 
to  occupy  permanently  and  annex  to  British  territory  the  Bengal  Doars 
of  Bhootan,  and  so  much  of  the  Hill  Territory,  including  the  Forts  of 
Dallingkot,  Pasakha,  and  Dewangiri,  as  may  be  necessary  to  command 


168  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

BHOOTaN.  the  passes,  and  to  prevent  hostile  or  predatory  incursions  of  Bhootanese 

No.  C1X.     *n*°  ^ne  Darjeeling  District  or  into  the  plains  below.     A  Military  Force 

amply  sufficient  to  occupy  this  tract  and  to  overcome  all  resistance,  has 

been  assembled  on  the  frontier,  and  will  now  proceed  to  carry  out  this 

resolve. 

All  Chiefs,  Zemindars,  Munduls,  Ryots,  and  other  inhabitants  of 
the  tract  in  question  are  hereby  required  to  submit  to  the  authority  of 
the  British  Government,  to  remain  quietly  in  their  homes,  and  to  render 
assistance  to  the  British  troops  and  to  the  Commissioner  who  is  charged 
with  the  administration  of  the  tract.  Protection  of  life  and  property  and 
a  guarantee  of  all  private  rights  is  offered  to  those  who  do  not  resist,  and 
strict  justice  will  be  done  to  all.  The  lands  will  be  moderately  assessed 
and  all  oppression  and  extortion  will  be  absolutely  prohibited. 

The  future  boundary  between  the  territories  of  the  Queen  of  Eng- 
land and  those  of  Bhootan  will  be  surveyed  and  marked  off,  and  the  au- 
thority of  the  government  of  Bhootan  within  this  boundary  will  cease 
for  ever. 

By  order  of  the  Governor  General  in  Council, 

H.  M.  DuitAND,  Colonel, 
Secy,  to  the  Govt,  of  India. 


COOCH  BEHAR.  cooch 

BEHAR. 
{Vol.  I.,  pages  151—153.-)  No#  cx# 

On  11th  March  1862,  Rajah  Nurinder  Narain  received  a  Sunnud 
(No.  CX.)  guaranteeing  to  him  the  right  of  adoption.  He  died  in 
August  1863,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  infant  and  only  legitimate  son 
Nirp  Indur  Narain.  A  British  Officer  has  been  appointed  Commissioner 
to  conduct  the  administration  during  the  minority.  The  abolition  of 
slavery  in  Cooch  Behar  has'  been  formally  proclaimed. 


No.  CX. 

Copy  of  Sunnud  to  Bajah  of  Cooch  Behar,  dated  11th  March  1862. 

Her  Majesty  being  desirous  that  the  governments  of  the  several 
Princes  and  Chiefs  of  India  who  now  govern  their  own  territories  should 
be  perpetuated,  and  that  the  representation  and  dignity  of  their  Houses 
should  be  continued,  I  hereby,  in  fulfilment  of  this  desire,  convey  to  you 
the  assurance  that,  on  failure  of  natural  heirs,  the  adoption  by  yourself 
and  future  rulers  of  your  State  of  a  successor  according  to  Hindoo  law 
and  the  customs  of  your  race  will  be  recognized  and  confirmed. 

Be  assured  that  nothing  shall  disturb  the  engagement  thus  made  to 
you  so  long  as  your  House  is  loyal  to  the  Crown  and  faithful  to  the 
conditions  of  the  Treaties,  grants,  or  engagements  which  record  its  obli- 
gations to  the  British  Government. 

(Signed)        Canning. 


i  ack  CUTTACK  TRIBUTARY  MEHALS. 

TRIBUTAUY 
MEHALS.  {Vol.  I.,  pages  184 — 198.) 


No  CXI. 


On  11th  March  1862,  Sunnuds  (No.  CXI.)  guaranteeing  the  right 
of  adoption  were  conferred  on  the  Chiefs  of  the  sixteen  Tributary 
Mehals. 


No.  CXI. 
Copt  of  a  Sunnud  to  sixteen  Tributary  Mehals  of  Cuttack,  dated  11th  March  1862. 

Her  Majesty  being  desirous  that  the  governments  of  the  several 
Princes  and  Chiefs  of  India  who  now  govern  their  own  territories  should 
be  perpetuated,  and  that  the  representation  and  dignity  of  their  Houses 
should  be  continued,  in  fulfilment  of  this  desire  this  Sunnud  is  given  to 
you  to  convey  to  you  the  assurance  that  on  failure  of  natural  heirs,  the 
British  Government  will  permit  and  confirm  any  adoption  of  a  successor 
made  by  yourself  or  by  any  future  Chief  of  your  State  that  may  be  in 
accordance  with  Hindoo  law  and  the  customs  of  your  race. 

Be  assured  that  nothing  shall  disturb  the  engagement  thus  made  to 
you  so  long  as  your  House  is  loyal  to  the  Crown  and  faithful  to  the  con- 
ditions of  the  Treaties,  grants,  or  engagements  which  record  its  obliga- 
tions to  the  British  Government. 

(Signed)         Canning. 


No.  CXII. 


BURMAH.  BURMAH. 

{Vol.  L,  pages  199—221.) 

In  May  1862  the  Chief  Commissioner  of  British  Burmah  was 
instructed  to  visit  Ava  for  the  purpose  of  coming  to  an  understanding 
with  the  Court  of  Burmah  on  several  questions,  more  especially  relating 
to  matters  of  commercial  importance,  which  were  then  under  discussion. 
On  10th  November  1862  he  concluded  a  Treaty  (No.  CXII.)  for  the 
protection  of  trade  and  the  establishment  of  free  intercourse  with 
Burmah.  An  Agent  to  the  Chief  Commissioner  was  appointed  to  reside 
at  Mandalay  to  prevent  misunderstandings  arising  as  to  the  provisions 
of  the  Treaty. 


No.  CXII. 

Teeaty  with  the  King  of  Burmah,  dated  the  10th  November  1862. 

On  the  10th  day  of  November  1862,  answering  to  the  5th  day  of 
the  waning  moon  Tatshoungmon  1224,  Lieutenant  Colonel  A.  P.  Phayre, 
Chief  Commissioner  of  British  Burmah,  having  been  duly  empowered 
by  His  Excellency  the  Right  Honourable  the  Earl  of  Elgin  and  Kincar- 
dine, k.  t.  and  g.  c.  b.,  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India,  and 
Woongyee  Thado  Mengyee  Maha  Menghla-thee-ha-thoo,  having  been 
duly  empowered  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Burmah,  concluded  the  fol- 
lowing Treaty : — 

Article  1. 

The  Burmese  and  British  rulers  have  for  a  long  time  remained  at 
peace  and  in  friendship ;  peace  shall  now  be  extended  to  future  genera- 
tions, both  parties  being  careful  to  observe  the  conditions  of  a  firm  and 
lasting  friendship. 

VOL.   VII.  2  z 


370  TU  KATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    A^D   SUNNUDS. 

i;i  i:mah.  Aeticle  2. 


No.  CXII.  In  accordance  with  the  great  friendship  existing  between  the  two 

countries,  traders  and  other  subjects  of  the  Burmese  government,  who 
may  travel  and  trade  in  the  British  territory,  shall,  in  conformity  with 
the  custom  of  great  countries,  be  treated  and  protected  in  the  same 
manner  as  if  they  were  subjects  of  the  British  Government. 


■  Article  3. 

Traders  and  other  subjects  of  the  British  Government,  who  may 
travel  and  trade  in  the  Burmese  territory,  shall,  in  accordance  with  the 
custom  of  great  countries,  be  treated  and  protected  in  the  same  manner 
as  if  they  were  subjects  of  the  Burmese  government. 


*  Article  4. 

When  goods  are  imported  into  Rangoon  from  any  British  or  foreign 
territory,  and  declared  to  be  for  export  by  the  Irrawaddy  River  to  the 
Burmese  territory,  the  English  ruler  shall,  provided  bulk  is  not  broken, 
and  he  believes  the  manifest  to  be  true,  charge  one  per  cent,  on  their 
value,  and  if  he  so  desires,  shall  allow  them  to  be  conveyed  under  the 
charge  of  an  Officer  until  arrived  at  Maloon  and  Mehla.  The  tariff 
value  of  goods  shall  be  forwarded  yearly  to  the  Burmese  ruler.  If  such 
goods  are  declared  for  export  to  other  territories,  and  not  for  sale  in  the 
Burmese  territories,  the  Burmese  ruler  shall,  if  he  believes  the  mani- 
fest to  be  true,  not  cause  bulk  to  be  broken,  and  such  goods  shall  be  free 
of  duty. 

Article  5. 
When  goods  are  imported  into  Burmah  by  persons  residing  in  the 
Burmese  or  any  foreign  territory,  and  declared  to  be  for  export  by  the 
Irrawaddy  River  to  Rangoon,  the  Burmese  ruler  shall,  provided  bulk  is 
not  broken,  and  he  believes  the  manifest  to  be  true,  charge  one  per  cent. 
on  their  value,  and  if  he  so  desires,  shall  allow  them  to  be  conveyed 
under  the  charge  of  an  Officer  to  Thayet  Myo,  and  the  tariff  value  of 
such  goods  shall  be  forwarded  yearly  to  the   British   ruler.     If  such 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  371 

I 

goods  are  declared  for  export  to  other  territories,  and  not  for  sale  in  Bri-  BURMAH 
tish  territory,  such  goods  shall  be  free  according  to  the  Customs  ^o.  CXII 
Schedule,  but  goods  liable  to  sea-board  duty  will  pay  the  usual  rate. 


Article  6. 

Traders  from  the  Burmese  territory  who  may  desire  to  travel  in  the 
British  territory,  either  by  land  or  by  water,  through  the  whole  course  of 
the  Irrawaddy  River,  shall  conform  to  the  customs  of  the  British  territory, 
and  be  allowed  to  travel  in  such  manner  as  they  please,  without  hindrance 
from  the  British  ruler,  and  to  ptirchase  whatever  they  may  require. 
Burmese  merchants  will  be  allowed  to  settle  and  to  have  land  for  the 
erection  of  houses  of  business  in  any  part  of  the  British  territory. 

Article  7. 

Traders  from  the  British  territory  who  may  desire  to  travel  in  the 
Burmese  territory,  either  by  land  or  by  water,  through  the  whole  extent 
of  the  Irrawaddy  River,  shall  conform  to  the  customs  of  the  Burmese 
territory,  and  shall  be  allowed  to  travel  in  such  manner  as  they  please, 
without  hindrance  by  the  Burmese  ruler,  and  to  purchase  whatever  they 
may  require.  British  merchants  will  be  allowed  to  settle  and  to  have 
lands  for  the  erection  of  houses  of  business  in  any  part  of  the  Burmese 
territory. 

Article  8. 

Should  the  British  ruler,  within  one  year  after  the  conclusion  of 
this  Treaty,  abolish  the  duties  now  taken  at  Thayet  Myo  and  Toungoo, 
the  Burmese  ruler,  with  a  regard  to  the  benefit  of  the  people  of  his 
country,  will,  if  so  inclined,  after  one,  two,  three,  or  four  years,  abolish 
the  duties  now  taken  at  Maloon  and  Toungoo  (in  the  Burmese  territory) . 

Article  9. 

People  from  whatever  country  or  nation  who  may  wish  to  proceed  to 
the    British  territory,  the  Burmese  ruler  shall  allow  to  pass  without 


872  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

BURMAH.    hindrance.     People  from  whatever  country  who  may  desire  to  proceed  to 


No.  CXII.    the  Burmese  territory,  the  British  ruler  shall  allow  to  pass    without 
hindrance. 

(Signed)  Arthur  Purves  Phayre,  Lieut. -Colonel 3 

Appointed  by  the  Viceroy  and  Govr.-Genl. 

(Signed)    Woongyee  Thado  Mengyee  Maha  Menghla- 

thee-ha-thoo, 
Plenipotentiary  to  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Burmah. 


Ratified  by  the  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  India  in  Council 
this  day  the  13th  of  December  1862. 

Fort  William,  -v  (Signed)         H.  M.  Durand, 

The  \Uh  December  1862.  J  Secretary  to  the  Government  of  India. 


MALAYAN  PENINSULA. 

{Vol.  L,  pages  223—300.) 

Jo/wre. — In  1862  the  Tumongong  of  Johore,  with  the  sanction  of 
the  British  Government,  entered  into  a  Treaty  (No.  CXIII.)  of  mutual 
defence  and  protection  with  the  Bandahara  of  Pahang,  under  the  sixth 
Article  of  which  all  disputes  between  them  are  to  be  referred  to  the 
arbitration  of  the  British  Government,  without  whose  knowledge  and 
consent  neither  party  is  to  maintain  correspondence  with  any  foreign 
power. 

The  position  of  the  Tumongong,  with  reference  to  the  lands  left  him 
in  Singapore  under  the  sixth  and  seventh  Articles  of  the  Treaty  of  1824, 
was  very  unsatisfactory.  By  a  Treaty  (No.  CXIV.)  concluded  on  19th 
December  1862,  these  Articles  were  abrogated  so  far  as  they  relate  to 
any  claims  or  rights  between  the  British  Government  and  the  Tumon- 
gong,  his  heirs  or  successors. 

The  following  regulations  have  been  established  for  the  trial  of 
British  subjects  or  persons  enjoying  British  protection  within  the 
territories  of  the  Tumongong  : — 

1st.  That  due  notice  of  the  confinement  of  the  prisoner,  the 
offence  with  which  he  is  charged,  and  the  date  of  the  intended  trial,  be 
given  to  the  Resident  Councillor  at  Singapore,  with  a  view  to  his 
affording  the  prisoner  any  necessary  aid,  and  should  he  deem  it  advisable, 
deputing  an  Officer  of  government  to  watch  the  proceedings  of  the  trial. 

3rd.  That  a  certified  copy  of  the  proceedings,  with  translation, 
be  forwarded  to  this  government. 

3rd.  That,  in  the  event  of  the  prisoner  being  found  guilty,  the 
punishment  awarded  be  not  excessive  or  repugnant  to  English  law. 


37  I  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

MALAYAN  No.   CXIIL 

These  arc  to  certify  that  a  Treaty  of  friendship,  alliance,  and  mutual  support,  which 

NaCXIII.  is  to  endure  for  ever,  has  been  entered  into  between  His  Highness  Datoh 

Tumongong  Abubakae  Sbi  Mahabajah  Ibini  Datoh  Tumongong  Daing, 
Ibbahim  Sbi  Mahabajah,  sovereign  of  Johore,  of  the  one  part,  and  His 
Highness  Datoh  Bandahaba  Ton  Kobais  Sbi  Mahabajah  Ibini  Rajah 
Bandahaba  Ton  Tahie  Sbi  Mahabajah  of  Pahang,  of  the  other  part ;  both 
parties  being  in  perfect  accord  and  consenting  in  order  to  regulate  the  coun- 
tries of  Pahang  and  Johore,  their  boundaries,  jurisdictions,  and  governments, 
to  prevent  disputes  hereafter,  to  strengthen  each  other,  and  to  perpetuate  the 
amity  existing  between  them,  it  is  agreed  and  declared  as  follows  : — 

AllTICLE    1. 

There  shall  be  perpetual  peace  and  friendship  between  the  parties 
to  this  Treaty  and  their  descendants  and  the  countries  of  Johore  and 
Pahang. 

Article  2. 

Should  the  country  of  Johore  or  any  of  its  dependencies  be  attacked 
by  enemies  at  any  time  hereafter  either  from  without  or  within,  His 
Highness  Dato  Bandahara  Ton  Korais  Sri  Maharajah  Ibini  Rajah  Ban- 
dahara Ton  Tahir  Sri  Maharajah  of  Pahang  and  his  successors  shall,  with 
all  speed  and  with  whatever  number  of  followers  and  materials  of  war 
he  may  be  able  to  command,  hasten  to  the  assistance  of  His  Highness 
Datoh  Tumongong  Abubakar  Sri  Maharajah  Ibini  Datoh  Tumongong 
Daing  Ibrahim  Sri  Maharajah  of  Johore  and  his  successors,  and  shall 
continue  to  aid  him  by  all  the  means  in  his  power  until  such  enemies 
shall  have  been  overcome,  expelled,  or  suppressed. 

Article  3. 

In  like  manner,  should  the  country  of  Pahang  or  any  of  its  depend- 
encies be  attacked  at  any  time  hereafter  by  enemies  either  from  without 
or  within,  His  Highness  Datoh  Tumongong  Abubakar  Sri  Maharajah 
Ibini  Datoh  Tumongong  Daing  Ibrahim  Sri  Maharajah  of  Johore  and 
his  successors  shall,  with  all  speed  and  with  whatever  number  of  followers 
and  materials  of  war  he  may  be  able  to  command,  hasten  to  the  assist- 
ance of  His  Highness  Datoh   Bandahara  Ton  Korais    Sri   Maharaja^ 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  375 

Ibini  Rajah  Bandahara  Ton  Talfir  Sri  Maharajah  of  Pahang  and  his  MALAYAN. 
successors,  and  shall  continue  to  aid  him  by  all  the  means  in  his  power  PENINSULA 
until  such  enemies  shall  have  been  overcome,  expelled,  or  suppressed.  No.  CXIII. 

Article  4. 
Whereas  doubts  have  been  expressed  by  others  as  to  the  boundary 
between  the  two  countries  of  Johore  and  Pahang,  it  is  hereby  declared 
that  the  River  Endow  has  been  heretofore  and  shall  continue  hereafter 
to  be  the  boundary  on  the  main  land,  and  that  the  Island  of  Pulo  Tioman, 
and  all  islands  to  the  south  of  the  latitude  of  its  northern  extremity, 
are  and  shall  be  portions  of  the  territory  of  Johore,  and  all  islands  to  the 
north  of  that  latitude  are  and  shall  be  portions  of  the  territory  of  Pahang. 

Article  5. 
The  subjects  of  each  of  the  contracting  parties  shall  be  entitled  to 
trade  in  the  territory  of  the  other,  and  to  export  or  import  merchandise, 
upon  the  same  terms  and  with  the  same  privileges  as  the  subjects  of 
such  territory,  and  neither  party  nor  their  respective  successors  will 
impose  heavier  taxes,  imports,  or  duties  at  any  time  hereafter  upon  the 
subjects  or  goods  of  subjects  of  the  other  than  upon  his  or  their  own 
subjects  or  the  goods  of  his  or  their  own  subjects. 

Article  6. 

The  parties  hereto  agree  that  subjects  of  the  British  Government 
shall  be  entitled  to  trade  in  their  respective  territories  upon  the  same 
terms  and  with  the  same  privileg-es  as  the  subjects  of  the  said  parties 
hereto. 

Article  7. 

The  parties  hereto  agree  and  declare  for  themselves  and  their  res- 
pective successors  that  should  any  dispute  or  difference  arise  between 
them  or  their  successors  at  any  time  hereafter,  either  with  regard  to  this 
Treaty  or  the  matters  contained  in  it,  or  with  regard  to  any  other  matter 
or  thing  whatever,  whether  national,  political,  or  private,  the  same  shall 
be  and  is  hereby  referred  to  the  friendly  mediation  and  settlement  of  the 
British  Government,  whose  award  or  decision  shall  be  final  and  binding- 
on  both  parties. 


37G  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    StINNTDS. 

MALAYAN  ARTICLE*  8. 

PENINSULA  ,pjic  pgjUgg  hereto  agree  and  engage  eaeh  witli  the  other  and  their 

No*.  C.\ I II   Puccessors  that  neither  shall  enter  into  any  alliance   or  maintain  any 
c  oonwpondonoo  with  any  foreign  power  or  potentate  whatsoever  without 

the  knowledge  and  consent  of  the  other  and  of  the  said  British  Govern- 
ment. 

Bone  at  Singapore  this  nineteenth  day  of  Bole  Haijah  in  the  Maho- 
medan  year  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  seventy-eight,  corresponding  with 
the  seventeenth  day  of  June  in  the  Christian  year  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  sixty-two,  in  presence  of  the  Honourable  Colonel  Orfeur  Cavenagh, 
Governor  of  Prince  of  Wales'  Island,  Singapore,  and  Malacca. 


No.  CXIV. 

Tbeaty  entered  into  between  the  Honourable  Colonel  Oefkub  Cavenagh,  Governor 
of  Prince  of  Wales'  Island,  Singapore,  and  Malacca,  by  authority  of  the  Right 
Honourable  the  Governor  General  of  India  in  Council  of  the  one  part,  and 
His  Highness  Dato  Tumongong  Abubakab  Sei  Mahabajah,  sovereign  ruler 
of  Johore,  of  the  other  part. 

Whereas,  by  Article  sixth  of  the  Treaty  of  friendship  and  alliance 
between  the  Honourable  the  English  East  India  Company  on  the  one  side 
and  their  Highnesses  the  Sultan  and  Tumongong  of  Johore  on  the  other, 
concluded  on  the  second  day  of  August  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  twenty-four,  the  said  East  India  Company  engaged,  in  the  event  of 
the  said  Tumongong  preferring  to  reside  permanently  in  any  portion  of 
his  own  States,  and  to  remove  for  that  purpose  from  Singapore,  to  pay 
to  the  said  Tumongong,  his  heirs  or  successors,  the  sum  of  fifteen 
thousand  Spanish  Dollars  (15,000),  and  by  Article  seventh  of  the  said 
Treaty  the  said  Tumongong,  in  consideration  of  the  said  payment,  did 
thereby  relinquish  for  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  to  the  Honourable 
the  English  East  India  Company,  their  heirs  and  successors  for  ever, 
all  right  and  title  to  every  description  of  immovable  property,  whether 
in  lands,  houses,  gardens,  orchards,  or  timber  trees,  of  which  His 
Highness  might  be  possessed  within  the  Island  of  Singapore  or  its 
dependencies  at  the  time  he  might  think  proper  to  withdraw  from  the 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  377 

said  island  for  the  purpose  of  permanently  residing  within  his  own  MALAYAN 
States.  And  whereas  it  has  been  agreed  that,  in  consideration  of  His  PENINSULA 
Highness  Dato  Tumongong  Abubakar  Sri  Maharajah  for  himself,  his  No.  CXIV. 
heirs  and  successors,  renouncing  all  right  and  claim  to  the  payment  of 
the  aforesaid  sum  of  fifteen  thousand  Spanish  Dollars  (15,000),  and 
make  over  to  the  British  Government  certain  portions  of  the  lands  of 
which  he  is  now  in  possession  at  Tulloh  Blanga  in  the  Island  of  Singa- 
pore, as  shown  in  the  plan  hereto  annexed,  comprising  the  belt  of  land 
from  the  public  road  to  the  sea,  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  land  occu- 
pied by  the  Patent  Slip  and  Dock  Company,  and  on  the  east  by  the  land 
belonging  to  the  Peninsular  and  Oriental  Steam  Navigation  Company, 
and  allowing  the  said  government  to  take  earth  from  the  side  of  the 
hill  to  the  north  of  Tulloh  Blanga  Road  for  the  purpose  of  raising  the 
low  ground  so  made  over  to  the  said  government,  should  the  same  be 
required  for  that  purpose,  and  also  making  over  to  the  said  government 
the  right  to  a  carriage  road  along  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  Peninsular 
and  Oriental  Steam  Navigation  Company's  land  from  the  public  road 
to  the  sea,  including  the  use  of  a  suitable  landing  place,  as  also  the 
pieces  of  land  on  Mount  Faber  occupied  by  the  Flag  Staff  Barracks  and 
Batteries,  and  a  right  of  way  to  the  same,  the  said  British  Government 
shall  grant  unto  His  Highness,  his  heirs,  executors,  administrators  and 
assigns,  a  title,  in  fee-simple,  to  the  remainder  of  the  lands  at  Tulloh  Blanga 
aforesaid  in  his  possession,  and  that  Articles  sixth  and  seventh  of  the 
said  Treaty  shall  in  consequence  be  abrogated  and  annulled :  Now  it  is 
hereby  concluded  and  agreed  by  and  between  the  parties  to  this  Treaty  :— 

Article  1. 

That  His  Highness  Dato  Tumongong  Abubakar  Sri  Maharajah, 
for  himself,  his  heirs  and  successors,  doth  hereby  for  ever  renounce, 
release,  and  make  over  unto  the  British  Government  all  claim  and 
demand  whatsoever  to  the  said  sum  of  fifteen  thousand  Spanish  Dollars. 

Article  £. 

That  it  is  mutually  stipulated  and  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto 
that  Articles  sixth  and  seventh  of  the  aforesaid  Treaty,  so  far  as  they  relate 
vol.  vn.  3  a 


378  TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

MALAYAN  to  any  claims  or  rights  between  the  British  Government  and  His  Highness 
ri.N INSULA  Dato   Tumongong  Abubakar   Sri   Maharajah,  his   heirs  or  successors 
No.  CXIV.    shall  be  considered  as  abrogated  and    annulled  by  this  agreement,  an 
they  are  hereby  abrogated  and  annulled  accordingly. 

Bone  and  concluded  at  Singapore  the  nineteenth  day  of  December  in 
the  year  of  the  Christian  era  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixth-two 
corresponding  with  the  twenty-eighth  day  of  the  month  of  Jemmadee- 
ool-Akhir  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  one  thousand  two  hundred  and 
seventy-nine. 


CIS-SUTLEJ  STATES. 
(Vol.  IL,  pages  273—314.) 

Mumdote. — The  Chief  of  Mumdote  was  not  brought  under  British 
protection  with  the  other  Cis  Sutlej  States  in  1809,  but  remained  a 
feudatory  of  the  Lahore  Durbar,  to  whom  he  furnished  a  contingent  of 
one  hundred  horse.  The  Mumdote  contingent  fought  on  the  side  of  the 
Seikh  Army  during  the  Sutlej  campaign,  but  towards  the  close  of  the 
war,  the  Chief  Jemalooddeen  deserted  to  the  side  of  the  British  and  sub- 
sequently rendered  good  service,  for  which  he  received  the  title  of  Nawab, 
and  his  contingent  was  reduced  to  fifty  horse  in  time  of  peace  and 
seventy-five  in  war.  No  enquiry  seems  to  have  been  made  regarding  the 
status  of  the  Chief,  nor  were  his  relations  to  the  British  Government 
defined. 

The  Nawab  so  grievously  misgoverned  his  State  and  misused  his 
powers,  that  in  1856,  after  deliberate  enquiry,  the  British  Government 
declared  his  sovereign  powers  to  be  forfeited  for  ever,  reduced  the  State 
to  the  position  of  a  mere  jaghire,  and  removed  the  Nawab  to  Lahore, 
where  he  continued  to  receive  the  surplus  revenues  of  Mumdote  after 
the  expenses  of  its  management  by  British  Officials  were  defrayed. 

In  1863  the  Nawab  died,  and  the  British  Government  considered 
themselves  bound  to  reviye  the  fief  in  the  person  and  family  of  his 
brother  Jelalooddeen,  who  has  been  recognized  as  Nawab  of  Mumdote, 
with  powers  carefully  restricted  by  Sunnud  No.  CXV. 


380 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 


CIS-situm 

STATES. 
No.  CXV. 


No.  CXV. 

Sunnttd  conferring  the  fief  of  Mumdote  upon  Nawab  Jelalooddeen. 

Having  taken  into  consideration  the  position  of  yourself  and  rela- 
tives in  consequence  of  the  death  of  your  late  brother  Nawab  Jumalood- 
deen, I  hereby  confer  on  you  the  fief  of  Mumdote  and  the  title  of 
Nawab,  with  succession  to  your  male  issue,  according  to  the  rules  of 
primogeniture. 

This  grant  is  subject  to  the  following  conditions : — 

Article  1. 

You  and  your  successors  in  the  fief  must  provide  a  reasonable  main- 
tenance for  your  relations,  the  descendants  of  yourself  and  Jumalooddeen. 


Article  2. 

You  will  exercise  no  magisterial  authority  within  the  fief,  nor  will 
you  interfere  in  the  management  of  the  estate.  You  will  behave  properly 
to  the  proprietors  and  cultivators  so  far  as  you  may  have  intercourse 
with  them. 


Article  3. 
You  will  not  interfere  with  the  pensions  of 

Annually. 

1.  Beclxic  Ranee,  widow  of  Kootubooddeen  and 

mother  of  Jumalooddeen  and  Jelalooddeen  Rs.    1,200 

2.  Booboo  Taleb,  widow   of  Kootubooddeen,  a 

stsp-mother  of  the  above         ...  ...     „        600 

3.  Parsa  Begum,  widow  of  the  late  Nawab, 

and  mother  of  his  children       ...  ...     „      1,200 

4.  Mussamut  Tajan,  widow  of    ditto    (lias  no 

children)     ...  ...  ...  ...     „        600 

5.  Booboo  Shah,  daughter  of  Kootubooddeen, 

and  sister  of  the  late  Nawab    ... 


Total  Rs.     ... 

6.  Khan  Bahadoor     6,000  (Sons of  the  late) 

7.  Mahomed  Khan    4,000  (     Nawab       ...J 

Total      .. 


1,200 

4,800 
„    10,000 

Rs.  14,800 


the  parties  named  in 
the  margin,  which  will 
be  paid  through  Offi- 
cers of  the  British 
Government,  but  you 
will  receive  the  benefit 
of  all  lapses  or  reduc- 
tions in  pensions  to  the 
issue  of  present  incum- 
bents which  may  be 
sanctioned  by  the 
Governor  General  of 
India  in  Council. 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds.  381 

Article  4.                                                  cis-SUTLEJ 
The  Government  demands  on  the  fief  of  Mumdote  arc  fixed  at  one- 


third  the  income  of  the  estate  in  lieu  of  all  claim  for  expenses  of  manage-     No-  cxv- 
ment,  commutation  for  service,  Police  charges,  and  the  like,  to  commence 
from  the  beginning  of  the  next  Fusly  year. 

Article  5. 

You  will  at  all  times  conduct  yourself  as  a  good  and  faithful  subject 
of  the  British  Crown,  and  will,  when  required,  render  service  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  British  Government. 

Be  assured  that  so  long  as  the  above  conditions  are  fully  and  faith- 
fully fulfilled,  the  fief  of  Mumdote  will  remain  to  yourself  and  your 
male  issue  a  perpetual  possession. 

(Signed)         J.  Lawrence. 

Bated  hth  December  1864. 


1IILIi  HILL  STATES. 

STATFS 

{Vol.  II.,  pages  315—354.) 

No.  CX\  1. 

Bussahir. — In  1864  the  Rajah  of  Bussahir  leased  (No.  CXVI.)  the 
forests  in  his  State  to  the  British  Government  for  a  period  of  fifty  years, 
receiving  a  counter-engagement,  which  contained  a  pledge  in  respect  to 
the  system  of  forest  management  to  be  pursued. 


No.  CXVI. 

The  Rajah  of  Bussahir  having  found  the  management  of  his  forests 
troublesome,  desires  to  lease  them  to  the  British  Government  for  a  term 
of  fifty  years,  and  requests  the  Superintendent  Hill  States  to  submit  the 
following  proposals  for  the  approval  of  the  Punjab  government  :— 

Article  1. 

I  make  over  the  entire  control  of  the  whole  forests  of  Bussahir  to 
the  British  Government,  who  will  appoint  an  English  Officer  to  take 
charge  of  the  said  forests. 

Article  2. 

No  contractor  or  other  person  shall  be  permitted  to  cut  timber  in 
any  forest  of  my  dominions,  except  in  places  and  under  conditions  speci- 
fied by  the  Officer  appointed  to  be  Conservator  of  Forests. 

Article  3. 

For  every  tree  felled  in  the  forests  of  Bussahir  by  authority  of  the 
Conservator,  the  British  Government  shall  pay  at  the  following  rates  : — 

Deodar  (Kelu)       ...   ■      3  8  0 

Walnut  (Akhrot) 2  0  0 

Birch  (Bhojputea) 1  8  0 

Other  kinds  2  0  0 


treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnuds. 
Article  4. 


383 


The  accounts  shall  be  made  up  quarterly  or  half-yearly  and  ren- 
dered, and  payments  made  at  the  above-mentioned  rates  quarterly  or 
half-yearly. 

Article  5. 

I  will  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  establishments  appointed  by  the 
Forest  Officer.  The  British  Government  will  defray  all  expenses  con- 
nected with  the  conservancy  of  the  forests,  felling  and  transporting  tim- 
ber to  the  Sutlej,  and  floating  down  to  the  depots. 


HILL 
STATES. 

No.  CXVI. 


Article  6. 

I  agree  that  the  Officer  appointed  to  the  forest  should  have  power 
of  a  Subordinate  Magistrate,  1st  Class,  defined  in  Section  23  of  Act  XXV 
1861,  to  try  and  decide  cases  of  offences  against  property  and  property 
marks. 

Article  7. 

I  will  give  every  assistance  required  by  the  Conservator  in  the 
exercise  of  the  above  powers  for  apprehending  offenders,  or  supposed 
offenders,  and  for  confirming  the  penalties  awarded  by  him. 


Article  8. 

I  hereby  grant  to  the  British  Government  a  lease  of  the  forests 
of  Bussahir  for  50  (fifty)  years,  commencing  from  such  date  as  the 
government  may  confirm  the  lease. 


Article  9. 

I  will  furnish  an  Indent  to  the  government  for  any  timber  I  may 
require,  specifying  the  amount  and  kinds  of  wood  and  the  purpose  for 
which  it  is  to  be  applied. 


Ill  1.1. 

STATES. 


384  treaties,  engagements,  and  sunnttds. 

Article  10. 
The  Zemindars  shall  be  permitted  to  cut  timber  for  fuel,  charcoal, 
No.  CXM.    housebuilding,  and  vine  frames.     They  are  not  to  be  prohibited  from 
cutting  down  the  inferior  forests  for  purposes  of  cultivation. 

(Signed)     Joalla  Doss,  Vuzeer. 

„  SURJEET,  „ 


futtehram,         „ 
Heeranund,         „ 
Joalla  Doss, 
goverdhun  doss. 
Petumber  Doss. 


(Signed)     Sham  Shere  Sing, 
Rajah  of  Bussahir  and 

Rampore. 
Simla,  28lk  June  1864. 

In  presence  of 
Lt.  Col.  R.  C.  Lawrence,  c.  b., 
Supdt.,  Hill  States, 
and  Dr.  Cleghorn,  m.  d., 
Conservator  Genl.  of  Forests. 


TRANS    SUTLEJ   STATES.  trans 

SUTLEJ 
{Vol.  II, pages  370—385.)  states. 

Chumba.— In  1861  the  Rajah  of  Chumba  leased  (No.  CXVII.)  all 
the  forests  in  his  territories  to  the  British  Government. 

Bughat. — By  the  Sunnud  granted  to  the  Chief  of  Bughat  on  31st 
January  1862,*  the  tribute  of  Rupees  2,000  was  secured  by  reserving  lands 
yielding  a  gross  rental  of  Rupees  2,500,  including  the  estates  of  General 
Innes.  The  family,  however,  complained  of  the  total  loss  of  vassalage  and 
cesses  to  which  they  were  subjected  by  this  arrangement ;  and  as  General 
Innes  engaged  to  pay  the  revenue  on  his  estates,  viz.,  Rupees  1,002-15, 
without  cost  to  government,  the  British  Government  consented  to  retain 
only  those  estates  and  to  restore  the  other  lands  to  Bughat,  receiving  the 
balance  of  the  tribute,  Rupees  997-1,  in  money.  These  new  arrange- 
ments were  embodied  in  a  fresh  Sunnud  (No.  CXVIII.)  dated  18th  July 
1864,  in  which  also  an  additional  clause  was  inserted,  binding  the  Chief 
to  respect  the  revenue  settlements  made  and  the  rights  of  the  under- 
tenants recognized  while  the  estate  was  under  British  administration. 


No.  CXVII. 

Draft  of  an  Agreement  for  the  lease  of  the  Chumba  Forests. 

The  Rajah  of  Chumba  finding  great  difficulty  in  arranging  for  the 

preservation  of  the  forests  in  his  territory  has  requested  the  aid  of  the 

British  Government  and  has  agreed  to  give  to  the  British  Officer  whom 

the  government  may   appoint  for  this  purpose  the  sole  control  of  the 

forests   in  the  territory  of  Chumba.     To  give  effect,  therefore,  to  the 

wishes  of  the  Rajah,  the  following  arrangements  are  agreed  to  by  the 

Rajah  of  Chumba  on  the  one  hand  and  by  and   on  behalf  of  the  British 

Government  on  the  other  hand  : — 

Article  1. 

The  sole  control  of  all  forests  in  the  territory  of  Chumba  is  vested 
in  the  British  Government,  who  shall  appoint  an  Officer  to  be  Conserv- 
ator of  the  same. 

*  See  Vol.  I.,  page  347. 
vol.  vii.  3  b 


386  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS.,    AND    SUNNUDS. 

TRANS  AKTICLE    2. 

SUTLEJ 
STATES. 


No.  CXVII. 


Tlie  British.  Government  shall  he  at  liberty  to  place  under  strict 
conservancy  management  such  forest  tracts  as  it  shall  from  time  to  time 
select,  and  to  lay  down  such  general  rules  as  it  thinks  proper  for  the 
control  of  all  forests. 

Article  3. 

Such  exemption  from  these  rules  shall  be  granted,  or  such  other 
arrangements  shall  be  made  as  shall  be  necessary  to  prevent  interference 
with  any  acknowledged  or  established  rights  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Chumba  to  cut  wood  for  their  own  use. 


Article  4. 
No  contractor  or  other  person  shall  be  allowed  to  cut  timber  in  any 
of  the  forests  within  the  Rajah's  territories,  except  with  the  express 
permission  of  the  Conservator,  and  on  the  rates  and  under  the  conditions 
fixed  by  him. 

Article  5. 

For  every  Deodar  (Kelu)  true  felled  on  the  Chenab  and  its  tribu- 
taries and  within  the  Chumba  territory  by  authority  of  the  Conservator, 
the  British  Government  shall  pay  to  the  Rajah  of  Chumba  four  (4)  Ru- 
pees, and  on  the  Ravee  and  its  tributaries  for  each  Deodar  (Kelu)  five  (5) 
Rupees,  and  for  other  trees  as  follows : — 

Akhrot  Walnut  three  (3)  Rupees  per  tree. 

Boorj  Birch  one  Rupee  eight  annas  (1-8-0)  per  tree. 

Susoon  Ash  and  all  other  descriptions,  including  inferior  sorts  of 
pine,  two  (2)  Rupees. 

The  above  rates  shall  be  understood  to  refer  to  trees  above  six  (6) 
feet  in  girth,  measured  at  man's  height  from  the  ground ;  for  trees  of  a 
similar  size  half  rates  shall  be  paid. 

Out  of  this  sum  one  (1)  Rupee  per  tree  is  to  be  set  aside  for  conser- 
vancy purposes,  of  which  the  following  is  to  be  considered  a  detail : — 

I. — Planting  trees,  fencing  in  young  plantations,  and  arboriculture 
generally. 


STATES. 
No.  CXVII. 


TREATIES,   ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS.  387 

II. — For  local  -daks.  TRANS 

The  expenditure  for  such  conservancy  to  be  entirely   under  the  con-     SUTLEJ 
trol  of  the  Conservator,  and  that  of  the  daks  under  the  Rajah's  agency. 

III. — The  balance  from  this  fund  after  paying  expenses  as  above  to 
be  divided  evenly  between  the  Forest  Department  and  the  Rajah,  and  to 
be  expended  at  the  description  of  each  on  the  construction  and  improve- 
ment of  roads  and  communication  generally. 

IV. — That  for  each  of  the  two  official  years,  namely,  1864-65  and 
1865-66,  the  Rajah  will  receive  from  the  Conservator  of  Forests  the  sum 
of  Rupees  one  thousand  (Rupees  1,000)  in  lieu  of  all  his  claims  to  waif  tim- 
bers on  the  Ravee  within  his  territories,  and  that  after  that  period  and 
during  the  currency  of  this  lease  he  will  receive  five  hundred  (Rupees  500) 
per  annum  on  this  account,  all  such  timber  becoming  from  date  of  said 
lease  the  property  of  the  British  Government. 

Article  6. 

The  accounts  shall  be  made  up  half-yearly  to  30th  April  and 
31st  of  October,  and  shall  be  rendered  to  the  Rajah,  and  the  payments 
made  at  the  above-mentioned  rates  half-yearly  in  the  months  of  May 
and  November. 

Article  7. 

The  British  Government  shall  manage  the  Chumba  forests  in 
accordance  with  the  general  system  of  forest  management  which  may  be 
in  force  for  similar  forests  within  the  territories  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment, and  for  the  preservation  of  the  same  shall  maintain  such  estab- 
lishments as  it  shall  consider  suitable  in  each  case.  The  British  Govern- 
ment will  defray  all  the  expenses  of  these  establishments  connected  with 
the  conservancy  of  forests  except  as  provided  for  in  paragraph  5,  Clauses 
2  and  3. 

Article  8. 

The  British  Government,  or  the  contractors  employed  by  it,  will 
defray  all  expenses  of  felling  and  transporting  the  timber,  and  they  shall 
be  at  liberty  to  dispose  of  it  by  sale  or  otherwise  at  their  pleasure,  subject 
to  no  other  claim  from  the   Rajah  than  the  payments   referred  to  in 


388  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,   AND   SUNNUDS. 

TRANS      paragraph  5  of  the  present   Agreement ;  and  it  is  distinctly  understood 
KJ     that  any  former  or  customary  charge  on  the  employes  of    the  British 
STATES.     Qovernment^  such  as  "  Dulalee,"  &c,  is  now  abolished. 
No-CXVII. 

Article  9. 

All  timber  passing  down  the  Rivers  Chenab  and  Ravee  across  the 
boundary  of  the  Chumba  territory,  unless  covered  by  a  pass  from  the 
Conservator  and  duly  marked  in  the  manner  described  in  the  pass,  shall 
be  presumed  to  be  the  property  of  the  British  Government,  and  may  be 
taken  possession  of  as  such  by  the  Conservator  or  his  Agents,  and  the 
onus  of  proving  the  timber  to  belong  to  any  other  person  shall  rest  upon 
such  person. 

Article  10. 

The  Conservator  shall  be  authorized  to  exercise  within  the  Chumba 
territory  the  powers  of  a  Subordinate  Magistrate  of  the  1st  Class,  as 
described  in  Act  XXV  of  1861,  for  the  trial  of  offences  against  property, 
and  relating  to  property  marks,  mischief,  assaults  and  contravention  of 
such  forest  rules  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  in  force  in  the  territories 
under  the  government  of  the  Punjab. 

Article  11. 
The  Rajah  engages  to  render  every  aid  required  by  the  Conservator 
in  the  exercise  of  the  above  powers  for  apprehending  offenders  or  sup- 
posed offenders  and  for  enforcing  the  penalties  awarded  by  him. 

Article  12. 
This  agreement  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period  of  twenty  (20) 
years  from  the  1st  of  May  1864,  but  on  the  expiry  of  that  term  shall 
be  renewable  at  the  pleasure  of  the  British  Government  for  a  further 
period  of  (20)  twenty  years,  and  shall  then  be  again  renewable  in  like 
manner  until  the  term  of  ninety-nine  (99)  years  from  the  original  date 
(1st  May  1864)  shall  have  expired.  At  the  expiry  of  that  period  it 
shall  be  at  the  option  of  the  Rajah  to  renounce  the  agreement  or  enter 
into  a  fresh  one. 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  389 

Provided  that  any  revision  or  modification  of  the  rates  and  mode      TRANS 
of  payment  described  in  Clauses  5,  6  and  13  that  shall  be  agreed  to  by     SUTLEJ 

^sY  A  T 1?  CS 

both  contracting  parties  may  take   place  at  any  time  without  affecting  , 1. 

the  continuance  of  the  agreement  or  any  of  its  provisions.  No#  CXVI1- 

Article  13. 

In  order  to  secure  to  the  Rajah  a  fixed  moderate  income  from 
his  forests,  the  British  Government  agree  that  a  minimum  payment  of 
Rupees  twenty  thousand  (Rupees  20,000)  per  annum  be  fixed,  and  that 
in  the  event  of  its  not  cutting  wood  to  that  amount  in  any  year,  the 
Rajah  will  still  receive  from  the  said  government  this  sum  as  rent,  and 
in  event  of  the  value  of  annual  cutting  being  in  excess  of  twenty 
thousand  (Rupees  20,000)  the  British  Government  agree  to  pay  amount 
at  the  rates  fixed  and  as  in  this  lease. 

Executed  this  the  tenth  (10^)  day  of  September  1864  (eighteen 
hundred  and  sixty  four) ,  27  th  Badon  1921,  at  Dalhousie ,  in  presence  of 
the  undersigned. 

(Signed)         C.  V.  Jenkins,  Asst.  Commr.,    . 
Offg.  Supdt.  of  Chumba  State. 
Signature  of  Rajah  fixed  in  my  presence. 

(Signed)         Edward  Prinsep,  Settlement  Commr. 
(Signed)         George  McAndrew,  Major, 

Depy.  Inspr.  Genl.  of  Police. 
Certified  that  the  word  additional,  and  as  noted  in  the  terms  of  this 
lease  and  in  paragraph  13,  having  been  erroneously  entered  in  this  and 
13th  para,  of  this  lease,  is  hereby  erased  by  me  and  altered  as  above, 
and  in  compliance  with  docket  memo.  No.  3761,  Public  Works  Depart- 
ment, dated  19th  November  1864,  Lahore. 


Chumba, 
November  llnd,  1864. 


(Signed)         C  V.  Jenkins,  Asst.  Commr., 

Offg.  Supdt.  of  Chumba. 

) 


390  TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

TRANS  No.    CXVIIL 

SI'TLEJ 

Sunnud  granted  to  Dulekp  Sing,  of  Bughat. 
STATES. 

«    cxviii  ®n  *ne  death  of  Beejah  Sing,  the  last  Chief  of  Bughat,  without 

issue,  the  estate  lapsed  to  the  British  Government.  It  was,  however, 
the  gracious  intention  of  Her  Majesty's  Government  to  restore  the 
estate  in  perpetuity  to  Sirdar  Oomeid  Sing,  cousin  of  Beejah  Sing,  and 
his  descendants,  on  certain  conditions.  Oomeid  Sing  died  before  this 
intention  could  he  fulfilled,  and  I  now  hereby  confer  on  you  his  legiti- 
mate son,  and  on  the  heirs  of  your  body  in  perpetuity,  the  estate  of 
Bughat,  subject  to  the  following  conditions  : — 

Article  1. 

The  estate  of  Bughat  shall  be  chargeable  with  an  annual  tributa 
of  Rupees  2,000. 

Article  2. 

So  much  of  the  estate  of  Bughat  as  has  been  acquired  by  Major 
General  Innes  and  is  assessed  at  Rupees  1,002-15  a  year  shall  be  retained 
in  perpetuity  by  the  British  Government  in  payment  of  so  much  of  the 
tribute,  and  the  remainder  of  the  tribute,  viz.,  Us.  997-1,  shall  be  annually 
paid  by  the  Chief  of  Bughat  in  cash  to  the  British  Government. 

Article  3. 

The  Chief  of  Bughat  shall  respect  the  revenue  settlements  which 
were  made,  and  the  rights  of  the  under-tenants  which  were  re- 
cognized, by  the  British  Government  while  the  estate  of  Bughat  was 
under  its  administration. 

Be  assured  that  so  long  as  you  and  your  successors  remain  loyal  to 
the  British  Crown  and  faithful  in  the  discharge  of  your  obligations  to 
the  British  Government,  the  estate  of  Bughat  shall  remain  to  your  House 
a  perpetual  possession. 

(Signed)         John  Lawrence. 
Bated  \Uh  July  1864. 


No.  CXIX. 


SINDIA.  •  SINDIA. 

{Vol.  IV. ,  pages  199—280.) 

After  the  capture  of  Gwalior  by  the  force  under  Sir  Hugh  Rose 
in  1858,  the  fort  of  Gwalior  continued  to  be  occupied  by  British  troops. 
During  the  negotiations,  however,  which  ended  in  the  Treaty  of  12  th 
December  1860,  Lord  Canning  promised  that  the  fort  should  be  restored 
to  Sindia,  when  this  could  with  safety  be  done.  This  promise  was 
repeated  to  Sindia  by  Lord  Elgin.  Its  fulfilment  depended  on  the 
withdrawal  of  the  British  force  from  Morar  to  some  more  eligible  sta- 
tion, which  was  at  that  time  contemplated.  It  was  finally  decided  in 
1864  that  the  cantonment  of  Morar  should  be  maintained,  and  it  there- 
fore became  necessary  that  the  Gwalior  fort  should  continue  to  be  gar- 
risoned by  British  troops.  Sindia  agreed  (No.  CXIX.)  to  give  up  his 
right  to  the  restoration  of  the  fort  on  receiving  an  increase  of  twelve  guns 
to  his  Artillery,  and  on  condition  that  his  flag  should  fly  on  the  ramparts 
of  the  fort ;  that  he  should  be  saluted  from  its  guns ;  and  that  if  at  any 
time  the  British  Government  should  withdraw  from  its  occupation,  he 
should  be  allowed  to  occupy  it  with  his  own  troops.  The  documents 
recording  these  arrangements,  viz.,  Sindia's  letter  of  29th  March,  and 
the  Governor  General's  letters  of  12th  April  and  21st  December  1864, 
which  modify  the  ninth  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  1860,  are  held  to 
constitute  supplementary  Articles  of  that  Treaty. 


No.  CXIX. 

Translation  of  a  Khttbeeta  from  His  Highness  Maharajah  Sindia,  k.  s.  i.„  to 
the  address  of  His  Excellency  the  Right  Honourable  Sir  John  Lawrence, 
<j.  c.  b.,  k.  8.  i.,  Viceroy  and  Governor  General  of  Iudia,  dated  29th  March 
1864. 

After  the  usual  compliments. — Your  friend  has  become  aware  that 
your  Excellency  would  wish  to  continue  the  occupation  of  the  fortress 
of  Gwalior  by  a  British  garrison  in  the  event  of  the  maintenance  of 
the  Morar   cantonment  as   the  Head  Quarters  of  the   subsidiary  force, 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND   SUNNUDS. 

SINDIA.  and  thai,  with  reference  to  intimation  given  to  your  sincere  friend  by 
No  CXIX~  Lords  Canning-  and  Elgin,  the  late  Viceroys  and  Governors  General,  that 
the  fort  should  be  made  over  to  your  affectionate  friend,  notwithstand- 
ing these  assurances,  it  is  the  free  wish  of  my  heart,  and  I  hereby  convey 
my  written  and  formal  consent  to  the  occupation  of  the  fort  of  Gwalior  by 
British  troops  as  long  as  the  Government  of  India  may  deem  such  to  be 
advisable,  on  the  condition  that  my  flag  continues  to  fly  from  the  ram- 
parts, and  I  am  saluted  from  its  guns  according  to  established  custom. 

That  should  the  Government  of  India  at  any  time  and  for  any  rea- 
son or  cause  decide  on  withdrawing  the  garrison  of  British  troops,  in 
such  case  the  fort  would  be  occupied  by  myself  in  such  force  as  is 
deemed  sufficient  for  its  security. 

That  with  reference  to  this  subject,  I  have  requested  Major  Meade 
Agent  Governor  General,  and  Major  Hutchinson,  the  Political  Agent, 
to  submit  certain  requests  to  your  Excellency,  which  I  hope  may  meet 
with  favorable  consideration. 

May  I  always  be  considered  a  well-wisher,  and  occasionally  be  fa- 
vored with  accounts  of  your  Excellency's  welfare. 


To  the  Maharajah  of  Gwaliob. 

My  honoured  and  valued  Friend, — I  have  received  with  pleasure 
your  Highnesses  friendly  letter,  dated  29th  March  1864,  conveying,  on 
certain  conditions,  your  written  and  formal  consent  to  the  occupation  of 
the  fort  of  Gwalior  by  British  troops  as  long  as  the  Government  of 
India  may  deem  such  to  be  advisable. 

I  aoree  to  these  conditions,  viz.,  1st,  that  your  Highness'  flag  shall 
continue  to  fly  from  the  ramparts  of  the  fort,  and  that  your  Highness 
will  be  saluted  from  its  guns  according  to  established  custom ;  Znd,  that 
if  the  Government  of  India  should  at  any  time  and  for  any  reason  or 
cause  decide  on  withdrawing  the  garrison  of  British  troops  from  the 
fort,  in  such  case  the  fort  will  be  occupied  by  your  Highness'  troops  in 
such  force  as  may  be  deemed  sufficient  for  its  security. 

In  consideration  of  your  Highness  having  consented  to  the  above 
arrangement  and  of  the  friendship  which  the  British  Government  enter- 
tatains  for  you,  I,  provided  it  be  decided  to  retain  the  British  troops 


TREATIES,    ENGAGEMENTS,    AND    SUNNUDS.  393 

at  Morar,  will  agree  to  modify  the  ninth  Article  of  the  Treaty  concluded     SINDIA. 


with  your  Highness  on  12th  December  I860,  so  far  as  to  increase  the    n0.  CXIX. 
number   of    guns  which  your    Highness   is   permitted  to  possess,  from 
thirty-six   (36),  which  is  the  number  fixed  in  Article  nine  of  the  above 
Treaty,  to  forty-eight  (48). 

Fort  William,  Your  Highness'  Sincere  Friend, 

The  lZtA  April  1864.     J  (Signed)         J.  Lawrence. 


To  the  Mahabajah  of  Gwalioe. 

My  honoured  and  valued  Friend, —  I  regret  that  it  has  not  been  in 
my  power  to  convey  to  you  sooner  a  definite  decision  on  the  subject  of 
the  fort  of  Gwalior.  As  I  have  now  resolved  to  maintain  a  cantonment 
at  Morar,  and  definitely  to  accept  your  Highness'  offer  of  the  retention  of 
the  fort  of  Gwalior  by  British  troops,  I  hasten  to  fulfil  the  promise  made 
to  you  in  my  letter  of  12th  April,  and  to  inform  you  that  I  consent  to 
modify  the  ninth  Article  of  the  Treaty  concluded  at  Benares  on  12  th 
December  1860,  which  shall  in  future  be  read  as  follows  : — 

Article  9. 

"  The  Military  force  of  all  arms  hereafter  to  be  maintained  by  His 
Highness  shall  at  no  time  exceed — 

"  Artillery. — Forty-eight  (48)  guns,  with  four  hundred  and  eighty 
(480)  gunners/'  / 

11  Infantry.— Five  thousand  (5,000)  drilled  Soldiers." 

"  Cavalry. — Six  thousand  Sowars." 

I  have  directed  that  two  complete  9-pounder  batteries  shall  be 
given  to  your  Highness  from  the  Agra  Magazine. 


Fort  William,  Your  Highness'  Sincere  Friend, 

The  %\st  December  1864.    J  (Signed)         J.  Lawrence. 


vol.  VII.  2  c 


APPENDIX. 


APPENDIX. 


11  and  12  Vic,  Cap.  CXXFIIL 

An  Act  for  carrying  into  effect  the  Agreement  between  Her  Majesty  and  the    MUSCAT 

Irnaum  of  Muscat  for  the  more  effectual  suppression  of  the  Slave  Trade,  dated 

15th  September  1848. 

Whereas  on  the  second  day  of  October,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty- five,  an  agreement  was  concluded  and 
signed  at  Zanzibar  between  Captain  Atkins  Hamerton,  of  Her  Majesty's 
Royal  Navy,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  King- 
dom of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Highness  Seid  Saeed  Bin 
Sultan,  the  Imaum  of  Muscat,  whereby  it  was  agreed  as  follows  :  — 

Article  1. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  hereby  engages  to  prohibit, 
under  the  severest  penalties,  the  export  of  slaves  from  his  African  domi- 
nions, and  to  issue  orders  to  his  Officers  to  prevent  and  suppress  such 
trade. 

Article  2. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  further  engages  to  prohibit, 
under  the  severest  penalties,  the  importation  of  slaves  from  any  part  of 
Africa  into  his  possessions  in  Asia,  and  to  use  his  utmost  influence  with 
all  the  Chiefs  of  Arabia,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  Persian  Gulf,  in  like 
manner,  to  prevent  the  introduction  of  slaves  from  Africa  into  their  res- 
pective territories. 

Article  3. 

His  Highness  the  Sultan  of  Muscat  grants  to  the  ships  of  Her 
Majesty's  Navy,  as  well  as  those  of  the  East  India  Company,  permission 
to  seize  and  confiscate  any  vessels  the  property  of  His  Highness  or  of 
his  subjects  carrying  on  slave  trade,  excepting  such  only  as  are  engaged 
in  the  transport  of  slaves  from  one  port  to  another  of  his  own  dominions 


iv  APPENDIX. 

MUSCAT,  in  Africa,  between  the  port  of  Lamoo  to  the  north  and  its  depen- 
""  dencies,  the  northern  limit  of  which  is  the  north  point  of  Knyhoo 
Island  in  1°57'  south  latitu4e,  and  the  port  of  Keelwa  to  the  south  and 
its  dependencies,  the  southern  limit  of  which  is  the  Songa  Manara  or 
Pagoda  Point  in  9°2'  south  latitude,  including  the  Islands  of  Zanzibar, 
Pemba,  and  Monfea. 

Aeticle  4. 

This  agreement  to  commence  and  have  effect  from  the  first  day  of 
January  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-seven  of  the  year  of 
Christ,  and  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  month  of  Mohurrum  one  thousand 
two  hundred  and  sixty-three  of  the  Hegira. 

Done  at  Zanzibar  this  second  day  of  October,  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  and  forty -five  of  the  year  of  Christ,  and  twenty -nine  day  of 
Rumzan  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  sixty-one  of  the  Hegira. 

(Signed)         Seid  Saeed  Bin  Sultan, 

Imaum  of  Muscat. 
(Signed)         Atkins  Hameeton,  Captain, 
On  behalf  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  Her  Heirs  and  Successors. 

And  whereas  it  is  expedient  and  necessary  that  effectual  provision 
should  be  made  for  carrying  into  execution  the  provisions  of  the  said 
agreement:  be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  Queen's  most  excellent  Majesty, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  spiritual  and  temporal 
and  Commons  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority 

Power    to    Commander,    of      of  the   same>   tliat  {t  sha11  be  lawful  foj  the 
drips  of  war  and  of  the  East     Commander  and  other  Officers  of  Her  Ma- 

India  Company  to  visit  vessels       .  ,,.  n  ».»*»_*.  <r    a; 

belonging  to  subjects  of  the  Im-     jesty  s  ships   of  war   or   of  the   East  India 

aum  of  Muscat,  within  certain      n  ,        •  •,  j    j   •    •       •       

limits,  suspected  of  being  en-     Company  to  visit   and  detain  in   any  seas, 

gaged  in  the  slave  trade.  except  within  the  limits  exempted  by  the 

terms  of  the  third  Article  of  the  said  agreement,  any  merchant  vessel 
belonging  to  the  subjects  of  the  Imaum  of  Muscat  whjch  shall  upon 
reasonable  grounds  be  suspected  of  being   engaged  in  the  export  of 


APPENDIX.  V 

slaves  from  the  African  dominions  of  the  Imaum  of  Muscat,  or  the  im-  MUSCAT, 
portation  of  slaves  from  any  part  of  Africa  into  his  possessions  in  Asia, 
excepting  such  only  as  are  engaged  in  the  transport  of  slaves  from  one 
port  to  another  of  his  own  dominions  in  Africa,  between  the  port  of 
Lamoo  to  the  north  and  its  dependencies,  the  northern  limit  of  which  is 
the  north  point  of  Knyhoo  Island  in  1°57'  south  latitude,  and  the  port 
of  Keelwa  to  the  south  and  its  dependencies,  the  southern  limit  of 
which  is  the  Songa  Manara  or  Pagoda  Point  in  9°2'  south  latitude,  in- 
cluding the  Islands  of  Zanzibar,  Pemba,  and  Monfea,  or  any  vessel  fitted 
out  for  that  purpose,  and  to  send  or  carry  away  such  vessel,  together 
with  its  masters,  sailors,  passengers,  slaves,  and  cargo,  for  the  purpose  of 
such  vessel  being  brought  to  adjudication  as  hereinafter  mentioned. 

II.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  High  Court  of 
As  to  the  trial  of  vessels  en-     Admiralty  of  England,  and  for  all  Courts  of 

gaged  in  the  slave  trade.  Vice- Admiralty  in  any  dominions  of  Her  Ma- 

jesty beyond  the  seas,  including  those  Courts  of  Vice-Admiralty  within  the 
territories  under  the  government  of  the  East  India  Company,  to  take  cog- 
nizance of  and  tiy  any  such  vessel  which  shall  be  detained  or  captured  for 
the  violation  of  the  said  agreement,  and  to  condemn  any  such  vessel  to 
Her  Majesty,  and  adjudge  as  to  the  slaves  found  therein,  in  like  manner,  # 

and  under  such  and  the  like  rules  and  regulations  as  are  contained  in 
any  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament  in  force  in  relation  to  the  suppression  of 
the  slave  trade  by  British  owned  ships,  as  fully  as  if  all  the  powers  and 
provisions  contained  in  such  Acts  were  re-enacted  in  this  Act  as  to  such 
High  Court  of  Admiralty  or  Courts  of  Vice- Admiralty. 

III.  And  be  it  enacted  that  every  person  who  shall  wilfully  and 
Persons  giving  false  evidence     corruptly  give  false  evidence  in  any  examina- 

deemed  guilty  of  perjury.  ^ion  or  deposition  had  or  affidavit  taken  in 

any  proceeding  under  the  said  agreement  or  under  this  Act  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  perjury,  and  being  thereof  convicted  shall  be  subject 
and  liable  to  all  the  punishments,  pains,  and  penalties  to  which  persons  of 
wilful  and  corrupt  perjury  are  liable,  and  every  such  person  may  be  tried 
for  any  such  perjury  either  in  the  place  where  the  offence  was  com- 
mitted or  in  any  colony  or  settlement  of  Her  Majesty  near  thereto  in 
which  there  is  a  Court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  tiy  any  such  offence, 


M 


APrENDIX. 


MUSCAT,    or  in  Her  Majesty's  Court  of  Queen's  Bench  in  England ;  and  that  in 
~~  case  of  any  prosecution  for  such  offence  in  Her  Majesty's  said  Court  of 
Queen's  Bench  the  venue  may  be  laid  in  the  County  of  Middlesex. 

IV.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  the  dependency  of  any  suit  or  proceed- 

ing instituted  for  the  condemnation  or  resti- 

toPand;p7oc°cfer„S  ^ute"  tuti°n  °f  «*  ^  0T  ^  °T  ^^  ****> 
for  the  recovery  of  the  vessels     seized,   or   detained  by   virtue   of    the   said 

agreement,  or  the  final  adjudication,  con- 
demnation, or  judgment  or  determination  thereupon,  may  be  pleaded  in  bar 
or  given  in  evidence  under  the  general  issue,  and  shall  be  deemed  in  any 
Court  whatever  to  be  a  complete  bar  in  any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding, 
whether  instituted  by  any  person  or  persons  for  the  recovery  of  any  such 
ship,  vessel,  or  cargo,  or  of  any  damage  or  for  any  injury  sustained 
thereby  or  by  the  persons  on  board  the  same,  in  consequence  of  any  cap- 
ture, seizure,  or  detention,  or  any  thing  done  under,  or  in  pursuance 
of,  the  provisions  of  the  said  agreement. 

V.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  any  ship  or  vessel  which  shall  be  con- 

,T     ,        ,        ,  .  ,       , ,      demned  as  aforesaid  may  be  taken  into  Her 
Vessels  condemned  to  he  sold  ]  J 

for  Her  Majesty's  service,  or     Majesty's  service,  upon  payment  of  such  sum 

as  the  Lord  High  Admiral  or  the  Lords 
Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty  shall  deem  a  proper  price  for  the  same, 
or  if  not  so  taken,  shall  be  broken  up  and  demolished,  and  the  materials 
thereof  shall  be  publicly  sold  in  separate  parts,  and  the  proceeds  thereof 
shall  be  paid  to  such  person  or  persons  as  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Ma- 
jesty's Treasury  may  appoint  to  receive  the  same. 

VI.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  employed  or 

engaged  in  such   illicit  traffic  in   slaves,  in 
Captors  of  vessels  shall,  after         •  i  *.•  p  n.  -j       _  ±        iiik 

the  same  are  condemned,  he  en-     violation  of  the   said   agreement,    shall  be 

titled  to  the  proceeds  belong-  seized  by  any  ship  or  vessel  belonging  to 
ing  to  Her  Majesty.  jjr  o     o 

Her  Majesty    or  the  East  India  Company 

and  afterwards  condemned,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  captors  the  net  pro- 
ceeds to  which  Her  Majesty  is  entitled,  the  same  to  be  distributed  in  the 
manner  hereinafter  directed  for  the  distribution  of  bounties  on  slaves 
taken  on  board  the  said  vessels. 


APPENDIX.  Vll 

VII.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  Commander,    MUSCAT. 

Officers,  and  crews  of   Her  Majesty's  ships, 

A  bounty    of  £5    for    every  '  J    /  1  » 

slave  found  on  board  of  vessels     or  the  Commander,  Officers,  and  crews  of 

seized  and  condemned.  ^  ghips  of    the  Eagt    India     Company,    a 

bounty  of  five  pounds  for  every  man,  woman,  and  child  slave  seized  and 
found  on  board  any  ship  or  vessel,  taken  and  condemned  in  pursuance 
of  the  provisions  of  the  said  agreement  and  of  this  Act ;  such  bounty  to 
be  issued  and  paid  by  order  from  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 
Treasury,  and  to  be  distributed  to  and  amongst  the  captors  aforesaid  in 
such  manner  and  proportions  as  Her  Majesty  shall  think  fit  to  order  by 
any  order  in  Council,  made  or  to  be  made,  or  by  any  proclamation  for 
that  purpose. 

VIII.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  which  shall 

have  been  seized  and  condemned  under  the 

A  bounty  to  be  paid   on   ton-  .  .  ,1111 

nage  of  slave  sbips  captured  and  provisions  ot  the  said  agreement  shall  have 
dcmolisbed.  ^ecn  ^r  g^^  ^Q  demolished,  and  the  materials 

thereof  publicly  sold  in  separate  parts,  as  well  as  her  cargo,  there  shall 
be  paid  to  the  Commanders,  Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships, 
or  of  those  of  the  East  India  Company,  in  addition  to  the  amount  of 
the  proceeds  of  such  sale  as  hereinfore  mentioned,  a  further  bounty  on 
the  tonnage  of  such  ship  or  vessel  at  the  rate  of  thirty  shillings  for 
every  ton  of  such  tonnage. 

IX.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  having  no 
Where  no  slaves  are  on  board     slaves  on  board  shall  have  been  seized  and 

a  ship  seized  and  condemned  an     con(iemned  under  the  provisions  of  the  said 

additional  bounty  to  be  paid  on  r 

tonnage.  agreement,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  Com- 

manders, Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships,  or  those  of  the  East 
India  Company,  an  additional  bounty  upon  the  tonnage  of  such  ship 
or  vessel  at  the  rate  of  four  pounds  for  every  ton,  and  the  tonnage  of  all 
such  vessels  shall  be  ascertained  according  to  the  mode  of  ascertaining 
the  admeasurement  of  British  vessels,  either  by  the  principal  Officer 
of  the  customs  at  the  port  where  the  vessel  may  be  at  the  time  of  con- 
demnation, or  in  default  thereof  by  the  best  evidence  which  can  be 
obtained:  provided  always,  that  in  every  case  in  which  any  ship  or 
vessel  shall  be  seized  with  slaves  on  board  in  which  the  bounty  calculated 


viii  APPENDIX. 

MUSCAT,    upon  the  number  of  slaves  shall  be  less  than  the  bounty  calculated  upon 

"  the  tonnage,  the  Commanders  of  Her  Majesty's  ships,  or  of  those  of  the 

East  India  Company  making  the  seizure,  may  elect  to  take  the  bounty 

calculated  according  to  tonnage,  instead  of  the  bounty  which  would  be 

payable  upon  the  number  of  slaves  on  board. 

X.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  all  bounties  payable  under  this  Act 

Bounties  to  be  paid  out  of     sna11  De  Pai(l  out  of   tne  Consolidated  Fund 
the  Consolidated  Fund.  of  the  United  Kingdom   of  Great   Britain 

and  Ireland  to  the  Commanders,  Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's 
ships,  and  of  the  ships  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  such  bounties 
shall  be  issued  and  paid  by  order  from  the  Commissioners  of  Her 
Majesty's  Treasury. 

XI.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  the  said  bounty,  as  also  all  bounties 
Bounties  not  liable  to  pay-     payable  under  any  of  the  Acts  for  the  aboli- 

ment  of  fees.  ^ion  or  suppression  of  the  slave  trade,  shall 

not  hereafter  be  charged  with  Treasury  fees  or  Exchequer  fees  of  any 
description. 

XII.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  in  order  to  entitle 
Captors  entitled  to  bounty  to     tne  captors  to  receive  the  said  bounty  money, 

give  proof  of  tonnage.  fl^  tonnage  of  the  ship  or  vessel  so  seized 

and  condemned  shall  be  proved  to  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 
Treasury  by  producing  a  copy,  duly  certified,  of  the  sentence  or  decree 
of  condemnation,  or  by  such  documentary  or  other  evidence  as  they  may 
deem  satisfactory. 

XIII.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  in  order  to  entitle 

_  .  the  captors  to  receive  the  said  bounty  monev 

Copy    of  sentence  of    con-  j  j 

dcmnation  to  be  produced  to     on  slaves,  the  number  of  men,  women,  and 
reasury.  children  so  taken,  delivered  over,  and  con- 

demned, shall  be  proved  to  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury 
by  producing  a  copy,  duly  certified,  of  the  sentence  or  decree  of  con- 
demnation, and  also  a  certificate  under  the  hand  of  the  proper  Officer 
or  Officers,  Military  or  Civil,  who  may  be  appointed  to  receive  such 
slaves. 


•  APPENDIX.  IX 

XIV.     And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  slaves,  or  persons  treated    MUSCAT. 


as  slaves,  shall  be  seized  on  board  any  ship 
In  certain     cases    Treasury- 
may  order  one  moiety  of  the     or  vessel  taken  and  condemned  in  pursuance 

ep  of  the    said    agreement    and  of   this    Act, 

but  who  shall  not  have  been  delivered  over  in  consequence  of  death,  sick- 
ness, or  other  inevitable  circumstance,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  said 
Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  if  to  their  discretion  it  shall 
seem  meet,  to  direct  payment  of  one  moiety  of  the  bounty  which  would 
have  been  due  in  each  case  respectively  if  the  said  slaves  had  been 
delivered  over. 

XV.  Provided  also,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  any  party  or  parties 

„     .  ...         ,      -^     claiming    any   benefit    by  way    of  bounty 

Parties       claiming      benefit  °  J  . 

under  this  Act  may  resort  to  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  of  any 
the  Court  of  Admiralty.  .  '     ,,  ,         _  ,  _ 

share  of  the  proceeds  ot  any  vessel  co uns- 
eated in  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  the  aforesaid  agreement,  may 
resort  to  the  High  Court  of  Admiralty  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
the  judgment  of  the  said  Court  in  that  behalf,  and  that  it  shall  be  lawful 
for  the  Judge  of  the  said  High  Court  of  Admiralty  to  determine  thereon 
and  also  to  hear  and  determine  any  question  of  joint  capture  which  may 
arise  upon  any  seizure  made  in  pursuance  of  this  Act,  and  also  to  enforce 
any  decrees  or  sentences  of  the  said  Vice- Admiralty  Courts  relating  to 
any  such  seizure. 

XVI.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  all  the  provisions,  rules,  regulations 

forfeitures,   and     penalties     respecting    the 

■Regulations  and  penalties  to-,,.  i         ■*%  •         * *._    .m  p 

which  Prize  Agents Tare  liable,     delivery  by    Prize   Agents  of    accounts  for 

extended  to  bounties,  &c,  under  exammati0n  and  the  distribution  of  prize 
this  Act.  .         ■  . 

money,  and  the  accounting  for  and  paying 

over  the  proceeds  of  prize  and  the  percentage  due  thereon  to  Greenwich 

Hospital,  shall  be  extended  to  all  bounties  and  proceeds  to  be  distributed 

under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  to  the  Officers  and  crews  of  any  of 

Her  Majesty's  ships  and  vessels  of  war. 

XVII.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel   belonging 

„,  ,  in  whole  or  in  part  to  subjects  of  the  Imaum, 

Treasury  may  order  payment  *  "  ' 

of  costs  awarded  for  vessels  de-  of  Muscat  shall  have  been  detained  and 
taincd,  but  not  condemned.  T  ,,  J-    j-     *•       i  r\a*  n 

brought  to  adjudication  by   any  Officers  of 


X  APPENDIX. 

MUSCAT.  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  or  of  those  of  the 
East  India  Company,  and  the  said  ship  shall  be  restored  by  sentence  of 
the  Court,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 
Treasury,  by  warrant  signed  by  any  three  or  more  of  them,  to  direct 
payment  to  be  made  out  of  the  Consolidated  Fund  of  the  United  King- 
dom of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  of  any  cost  or  damages  which  may 
be  duly  awarded ;  provided  always  that  nothing  herein  contained  shall 
exempt  such  Officer  from  his  liability  to  make  good  the  payments  so 
made  when  lawfully  called  upon  either  by  the  parties  interested  therein, 
or  by  order  of  the  said  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury. 

XVIII.    And  be  it  enacted,  that  when  any  seizure  shall  be  made  by 

any  of  the  Commanders,  Officers,  and  Crews 

Jr^Tl^io*  c£     of  Her  Majesty's  ships  or  of  those  of  the  East 

demned  the  expenses  incurred     India  Company  and  judgment  shall  be  given 

by  him.  .  . 

against  the  seizor,  or  when  such  seizure  shall 
be  relinquished  by  him,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  said  Commissioners  of 
Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  if  to  their  discretion  it  shall  seem  meet,  by 
warrant  signed  by  any  three  or  more  of  them,  to  direct  payment  to  be 
made  out  of  the  Consolidated  Fund  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland  of  such  costs  and  expenses  as  the  seizor  may  have 
incurred  in  respect  of  such  seizure,  or  any  proportional  part  thereof. 


1G  and  17  Vic,  Cap.  XVI. 

An  A.ct  for  carrying  into  effect  the  Engagement  between  Her  Majesty  and  Sted 
Syf  bin  Hamood,  the  Chief  of  Sohar,  in  Arabia,  for  the  more  effectual  suppres- 
sion of  the  Slave  Trade,  dated  9th  May  1853. 

Whereas  on  the  twenty-second  day  of  May,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 
one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-nine,  an  engagement  was  concluded 
between  Major  Hennell,  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  on  behalf 
of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  and  Syed  Syf  Bin  Hamood,  Chief  of  Sohar,  in  Arabia, 
whereby  it  was  agreed  as  follows  : — 

"  I,  Syed  Syf  Bin  Hamood,  Chief  of  Sohar,  with  a  view  to  strengthen 
the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and  the  British  Govern- 
ment, do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  slaves  from  the 
coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my  vessels  and  those 
belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependants ;  such  prohibition  to  take  effect 
from  the  twenty-ninth  Rujjub  one  thousand  two  hundred  and  sixty- 
five,  or  the  twenty-first  day  of  June  a.  d.  one  thousand  eight  hundred 
and  forty-nine. 

"  And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the 
British  Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  to 
my  subjects  or  dependants,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave 
trade,  they  may  detain  and  search  them,  and  in  case  of  their  finding  that 
any  of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the  expor- 
tation of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon  any  pre- 
text whatever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  confiscate 
the  same." 

And  whereas  it  is  expedient  that  effectual  provision  should  be  made 
for  carrying  into  execution  the  provisions  of  the  said  agreement,  be  it 
therefore  enacted  by  the  Queen's  most  excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  spiritual  and  temporal  and  Commons  in 
this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same — 


SOHAR. 


xii  APrENDIX. 

SOHAR.  j     "pij^  ft  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Commanders  and  other  Officers 

of   Her  Majesty's  ships   of  war,  or  of  the 
Power    for    Commanders    of      _      .  T    ...     ~  .        ...         -   -  ,    .      . 

ships  of  war,  &c,  to  visit,  &c,     East  India  Company,   to  visit  and  detain,  m 
Teasels  belonging  to  the  Chief  of  vesgel  belonging  to  Syed  Syf 

Sonar,   or  of  Ins   subjects,  bus-  J  *         J  .00  j  j 

looted  of  being  engaged  in  the     Bin  Hamood,  the  Chief  of  Sohar,  in  Arabia, 

or  to  any  of  his  subject  or  dependants,  which 
shall  upon  reasonable  grounds  be  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  traffic 
in  slaves,  or  having  been  fitted  out  for  that  purpose,  and  to  send  or  carry 
away  such  vessel,  together  with  its  master,  sailors,  passengers,  slaves 
and  cargo,  for  the  purpose  of  such  vessel  being  brought  to  adjudication 
as  hereinafter  mentioned. 

II.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  the  High   Court  of  Admiralty  of  Eng- 

land, and  for  all  Courts  of  Vice- Admiralty  in 
As  to  the  trial  and  condemna-  #   ,  »«•■»«•• 

tion  of  vessels  engaged  in  the     any  dominions  of  Her  Majesty  beyond  the 

seas,  including  those  Courts  of  Vice-Ad- 
miralty within  the  territories  under  the  Government  of  the  East  India 
Company,  to  take  cognizance  of  and  try  any  such  "vessel  which  shall  be 
detained  or  captured  for  the  violation  of  the  said  agreement,  and  to 
condemn  any  such  vessel  to  Her  Majesty,  and  adjudge  as  to  the  slaves 
found  therein,  in  like  manner,  and  under  such  and  the  like  rules  and 
regulations  as  are  contained  in  any  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament  in  force 
in  relation  to  the  suppression  of  the  slave  trade  by  British  owned  ships, 
as  fully  as  if  all  the  powers  and  provisions  contained  in  such  Acts  were 
re-enacted  in  this  Act  as  to  such  High  Court  of  Admiralty  or  Courts  of 
Vice- Admiralty. 

III.  Every  person  who    shall  wilfully  and  corruptly  give  false 

Persons  giving  false  evidence     evidence  in   any  examination   or  deposition 
deemed  guilty  of  perjury.  had    Qr   affidavit    taken    in    any    proceeding 

under  the  said  engagement  or  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  per- 
jury, and  being  thereof  convicted  shall  be  subject  and  liable  to  all  the 
punishments,  pains,  and  penalties  to  which  persons  convicted  of  wilful 

,  .  ...       and  corrupt  penury  are  liable  :  and  every  such 

In   case  of    prosecution    in  *■  *    *     i  J 

England,  venue  may  be  laid  in    person  may   be   tried  for  any  such  perjury, 

either  in  the  place  where  the  offence  was 
committed,  or  in  any  colony  or  settlement  of  Her  Majesty  near  thereto 


APPENDIX.  Xlll 

in  which  there  is  a  Court   of  competent  jurisdiction  to  try  any  such     SOHAR. 
offence,  or  in  Her  Majesty's  Court  of  Queen's  Bench  in  England,  and  ~ 
that  in  case  of  any  prosecution  for  such  offence  in  Her  Majesty's  said 
Court  of  Queen's  Bench,  the   venue  may  be   laid  in  the  County  of  Mid- 
dlesex. 

IV.     The  pendency   of  any  suit   or  proceeding  instituted   for  the 
.  Pendency  of  suits  to  be  a  bar     condemnation  or  restitution  of  any  ship  or 

t^r!:^ry7\CtZt  «*&•  °r  sI»™s>  <■*»,  seized,  or  detained 
detained.  by  virtue  of  the  said  agreement,  or  the  final 

adjudication,  condemnation,  or  judgment  or  determination  thereupon, 
may  be  pleaded  in  bar  or  given  in  evidence  under  the  general  issue,  and 
shall  be  deemed  in  any  Court  whatever  to  be  a  complete  bar  in  any 
action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  whether  instituted  by  any  person  or  persons 
for  the  recovery  of  any  such  ship,  vessel,  or  cargo,  or  of  any  damage  or 
for  any  injury  sustained  thereby,  or  by  the  persons  on  board  the  same, 
in  consequence  of  any  capture,  seizure,  or  detention,  or  any  thing  done 
under,  or  in  purstiance  of,  the  provisions  of  the  said  agreement. 

V.  Any  ship  or  vessel  which  shall  be  condemned  as  aforesaid  may 

„  be   taken   into  Her  Maiestv's   service,  upon 

vessels    condemned    to    be  J  . 

sold  for  Her  Majesty's  service     payment   of    such    sum    as  the   Lord    High 

Admiral,  or  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the 
Admiralty,  shall  deem  a  proper  price  for  the  same,  or  if  not  so  taken, 
shall  be  broken  up  and  demolished,  and  the  materials  thereof  shall  be 
publicly  sold  in  separate  parts,  and  the  proceeds  thereof  shall  be  paid 
to  such  person  or  persons  as  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Trea- 
sury may  appoint  to  receive  the  same. 

VI.  Where  any  ship  or  vessel  employed  or  engaged  in  such  illicit 

Captors  of  vessels  shall,  after  traffic  in  slaves,  in  violation  of  the  said  agree- 

the  same  are  condemned,  be  ment  ^^  j>e  seize(J  ty  any  ship  or  vessel 
entitled  to  the  proceeds  belong-  *  j         j         r 

ingto  Her  Majesty.  belonging  to   Her  Majesty  or  the  East  India 

Company  and  afterwards  condemned,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  captors 
the  net  proceeds  to  which  Her  Majesty  is  entitled,  the  same  to  be  dis- 
tributed in  the  manner  hereinafter  directed  for  the  distribution  of 
bounties  on  slaves  taken  on  board  the  said  vessels. 


Xiv  APPENDIX. 

BORAS.  VII.     There  shall  be  paid  to  the  Commanders,  Officers,  and  crews 

of  Her  Majesty's  ships,  or  the  Commanders, 
Tajmcnt^unty  for  slaves     officers,  and  crews  of  the  ships  of  the  East 

India  Company,  a  bounty  of  five  pounds 
for  every  man,  woman,  and  child  slave  seized  and  found  on  board  any 
ship  or  vessel  taken  and  condemned  in  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  the 
Mid  agreement  and  of  this  Act;  such  bounty  to  be  issued  and  paid 
by  order  from  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  and  to  be 
distributed  to  and  amongst  the  captors  aforesaid  in  such  manner  and 
proportions  as  Her  Majesty  shall  think  fit  to  order  by  any  order  in 
Council  made  or  to  be  made,  or  by  any  proclamation  for  that  purpose. 

VIII.  Where  any  ship  or  vessel  which  shall  have  been  seized  and 

condemned  under  the  provisions  of  the  said 

Additional  bounty  on  tonnage  f 

of  slave  ships  captured  and  de-  agreement  shall  have  been  or  shall  be  demo- 
lished, and  the  materials  thereof  publicly 
sold  in  separate  parts,  as  well  as  her  cargo,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the 
Commanders,  Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships,  or  of  those 
of  the  East  India  Company,  in  addition  to  the  amount  of  the  proceeds 
of  such  sale  as  hereinbefore  mentioned,  a  further  bounty  on  the  tonnage 
of  such  ship  or  vessel  at  the  rate  of  thirty  shillings  for  every  ton  of  such 
tonnage. 

IX.  Where  any  ship  or  vessel  having  no  slaves  on  board  shall 

have  been  seized  and  condemned  under  the 

Where  no  slaves  are  on  board  •  •  »     , i  •  -i  ,        ,, 

a  ship  seized  and  condemned,  an     provisions   of    the    said    agreement,    there 

addition^  bounty  on  tonnage     snar|  ]jC  pai(i  to  the  Commanders,  Officers, 
to  be  paid.  *  *  .  r 

and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships,  or   those 

of  the  East  India  Company,  an  additional  bounty  upon  the  tonnage  of 

such  ship  or  vessel  at  the  rate  of  four  pounds  for  every  ton ;  and  the 

tonnage  of  all  such  vessels  shall  be  ascertained  according  to  the  mode  of 

ascertaining  the  admeasurement  of  British  vessels,  either  by  the  principal 

Officer  of  the  Customs  at  the  port  where  the  vessel  may  be  at  the  time 

of  condemnation,  or,  in  default  thereof,  by  the  best  evidence  which  can 

be  obtained :  provided  always,  that  in  every  case  in  which  any  ship  or 

vessel  shall  be  seized  with  slaves  on  board,  in  which  the  bounty  calculated 

upon  the  number  of  slaves  shall  be  less  than  the  bounty  calculated  upon 


APPENDIX.  XV 

the  tonnage,  the  Commanders  of  Jler  Majesty's  ships,  or  of  those  of  the      SOIIAI?. 
East  India  Company,  making  the  seizure,  may  elect  to  take  the  bounty  — 
calculated  according  to  tonnage,  instead  of  the  bounty  which  would  be 
payable  upon  the  number  of  slaves  on  board. 

X.  All  bounties  payable  under  this  Act   shall  be  paid  out  of  the 

Consolidated  Fund  of  the  United  Kingdom 
thcCon8didatcdbFundd  0Ut  °f  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  to  the  Com- 
manders, Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's 
ships,  and  of  the  ships  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  such  bounties 
shall  be  issued  and  paid  by  order  from  the  Commissioners  of  Her 
Majesty's  Treasury. 

XI.  In  order  to  entitle  the  captors  to   receive  the   said  bounty 

„     .  .  -.  money,  the  tonnage    of  the  ship    or  vessel 

Proof  of  tonnage.  .  &  * 

so  seized  and  condemned  shall  be  proved  to 

the   Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury  by  producing  a  copy, 

duly  certified,  of  the  sentence  or  decree  of  condemnation,  or  by  such 

documentary  or  other  evidence  as  they  may  deem  satisfactory. 

XII.  In  order  to  entitle  the  captors  to  receive  the  said  bounty 

Copy  of  sentence  of  con-  money  0n  slavcs'  tne  number  of  mcn> 
domination  to  be  produced  to  women,  and  children  so  taken,  delivered 
the  Treasury. 

over,  and  condemned  shall  be  proved  to  the 

Commissioners    of    Her    Majesty's    Treasury  by    producing  a     copy, 

duly  certified,  of  the  sentence  or  decree  of  condemnation,  and  also  a 

certificate  under  the  hand  of  the  proper  Officer  or  Officers,  Military  or 

Civil,  who  may  be  appointed  to  receive  such  slaves. 

XIII.  Where  any  slaves,  or  persons  treated  as  slaves,  shall  be 
One  moiety   of  the  bounty     seized  on  board  any  ship  or  vessel  taken  and 

only  to  be  paid  in  certain  cases,  condemned  in  pursuance  of  the  said  agree- 
ment and  of  this  Act,  but  who  shall  not  have  been  delivered  over  in 
consequence  of  death,  sickness,  or  other  inevitable  circumstance,  it  shall, 
be  lawful  for  the  said  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  if  to 
their  discretion  it  shall  seem  meet,  to  direct  payment  of  one  moiety  of 
the  bounty  which  would  have  been  due  in  each  case  respectively  if  the 
said  slaves  had  been  delivered  over. 


XVI  APPENDIX. 

SOHAU.  XIV.     Any  party  or  parties  claiming1  any  benefit  by  way  of  bounty 

under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  of  any 
Parties  claiming  benefit  under 
this  Act  may  resort  to  the  Court  share  of  the  proceeds  of  any  vessel  confis- 
cated in  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  the 
aforesaid  agreement,  may  resort  to  the  High  Court  of  Admiralty  for 
the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  judgment  of  the  said  Court  in  that  behalf; 
and  that  it  shall  be  lawful '  for  the  Judge  of  the  said  High  Court  of 
Admiralty  to  determiue  thereon,  and  also  to  hear  and  determine  any 
question  of  joint  capture  which  may  arise  upon  any  seizure  made  in 
pursuance  of  this  Act,  and  also  to  enforce  any  decrees  or  sentences  of 
the  said  Vice-Admiralty  Courts  relating  to  any  such  seizure. 

XV.  All  the  provisions,  rules,  regulations,  forfeitures,  and  penalties 
Regulations  and  penalties  res-     respecting   the   delivery   by  Prize  Agents  of 

E^Sb^XfaTSS  .•*»»"*■  for  ">**•>»*>*,  and  the  distribu- 
this  Act.  tion  of  prize  money,  and  the  accounting  for 

and  paying  over  the  proceeds  of  prize  and  the  percentage  due  thereon 
to  Greenwich  Hospital,  shall  be  extended  to  all  bounties  and  proceeds 
to  be  distributed  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  to  the  Officers  and 
crews  of  any  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  and  vessels  of  war. 

XVI.  Where  any  ship  or  vessel  belonging  in  whole  or  in  part  to 

„  ,  the  before-mentioned  Chief  or  his  subjects  or 

Treasury  may  order  payment  J 

of  costs  awarded  for  vessels  de-  dependants  shall  have  been  detained  and 
tained,  but  not  condemned.  ■,  i.j         j«    t     i-        i  ^m  n 

brought  to  adjudication  by    any  Officers  of 

Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  or  of  those  of  the 
East  India  Company,  and  the  said  ship  shall  be  restored  by  sentence  of 
the  Court,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 
Treasury,  by  warrant,  to  direct  payment  to  be  made  out  of  the  Consoli- 
dated Fund  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  of 
any  costs  or  damages  which  may  be  duly  awarded :  provided  always, 
that  nothing  herein  contained  shall  exempt  such  Officer  from  his  liability 
to  make  good  the  payments  so  made  when  lawfully  called  upon  either 
by  the  parties  interested  therein  or  by  order  of  the  said  Commissioners 
of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury. 


APPENDIX.  XVU 

XVII.     When  any  seizure  shall  be  made  by  any  of  the  Command-      SOHAR. 
Treasury  may  repay  to  the    ers,   Officers,  and  crews   of  Her  Majesty's  ~ 

seizor  of   any  vessel   not  con-       j-  f  ^  f    ^     E     t   j   ^      c 

demned  the  expenses  incurred  *  *  ^  w"* 

by  him.  pany,  and  judgment  shall  be  given  against 

the  seizor,  or  when  such  seizure  shall  be  relinquished  by  him,  it  shall  be 

lawful  for  the  said  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  if  to  their 

discretion  it  shall  seem  meet,  by  warrant,  to  direct  payment  to  be  made 

out  of  the  Consolidated  Fund  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 

and  Ireland,  of  such  costs  and  expenses  as  the  seizor  may  have  incurred 

in  respect  of  such  seizure,  or  any  proportional  thereof. 


12  and  13    Victoria,  Cap.  LXXXIV. 

TERSIAN     ^n  ^  *or  canyiEg  iQto  effect  Engagements  between  Her  Majesty  and  certain 
GULF.  Arabian  Chiefs  in  the  Persian  Gulf  for  the  more  effectual  suppression  of  the 
Slave  trade,  dated  1st  August  1849. 

Whereas  on  the  thirtieth  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty-seven,  an  engagement  was  concluded 
between  Major  S.  Hennell,  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  on  behalf 
of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  and  Sultan  Bin  Sugger,  Shaik  of  Ras-el-Khyma  and  Shar- 
gah  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Chief  of  the  Joasmee  Arabs,  whereby  it  was 
agreed  as  follows : — 

"  I,  Shaik  Sultan  Bin  Sugger,  Chief  of  the  Joasmee  tribe,  with  a 
view  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and 
the  British  Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of 
slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my  vessels 
and  those  belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  such  prohibition  to 
take  effect  from  the  1st  day  of  Mohurrum  a.  h.  1264  (or  10th  De- 
cember a.  d.  1847). 

"  And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the  Bri- 
tish Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  to 
my  subjects  or  dependents,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave  trade, 
they  may  detain  and  search  them ;  and  in  case  of  their  finding  that  any 
of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the  exporta- 
tion of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon  any  pretext 
whatsoever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  confiscate 
the  same." 

And  whereas  on  the  said  thirtieth  day  of  April  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  and  forty-seven,  an  engagement  was  also  concluded  between 
Major  S.  Hennell,  the  Resident  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  on  behalf  of  Her 


APPENDli.  XIX 

Majesty  the  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire-    PERSIAN 
land,  and  Muktoom  Bin  Buttye,  Shaik  of  Debaye,  whereby  it  was  agreed       GULF, 
as  follows  : — 

"  I,  Muktoom  Bin  Buttye,  Shaik  of  Debaye,  with  the  view  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and  the  British 
Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  slaves 
from  the  coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my  vessels  and  those 
belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  such  prohibition  to  take  effect  from 
the  1st  day  of  Mohurrum  a.  ii.  1264  (or  10th  December  a.  d.  1847). 

"  And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the 
British  Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging 
to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave 
trade,  they  may  detain  and  search  them;  and  in  case  of  their  find- 
ing that  any  of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by 
the  exportation  of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon 
any  pretext  whatsoever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and 
confiscate  the  same." 

And  whereas  on  the  first  day  of  May,  in  the  said  year  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  and  forty-seven,  an  engagement  was  also  concluded  between 
the  said  Major  S.  Hennell,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty,  and  Abdool  Azeez 
Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Bginan,  whereby  it  was  agreed  as  follows  :— 

"  I,  Abdool  Azeez  Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Eginan,  with  the  view  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and  the  British 
Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  slaves  from 
the  coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my  vessels  and  those  belong- 
ing to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  such  prohibition  to  take  effect  from 
the  1st  day  of  Mohurrum,  a.  h.  1264  (or  10th  December  a.  d.  1847). 

"  And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the  Bri- 
tish Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  to 
my  subjects  or  dependents,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave  trade, 
they  may  detain  and  search  them ;  and  in  case  of  their  finding  that 
any  of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the  expor- 
tation of  slaves  from  the  coats  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon  any  pretext 
whatsoever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  confiscate  the 
same." 


XX  APPENDIX. 

PERSIAN  And  whereas  on  the  said  first  day  of  May,  an  engagement  was  con- 

GULF.  eluded  by  the  said  Major  S.  Hennell,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty,  and 
Shaik  Abdullah  Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Amulgavine,  whereby  it  was 
agreed  as  follows : — 

"  I,  Abdullah  Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Amulgavine,  with  a  view  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and  the  British 
Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  slaves  from 
the  coast  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  boagri  of  my  vessels  and  those 
belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependents;  such  prohibition  to  take 
effect  from  the  1st  day  of  Mohurrum  a.  h.  1264  (or  10th  December 
a.  d.  1847)/' 

"And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the 
British  Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging 
to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave 
trade,  they  may  detain  and  search  them ;  and  in  case  of  their  finding 
that  any  of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the 
exportation  of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon  any 
pretext  whatsoever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  con- 
fiscate the  same." 

And  whereas  on  the  third  day  of  May,  in  the  said  year  one  thou- 
sand eight  hundred  and  forty-seven,  an  engagement  was  concluded  by 
the  said  Major  S.  Hennell,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty,  and  Shaik  Saeed 
Bin  Tahnoon,  Chief  of  Aboothabee,  whereby  it  was  agreed  as  follows : — 

"  I,  Saeed  Bin  Tahnoon,  Shaik  of  the  Bin  Yas,  Chief  of  Aboothabee, 
with  view  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me 
and  the  British  Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exporta- 
tion of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my 
vessels  and  those  belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  such  prohibi- 
tion to  take  effect  from  the  1st  day  of  Mohurrum  a.  h.  1264  (or  10th 
December  1847). 

"  And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the  Bri- 
tish Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  to 
my  subjects  or  dependents,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave  trade, 
they  may  detain  and  search  them ;  and  in  case  of  their  finding  that  any 
of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the  exporta- 


APPENDIX.  XXI 

tion  of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon   any  pretext    PERSIAN 
whatsoever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and  confiscate  the      GULP, 
same." 

And  whereas  on  the  eighth  day  of  May,  in  the  said  year  one  thou- 
sand eight  hundred  and  forty-seven,  an  engagement  was  concluded  by 
the  said  Major  S.  Hennell,  on  behalf  of  Her  Majesty,  and  Shaik 
Mahomed  Bin  Khuleefa  Bin  Subman,  Chief  of  Bahrein,  whereby  it  was 
agreed  as  follows : — 

"  I,  Mahomed  Bin  Khuleefa  Bin  Subman,  Chief  of  Bahrein,  with 
the  view  to  strengthen  the  bonds  of  friendship  existing  between  me  and 
the  British  Government,  do  hereby  engage  to  prohibit  the  exportation 
of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  and  elsewhere  on  board  of  my 
vessels  and  those  belonging  to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  such  prohi- 
bition to  take  effect  from  the  1st  day  of  Mohurrum  a.  h.  1264  (or  10th 
December  a.  d.  1847). 

"•And  I  do  further  consent,  that  whenever  the  cruizers  of  the 
British  Government  fall  in  with  any  of  my  vessels,  or  those  belonging  . 
to  my  subjects  or  dependents,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  slave 
trade,  they  may  detain  and  search  them ;  and  in  case  of  their  finding 
that  any  of  the  vessels  aforesaid  have  violated  this  engagement,  by  the 
exportation  of  slaves  from  the  coasts  of  Africa  or  elsewhere,  upon  any 
pretext  whatsoever,  they  (the  government  cruizers)  shall  seize  and 
confiscate  the  same." 

And  whereas  it  is  expedient  that  effectual  provision  should  be  made 

Officers  Commanding  ships  of     for   carrying  into  execution    the   provisions 

Her  Majesty,  as  well  as  those  of     0f  fa  sajd  several  agreements,   be  it  there- 

the  East  India  Company,  autho-  ^3  * 

rized  to  visit  vessels  belonging  fore  enacted  by  the  Queen's  most  excellent 

to  the  before-mentioned  Chiefs,  ,r  .  ,  ,      ..      ,         ,    . 

or  to  any  of  their  subjects  or  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 

dependents.  of    the   Lords   spiritual   and  temporal   and 

Commons  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority 
of  the  same,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Commanders  and  other 
Officers  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  of  war,  or  of  the  East  India  Company, 
to  visit  and  detain  in  any  seas  any  vessel  belonging  to  either  of  the  said 
respective  Chiefs,  Shaik  Sultan  Bin  Sugger,  Chief  of  the  Joasmee  tribe, 
Muktoom  Bin  Buttye,   Shaik  of  Debaye,  Abdool  Azeez  Bin  Rashid, 


XX  ii  APPENDIX. 

TERSIAN  Shaik  of  Eginan,  Abdullah  Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Amulgavine,  Saeed 
i;iLF.  Bin  Tahnoon,  Shaik  of  the  Bin  Yas,  Chief  of  Aboothabee  Mahomed 
Bin  Khuleefa,  Bin  Subman,  Chief  of  Bahrein,  or  to  any  of  their  subjects 
or  dependents,  which  shall  upon  reasonable  grounds  be  suspected  of  being 
engaged  in  the  traffic  in  slaves  or  having  been  fitted  out  for  that  purpose, 
and  to  send  or  carry  away  such  vessel,  together  with  its  masters,  sailors, 
passengers,  slaves,  and  cargo,  for  the  purpose  of  such  vessel  being  brought 
to  adjudication  as  hereinafter  mentioned. 

II.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  High  Court 
The  trial  of  vessels  engaged     of  Admiralty  of  England,  and  for  all  Courts 

in  the  slave  trade.  0f  Vice -Admiralty  in  any  dominions  of  Her 

Majesty  beyond  the  seas,  including  those  Courts  of  Vice-Admiralty 
within  the  territories  under  the  government  of  the  East  India  Company, 
to  take  cognizance  of  and  try  any  such  vessel  which  shall  be  detained 
or  captured  for  the  violation  of  the  said  agreements,  and  to  condemn 
any  such  vessel  to  Her  Majesty,  and  adjudged  as  to  the  slaves  found 
therein,  in  like  manner  and  under  such  and  the  like  rules  and  regulations 
as  are  contained  in  any  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament  in  force  in  relation 
to  the  suppression  of  the  slave  trade  by  British  owned  ships  as  fully  as 
if  all  the  powers  and  provisions  contained  in  such  Acts  were  re-enacted 
in  this  Act  as  to  such  High  Court  of  Admiralty  or  Courts  of  Vice-Ad- 
miralty. 

III.  And  be  it   enacted,  that  every  person  who  shall    wilfully  and 
Persons  giving  false  evidence     corruptly  give   false  evidence  in  any  exami- 

deemed  guilty  of  perjury.  nation  or   deposition  had  or  affidavit  taken 

in  any  proceeding  under  the  said  engagements  or  this  Act  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  perjury,  and  being  thereof  convicted  shall  be  subject 
and  liable  to  all  the  punishments,  pains,  and  penalties  to  which  persons 
convicted  of  wilful  and  corrupt  perjury  are  liable;  and  every  such  person 
may  be  tried  for  any  such  perjury,  either  in  the  place  where  the  offence 
was  committed,  or  in  any  colony  or  settlement  of  Her  Majesty  near 
thereto  in  which  there  is  a  Court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  try  any 
such  offence,  or  in  Her  Majesty's  Court  of  Queen's  Bench  in  England, 
and  that  in  case  of  any  prosecution  for  such  offence  in  Her  Majesty's 
said  Court  of  Queen's  Bench,  the  venue  may  be  laid  in  the  County  of 
Middlesex. 


APPENDIX.  XX111 

IV.  And  be  it  enacted;  that  the  pendency  of  any  suit  or  proceeding    PERSIAN 
Pendency  of  suits  to  be  a  bar     instituted  for  the  condemnation  or  restitution       GULF. 

to  any  proceedings  instituted  for       of  g]  •     Qr  Qr  gl  tak         geized 

the  recovery  of  the  vessels  de-  j         r  o   >  7  >  > 

tained.  or  detained  by  virtue  of  the  said  agreements, 

or  the  final  adjudication,  condemnation,  or  judgment  or  determination 
thereupon,  may  be  pleaded  in  bar  or  given  in  evidence  under  the  general 
issue  and  shall  be  deemed  in  any  Court  whatever  to  be  a  complete 
bar  in  any  action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  whether  instituted  by  any  person 
or  persons  for  the  recovery  of  any  such  ship,  vessel,  or  cargo,  or  of  any 
damage,  or  for  any  injury  sustained  thereby  or  by  the  persons  on  board 
the  same,  in  consequence  of  any  capture,  seizure,  or  detention  or  any 
thing  done  under,  or  in  pursuance  of,  the  provisions  of  the  said  agree- 
ments. 

V.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  any  ship  or  vessel  which  shall  be  con- 

, .    ,  '  demned  as  aforesaid  may  be  taken  into  Her 

Vessels  condemned  to  be  sold 

for  Her  Majesty's  service  or  Majesty's  service,  upon  payment  of  such  sum 
broken  up<  as  the  Lord  High  Admiral  or  the  Lords  Com- 

missioners of  the  Admiralty  shall  deem  a  proper  price  for  the  same,  or  if 
not  so  taken,  shall  be  broken  up  and  demolished,  and  the  materials  thereof 
shall  be  publicly  sold  in  separate  parts,  and  the  proceeds  thereof  shall  be 
paid  to  such  person  or  persons  as  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 
Treasury  may  appoint  to  receive  the  same. 

VI.  And  be  it  enacted,   that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  employed  or 

engaged  in   such  illicit   traffic   in  slaves,  in 

of^SS^ft.'S  ™M™  »f  th«  "M  agreements,  shall  be 
titled  to  the  proceeds  belonging  seized  by  any  ship  or  vessel  belono-ing-  to 
to  Her  Majesty.  .  & 

Her   Majesty   or  the  East  India  Company 

and  afterwards  condemned,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  captors  the  net  pro- 
ceeds to  which  Her  Majesty  is  entitled,  the  same  to  be  distributed  in  the 
same  manner  hereinafter  directed  for  the  distribution  of  bounties  on  slaves 
taken  on  board  the  said  vessels. 

VII.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  Commander, 

Officers,   and  crews  of  her  Majesty's  ships, 
Bounty  for  slaves  captured.  ■,        j^m  1 

or  the  Commander,  Officers,  and  crews  of  the 

ships  of  the  East  India  Company,  a  bounty  of  five  pounds  for  every  man 


XXIV  APPENDIX. 

PERSIAN  woman,  and  child  slave  seized  and  found  on  board  any  ship  or  vessel  taken 
GULF.  and  condemned  in  pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  the  said  agreement 
and  of  this  Act,  such  bounty  to  be  issued  and  paid  by  order  from  the 
Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  and  to  be  distributed  to  and 
amongst  the  captors  aforesaid  in  such  manner  and  proportions  as  Her 
Majesty  shall  think  fit  to  order  by  any  order  in  Council  made  or  to  be 
made,  or  by  any  proclamation  for  that  purpose. 

VIII.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  which  shall 
Bounty  on  tonnage  of  slave     nave  been  seized  and  condemned  under   the 

ships  captured  and  demolished.  provisions  of  the  said  agreements,  shall  have 
been  or  shall  be  demolished,  and  the  materials  thereof  publicly  sold  in 
separate  parts,  as  well  as  her  cargo,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  Commanders, 
Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  or  of  those  of  the  East 
India  Company,  in  addition  to  the  amount  of  the  proceeds  of  such 
sale  as  hereinbefore  mentioned,  a  further  bounty  on  the  tonnage  of 
such  ship  or  vessel  at  the  rate  of  thirty  shillings  for  every  ton  of  such 
tonnage. 

IX.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  having  no 

Where  no  slaves  are  onboard       slsWeS  0n  board    sha11  have    W   Seized   and 

a  ship  seized  and  condemned  an     condemned  under  the  provisions  of  the  said 

additional  bounty  to  be  paid.  ■ '  * 

agreements,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  Com- 
manders, Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  or  those  of  the  East 
India  Company  an  additional  bounty  upon  the  tonnage  of  such  ship  or 
vessel  at  the  rate  of  four  pounds  for  every  ton ;  and  the  tonnage  of  all 
such  vessels  shall  be  ascertained  according  to  the  mode  of  ascertaining 
the  admeasurement  of  British  vessels,  either  by  the  principal  Officer  of 
the  customs  at  the  port  where  the  vessel  may  be  at  the  time  of  condem- 
nation, or  in  default  thereof  by  the  best  evidence  which  can  be  obtained  : 
provided  always,  that  in  every  case  in  which  any  ship  or  vessel  shall  be 
seized  with  slaves  on  board  in  which  the  bounty  calculated  upon  the 
number  of  slaves  shall  be  less  than  the  bounty  calculated  upon  the  ton- 
nage, the  Commanders  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  or  of  those  of  the  East 
India  Company  making  the  seizure  may  elect  to  take  the  bounty  calcu- 
ated  according  to  tonnage,  instead  of  the  bounty  which  would  be  pay- 
able upon  the  number  of  slaves  on  board. 


APPENDIX.  XXV 

X.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  all  bounties  payable  under  this  Act  shall    PERSIAN 
Bounties  to  be  paid    out  of     De  Paid  out  of  tne  Consolidated  Fund  of  the       GULF- 

the  Consolidated  Fund.  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire- 

land to  the  Commanders,  Officers,  and  crews  of  Her  Majesty's  ships  and 
of  the  ships  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  such  bounties  shall  be 
issued  and  paid  by  order  from  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 
Treasury. 

XI.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  the  said  bounty,  as  also  all  bounties 
Bounties  not  liable  to  pay-     payable  under  any  of  the  Acts  for  the  abo- 

ment  of  fees.  lition  or  suppression  of  the  slave  trade,  shall 

not  hereafter  be  charged  with  Treasury  fees  or  Exchequer  fees  of  any  des- 
cription. 

XII.  Provided   always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  in  order  to  entitle 

the  captors  to  receive  the  said  bounty  money- 
Proof  of  tonnage.  .  .    "■ 
and  tonnage  ot  the  ship  or  vessel  so  seized 

and  condemned  shall  be  proved  to  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 

Treasury  by  producing  a  copy,  duly  certified,  of  the  sentence  or  decree  of 

condemnation,  or  by  such  documentary  or  other  evidence  as  they  may 

deem  satisfactory. 

XIII.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  in  order  to  entitle 

Copy  of  sentence  of  condem-  the  CaPtorS  to  reCeive  the  Said  b°Unt^  m0ney 
nation  to  be  produced  to  the  on  slaves,  the  number  of  men,  women,  and 
Commissioners  of  the  Treasury.  . 

children  so  taken,  delivered  over,  and  con- 
demned shall  be  proved  to  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury 
by  producing  a  copy,  duly  certified,  of  the  sentence,  or  decree  of  con- 
demnation, and  also  a  certificate  under  the  hand  of  the  proper  Officer 
or  Officers,  Military  or  Civil.,  who  may  be  appointed  to  receive  such 
slaves. 

XIV.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  slaves  or  persons  treated 
One  moiety  of  the   bounty     as  slaves  shall  be  seized  on  board  any  ship  or 

only  to  be  paid  in  certain  cases,  yegg^  taken  and  condemned  in  pursuance  of 
the  said  agreements  and  of  this  Act,  but  who  shall  not  have  been  deli- 
vered over  in  consequence  of  death,  sickness,  or  other  inevitable  circum- 
stance, it  shall  be  lawful  for  the   said  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's 

D 


XtVl  APPENDIX. 

TERS1AN    Treasury,  if  to  their  discretion  it  shall  seem  meet,  to  direct  payment  of 
GULF.      one  moiety  of  the  bounty  which  would  have  been  due  in  each  case  res- 
pectively if  the  said  slaves  had  been  delivered  over. 

XV.  Provided  also,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  any  party  or  parties 

„   ,.      ...       '     „,  claiming  any  benefit  bv  wav  of  bounty  under 

Parties  claiming  benefit  un-  °^      J  . 

der  this  Act  may  resort  to  the     the  provisions   of  this  Act,  or  of  any  share 

Court  of  Admiralty.  „    ,  ,        „  .  „    "       ,    . 

oi  the  proceeds  ot  any  vessel  confiscated  in 
pursuance  of  the  provisions  of  the  aforesaid  agreements,  may  resort  to  the 
High  Court  of  Admiralty  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  judgment  of  the 
said  Court  in  that  behalf,  and  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Judge  of 
the  said  High  Court  of  Admiralty  to  determine  thereon,  and  also  to  hear 
and  determine  any  question  of  joint  capture  which  may  arise  upon  any 
seizure  made  in  pursuance  of  this  Act,  and  also  to  enforce  any  decrees  or 
sentences  of  the  said  Vice-Admiralty  Courts  relating  to  any  such  seizure. 

XVI.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  all  the  provisions,  rules,  regulations, 

forfeitures,  and  penalties  respecting  the   deli- 

extended  to  bounties,  &c,  under     animation,  and  the  distribution  of  prize  money 
this  Act.  1.1.''  •  t  .  . 

and  the  accounting  tor  and  paying  over  the 

proceeds  of  prize  and  the  percentage  due  thereon  to  Greenwich  Hospital, 

shall  be  extended  to  all  bounties  and  proceeds  to  be  distributed,  under 

the  provisions  of  this  Act,   to  the  Officers  and  crews  of  any  of  Her 

Majesty's  ships  and  vessels  of  war. 

XVII.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any  ship  or  vessel  belonging 

in  whole  or  in  part  to  the  before-mentioned 

Commissioners    of  the  Trea-       .-,,  .  P  ...  *•   21  ■,  -,      .        ■,-,■, 

Bury  may   order    payment  of     ^niets,  or   their  subjects  or  dependents,  shall 

ed*tuTn^tdCconfaemeneSdl8  detaia"  have  been  detained  and  brought  to  adjudica- 
tion by  any  Officers  of  Her  Majesty  the  Queen 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  or  of  those  of  the  East  India  Company 
and  the  said  ships  shall  be  restored  by  sentence  of  the  Court,  it  shall  be 
lawful  for  the  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  by  warrant  signed 
by  any  two  or  more  of  them,  to  direct  payment  to  be  made  out 
of  the  Consolidated  Fund  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland  of  any  costs  or  damages  which  may  be  duly  awarded,  provided  al- 
ways, that  nothing  herein  contained  shall  exempt  such  Officer  from  his 


APPENDIX.  XXVU 

liability  to   make  good  the  payment  so  made,   when  lawfully  called  upon    PERSIAN 
either  by  the  parties  interested  therein  or  by  order  of  the  said  Commis-  ' 

sioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury. 

XVIIL     And  be  it  enacted,  that  when  any  seizure  shall  be  made  by 
_     „       .  .  „  ,,       any  of  the  Commanders,  Officers,  and  crews 

The   Commissioners    of  the  J 

Treasury  may  repay   to   the  of  Her  Majesty's   ships,    or  of  those  of  the 

seizor  of  any  vessel   not    con-  _,     .  —    ,.       ~.  ,    .    ,  iini 

demned  the  expenses  incurred  East  India  Company,  and  judgment  shall  be 

y  given  against  the  seizor,  or  when  such  seizure 

shall  be  relinquished  by  him,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  said  Commissioners 

of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury,  if  to  their  discretion  it  shall  seem  meet,  by 

warrant  signed  by  any  two  or  more  of  them,  to  direct  payment  to  be 

made  out  of  the  Consolidated  Fund  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 

Britain  and  Ireland  of  such  costs  and  expenses  as  the  seizor  may  have 

incurred  in  respect  of  such  seizure,  or  any  proportional  part  thereof. 


INSTRUCTIONS  OF  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  INDIA, 
RELATIVE  TO  THE  SLAVE  TRADE. 

The  Treaty  mentions  vessels  the  property  of  Vessels  belonging  to  the  Imaum 

the  Imaum  as  well  as  of  his  subjects,  but  the  0f     Muscat,     Or     to     any    of    his 

Statute  only  vessels  of  his  subjects.     The  in-  > 

structions,  however,  may  stand  as  here  headed.  subjects    belonging    to    either    01 

(Sd.)     A.  S.  LeMesst/bieb,  the  following  respective  Arabian 


A.  G. 


Chiefs  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  viz.- 


1. — Shaik  Sultan  Bin  Suggur,  Shaik  of  Rasel-khyma  and  Sharyah  in 
the  Persian  Gulf,  Chief  of  the  Joasmee  tribe  of  Arabs. 

2.— Muktoom  Bin  Buttye,  Shaik  of  Debaye. 

3. — Abdool  Azeez  bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Ejman. 

4. — Abdullah  Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Amulgavine. 

5. — Saeed  Bin  Tahnoon,  Shaik  of  the  Beni  Yas,  Chief  of  Aboothabae. 

6. — Mahomed  Bin  Khuleefa  Bin  Subman,  Chief  of  Bahrein,  or  to  any 
of  their  subjects  or  dependants. 

Instructions. 

To  the  Commanders  of  the  Honourable  East  India  Company's  ships 
for  carrying  into  execution  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  XI  and  XII  Vic. 
Cap.  128,  entitled  an  Act  for  carrying  into  effect  the  agreement  between 
Her  Majesty  and  the  Imaum  of  Muscat  for  the  more  effectual  suppression 
of  the  slave  trade,  also  for  carrying  into  execution  the  provisions  of  the 
Act  of  XII  and  XIII  Vic,  Cap.  84,  entitled  an  Act  for  carrying  into 
effect  engagements  between  Her  Majesty  and  certain  Arabian  Chiefs  in 
the  Persian  Gulf  for  the  more  effectual  suppression  of  the  slave  trade, 
copies  of  both  of  which  Acts  are  hereto  annexed. 

I.  You  are  required  to  make  yourselves  fully  accquainted  with  the 
different  provisions  of  these  Acts  of  Parliament  and  to  guide  yourselves 
accordingly  by  them  in  all  your  acts  when  you  meet  or  fall  in  with  any 
vessels  belonging  to  the  Imaum  of  Muscat,  or  any  of  his  subjects,  or 
with  any  vessel  belonging  to  any  or  either  of  the  Arabian  Chiefs  therein 


APPENDIX.  XXIX 

respectively  named,  or  any  of  their  subjects  or  dependants  engaged  in  the  SLAVE 
slave  trade,  or  fitted  out  for  the  purpose  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  trade. 
these  Acts. 

II.  Your  attention  is  to  be  directed  to  the  third  article  of  the  agree- 
ment with  the  Imaum,  dated  2nd  October  1845,  as  set  out  in  the  Act  of 
XI*  and  XII.  Vic,  Cap.  128. 

III.  And  also  to  the  provisions  of  the  first  Section  of  these  Acts, 
which  empower  the  Commanders  of  the  ships  of  war  of  the  East  India 
Company  to  visit  vessels  belonging  to  the  subjects  of  the  Imaum,  within 
the  limits  therein  specified,  and  also  to  visit  vessels  belonging  to  the 
Chiefs,  or  the  subjects  or  dependants  of  the  Chiefs  named  in  Act  XII  and 
XIII  Vic,  Cap.  84,  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  slave  trade. 

IV.  You  will  visit  and  detain  in  any  seas,  except  within  the  limits 
exempted  by  the  terms  of  the  third  article  of  the  said  agreement 
(contained  in  Act  XI  and  XII  Vic,  Cap.  128),  any  merchant  vessel 
belonging  to  the  subjects  of  the  Imaum  of  Muscat  which  shall  upon  reason- 
able grounds  be  suspected  of  being  engaged  in  the  export  of  slaves  from 
the  African  dominions  of  the  Imaum  of  Muscat,  or  the  importation  of 
slaves  from  any  part  of  Africa  into  his  possessions  in  Asia,  excepting 
such  only  as  are  engaged  in  the  transport  of  slaves  from  one  port  to 
another  of  his  own  dominions  in  Africa,  between  the  port  of  Lamoo 
to  the  north  and  its  dependencies,  the  northern  limits  of  which  is  the 
north  point  of  Khyhoo  Island  in  1°57'  south  latitude,  and  the  port  of 
Keelwa  to  the  south  and  its .  dependencies,  the  southern  limit  of  which 
is  the  Sonya  Manara  or  Pagoda  point  in  9°2'  south  latitude,  including 
the  Islands  of  Zanzibar,  Pemba,  and  Monfia,  or  any  vessel  fitted  out  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  send  or  carry  away  such  vessel,  together  with  its 
masters,  sailors,  passengers,  slaves,  and  cargo,  for  the  purpose  of  such 
vessel  being  brought  to  adjudication  as  in  the  Act  of  XI  and  XII  Vic 
mentioned. 

V.  You  will  visit  and  detain  in  any  seas  any  vessel  belonging  to 
either  of  the  said  respective  Chiefs,  Shaik  Sultan  Bin  Suggur,  Chief  of 
the  Joasmee  tribe,  Muktoom  Bin  Buttye,  Shaik  of  Debaye,  Abdool  Azeez 

*  See  note  in  margin  of  previous  page. 


APPENDIX. 

Hiii  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Ejman,  Abdullah  Bin  Rashid,  Shaik  of  Amulgavine, 
1  ■  vm  ••  S:uvd  Bin  Tahnoon,  Shaik  of  the  Bcni  Yas,  Chief  of  Aboothabee,  Ma- 
homed Bin  Khuleefa  Bin  Subman,  Chief  of  Bahrein,  or  to  any  of  their 
subjects  or  defendants,  which  shall  upon  reasonable  grounds  be  suspected 
of  being  engaged  in  the  traffic  in  slaves  or  having  been  fitted  out  for 
that  purpose,  and  to  send  or  carry  away  such  vessel,  together  with  its 
masters,  sailors,  passengers,  slaves,  and  cargo,  for  the  purpose  of  such 
vessel  being  brought  to  adjudication,  as  in  the  Act  of  XII  and  XIII 
Vic.  mentioned. 

VI.  On  detaining  any  vessel  visited  by  you  under  the  aforesaid 
provisions  of  either  of  the  said  two  Acts  and  of  these  instructions,  you 
will  take  possession  of  the  ship's  papers,  making  a  list  thereof  according 
to  Form  No.  1,  and  certifying  the  same  by  your  signature. 

VII.  You  will  also  draw  out  a  declaration  according  to  Form  No.  2 
stating  the  circumstances  attending  the  capture,  and  mentioning  the  date 
when  and  in  the  place  where  it  was  made,  and  you  will  certify  the  same 
by  your  signature. 

VIII.  In  sending  or  carrying  away  such  vessel  with  its  masters, 
sailors,  passengers,  slaves,  and  cargo  for  the  purpose  of  adjudication,  you 
will  do  so  without  delay,  and  send  or  carry  her  with  them  to  the  nearest 
port  or  place  where  a  British  Court  of  Vice-Admiralty  may  be  established, 
and  on  your  arrival  at  such  port  or  place  you  shall  duly  report  your  ar- 
rival and  deliver  up  to  the  proper  Authorities  there  the  vessel,  with  its 
master,  sailors,  passengers,  slaves,  and  cargo,  to  be  dealt  with  according 
to  law,  and  you  shall  abide  such  further  instructions  on  the  subject  as 
shall  be  given  you. 

IX.  The  Officer  in  charge  of  the  slave  vessel  is  at  the  same  time 
of  delivering  up  the  vessel  to  the  proper  Authorities  to  deliver  also  the 
ship's  papers  and  certificates  thereof  and  the  captor's  declaration  of 
capture. 

X.  The  circumstances  attending  the  seizure  of  a  vessel  under 
either  of  these  Acts  of  Parliament  must  be  fully  reported  to  the  Officer 


.      APPENDIX.  (  XXxi 

under  whoso  orders  you  are  serving,  and  a  duplicate  of  the  report  must  slave 
be  sent  at  the  earliest  opportunity  to  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  trade. 
Indian  Navy  at  Bombay. 

Given  under  my  hand  at  Bombay  this  day  of  1850. 

Commodore. 
Commander-in-Chief,  I.  N. 


Form  No.  1. 

Certificate  containing  a  list  of  papers  to  be  made  out  in  duplicate,  one  copy  to  be 
delivered  to  the  master  placed  in  charge  of  a  detained  vessel  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  seizure,  the  other  to  be  delivered  to  be  kept  with  a  view  to  its 
production  in  the  Court  before  which  the  vessel  is  taten  for  adjudication. 

I,  the  undersigned  hold  the  rank  of  in 

the  Indian  Navy,  and  Commanding  the  Honourable  Company's  ship 

do  hereby  certify  that  on  the  day  of 

being  the  latitude  and   longitude  of 

Greenwich,  seized  the  whereof  is  Tindal, 

and  that  she  had  on  board  at  time  of  capture 
slaves,  namely — 

If  no  slaves  be  on  board,  state  the  fact. 
Females. 

Total. 

I  further  certify  that  the  papers  which  I  have  numbered  1  to 
inclusive  are  the  whole  of  the  documents,  letters,  and  writings  seized  on 
board,  which  are  hereunder  specified  and  described,  namely,— 

Here  specify  and  describe  No.  1 

the  papers  found  on  board  „   £ 

according  to  number  „    3  &c. 

Signed  by  me  the        day  of       •  1850. 

Commanding  II.  C.  .S/</j>. 


xxxy  APPENDIX 

_  VVK  Form  No.  2. 

TRAPE-  Declaration  to  be  made  by  the  Commander  of  the  Honourable  Company's  ship  at 
the  time  of  tho  seizure  and  delivered  to  the  Court  before  which  the  vessel  is 
taken  for  adjudication. 

I  the  undersigned  holding  the  rank  of 

in    the  Indian  Navy,  and   Commanding  the   Honourable   Company's 
ghjp  duly  authorized  by  the  Act*  of  Parliament  for   the 

suppression  of  the   slave  trade  as  therein  provided,   do   hereby  declare 
that  on  the  day  of  being  in 

latitude  and  longitude  of  Greenwich, 

I  seized  the  whereof 

is  Tindal,   for  having  violated  the  said  and  I 

further  declare  that  the  vessel  had  on  board  at  the  time  of  seizure  a  crew 
of  persons  passengers  and  slaves 

as  follows : — 

Males 
Females 

Total 

Here    insert    any    particulars    worthy    of  And    I    do    also  declare   that    I 

notice,  as  to  the  state  in  which  the  vessel  was  f        d  ^  vesgel  in  the   following 

found,  and  any  facts  as  to  the   circumstances  ° 

.     or  causes  of  seizure.  state  : — 

Given  under  my  hand  this  day  of  1850. 

Commanding  IJ.  C.  Skip, 


Approved  by  the  Most  Noble  the  Governor  General  of  India  on 
the  17th  July  1850. 

*  If  the  seizure  he  under  the  Act  of  XI  and  XII  Vic,  Cap.   128,  insert  it;  if  under 
XII  and  XIII  Vic,  Cap.  84,  state  it  accordingly. 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


JX 

916 

1862 

V.7 

c.l 

ROBA 


?v?v 


W) 


!■■■■■■